AgriGate September Issue 2023 Vol 3 Issue 9

GM CROPS FOR INDIAN AGRICULTURE: BOON OR BANE?
- Deepak Reddy B., et al. 01
FARMER-FIELD-SCHOOLS ON KNOWLEDGE AND PRODUCTIVITY: A SUCCESS

STORY OF GOATERY - Subhash Kachhawaha 04
- M.Dharani et al.
ANTI-NUTRITIONAL FACTORS IN PULSES
- Dr.A.Thanga Hemavathy.,
S. Srividhya and et al.
P.Thilagam
06
MILKING MONEY THROUGH DAIRY ENTREPRENEUR: A SUCCESS STORY OF

-M.Marimuthu et al.
FARMER FIELD SCHOOL - Subhash Kachhawaha 11
- Satyendra Thakur et al.
PROSPERITY THROUGH POULTRY PRODUCTION IN ARID REGION OF RAJASTHAN:

A SUCCESS STORY OF FARMER FIELD SCHOOL- Subhash Kachhawaha 15
-M.Marimuthu et al.
DATA TRANSFORMATION: WHAT, WHY, WHEN AND WHICH?
- Prof. A. P. Chaudhary., et al. 19
- Dr. L. Nirmala
PAYMENT FOR ECOSYSTEM SERVICES (PES) : AN EMERGING WAY FOR

-A.K. Rai et al.
CONSERVATION OF NATURAL RESOURCES - Lakhan Patidar 25
- M.Marimuthu et al.
\
MULTIPURPOSE BERMUDA GRASS
- Umasankari, B., et al. 32
CONSERVATION AGRICULTURE; YESTERDAY, TODAY AND TOMORROW

-V.Guhan and P.MuraliArthanari
- Dr. S. Sasipriya and K. Divya 41
MANAGEMENT OF GRAPEVINE PESTS

- Dr. L. Allwin., et al. 47
- K. Nithya et al
PROSOPIS CINERARIA: BIOCHEMICAL CHARACTERIZATION, ANTI-CANCER
POTENTIAL, AND IC50 CONFIRMATION AGAINST BLOOD CANCER 51
- Yamini Malhotra
NAPIER: THE GREEN GIANT GRASS
- -M.Dharani
Harivignesh, A ., et al.
et al.
59
AN OVERVIEW
ENHANCING OF QUALITY
FARMER’S INCOMEPROTEIN MAIZE
THROUGH PAPAYA INTERCROP CULTIVATION
- MadduSaha
- Dr.Swati Geethanjali., et al. 66
-M.Marimuthu et al.
PRADHAN MANTRI FASAL BIMA YOJANA (PMFBY)
- Dr. Sidramayya and Prakash Tamagond 75
- M.Marimuthu et al.
NUTRITIONAL IMPORTANT AND HEALTH BENEFITS OF MILLETS
- R. Kumar., et al. 81
IMPACT OF COVID-19 PANDEMIC ON VEGETABLE PRODUCTION: THINK
SMARTER TO SURVIVE BETTER - Sameena Lone and K. Hussain 89
-M.Marimuthu et al.
BIO-FORTIFICATION
-A.K. Rai et al. OF MAJOR CROPS THROUGH MOLECULAR BREEDING
PRODUCTION & al.
- Dhinesh, R., et CONSUMPTION OF VEGETABLES IN INDIA: FUTURE DEMAND 107
& GROWING CONCERNS - Shiv Narayan Dhaker., et al.
ORGANIC FARMING FOR LIVELIHOOD SECURITY OF SMALL AND MARGINAL
FARMERS - Belal Ahmad Mujahed., et al. 115
-R.Vinoth et al.
PRECISION AGRICULTURE FOR INDIAN AGRICULTURE
\
- Sravanthi, D ., et al. 124
-V.Guhan and P.MuraliArthanariSIGNIFICANCE OF SEED STORAGE AND
PESTICIDE
FACTORS RESIDUE ANDSEED
INFLUENCING ITS IMPACT ON ONE
LONGEVITY HEALTH
DURING STORAGE - S.Kavitha., et al.
INSECT PESTS OF CARROT AND BEETROOT
- Tejal M. Bhapkar., et al. 137
- P. Viswanadha Raghuteja et al
- Dr. Nihalahmed Mulla
- K. Nithya et al
- C. Yasminet al.
PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES IN BROAD BEANS
- G. Sathish 145
ARBORETUM OF ASTROLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT TREES

- Krishnan, V., et al. 148
PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY FOR HYBRID RICE CULTIVATION

--M.Marimuthu et al. et al.
Dr. Niharika Shukla., 160
THE GREEN SECRETS OF RED BLOOD HEALTH

- Tamilzharasi,
Satyendra Thakur
M., etetal.
al. 165
9
GREEN HOUSE GAS EMISSIONS AND CARBON FOOT PRINT
- Namratha Valsalan et al.
- M.Marimuthu
P. Laxman Rao., et 173
--M.Marimuthu al.al.
etetal.
UNLOCKING A GREENER FUTURE: HARNESSING THE POWER OF ARTIFICIAL

PHOTOSYNTHESIS FOR CLEAN ENERGY AND SUSTAINABILITY 181
- Ghazanfer Abbas., et al.
BENEFICIAL
-A.K. Rai et al.BUFFALO GRASS
- Samuel Raj, S., et al. 190
\
AN OVERVIEW OF BIOFERTILIZER TECHNOLOGY
- Dr. P.Reddypriya., et al. 196
COMPOSTING TYPES AND IT’S USES
- P Lakshmanakumar and V Vasudevan 202
EMERGING PESTS OF CHILLI AND TOMATO AND THEIR MANAGEMENT

- Swati Saha and K. Chandrashekar 207
- C. Yasminet al.
BIO-FORTIFICATION OF MAJOR CROPS THROUGH TRANSGENIC APPROACH
- Dhinesh, R., et al. 215
ASTONISHING RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THREE DOSHAS OF HUMAN AND

PLANTS - Krishnan, V., et al. 224
DRUM SEEDED RICE – A PROMISING METHOD OF RICE CULTIVATION

- R. Suganya 236
IMPACT OF DIFFERENT STORAGE METHODS ON NUTRIENT COMPOSITION OF

LIVESTOCK FEED - Butani, J. B., et al. 243
DROUGHT CHARACTERIZATION BY USING STANDARD PRECIPITATION

INDICES (SPI) - Amuktamalyada Gorlapalli., et al. 254
ORGANIC FARMING WITH NATIVE BREED OF PUNGANUR CATTLE

- P. Aruna., et al. 259
CHALLENGES AND OPPORTUNITY OF DRONE IN THE AGRICULTURE

APPLICATION - Dr Priyanka Rajkumar Khole 262
\
EDIBLE INSECTS FOR FOOD AND NUTRITIONAL SECURITY OF HUMAN
MANKIND - Thounaojam Sheileja., et al. 264
UNDERSTANDING THE ROLE OF PHYTOALEXINS IN PLANT-

MICROORGANISM INTERACTIONS- Dr. K. Saravanakumari 270
TOWARDS FUTURE FARMING: HOW ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE IS

277
TRANSFORMING THE AGRICULTURE INDUSTRY - Deepak Reddy B., et al.
Sankarasubramanian
ANIMAL HEALTHFULNESS: KEY ISSUES AND CHALLENGES UNDER FIELD
CONDITIONS - Sehajpal Singh Dhillon., et al. 281
MORINGA CULTIVATION FOR GREEN FODDER

- Dr.T.Sumathi., et al. 287
FREEZING PLANT TISSUES: CRYOPRESERVATION OF DIFFICULT-TO-STORE

GERMPLASM - V. Thiruvengadam 292
KVK GIVES IMPETUS TO DAIRY FARMING AMONG TRIBAL FARMERS OF

-A.K. Rai et al.
GUJARAT - R. F. Thakor., et al. 298
-GLORY OF GUINEA
Satyendra ThakurGRASSet al.
--Namratha
Umabalan, J., et al. et al.
Valsalan 305
EXTRACTION, PROCESSING, GRADING, STORAGE, VALUE ADDITION, UTILIZATION

--M.Marimuthu
M.Marimuthuetetal.
al. 312
AND MARKETING OF LAC - M. Packialakshmi and Rajput Nikhil Balu
CULTIVATION PRACTICES OF BETELVINE

- J.E. Adeline Vinila., et al. 321
-A.K. Rai et al. \
LI-FI: A NEW ERA TECHNOLOGY
- Pranav Raj 326
MECHANICAL AND HERBICIDE WEED MANAGEMENT PRACTICES IN

DRUM-SEEDED RICE CROPPING SYSTEM - Raja Narasimha.M., et al. 330
DAMINI A MOBILE- APP TO KNOW TIMELY ALERTS FROM LIGHTENING

- Raja Narasimha.M., et al. 337

- K. Nithya et al
WATER MANGEMENT AND HERBICIDE WEED MANAGEMENT IN MAIZE
CROPPING SYSTEM - Raja Narasimha.M., et al. 341
POTENTIAL STRATEGIES AND FUTURE REQUIREMENTS FOR PLANT DISEASE

MANAGEMENT UNDER A CHANGING CLIMATE - Dr.D.H.Tandel., et al. 347
SOYBEAN (NRC-37): A PROMISING IMPROVED VARIETY TO AUGMENT

SOYBEAN PRODUCTIVITY IN TRIBAL AREA - Dr. V. K. Poshiya., et al. 359
GROWING GREENER WITH GIS: A COMPREHENSIVE LOOK AT PRINCIPLE,

COMPONENTS,
-A.K. Rai et al. FUNCTIONS AND ITS APPLICATIONS IN AGRICULTURE 364
- N. Anthony Kiranmai
FARMERS’ VARIETIES AND REGISTRATION

--Satyendra
Dr.A.Thanga Hemavathy
Thakur et al. and Dr.R.Vinoth
374
-NUTRI KITCHENetGARDEN
M.Marimuthu al. FOR HEALTHY LIFE
- Rajeshwari Desai and Geeta Channal 377
-M.Marimuthu et al.
A REVIEW ON BAEL TREE, ITS MYTHOLOGY AND MEDICINAL USES

- J. P. Lyngdoh Pale 384
-A.K. Rai et al. \
AGRI-TOURISM: A CROSSROAD OF TOURISM AND AGRICULTURE FOR INCOME
GENERATION IN MAHARASHTRA - Dr. L. R. Tambade 391
SUCKING
-V.GuhanPEST OF MULBERRY AND ITS MANAGEMENT PRACTICES
and P.MuraliArthanari
- G. Swathiga., et al. 399
MAGNETIC FIELD AND ITS APPLICATION IN DAIRY PROCESSING OPERATIONS

- Subhash Prasad 405

EMPLOYMENT GENERATION THROUGH BLACK GOLD
- Dr.M.V.Tiwari 412
AUGMENTED REALITY AND VIRTUAL REALITY IN FOOD PROCESSING

- Amuthaselvi, G and M. Balakrishnan 415
SOIL CONDITIONERS FOR SUSTAINABLE AGRICULTURE

- Vijayakumar, M and K. Sivasabari 421
ECONOMIC IMPORTANCE OF AGROFORESTRY SYSTEM

426
-- Satyendra
V.David Chella Baskar
Thakur et al.and Ashita
-IMPORTANCE OF ENVIRONMENTAL
Satyendra Thakur et al. SCIENCE AND FORESTRY
- S. Abisha., et al. 431
-M.Marimuthu et al.
- Namratha Valsalan et al. IN SOIL TEST BASED NUTRIENT MANAGEMENT IN

-DIFFERENT APPROACHES
M.Marimuthu
-M.Marimuthu etetal.
al.
INTEGRATED FARMING SYSTEM - D. V. Naveen., et al. 438
TURMERIC HEALTH BENEFITS FOR HUMAN

- Prakash and Dr. Prakash Mahala 453
-A.K. Rai et al. \
APPLICATIONS OF REMOTE SENSING IN PRECISION FARMING AGRICULTURE
457
- Prabhavathi N and Ratna Prasad P
NUTRACEUTICAL AND THERAPEUTIC VALUES OF TRADITIONAL BLACK

RICE - Anuratha, A., et al. 465
PHYTOREMMEDIATION FOR URBAN ECOSYSTEM

- Anandhan, T., et al. 474
ROLE OF ERGONOMICS IN AGRICULTURE
- Dr.P.K.Padmanathan 485
FRUIT CROPS AND THE EFFECTS OF CLIMATE CHANGE

- V.Guhan., et al. 492
AN EFFECTIVE APPROACHES FOR MANAGEMENT OF SOIL BORNE PLANT

PATHOGENS - Manju Kumari 499
DENSITY DEPENDENT LOGISTIC GROWTH MODEL OF YELLOW STEM BORER

- Sujatha P., et al. 507
DISASTER RESPONSE - ROLE OF NGOS, MEDIA AND ARMED FORCES
- Dr. R. Ramesh., et al. 513
-M.Marimuthu et al.
-FRUIT BEVERAGES:
M.Marimuthu et al.IMPORTANCE AND HEALTH BENEFITS
- Sarita Agrawal 523
-M.Marimuthu et al.
SEED COATING
- K. P. Vaghasiya and J. R. Sondarva 529
A GRADUATE YOUTH SELF-EMPLOYED AND INSPIRED THROUGH LIVESTOCK \

-A.K. Rai et al.
AND POULTRY REARING - Dr. Monuj Kumar Doley., et al. 536
HARNESSING SOCIAL CAPITAL FOR SUSTAINABLE WATERSHED

MANAGEMENT- Venu Prasad H D 541
CHEKURMANIS - A LESS EXPLORED GREEN LEAFY VEGETABLE

- Muralidharan B., et al. 550
SCOPE OF GENETICALLY MODIFIED CROPS
- Prabhavathi N 550
\
LIQUID BIO-FERTILIZERS: A NEW TOOL FOR REPLACEMENT OF CHEMICAL
FERTILIZER TO INCREASE THE CROP YIELD - Dr.R.Vinoth., et al. 563
SUGARCANE VARIETIES AND SUITABLE SEASON FOR TAMIL NADU

- S. Ganapathy and V. Ravichandran 571
WOMEN SELF-HELP GROUPS-GENESIS, FUNCTIONS, CHALLENGES AND

PROMOTING INSTITUTIONS - D.D. Sharma and Swati 578
BIOCHAR; BOON FOR FARMERS

- -Satyendra
K. Coumaravel
Thakur et al. 593
-BRINE SHRIMP ARTEMIA

M.Marimuthu et al. AND ITS USE IN AQUACULTURE
- Dhinesh B 596
-M.Marimuthu et al.
-A.K. Rai et al.

From the Desk of Editor-in-chief
September 2023|Vol.03 |Issue No.9

0202
I would like to introduce the launch of “AgriGate - An International Multidisciplinary

Monthly e-Magazine Volume 03 Issue No. 09 – September 2023” with immense
pleasure. Our team is privileged to dedicate this issue to teachers of our nation. Every
year on 5 September, Teacher’s Day 2023 is celebrated all over India. The following day
enlightens a teacher’s pure visions and hard work in everyone’s lives. This day honors
the birth anniversary of Dr. Sarvepalli Radhakrishnan. For this year the theme of the
Teacher’s Day is decided to be “Teachers at the heart of education recovery”.
The main objective of the magazine is to provide a publishing platform to young

researchers and scientists as well as an information hub for the enthusiast, progressive
farmer and also common readers. We envisage providing an online platform that
appreciates illuminating articles on various topics related to agriculture and allied
sciences monthly that will appraise and update the students, farming community and the
whole society at large on the updates in agriculture.
Last but not the least, I wholeheartedly thank the editorial team, authors as well as
anonymous reviewers for contributing to the release of this issue.
Our team welcomes your constructive feedback and suggestions to improve delivering
fruitful content to hungry minds.
Dr R Shiv Ramakrishnan
Editor-in-chief
AgriGate Magazine
 AgriGate shall not take any responsibility for the contents of articles published in the magazine and all such responsibility shall lie with the author/s.
 The opinions expressed in the articles are solely of the author/s.
 Authors should also confirm that submitted manuscript is not under consideration for publication elsewhere (Simultaneous submissions).
 Once a manuscript is submitted for publication, it is considered that no part of the manuscript is copyrighted by any other n or is under review by any
other publication.
 It is the sole responsibility of the author to obtain proper permission for the use of any copyrighted materials in the manuscript, prior to the
submission of the manuscript.
 All the articles submitted for publication in AgriGate are reviewed for usefulness.
 Decision of the reviewers shall be final.
 Authors are solely responsible for originality of the published work.
 AgriGate shall not be liable to you or anyone else for any damages (including, without limitation, consequential, special, incidental, indirect, or
similar damages)
AgriGate- An International Multidisciplinary e-Magazine
Volume: 03 Issue No: 09

GM CROPS FOR INDIAN

OCCUPATIONAL AGRICULTURE:
HEALTH BOON OR
HAZARDS OF WORKERS
BANE?
Article ID: AG-VO3-I09-01
*Deepak Reddy B, Sravanthi D, Reddy Priya P, Neelima P and Pavani T

Agricultural College, Aswaraopet-507301
Professor Jayashankar Telangana State Agricultural University, Telangana, India
*Corresponding Author Email ID: deepakreddyagrico.108@gmail.com
Abstract
Agricultural plants whose DNA has been modified (adding, removing or manipulating a
single characteristic to produce a desired change in the organism) through tissue culture and
genetic engineering are called genetically modified (GMO) plants. Genetically modified crops
have one or more beneficial properties that are not usually found in the plant in nature.
Transgenic technology has been used to increase the yield of crops and improve their nutrition,
reduce the use of pesticides and herbicides, make them tolerant, resistant to insects, reduce CO2
emissions and lower the cost of producing crops. But ever since the first genetically modified
crops were produced, there has been an ongoing debate about whether or not to use GMO crops.
Several issues such as toxicity and allergenicity to animals and humans, potential environmental
risks such as the possibility of gene flow, adverse effects on non-target organisms, development
of weed and insect resistance, etc., were major obstacles to its implementation. In this article, we
present a comprehensive update on the current state of genetically modified (GMO) farming. We
also discuss issues affecting the widespread use of transgenic genetically modified crops and
comment on recent tools and techniques developed to address these issues.
Key words: GMO, Crops, Beneficial and Harmful
Introduction
The domestication of crops continued throughout the ages eternal. Farmers began to
cross-pollinate plants get a better harvest. They tried to change delimit by adding the desired
www.agrigatemagazine.com Page 1
characters plants using genetic engineering. Plants are designed to express resistance herbicides
and/or certain pests, grow plants better texture, taste and higher nutritional value than their
natural variations. Although the benefits of breeding genetically modified crops are however
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH HAZARDS OF WORKERS
high risks those involved in the cultivation of these plants are not fully involved understood.
Because of its unpredictability once GMOs have entered the environment very hard to
Article
remember. Many parameters (secular, religious, ethical, economic) must beID: AG-VO2-I08-07
considered before
issuing a GM. Critics accuse scientists of thinking of themselves as "creators" or "gods"
changing nature. Religious groups discuss these issues and oppose GMO crops. One important
one Their objection is that unless modified products are clearly labeled (eg, if an animal gene is
added to fruits and vegetables, vegetarians will never know what they are consuming). As with
all conventional foods, GMO crops must be subject to safety measures and proper labeling
Boon
Plants have been modified with properties that provide us with useful medicines,
unhealthy products, cleanses environment, to help bioremediation, increased crop and livestock
yields and biofuels. Some of the major benefits of genetically crops are.
1. Improved shelf life: The Flavrsavr genetically modified tomato has a longer shelf life than
conventional tomatoes.
2. Resistance to pesticides and herbicides: Many crops is genetically modoified to be resistant
to herbicides and pesticides. Some of them are tobacco, brinjal, cotton etc.
3. Improved nutritional quality:
Transgenic crops provide nutritional benefits. Today we
have a Paddy design increased vitamin A, Cassava with
lower cyanoglycosides and increased protein content
and others foods, corn fortified with vitamins, healthier
cooking oils, and so on.
4. Improved crop quality: The flowers with different
colors and extended vase life.g. carnations.
Bane
Critics say there are potential risks involved with
Fig 1. Advantages of GMO crops transgenic crops.
1. Allergic reactions: One of the most harmful GMO plants can cause allergies in many people
people. Since GMO crops are not labeled, people can do this consume foods they are allergic to
and fall sick.
2. Decreased Antibiotic Efficacy: According to critics GMOs may contain modifications that
make them immune to certain antibiotics. Genes from these plants can enter humans or animals
when they eat them. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
3. Gene Transfer: Opponents of GM crops believe that modified genes from these crops can
escape into the wild weed population, creating superweeds that are unkillable. Competition can
occur between naturally growing plants and GMO plants, where the latter can outgrow the
former and drive them to extinction.
4. New Diseases: Because genetically modified foods are created by changing their genes with
the help of viruses and bacteria, there are fears that they could cause new diseases. This threat to
human health is alarming.
Conclusion
Although GMOs have undergone a safety assessment, researchers must continue to
consider technological applications and procedures that can minimize potential biological and
ecological hazards. Farmers need to be more careful and educated before they decide to use GM
seeds in agriculture. The debate about the pros and cons of technology is endless.
References
Narang A. 2017. Genetically Modified Crops-Boon or Bane?. International Journal of Advanced
Research in Biological Sciences. 4 (12): 300-306
Phillips T. 2008. Genetically modified organisms (GMOs): Transgenic crops and recombinant
DNA technology. Nature Education. 1: 213.

FARMER-FIELD-SCHOOLS ON KNOWLEDGE AND

PRODUCTIVITY: A SUCCESS STORY OF GOATERY
*Subhash Kachhawaha
ICAR-CAZRI, Krishi Vigyan Kendra, Jodhpur-342005, India
*Corresponding Author Email ID: drsubhashcazri@gmail.com
Introduction
Farmer Field Schools (FFS) are a successful approach of participatory learning in the
field. They are an effective and comparatively cheap tool to encourage communities to validate
and adapt improved technologies to local conditions, improve rural food security and income
generation, and empower farmers to find solutions to their problems.
Situation analysis:
Mr. Anisur is very energetic and always keep mind to do new thing in business. He is
graduate and 35 years old. He is having 2 bigas land in city and wanted to use for new project of
goat. Initially, he started with one unit of goatery. Most of goat rearers were not adopted newer
technologies in goat farming and lot of loss bear due to high mortality. The selling rate of non-
descriptive buck was less which was not feasible to rearer in city premises. These entire
situations keep in mind by Mr. Anisur started goat farming with adoption of newer technology.
Technology implementation and support
He takes training from KVK on scientific goat farming and started goatery in his field
with 25 goats of sojat breed. Krishi Vigyan Kendra, Jodhpur supported for breed selection,
feeding schedule for different age group, vaccination, deworming, castration, weight gain and
further advice according to problem. He started cross breeding of Sojat and Sirohi breed. The
progeny sold in high rate in market due to cross bred weight gain high in comparison to pure
breed. Now he is successfully run Farmer field school (FFS) at his farm and got high income
through selling of buck. In his school, 25 goat rearers are members. Goat farmers were spare
some time and gathered at FFS. All the members of schools were discussed their problem at one
plate farm and solve it with Mr. Anisur.
Uptake
He started goatery with one unit (25 females + one male). He Article
adoptedID: AG-VO2-I08-07
newer technology
of breeding, feeding, housing and management practices. For increasing weight gain multi-
nutrient feed mixture (MNFM), housing (E-W CAZRI model), vaccination against PPR, FMD
and pox, timely castration and control of parasite. All the technologies were adopted by all
members of FFS.
Benefit
He is having 80 goats and bucks. Most of the bucks were sold at his farm during Eid
month and females were used in further breeding. He started goatery in 2016 and earn rupees
one lakh rupees only. He earned Rs. 4-5 lakh/year net income from 2020-21 to continuously by
selling of 25-30 bucks every year. His income was consequently increased every year. He also
trade of buck through FFS members.
Spread
Farmers were adopted goatery as a business and taking advice from Mr. Anisur in nearby
villages. He also helps in marketing to get high price by selling buck, first aid, vaccination, govt.
scheme benefit etc. He invites the expert from the institute for newer technology intervention at
his school. Farmers are very happy to services of Anisur. His social reputation is very high in
area due to farmer field school.

ANTI-NUTRITIONAL FACTORS
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH HAZARDSIN
OFPULSES
WORKERS

*Dr. A. Thanga Hemavathy1, Dr.R.Vinoth2 and Dr.S.Kavitha3

1
Associate Professor (PBG), ADAC&RI, TNAU, Trichy, Tamil Nadu
2
Teaching Assistant (PBG), IOA, TNAU, Kumulur, Trichy, Tamil Nadu
3
Associate Professor (SST), Dept. of SST, TNAU, Coimbatore
*Corresponding Author Email ID: hemavathytnau@gmail.com
Introduction
The antinutritional factors are believed to affect digestibility. The most important aspects
concerning these compounds is to establish their concentrations in different genotypes, their
heritability and the extent to which they are destroyed or removed during primary or secondary
food processing. With regard to concentration, Pak and Bajra found the dry beans (Phaseolus
vulgaris) to have the most trypsin inhibitor activity. Lectins and haemoglutinins are sensitive to
heat treatment and since most food legumes are boiled or steamed before serving it is unlikely
that these substances constitute a serious threat to nutritive value. In majority of pulses crops,
these substances are destroyed after 20 minutes autoclaving, except Phaseolus. Chickpea is
richer in gasigenic activity than other pulses (Savitri and Desi Kachar, 1985). These substances
persist after cooking and may even increase in activity in foods, presumably as a result of release
during cooking process. Polyphenols or tannins have been shown to inhibit the activity of
digestive enzymes. These substances are concentrated in the testa and the removal of the seed
coat / testa improved biological values and net protein utilization.
 Protein can be determined with near infrared reflectance (NIR) spectroscopy and individual
amino acid by ion exchange chromatography. and NIR can be used for amino acid
determination.
 The early generation screening can be carried out on small amounts of seed and more time
and sample demanding tests are deferred until the advanced generations when the number of
lines are greatly reduced. These includes the determination of PER, Relatively Protein value
(RPV) or any protein quality procedure involving animal studies.
 Quality stability should begin at the third stage or screening, when 80-100 lines left from a
programme should be grown in at least two locations. At this stage cooking time can be
evaluated together with antinutritional factors. It will help in identification of ‗ideal‘ and
Article ID:information
unsuitable lines in individual locations, but will also realize the necessary AG-VO2-I08-07
with
regard to the heritability of these characters.
Many compounds present in pulses have been found to have anti-nutritional effect. These
include protease inhibitors, polyphenols, phytates, saponins, allergens, lathyrogens and
estrogens.
1. Protease inhibitors
Several substances which have ability to inhibit the proteolytic activity of certain
enzymes are found in pulses. Trypsin inhibitors belong to a broad class of proteins (protease
inhibitor) that inhibit proteolytic enzymes. Trypsin and chymotrypsin inhibitors are of much
importance here. Trypsin inhibitor activity increases as seed maturation progresses. Most of the
plant protease inhibitors are destroyed by heat resulting in enhancement of nutritive value of
protein. Cooking is commonly employed for heat treatment of pulses. Germination also
influences the trypsin inhibitors activity.
2.Lectins
Lectins are proteinaceous toxic compounds commonly found in some of the beans. Seeds
of some of the edible species of pulses such as lentil and pea also contain phytohemagglutinins.
Most of the lectins contain 4 to 10% carbohydrates. The lectins from mungbean are non-toxic,
whereas the lectins obtained from immature seeds of pigeonpea and ricebean are harmful.
Soaking prior to autoclaving or cooking is required for complete elimination of the lectins.
3.Polyphenols
Polyphenols (tannins) are known to form complexes with proteins under certain pH
conditions. Tannins-protein complexes are reported to be responsible for low protein
digestibility, decreased amino acid availability and increased fecal nitrogen. These complexes
may not be dissociated and may thus be excreted with the feces. Among pulses, pigeonpea,
urdbean and pea have highest tannins in seeds. Tannins content in pulses varies with colour of
the seed coat or testa. Lower amount of tannins, in general are observed in light coloured seeds
than brown dark coloured pulses. The tannin content of beans decreases as the seed matures.
Tannins are mainly located in testa or seed coat of pulses, hence physical removal of seed coat
by either dehulling or milling and separating hulls decreases the tannin content of pulses and
improves their nutritional quality. Leaching of tannins increases with the time of soaking in
distilled water. Germination also reduces polyphenols of seeds.
Table 2. Anti-nutritional and Toxic Substances present in Pulses Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Antinutrition
Crop affected Effects of ANFs Remarks
al substances
Protease Field pea, Beans, Trypsin Inhibitor Activity Soaking the seed in
inhibitors Faba-bean, Peas, (TIA) reduces availability of NACL and NAHCO3
Lentil and chickpea protein and effects the solution and heating
digestibility and utilization of and boiling destroys the
protein and amino acids. TIA
Lactins Beans, Faba-beans Causes the breakdown of red Haemogglutinings are
Chickpea ,Urdbean blood highly sensitive to heat
thus destroyed on
cooking.
Cyanogens Limabean has the In the form of glycosides Most of HCN is lost on
highest from which HCN is released cooking.
concentration. by Hydrolysis. Effects
Chickpea in traces. protein digestibility and net
protein utilization
Flatus French bean, Certain Galactose containing Gas producing
chickpea, Urdbean oligo saccharides, sucrose, substances in the grain.
and Fababean verbacose, raffinose and Cooked chickpea grain
stachyose has gas, whereas
germinated and
immature grains
produces less gas.
Lathyrism Lathyrus B-Oxalyamino-alanine Proper cooking reduces
(Kesari Dal) (BOAA) is neurotoxin causes toxic effects: Lines are

lathyrism paralysis of lower available with zero
limbs BOAA content.
Phytate Fababeans, French It is a form of phytic acid. It Proper cooking may
beans, Chickpea effectively binds its protein reduce availability in
which leads poor digestibilityArticle ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
grains
and net protein utilization.
Tannins Beans, Chickpea Protein absorption by tannins Dehulled seeds
(Polyphenols) and Fababean is believed to be responsible contains very low
for depressed growth of rats concentration of
and chickpea tannins.
4. Saponins
Saponins are secondary plant metabolites present in pulses. It contains a carbohydrate
moiety (mono or oligosaccharide) attached to an aglycone. Common pulses (chickpea,
mungbean, lentil and pigeonpea) contain saponins in the range of 0.05 to 0.23%. The saponins
appear to be beneficial as they are responsible for lowering the cholesterol in body. Saponins
also seem to be anti-carcinogen, in one study they inhibited colon cancer.
5. Lathyrogen toxin
Lathyrogen toxin is one of the natural toxins found in the seeds of lathyrus, which is
known to cause lathyrism, if consumed in excess quantity for long time. Lathyrism causes
paralysis in the legs in susceptible individuals and is believed to be caused by a toxic amino acid
known as (Beta-N-oxalyl amino alanine (BOAA) or Beta-N-oxalyl L-alpha, Beta-diamino
propionic acid (ODAP).
Though pulses contain high levels of nutritional compounds, some of the defects noticed with
pulse seeds are
1. Nutritive value and protein digestability of raw seeds are very poor
2. Carbohydrate digestability is poor in pulses-flatulence in humans and animals
3. In uncooked pulses most of the minerals are not in available form
4. Presence of high amount of anti-nutritional compounds
However, the following treatments/processing may remove most of the defects and make the
pulses highly human friendly
1. Milling, dehusking and splitting

2. Soaking with water and leaching
3. Heat treatment – cooking
4. Germination
5. Fermentation
References Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Lambrides, C.J., Lawn, R.J. Godwin, I.D., Manners, J. and Imrie, B.C., 2000. Two genetic
linkage maps of mungbean using RFLP and RAPD markers. Australian Journal of
Agricultural Sciences 51 : 415-425.
Masood Ali & Shiv kumar, 2005. Advances in Mungbean and Urdbean (Edited) Indian
Institute of Pulses Research, Kanpur. India. 356p

MILKING MONEY THROUGH DAIRY ENTREPRENEUR: A

SUCCESS STORY OF FARMER FIELD SCHOOL
Subhash Kachhawaha
ICAR- Central Arid Zone Research Institute, Krishi Vigyan Kendra, Jodhpur-342005
Introduction
Shri Pabu Ram, resident of sarecha kheda , luni tehsil of Jodhpur district started rearing
of milch crossbred cows 10 years back . Mr. Pabu ram, Subhadra Dairy Farm had its beginning
with rearing of Holstein Friesian (HF) cows and murraha buffaloes reared in his backyard. Due
to non-availability of green fodder throughout year and water he was unable to purchase more
cows. Due to such situation, his animals were not in good yielder. There was enormous demand
of milk as raw milk and milk production in the Jodhpur city was not sufficient to supply the
demand. From the income earned by sale of milk from these cows he started increasing the
number of cows by purchase as well as by rearing of the offspring produced through artificial
Insemination.
Technology implementation and Uptake
He constructed very spacious scientific cowsheds with arrangement of fodder and water
supply. He personally cares in feeding, bathing, milking and cleaning their shed every day.
Seeing the benefit in the business he included his family members also in the business. Presently
he has 35 dairy cross bred cows and buffaloes with him and is being managed. The dairy units
are assisted with her wife, brother and father. He gets on an average of 15 liters / cow/ day and
12 litre /buffalo/day. He is also producing the Azolla for his cows and buffaloes for the
availability of green fodder in lean month. He constructed vermin-compost unit with locally
available material like Cinia, Kheep and Aok for value addition of dung. He sells vermicompost
and worm in Jodhpur city for addition income. He also established Dhaman grass field for
grazing in mansoon season. For the control of diseases, He hired the local veterinarian for the
treatment of sick animal and other activity like vaccination; deworming and first aid manage by
him. He is managing heifer rearing scientifically for introduction of new animal in heard and sell
it in local market at high price.
Figure 1. Mr Patel and DDM Nabard at milk collection centre of farm field school
Figure 2. Newly parturated crossbred cow at farmer field school
Support
He trained in 21 days training programme on skill development in ―Dairy
Entrepreneur‖ and time to time problemHEALTH
OCCUPATIONAL related dairy consult with
HAZARDS OF subject
WORKERSmatter specialist of
veterinary science in Krishi Vigyan Kendra, Jodhpur. KVK, Jodhpur establishes farmer field
school (FFS) at his dairy farm. He made the group of 25 farmers, who are rearing the crossbred
cow. All the members discussed their problem at one platform and find the possible solution.
They were purchased feed vet. Medicine and other items through FFS so that rate of items were
cheaper.
Figure 3 Celebration of Azolla day at Mr. Patel dairy farm field school
Spread
Mr Patel gives first aid treatment to sick animal and educates the farmers at his school of
dairy farmer about breeding, balance feeding and other management condition. Azolla day was
also celebrated at his dairy farm for educate about the azolla. He also gives advice about azolla
and vermi-compost in his region. He prepared the home made balance feed to the dairy farmers
which are supply milk at his milk collection centre. He is having good pedigree record of murrah
buffalo bull for breeding to villager‘s buffaloes.
Figure 4 Visit of farmers at Farmer field school of Mr Patel Azolla Unit

Benefit
He started daily milk collection approximately 1000 litres per day from member of farm
field school which are sold to the Jodhpur market on the basis of fat percentage. The sold rate of
milk ranges from Rs. 45 to 50 per litre depending upon season. Mr. Patel monthly income is Rs.
1, 25,000/- to 1, 50,000/- . Now he & his family members are happy with the business and want
to continue the venture. Mr. Pabbu Ram shares the message to budding dairy entrepreneur,
―Dairy is a risky enterprise. However staying focused with the objective always gives
positive results.‖

PROSPERITY THROUGH POULTRY PRODUCTION IN

ARID REGION OF RAJASTHAN: A SUCCESS STORY OF
FARMER FIELD SCHOOL
Subhash Kachhawaha
ICAR- Central Arid Zone Research Institute, Krishi Vigyan Kendra,
Pali-Marwar-306401 (Rajasthan)
Introduction
Poultry farming is absolutely a very popular and profitable business idea. Poultry
provides fresh and nutritious food and has a huge demand in villages, town and city. Consumers
of poultry products prefer them due to their nutrients richness. Poultry products are not much
expensive and most of the people can afford those. Poultry farming creates income and
employment opportunities for the people. Unemployed educated youth can easily create a great
income and employment opportunity for them by raising poultry commercially.
In Rajasthan, most of the villagers are engaged in agricultural activities for their
livelihood. A large number of farmers are dependent on rainfall for agricultural production and
the production of agriculture is quite erratic due to uncertainty of rainfall. Under this condition
sole cropping is not profitable which encourage farmer to shift to livestock areas and poultry can
be an alternate to sustainable income. Keeping this in mind, KVK, Pali focussed on vocational
training to the interested farmers for allied source of income in various activities viz. dairy,
poultry, vermi-compost, goat rearing, piggery etc.
Mr. Sajjan Singh is an educated and unemployed man from the village Kharia Neev of
Sojat tehsil of Pali-Marwar district of Rajasthan. Initially, he was engaged in agriculture and
animal husbandry for his livelihood. He has only 10 bigha of agricultural land for cultivation of
seasonal crops. Initially, his annual family income was Rs. 45,000/- from entire sources. He was
lacking scientific knowledge of animal husbandry which was main barrier in increasing
production and thus earnings. He contacted the Subject Matter Specialist of KVK Pali for
starting up the poultry farm for yield enhancement and scientific management.
Fig. Poultry farm of Sajjan Singh Fig. Interaction with KVK specialist
Fig. Newly added poultry unit Fig. Diagnostic visit at poultry farm by
KVK specialist
Mr. Singh along with other farmers was trained at KVK, Pali for capacity building for
starting up poultry farming on scientific line. He was also guided for construction of a small
poultry house using locally available wooden sticks, thatch and mud. Mr. Singh started farmer
field school (FFS) at his farm with the help of KVK Pali. A group of 20 poultry farmers were
prepared in villager of poultry rearer. All the members were spare their time after complete the
daily routine work and discussed their problems and solved at FFS. It is unique model of poultry
school in the district.
Table 1. Rearing cost of broiler production (n=2000)

S.No. Type of expenditure Cost per bird (Rs.) Total cost (n=2000)

1. Chick 18/- 36000/-
2. Vaccination 1/- 2000/-

Pre- starter (0-

500 gms @ 28/- = 14/-
7 days)
Starter ( 8-21 1 kg 500 gms @ 26/- =

3. Feed 97/- 1,94,000/-
days) 39/-
Finisher (22-
2 Kgs @ 22/- = 44/-
marketing age)
Feed supplement (vitamins,

4. 1/- 2000/-
liver tonics and minerals)
5. Veterinary consultancy 0.75/- 1500/-
6. Labour 1.50/- 3000/-
7. Miscellaneous 2000/-
8. Grand total (Expenses) 2, 58,500/-
9. Income from sell (at the weight of 2.25- 2.50 kgs) @ 175/- 3,50,000/-
10. Profit (Total income from sell – expenses ) 92,000/-
11. Income per year (92000/- X 6 lots) 5,52,000/-
At the beginning he brought 200 chicks (one day old), two feeders and drinker as start up.
His family members also took much interest for feeding, brooding, watering and keeping the
poultry house dry and clean. Mr. Singh borne all the expenditure and did not accepted any
financial help from government agencies. Presently, he rears a lot of 2000 one day old chicks for
35-45 days for gaining an average body weight of 2.15-1.50 kg per broiler. He also sells the
manure @ Rs. 80/- per kg and earns net profit of Rs. 8000/- in 5-7 weeks from the same lot. In
total he earns net profit of Rs. 60,000/- to 90,000/- from selling one lot (2,000 bird broilers). He
rears 6 lots of 2000 broilers in a year. In winter season, he rears more lots of birds in comparison
Article
to summer as there is no problem of heat stroke and the market demand ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
is high. The monetary
gains from poultry farming encouraged him to raise the flock size of his farm and he started
second poultry house at the same place.
Conclusion
Now he is a successful poultry owner and gains additional employment from poultry
farming. In addition to this, he is also master trainer and gives training to rural youths and
provides technical help to establish new poultry house in surrounding villages with guidance
from Krishi Vigyan Kendra. He earns an average Rs. 3, 50,000 – 5, 00,000 per annum solely
from broiler production. This unit acts as model for the rural youth training (Poultry School). It
also helps to create awareness among the other rural youth for self-employment. He serves as a
successful representative for broiler growers and motivates the youth for self-employment in arid
region of Rajasthan.

DATA TRANSFORMATION: WHAT, WHY, WHEN AND

WHICH?

*Prof. A. P. Chaudhary, Dr. Y. A. Garde, Dr. Alok Shrivastava and Dr. K. L. Chaudhary
Navsari Agricultural University, Navsari, Gujarat- 396 450, India
*Corresponding Author Email ID: apchaudhary@nau.in
What is Data Transformation?

Data Transformation is the process of conversion of original data into new scale
resulting into a new data set that is expected to satisfy the assumption of Analysis of Variance
(ANOVA).
Assumption of ANOVA:
1. The population from which each sample mean has been drawn is normally distributed.
2. The treatments and errors are additive in nature (Statistical model for CRD is Y ij = μ + τi
+ eij in which the treatments and error are additive).
3. Errors are normally and independently distributed with mean zero and common variance
2 i.e. errors are NID (0, 2).
Why Data transformation is important?
In Agricultural Science, scientist collect the data for different variables including
normal (Yield, plant height, seed weight etc.) and non-normal (Pest population, Germination,
Damaged/healthy fruit etc.) distributed variables. If the data violates the assumptions of
ANOVA, in that case data transformation is most important remedial measure to fulfill the
assumptions. Transformed data also reduce the amount of error variance in ANOVA and due to
that all the error related parameters are also improved.
When Data should be transformed?
When any of the assumption of ANOVA is violated, then data must be transformed
before the analysis.
First we have to check the assumption of ANOVA by appropriate statistical

techniques.
The normality assumption is checked by several techniques but Kolmogorov-Smirnov test and
Shapiro-Wilk test are most widely used methods to test the normality of the data.
The treatments and errors are additive or not in nature is tested by Tukey‘s test of additivity.
We have to check each plots error and confirm that whether the sum Article
of errorsID:isAG-VO2-I08-07
zero or not and
whether the variance of error is constant or not?
Which transformation is appropriate?
There are several types of data transformation but following transformation are being
used commonly in biological research.
i. Square root transformation
ii. Arc Sine or Angular or Sine inverse transformation
iii. Logarithmic transformation
The choice of the data transformation is depend on functional relationship between
variance and means of the data, types of the data and range of the data.
Square root transformation:
This transformation is appropriate for the data sets where the variance is proportional
to the mean and the data regarding counting of rare events (Poisson distribution).
Treatment R-I R-II R-III Treatment R-I R-II R-III
details details
T1: Blue color net 3 4 3 T1: Blue color net 1.73 2.00 1.73
T2: White color net 2 1 1 T2: White color

net 1.41 1.00 1.00
T3: Red color net 5 4 3
T3: Red color net 2.24 2.00 1.73
T4: Silver color net 7 6 6
Square
root T4: Silver color
T5: No net 10 9 8
net 2.65 2.45 2.45
T5: No net 3.16 3.00 2.83
Here the range of the data consist of small whole number (0-30 or 70-100). For
example data sets like Number of aphids/plant or Number of damaged fruits, Number of weed
plants/plot etc. This transformation applied by square root of the original data. We can find out
square root value in Excel by ―=SQRT(X)‖ function where X represent original observation.
Example: The data regarding Number of damaged fruits (out of 20 fruits) in different color shed
Article
nets experiment conducted with five color shed nets treatments repeated three ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
times.
If any observation of the data is found zero then, add 0.5 or 1.0 value in all the
observation and then after square root transformation is applied.
Example: The data regarding Number of aphids/plant with five pesticides repeated twice in okra.
Treat R-I R-II Treat R-I R-II Treat R-I R-II
T1 5 7 T1 5.5 7.5 T1 2.35 2.74
T2 10 8 T2 10.5 8.5 T2 3.24 2.92
T3 0 1 T3 0.5 1.5 T3 0.71 1.22
T4 10 7 Add 0.5 in all

T4 10.5 7.5 Square root
T4 3.24 2.74
observation
T5 5 8 T5 5.5 8.5 T5 2.35 2.92
Arc Sine or Angular or Sine inverse transformation:

This transformation is appropriate for the data on proportion i.e. data obtained from a
count and expressed as decimal fractions or percentage (Binomial distribution). It is applicable to
percentage data of mix range (0-100 %) which are converted into percentage data from count
data of binomial distribution. For example variables like damaged fruit (%), germination (%),
survival plant (%), fruit set (%) etc. We can find out arc sine value in Excel by
―=DEGREES(ASIN(SQRT(X/100)))‖ function where X represent original observation. The
retransform value is find out in Excel by ―=100*((SIN(RADIANS(X‘)))^2)‖ function where X‘
represents Arc sine transform value. Example: Data regarding germination percentage in papaya
of five seed treatments repeated three time.
Treatment R-I R-II Treatment R-I R-II

details details
T1: Blue color net OCCUPATIONAL

30 40 HEALTH HAZARDS OFcolor
T1: Blue WORKERS
net 33.21 39.23
T2: White color net 20 10 T2: White color

net Article ID:26.57
AG-VO2-I08-07
18.43
T3: Red color net 50 40
T3: Red color net 45.00 39.23
T4: Silver color net 70 60
Arc sine
transformation T4: Silver color
T5: No net 80 90
net 56.79 50.77
T5: No net 63.43 71.57
If any observation in original data is 0 % then it will be substituted by 25/n and the
value of 100 % substituted by (100 - 25/n), where n is the number of units upon which the
percentage data was calculated i.e. the denominator used in computing percentage. For example
out of 10 fruits, 7 fruits are damaged so damaged fruit (%) is 70% and the n value will be 10
because we convert the data into percentage on the basis of value 10.
T1 50 70 T1 50 70 T1 45.00 56.79
T2 100 80 T2 97.5 80 T2 80.90 63.43
T3 0 10 T3 2.5 10 T3 9.10 18.43
T4 100 70 T4 97.5 70 Arc sine

T4 80.90 56.79
Substitute 0
and 100%
T5 50 80 (n=10) T5 50 80 T5 45.00 63.43
Logarithmic transformation:
This transformation is suitable for the data where the variance is proportional to
square of the mean value (Negative binomial distribution) or the CV% is constant or treatment
effects and error effects are multiplicative in nature. This conditions are generally found in the
data that are whole numbers and cover a wide range of values like growth measurements such as
trunk girth, length of extension growth, weight/volume of tree, number of egg mass per plant,
number of bacteria etc. This transformation applied by taking logarithmic value of the original
data. We can find out logarithmic value in Excel by ―=LOG(X)‖ function where X represent
original observation. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Example: Data regarding number of egg mass/m2 in an experiment with five treatments repeated
twice.
Treatment R-I R-II Treatment R-I R-II
details details
T1: Blue color net 320000 140000 T1: Blue color net 5.505 5.146
T2: White color net 350000 410000 T2: White color

net 5.544 5.613
T3: Red color net 220000 110000
T3: Red color net 5.342 5.041
T4: Silver color net 560000 650000
Logarithmic
transformatio T4: Silver color
T5: No net 440000 330000
n net 5.748 5.813
T5: No net 5.643 5.519
If the data set involves small values (e.g. less than 10) log (X+1) or log (2X+1) or log
(X+ ) should be used instead of log X, where X is the original data.
Example: Data regarding number of sucking insect in five insecticide treatments repeated twice.
T1 120 240 T1 121 241 T1 2.08 2.38
T2 89 178 T2 90 179 T2 1.95 2.25
T3 256 324 T3 257 325 T3 2.41 2.51
T4 156 141 T4 157 142 T4 2.20 2.15

Add 1 value Logarithmic
Volume: 02 Issue No: 08 transformation
in all
T5 5 78 T5
observation 6 79 T5 0.78 1.90
It is interesting to note down that all the percentage or count data no need to
transformation. The following rules may be useful in choosing appropriate transformation.
Rule-1: The percentage data lying within the range 30 to 70 % is considered homogeneous
and it already follow normal distribution so no transformation is needed.
Rule-2: The percentage data lying within the range of either 0 to 30 % or 70 to 100 % but not
both, the square root transformation should be used.
Rule-3: The percentage data that do not follow the ranges specified in either rule-1 or rule-2,
the Arc sine transformation should be used.
General rules of transformation:
The percentage data which are derived from machine, need not to be transform like protein
(%), carbohydrates (%), Fat (%), Acidity (%) etc.
The data regarding biological parameters which are measured that type of data never be
transformed like yield, plant height, length, width, seed weight etc

PAYMENT FOR ECOSYSTEM SERVICES (PES) :
AN EMERGING WAY FOR CONSERVATION OF NATURAL
RESOURCES Article ID: AG-VO3-I09-07
*Lakhan Patidar
Senior Project Assistant, Global Green Growth Institute, India
*Corresponding Author Email ID: lakhan.patidar@gggi.org
Abstract
This paper provides a comprehensive overview of Payment for Ecosystem Services (PES) as an
innovative and effective approach to conservation and sustainable development. It examines the
fundamental components of PES, including specialized environmental services, users/buyers of
environmental services, stewards of environmental services/PES beneficiaries, and financial
transactions. By analyzing successful PES programs from around the world, such as the
renowned case in New York City, this paper showcases the transformative impact of PES in
incentivizing environmental stewardship and securing tangible benefits for communities. It
emphasizes the significance of recognizing and rewarding individuals and communities engaged
in the sustainable management of ecosystems. Moreover, the paper highlights the potential of
PES in addressing critical global challenges such as climate change mitigation, watershed
management, and biodiversity conservation. It emphasizes the importance of collaboration
among government entities, businesses, civil society, and local communities to ensure the
effective implementation and long-term sustainability of PES initiatives.With a focus on
unleashing the power of PES, this paper advocates for its broader adoption worldwide and
emphasizes its role in fostering a harmonious balance between human activities and the
environment. It calls for concerted efforts from all stakeholders to embrace PES as a pivotal tool
for achieving a greener and more prosperous future rooted in sustainable practices.
Keywords:Payment for ecosystem services, sustainable landscape management, nlrp, gggi,

ecosystem restoration
Introduction
In today's modern era, we are constantly discovering new technologies to enhance human
well-being and comfort. However, on the
OCCUPATIONAL other hand,
HEALTH we areOFconsistently
HAZARDS WORKERSneglecting the
importance of natural resources. We seem to forget that natural resources such as air, water,
earth, soil, etc., are not only meant for humans but for all living beings on Earth. In recent years,
we have witnessed significant changes in the Earth's environment, and we ourselves are a major
contributing factor to it. This is the result of these changes that in the past few years, we have
witnessed a significant increase in droughts, deforestation, landslides, avalanches, irregular
rainfall, new diseases, earthquakes, rising sea levels, and other natural disasters. According to a
report by the American agency NASA, the Earth's temperature has increased by approximately 1
degree Celsius in the past 100 years, and human activities are the primary cause of this. The
magnitude of this increase can be understood by the fact that it takes about 6,500 years for the
Earth's temperature to decrease by 1 degree Celsius. In other words, the changes that should
occur in thousands of years are happening within a few years, making it impossible for living
beings and plants on Earth to adapt to them. [1]
According to another report, if appropriate global efforts are not made to balance the
Earth's environment and if the Earth's temperature continues to rise, by 2070, half of the world's
plant and animal species could become extinct.The purpose of this information is not to scare
you, but to make you understand the impact of our current actions on our future and how we can
rectify it. While various important efforts are being made at global and national levels to mitigate
climate change, one new and meaningful approach is Payment for Environmental Services
(PES).To assess the status of ecosystems worldwide, the United Nations conducted the
Millennium Ecosystem Assessment in 2005, which primarily identified 24 different types of
environmental services. Three major and widely discussed services were climate change
mitigation, watershed management, and biodiversity conservation. [2]
Introducing Payment for Environmental Services (PES) Mechanism: Unlocking the Power
of Conservation!
Imagine a world where protecting the environment becomes a rewarding endeavor. Enter
Payment for Environmental Services (PES), a game-changing approach that not only
acknowledges the crucial role of farmers and residents in safeguarding our ecosystems but also
provides them with tangible incentives for their efforts.
PES, also known as payment for the

OCCUPATIONAL benefits derived
HEALTH HAZARDS fromOF
the WORKERS
environment, stands at the
forefront of cutting-edge innovations for promoting environmental conservation. It empowers
individuals to become true environmental heroes by properly managing their land and delivering
valuable environmental services to their communities.
So, how does PES work? Let's break it down into four captivating components:
1. Specialized Environmental Services
2. Users/Buyers of Environmental Services
3. Stewards of Environmental Services/PES Beneficiaries
4. Financial Transactions
1. Specialized Environmental Services
In simple terms, all living beings (including humans) residing in a specific geographical
area directly or indirectly depend on each other, along with the presence of abiotic elements such
as air and water. This integrated system is known as the environment.
The proper development of any living organism can only occur within a specific and
favorable environmental system, where it obtains various benefits and services from its
surrounding environment. While there is no standardized definition for environmental services, it
can be understood as the "benefits derived by organisms, communities, and economies from
nature." Due to its inherent connection to the environmental system, humans receive numerous
advantages from both biotic and abiotic components. These benefits are collectively referred to
as environmental services, which contribute directly and indirectly to human well-being.
PES services play a vital role in human welfare by harnessing the direct and indirect
contributions of nature.
2. Users/Consumers of Environmental Services:
Users of environmental services are individuals or entities that directly or indirectly

utilize those environmental services. It is essential for the proper management and conservation
of environmental services that their users take necessary steps. If a user of an environmental
service is not directly involved in the conservation of natural resources, they can contribute
through the Payment for Ecosystem Services (PES) mechanism.
For example, if water for drinking in a city is sourced from a large reservoir, it is the
responsibility of the people and organizations in that area to protect the reservoir's water and
manage its catchment area to ensure a long-term water supply. If they are unable to directly
implement water conservation measures at the reservoir's catchment area, they can motivate and
incentivize the local community by providing support. This support can be given directly or
indirectly.
3. Conservationists/Beneficiaries of PES:
Conservationists of environmental services are individuals or communities who

contribute to the conservation of a specific environmental service or natural resource. They are
typically located in specific areas and engage in direct or indirect conservation efforts.For
example, if a farmer practices intensive agriculture using excessive fertilizers and chemicals in
their field located in a reservoir's catchment area, it not only disrupts the entire ecological system
but also pollutes the water flowing from there. However, if the farmer practices organic farming
by using organic fertilizers and avoids chemicals, it keeps the soil and water clean, allowing the
entire environmental system to function properly.
Farmers can contribute to the conservation of natural resources through organic farming,
which directly benefits them and their families by providing chemical-free food and water. It
also ensures the preservation of soil fertility in their fields.
Indirectly, this conservation benefits the environment in several ways. It increases the
population of microorganisms in the soil, enhances soil water retention capacity, prevents soil
pollution, avoids negative effects on other organisms due to chemical use, reduces the
consumption of pesticide-contaminated agricultural products by humans, and maintains a
continuous water supply in rivers and streams throughout the year.
4. Direct or Indirect Contracts for Financial Transactions:
Under the PES mechanism, encouragement is provided for the conservation of

environmental services or specific activities through direct currency or other means. To maintain
the credibility of PES, it is important to provide incentives to eligible individuals or

communities. Therefore, certain strict conditions or rules can be established based on which
these incentives can be given. The role of an autonomous or regulatory institution also becomes
crucial in this process.
Based on certain conditions or rules, a formal or informal contract can be established

between the users/consumers of a specific environmental service and its conservationists. This
contract is essential for the successful implementation of the PES mechanism.
For example, if drinking water for a city is sourced from a reservoir, and farmers in the
catchment area practice organic farming, the city's residents can purchase organic produce from
those farmers at a higher price or provide them with financial support. This contract establishes a
mutually beneficial relationship between the users/consumers and the conservationists, ensuring
the conservation of the environmental service.
New York city “PES Model”
The PES program has been successfully implemented in many countries around the
world, but the best example comes from the city of New York in the United States, where PES
has gained recognition worldwide.
In the 1980s, it was becoming increasingly challenging for New York City to provide
clean water to its population of 9 million. This is a challenge that many developed cities face
today. The water sources that New York relied on were continuously degrading in quality and
quantity, and the solution of building large-scale water treatment plants was not only expensive
but also not a permanent fix. In search of a unique solution, New York City embarked on an
extraordinary experiment.
Rather than treating water at the point of use, they devised a plan to treat it at its source or
watershed area. They identified the areas where the water flows into their reservoirs and inspired
the farmers, forest communities, and other residents living in those areas to adopt sustainable
land management practices (such as organic farming, water conservation, and forest protection).
They provided them with incentives and encouragement. Within a few years, significant changes
were observed in the farming methods and livelihoods of the people in those areas. The water
became crystal clear and free from impurities. [3]
Today, New York City is recognized as one of those cities that possess the purest and
longest-lasting water sources in the world. The PES model ensured not only a reliable water
supply for the city but also brought about transformative changes in the lives of the people
residing in the Catskill watershed region.
Considering the varying water demands, the state of water resources, and other relevant
factors in different cities, the PES model can be implemented elsewhere as well. It enables the
proper management and utilization of natural resources.
Conclusion
Payment for Ecosystem Services (PES) represents a genuine and effective approach for
addressing environmental conservation challenges while benefiting communities. By
acknowledging the importance of natural resources and the services they provide, PES
incentivizes individuals and communities to actively engage in sustainable land and resource
management practices. The notable example of the New York City PES program showcases the
remarkable outcomes that can be achieved through this approach, as the city successfully tackled
its water supply issues by investing in the protection of watershed areas. PES offers a unique
opportunity to foster a sustainable future, where the well-being of both ecosystems and society
are mutually reinforced. Embracing PES can unlock the transformative potential needed to create
a harmonious balance between human activities and the environment.
In India, the PES model is being implemented in the Narmada Landscape Restoration Project,
primarily in the Khargone district of Madhya Pradesh. This is the first of its kind project in the
country for river ecosystem and showcases a pioneering initiative in progress [4].Join the
movement towards a greener and more prosperous world! PES is not just an idea; it's a practical
and exciting way to build a sustainable future. Let's unleash the power of PES and create a
harmonious balance between human activities and the environment we all depend on. Together,
we can make a difference!
References
[1] "Global Temperatures - A World of Change," Earth Observatory, NASA. [Online].
Available: https://earthobservatory.nasa.gov/world-of-change/global-temperatures.
[2] Millennium Ecosystem Assessment. (2005). Ecosystems and human well-being: Synthesis
(The Millennium Ecosystem Assessment series). GF50.E26 2005. 304.2–dc22. ISBN 1-
59726-040-1
[3] Kane, Melinda, and Jon D. Erickson. "Urban metabolism and payment for ecosystem
services: history and policy analysis of the New York City water supply." Ecological
Economics of Sustainable Watershed Management. Vol. 7. Emerald Group Publishing
Limited, 2007. 307-328.
[4] Press Information Bureau, Government of India. (2020, December 7). Press Release: NTPC
signs MoU with IIFM, Bhopal for Narmada Landscape Restoration Project". Available:
https://www.pib.gov.in/PressReleseDetailm.aspx?PRID=1678820.

MULTIPURPOSE BERMUDA
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH HAZARDSGRASS
OF WORKERS

1
Umasankari, B., 2*V. Krishnan, 2V. Vengadessan, 3A. Anuratha, 1S. Samuel Raj,
1
J. Umabalan, 1A. Harivignesh and 1Maddu Geethanjali
1
PG Scholar, Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru College of Agriculture and Research Institute, Karaikal,
U. T. of Puducherry- 609603.
2
Faculty, Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru College of Agriculture and Research Institute, Karaikal, U. T.
of Puducherry- 609603.
3
Faculty, Agricultural College and Research Institute, Tamil Nadu Agricultural University,
Keezhvelur, Nagapattinam district, Tamil Nadu -611104
*Corresponding Author Email ID: anurathakrishnan66@gmail.com
Introduction
Bermuda grass is botanically Cynodon dactylon (2n=18 & 36) commonly called as
Arugampull in tamil. Other names are "Karuka" (in Malayalam); Dhoob, Kiri-hiri and Durva
grass (in Hindi); Star grass, Kweek grass, Ethana grass, Dog grass, Dog‘s tooth grass, Bahama
grass, crab grass, devil‘s grass, African couch grass, Indian doab grass, Grama grass, Wiregrass
and Scutch grass (in English). Bermuda grass is a cosmopolitan species found worldwide and
belonging to grass family Poaceae. The other related species include Cynodon aethiopicus,
Cynodon barberi, Cynodon incompletes, Cynodon plectostachyus and Cynodon radiates.
Bermuda grass is a stoloniferous grass widely naturalized in tropical and subtropical regions of
the world. This species is a C4 grass and is a fast-growing grass that spreads by seeds and stolon
and rapidly colonizes new areas and grows forming dense mats. It is very drought tolerant by
virtue of rhizome survival through drought-induced dormancy over periods of up to seven
months. After dormancy, it has the ability to easily re-sprout from stolon and rooted runners.
Plants also recover quickly after fire and can tolerate at least several weeks of deep flooding.
Botanical description
Bermuda grass is a perennial grass, with underground rhizomes and on the ground
runners. The runners spread horizontally and bear nodes with internodes of about 10 cm length.
They may be flattened or cylindrical, mostly glabrous. Each node roots in the soil and produces
short culms (tillers), up to 25 cm high, but develop into prostrate runners under less dense
Article
conditions. The root system mostly develops within 0-25 cm depth but ID:as
can go AG-VO2-I08-07
deep as 70-80
cm in sandy soils. The underground biomass is mostly rhizomatous. Stem is slender,
stoloniferous creeping culm like stem forming thick mats by means of stolon and rhizomes
(horizontal, root-like stem usually found underground). The culms take root at the lower nodes.
Leaves have an alternate-distal pattern of distribution along the runners. Leaf blades are open up
to the base, glabrous, similar or shorter than the length of the internode. The ligule is very short
but with a conspicuous fringe of white hairs. Leaf blades are green to dull-green, lanceolate, and
forming almost a 90° angle with the leaf blade, finely parallel-ribbed on both surfaces, without a
conspicuous midrib. The inflorescence is supported on a culm up to 25 cm high and consists of a
single whorl of 3-7 narrow racemes, each 3-8 cm long. Spikelets are 2-2.5 mm long in two rows,
closely appressed to the rachis. Glumes are one-nerved, the lower almost as long as the spikelet,
the upper half to three-quarters as long. The lemma is silky pubescent on the keel, palea
glabrous. The fruit is a caryopsis, sub-eliptical, compressed and brownish, brilliant coloured.
Bermuda grass is cross pollinated by wind.
Growing conditions
Bernuda grass requires moderate warmth. It is tolerant of extremely high temperatures but is
susceptible to hard or prolonged frost. It is predominant in subtropical conditions as a weed in
both annual and perennial crops and in pastures, fallows and waste areas. It occurs under semi-
arid and irrigated conditions on a wide range of soil types of varying pH and salinity. Bermuda
grass will thrive in sandy well-draining soils. The average soil pH level conducive for a thriving
lawn is between 6 to 7.5. Checking the quality of your garden soil is very easy. Read our detailed
guide to check and improve the quality of your garden soil. Gently remove any debris from the
soil. Prepare the soil by loosening the upper few inches. Add organic manure, compost, or
fertilizer and mix it evenly with the soil. Optimal nutrient levels assure healthy growth. Perhaps
its greatest advantage is that it is productive during the months of June, July and August when
the quantity and quality of cool-season grasses such as tall fescue (Festuca arundinacea) and
orchard grass (Dactylis glomerata) are poor.
Fig. 1. Cynodon dactylon - Bermuda grass.
Bermuda grass produces an extensive root system that provides some drought tolerance. It
responds well to nitrogen fertilization and produces a large quantity of dry matter for either
grazing or hay production when soil moisture is not limiting. It is native to Europe, Africa,
Australia and much of Asia. It has been introduced to the Americas.
Cultivated types Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Cultivated types of Bermuda grass are of three types viz.,
1. Vegetative propagated types: These varieties are propagated through their rhizomes and are
mostly perennials. They establish very quickly and stand for longer period as perennials. They
are very difficult to eradicate once established. These varieties are used as pasture purpose as
well as for lawn purpose. Examples of vegetative propagated Bermuda grass varieties are
Celebration, GN 1, Discovery, Northbridge, Patriot and Quickstand.
2. Seeded types: Seeded variety corresponds to wide range of genotype selected for their
adaptability to different cultivation conditions. Seeded varieties are outstanding tolerant of
drought and heavy grazing, the two important traits of tropical forages. Their seeds are
commonly mixed to make commercial blends. This is of two types viz.,
i. Common Bermuda grasses: These are dwarf in nature and are especially used for pastures
and lawn purpose. These are of two types, viz.,
a. Dwarf types: Used only for pastures and lawns of garden. Examples are
Champion, Tif Green and Tif Eagle.
b. Ultra-dwarf types: These are used for lawns of cricket grounds, golf lawns and
other paly grounds. Examples are Cheyenne, Franklin and Elliot.
ii. Giant Bermuda grass or coastal Bermuda grass: These are seeded Bermuda grass and are
taller than dwarf types. The coastal Bermuda grasses variety has longer and larger leaves, stems
and rhizome. It is more resistant to drought and leaf spot, immune to the root-knot nematode.
Coastal Bermuda grass is twice as productive as common Bermuda grass. They are cultivated as
annuals and used as cut and carry system of forage. They are suitable for hay and silage making.
Examples are Arizona, Barhados, Contessa, Dune, Holly wood, Panama, Princess 77, Pyramid 2,
Sahara and Southern star.
OCCUPATIONAL
3. Hybrid types: These HEALTH
are hybrid combination HAZARDS
between CynodonOF WORKERS
dactylon and other species of
Cynodon viz., C. tranvaalensis, C. magennisii etc. They are graze resistant and commercially
grown for fodder purpose both as a pasture grass and for cut and carry system. They are readily
grazed when 25-30 cm high. Examples are Majestic. Midfield, Midfilz, Midlawn, Tiflawn,
Tifsport and Tifway.
Fodder value of Bermuda grass

Bermuda grass is highly variable, hardy, long-lived perennial grass and one of the most
used warm-season forage grasses in the world. Bermuda grass is leafy species; leafy blades are
blue green in colour, smooth on the lower surface and somewhat pubescent at the upper one.
Bermuda grass has outstanding spreading ability, the stolon being able to grow more than 7.5
cm/day. It is used to form a dense swards, lawns and turf. Bermuda grass is highly responsive to
N fertilization and to irrigation, with high input levels producing up to 20 t DM/ha/year.
Nutritive value: Bermuda grass has a total dry matter 31.3%, crude protein 9.8-10.2%, crude
fibre 31.3% and neutral digestible fibre 66.7%. It is highly palatable nutritious fodder for all
livestock. It has no detrimental effect of Bermuda grass on livestock has been reported
Green fodder: Bermuda grass is a highly variable, hardy, long-lived perennial grass, and one of
the most used warm-season forages in the world. Bermuda grass is a leafy species. Leaf blades
are blue green, 2-20 cm long, and 2-6 mm wide, smooth on the lower surface and somewhat
pubescent at the upper one. Bermuda grass has an outstanding spreading ability, the stolon being
able to grow more than 7.5 cm/day. It is used to form dense swards, lawns and turf. Bermuda
grass is highly responsive to N fertilization and to irrigation, with high input levels producing up
to 20 t DM/ha/year.
Pasture system: Bermuda grass is one of the most grazing resistant grasses and can withstand
heavy grazing once established. Nitrogen fertilizer increases its tolerance to grazing. Grazing can
start once the stand is 30-40 cm high and full bloom. Cutting/ grazing height should be about 5-
10cm in order to keep good stand density. To maintain quality, grazing pressure should be high,
with short rotation under rotational grazing, or controlled with a low sward height under set-
stocking management, to avoid excess pre-grazing herbage mass and lowered digestibility. Cattle
should be allowed to graze the upper 2/3 of stand as this part is much leafier and has a higher
nutritive value. Livestock grazing the lower third of the grass eat mostly low value fibrous stems.
Hay and Silage: Bermuda grass makes good quality hay and silage. As a fine-stemmed leafy
species, Bermuda grass cures quickly. It can be tightly packed in bales and maintain good
nutritive value during storage. In the USA, Bermuda grass hay is often cubed or pelleted. It
should not be cut too late as its nutritive value (protein content) drops Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
with maturity. Six cuts can
be taken per year.
Lawn management
Bermuda grass is relatively easy to care for, especially if you give the turf attention a few
times per year. It serves to enhance the beauty of the garden, be it larger or smaller. Bermuda
grass grows quickly so it requires frequent mowing, especially during rainy seasons. Follow
these tips to keep your Bermuda grass healthy and weed-free. Mow every 1-2 weeks as needed.
Keep grass blades1/2 inch to 2 inch long. Do not remove more than1/3 of the grass blade to
prevent stress. First mow should be in mid-march, after the final frost of winter, once soil
temperature reach 55 degree or higher. First mow after the winter should low to remove dead or
damaged grass.
Health Benefits
1. Problem related to urination: Make tea of roots of this grass and drink 30 ml in sips.
2. Headaches: Take equal quantity of grass and lime and make a paste with water. Apply paste
on the forehead and get instant relieve.
3. Eye diseases: Make a paste of the grass and apply on eyelids. This will be very useful in
stopping dirt coming out of the eyes.
4. Stomach-related diseases: Intake of five gram of Bermuda grass and water is very useful to
control vomiting.
5. Diarrhoea: Drink extract of fresh Bermuda grass is useful in controlling diarrhoea
6. Nose-related problems: Take pomegranate flower extract and mix it with Bermuda grass
extract. Pour one to two drops in nostrils. If one smells Bermuda grass, it will be very
useful. Drop one to two drops of Bermuda grass extract in nostrils to prevent instant
bleeding.
7. Mouth-related sores: If one rinses one's mouth with Bermuda grass tea, it can be very useful
in curing mouth ulcers.
8. An infusion of the root is used to stop bleeding from piles.
9. Juice of the plant is astringent and is applied externally to fresh cuts and wounds.
10. When mixed with the powder of a clove (Syzygium aromaticum), it is used as an
anthelmintic.
11. Internally, it is used in the treatment of chronic diarrhoea and dysentery.
12. Leaf juice has also been used in the treatment of hysteria, epilepsy and insanity.
13. Plant is a folk medicine it used as a remedy cough, diarrhoea, dysentery, headache,
haemorrhage, hypertension, kidney stones, as a laxative, and in wound healing.
14. Bermuda grass is best remedy in oral problems. It helps to stop bleeding gums, makes the
teeth strong and removes the bad breathe.
Advantages of Bermuda Grass
1. Bermuda grass is a valuable fodder grass that can be grazed heavily.

2. It is used it cut-and-carry systems
3. It is useful for hay, silage and pelletizing
4. It may be used for soil conservation
5. It is used as lawn and turf grass
6. Bermuda grass helps binding bare ground in disturbed areas
7. It has dense root system thus improves soil structure and recycle nutrients
8. It has a valuable soil binder in sandy dunes along sea coast or river banks
9. It is useful for sports fields as field cover, as when damaged it recover quickly
10. The rhizome are reported to act as a diuretic in humans and the grass juice can as an
astringent
11. Bermuda grass may be selectively eaten by dogs to swiftly induce vomiting when they
have gastrointestinal problems
12. This grass is used in the Ayurveda system of medicine
13. In Hinduism, it is considered important in the worship of lord Ganesh. A clump of shoots
this grass is usually offered during puja ceremony
14. It has aggressive growth and forms a more dense sod than other forage grasses
15. It is established quickly and recovers faster when damaged by natural calamities
16. Bermuda grass is one of the most grazing resistant grasses and can withstand heavy
grazing once established. It does well on overgrazed and trampled areas
17. Bermuda grass can be raised in salt affected soils and also by saline water irrigation
Article
18. It can be tightly packed in bales and maintain good nutritive value ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
during storage
Disadvantages of Bermuda Grass
1. Turns brown and goes dormant after the first frost, leaving the field with poor color and
poor recovery potential during the last half of the fall season (October and November)
and during the entire spring season (March to mid-May).
2. Even though Bermuda grass tolerates drier conditions and requires less irrigation than
cool-season grasses, it still requires some irrigation or timely rains during establishment
and for recovery of worn areas.
3. Tolerance – Bermuda grass is known for having poor tolerance to many insects, disease,
and nematode pests, which limits the use in most home lawn sites.
4. Bermuda grass is a very competitive species. This makes it resistant to weeds but also a
threat to crops such as maize, cotton and sugarcane ,or in vineyards and plantation crops
5. Bermuda grass has trouble growing in the cold as well as in the shade.
Conclusion
Bermuda grass is hardly enough to survive with little care but responds quickly to more
intensive management. Since establishment costs are a major expense, producers should do
everything possible to ensure success. The most important considerations during establishment
of Bermuda grass are to prepare a clean seedbed, plant a winter hardy cultivar, and control
weeds. The most critical aspects of managing Bermuda grass are a proper fertility program and
the stage of maturity at harvest. When it is used for grazing, the stocking rate is critical. Bermuda
grass is tolerant of close grazing and drought and suffers from few insects and diseases.
References
Burton GW, Monson WG. 1984. Registration of Tifton 68 Bermuda grass. Crop Sci 24:1211.
Corriher VA, Redmon LA. 2011. Bermuda grass varieties, hybrids and blends for Texas. Tec.
Rep E-320 9(11).
Duble, R.L. 2014. Bermuda grass – The Sports Turf of the South," Texas A&M Agri Life
Extension.
Patton, A. and Boyd, J. 2014.Choosing a Grass for Arkansas Lawns, University of Arkansas
Cooperative Extension. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
McCarty, LB. and Grady Miller, 2002. Managing Bermuda grass Turf Selection, Construction,
Cultural Practices, and Pest Management Strategies
Albert Spear Hitchcock · 1914. A Text-book of Grasses with Especial Reference to the
Economic Species of the United States

CONSERVATION AGRICULTURE;
OCCUPATIONAL YESTERDAY,
HEALTH HAZARDS TODAY
OF WORKERS
AND TOMORROW
Dr. S. Sasipriya*1 and K. Divya2
1
Department of genetics and plant breeding, Malla Reddy University, Hyderabad, 500100
2
Department of genetics and plant breeding, PJTSAU, Hyderabad, India
*Corresponding Author Email ID: priyaskumar9@gmail.com
Abstract
Agriculture is challenging especially today with numerous factors such as erratic changes in the
climatic factors, degenerating soil fertility, epidemics of evolved pathogens and insects, changed
food behavioral patterns of consumers and depleting natural resources of production. On the
other hand, exponentially growing human population around the globe is demanding high food
and nutritional securities. Sustainable intensification of food production is one of the reliable
remedies to overcome these issues. Conservation agriculture is a way farming system which is
rooted to principles of reduced environmental depletion and sustainable production of food.
Introduction
The idea of conservation agriculture was formed early in the 1930s in the United States
of America, but the term gained popularity only after 1990s. it largely aims to increase the
biological diversity of a specific area and thereby reducing the soil and environment degradation
to help the soil regenerate. Conservation agriculture relies on three basic principles such as
1. Minimum or no soil mechanical disturbances
2. Year-round permanent soil organic coverage
3. Diversified cropping systems
1. Minimum mechanical soil disturbance

Tillage is the agricultural operation including pulverization, digging, cutting, stirring and
turning of soil in order to make good soil bed for the agricultural practices. Human controlled
tools such as spading machines, cage wheels, ploughs, subsoilers and harrows are used to make
good tilth and physical conditioning of soil. These practices gradually lead to the disruption of
soil structure leading to the increased soil erosion and low fertility. Conservation agriculture put
forth the idea of zero tillage, minimum tillage or conservation tillage practices in which the total
area of soil disturbed will be either less than 15 cm deep or 25 % of the total area under
agriculture. This will enhance the total structure and organic matter content of the soil and
thereby reduces the soil runoff. Various other practices recommended by conservation
agriculture are direct seeding, direct drilling, and bed planting rice.
i) Direct seeding or planting
The soil is prepared without any mechanical operations and the seeds or the seedlings are
directly planted on to the seed bed. A hand tool like a shovel or a machine is used to dig into the
soil and precisely place the large seeds or seedlings directly in to the soil.
ii) Conservation tillage
In minimum or conservation tillage, tillage practices are either avoided completely or
reduced to essential operations in order to protect the soil. The weeds are either rolled or slashed
and removed or herbicides are used to kill. Proper mulching with previous crop residues is
practiced to give good cover over the soil and manures, fertilizers and soil amendments are
provided adequately. These practices help to maintain at least 30 % of the soil with residue
covers. The primary tillage practices such as deep ploughing and power tilling are completely
avoided and only finer operations are carried out.
iii) Raised Bed planting

Raised bed planting is particularly followed in rice cultivation in Eastern parts of
Gangetic plains and those area which are low lying and water logging is prominent. It is carried
out to reduce the soil mechanical operations required for rice transplanting. Beds of 0.6 to 1
meter size are prepared and separated using furrows. One of the other major advantages of these
beds are in the conservation of irrigation water up to 30%. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
2. Year-round permanent soil organic coverage

Permanent soil coverage using cover crops such as cereals or pulses or previous crop
residue can positively impact the soil health and fertility. The cover crops enrich the soil eit her
by nitrogen fixation or decreases the runoff using their deeply seated soil binding fibrous root
systems. The soil organic cover has immense contribution towards the maintenance of agro-
ecosystem and soil physical properties.
The cover crops are easily grown on available nutrients previous crop season and stored
underground water. There is minimum resource requirement to grow them which can later act as
an additional source of income or a feed for the cattle. Some legume cover crops such as
sunhemp, black gram, soy bean or cowpea can be grown as green manuring crops which are
incorporated in to the soil within 60 days after sowing helps to improve water holding capacity
and nitrogen enhancement in soil. These protective plants on the soil surface can act as a barrier to
the rain and prevent soil erosion to some extent.
3.Diversified cropping systems

Diversified cropping systems and crop rotations help to bring cultivations of different
plant species in a land area over seasons or at same time. It not only financially beneficial to
farmers but also helps in maintaining good soil health by nurturing soil micro-organisms. The
different root systems of crops can give natural substitute for tillage operations by growing deep
Article ID:
in to the soil layers. Leached and unabsorbed soil nutrients can be recycled andAG-VO2-I08-07
regenerated by
growing different types of crops.
i) Prevents soil erosion

Crop diversification in the farm lands aims to minimize the agricultural inputs which can
negatively affect the soil health coupled with enhancing the soil properties. Following a planned
agricultural rotation, the heterogeneity of the crop production system enhances soil performance
by boosting soil beneficial microbial activity, increasing soil organic matter, (Studdert and
Echeverría, 2000) and water holding capacity. The mixed cropping or intercropping systems are
known to boosts soil enzymatic activities, physical and chemical properties, soil water
conservation, and wet-soil aggregate equilibrium (Zuber et al., 2018). The increased soil organic
matter content and humus enhances soil porosity and infiltration rate which facilitates more
water storing capacity of the soil. These factors ultimately lead to decreased surface runoff of the
soil and reduces soil erosion.
ii) Soil nutrient enrichment
Every plant is different with respect to their nutritional requirement and microbial
preferences. The crop rotation not only enhance the soil nutrients through organic matter but also
aids in the development of helpful soil bacteria. Many crops such as chickpea, pea and some
vegetables on a rotation can enhance the functionality of the soil micro-organisms. Studies have
shown improved performance of wheat and chickpea in a rotation coupled with improved
microbial activities. Some crops particularly maize and pulse, can produce root exudates that
improve the bacterial activities in the soil (Jin et al., 2019). These increased activities soil
microbes mobilize the fixed nutrients and makes it in the available form to the plants.
iii) Overcome the effects of climate change
Crop diversification can greatly help in enhancing soil water Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
and nutrient contents. The
reserved soil moisture in different layers of soil can be efficiently utilized by crops with different
rooting patterns thereby resisting moisture deficit conditions to an extent. It also increases the
water use efficiency of the plants. The different root patterns of crops helps in creating bio pores
within the deep compacted soil, helping in enhancing the total porosity and water uptake
capacity of the soil. Multistoried cropping systems can effectively beat temperature stress by
growing sensitive plants as shady plants.
iv) Reduces pests and disease incidences
One of the serious problems of monoculture is the epidemics of pests and disease
incidence. The continuous availability of the target host avails favorable conditions for the
insects or pathogens to perpetuates and reproduce. In a mixed cropping system, the life cycle of a
pathogen or an insect is discontinued due to lack of available favorable host plant. This cultural
practice can also reduce the number of pesticides and fungicides applied to the farm which helps
in reducing the soil pollution and total expenditure to the farmers. In a study comparing wheat
monoculture and a crop rotation involving wheat- turnip- barley- pea, the incidence of wheat leaf
blotch disease severity was found 20% less when wheat was grown every fourth year compared
with wheat monoculture (Jalli et al.,2021). Avoiding susceptible host plants and including non-
host plants in to the rotation until the pathogen or insect cycle breaks, can be adopted efficiently
to reduce the incidences to protect the crops.
v) Enhance food and nutritional security
According to FAO, the demand for food would rise by 50–70% globally during the next
forty years. Despite widespread increases in yields, nearly one-third of the growing area for the
key staple crops saw yields that either never increased, stalled, or even decreased. Adopting crop
rotations or intercropping systems can create sustainable production of different crops with
nutritional values. Crop diversification challenges the risk due to uncertainties arise due to
fluctuating climatic conditions as well as provide crop yields. A crop rotation involving cereals,
pulses, oilseeds and vegetables can sufficiently feed the family with recommended
Conclusion
Conservation agriculture practices are globally recognized and have added advantages of
limited resources with improved production. It not only enhances the sustainable crop production
but helps delineate adverse effects of climate change. Conservation Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
agriculture methodologies
serves as the foundation for sustainable agricultural output intensification when combined with
other well-known good practices, such as the use of high-quality seeds and integrated pest,
fertilizer, weed, and water management. It expands the possibilities for integrating different
production sectors, such as the integration of trees and meadows into agricultural landscapes and
the integration of crops and cattle.
References
Studdert, G.A. and Echeverría, H.E. 2000. Crop rotations and nitrogen fertilization to manage
soil organic carbon dynamics. Soil Science Society of America Journal. 64(4): 1496–
1503.
Zuber, S. M., Behnke, G. D., Nafziger, E. D. and Villamil, M. B. 2018. Carbon and nitrogen
content of soil organic matter and microbial biomass under long-term crop rotation and
tillage in Illinois, USA. Agriculture. 8(3): 37.
Jalli, M., Huusela, E., Jalli, H., Kauppi, K., Niemi, M., Himanen, S. and Jauhiuainen, L. 2021.
Effects of crop rotation on spring wheat yield and pest occurrence in different tillage
systems: a multi-year experiment in Finnish growing conditions. Frontiers in Sustainable
Food Systems. https://doi.org/10.3389/fsufs.2021.647335.
Jin, J., Wang, M., Lu, W., Zhang, L., Jiang, Q., Jin, Y., Lu, K., Sun, S., Cao, Q. and Wang, Y.
2019. Effect of plants and their root exudate on bacterial activities during
rhizobacterium–plant remediation of phenol from water. Environment International. 127:
114-124. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envint.2019.03.015.

MANAGEMENT OF GRAPEVINE
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH PESTS
HAZARDS OF WORKERS

*Dr. L. Allwin, Dr. C. Harisudan and Dr. S. Susikaran

Tamil Nadu Agricultural University, Coimbatore
*Corresponding Author Email ID: allwin.dr@gmail.com
The Grapevine Mealy bugs: Maconellicoccus hirsutus, Ferrisia virgata (white-tailed),

Planococcus citri, P. maritinus, Nipaecoccus vastator (spherical) (Pseudococcidae:
Hemiptera).Mealy-bugs occur throughout the year on grapevine. However, they are more serious
during the summer months and less active in winter and rainy seasons. They attack all the
varieties (Thomson Seedless, Anab-E Shahi, Bangalore Blue, etc.). They also breed on Ficus,
mulberry and mesta (Hibiscus sabdarifa). Both nymphs and adults suck the sap from the leaves,
shoots and berries. Their populaion increases as the grape ‗clusters‘ are formed and they are
more abundant when the fruits are ripening
The heavily infested clusters shrivel and drop.They become so sticky with honeydew and sooty
mould that they become unfit for consumption. Secondary fungal infection may cause the berries
to rot. The mealy bugs attack the newly formed sprouts, stunting their growth after pruning. Such
shoots get twisted.Mealy bugs take shelter under the crevices of barks after the bunches are
removed. Once the vegetative buds arise, they start colonizing. The yield loss may be as much as
90 per cent.
Biology OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH HAZARDS OF WORKERS
Mealy bugs multiply either sexually or parthenogenetically. The female lays 250-500
eggs in a terminal ovisac, which is cottony white in colour. The eggsArticle
hatch in
ID:7AG-VO2-I08-07
days. The eggs
and the first instar nymphs (crawlers) are all orange in colour. The females have 3 instars while
the males have 4 instars. They take 20-25 days to mature.
Management
 The mealbugs can be effectively managed by releasing predaceous cocinellid beetles,

especially the Australian ladybird beetle, Cryptolaemus montrouzieri, and Scymnus coccivora.
 Its grubs are cryptic resembling the mealy-bugs. Both adults and frubs feed on the mealy-bugs.
C. montrouzieri is more potential than Scymuns. The beetles are released @ 60-1000 per/acre.
One to three releases are required per year in areas where the mealybug population is high.
 The greenlace wing, Mallada boninensis also preys on the mealy bugs.
 An encyrtid parasitoid, Anagrus dactylopii is very effective.
 Chemical insecticides are only temporarily effective (e.g. malathion 0.1 %). Most of them may
cause resurgence of the mealy bugs (e.g. synthetic pyrethroids).
 Before the predatory beetles establish themselves,
HEALTHfish oil rosin OF
soapWORKERS
may be sprayed @ 20 g /
OCCUPATIONAL HAZARDS
litre + dichlorvos 0.1 % after removing the loose bark.
The grapevine flea beetle: Scelodonta strigicollis (Chrysomelidae: Coleoptera)
The adult beetles are destructive, particularly when the vines put forth new flush after
pruning. They eat up the buds and nibble at the leaves, making a number of holes on them. They
also scratch the tendrils and eat on the on the epidermis of branches. The grubs, which occur in
the soil, cause negligible damage by feeding on the cortex or roots.
Biology
The 4-5 mm long flea beetles are metallic bronze coloured with six black patches on the
elytra. They fall down and feign death when disturbed. The hibernating beetles (underneath the
bark) become active in March and from May onwards to feed on the tender shoots and leaves
and start breeding. The eggs are laid beneath the bark in groups of 20-40. A female lays 220-570
eggs in 8-12 months. The egg period lasts 4-8 days. The grubs fall to the ground and pupate in
an earthen cell. The adults emerge in 7-11 days. The total life cycle is 50-day long. The bettles
remain active till the end of November, completing 3-4 overlapping generations.
Management
 Expose the pupae from the soil around the vines.

 Remove the loose bark at the time of pruning to prevent egg laying.
 Adults can be destroyed by shaking them into the trays containing kerosenated water.
 Contact insecticides are quite effective against the pest. Spray phosalone 35 EC 2 ml/litre after
pruning.
The grapevine girdler: Sthenias grisator (Cerambycidae:Coleoptera)
The 2-5 cm long beetles have the habit of girdling (ringing) the vines (1.25 - 2.5 cm thick) so
that the regions beyond the cut gets dried up to enable the grubs bore and tunnel the dry wood.
The eggs are inserted under the bark on the girdled vines. The larva tunnels the wood, killing the
vine.
Management
 Destroy the affected vines.
 Collect and kill the beetles.
 Spray or swab carbaryl 0.1 % (2 ml/litre) on the main vines / branches.

Conclusion
Emphasizing on Integrated pest management strategies would reduce the hazards of
pesticide residues and utilizing more biocontrol agents would keep the environment safe and
balanced.

PROSOPIS CINERARIA: BIOCHEMICAL CHARACTERIZATION,
OCCUPATIONAL
ANTI-CANCER POTENTIAL, HEALTH HAZARDS
AND IC50 OF WORKERS
CONFIRMATION AGAINST
BLOOD CANCER
*Yamini Malhotra
Research Scholar, Dept of Earth Sciences, Annamalai University,
*Corresponding Author Email ID: yaminipriya2008@gmail.com
Abstract
In order to analyze the potential bioactive constituents of leaf extracts of Prosopis Cineraria/
Khejri- National tree of Rajasthan, Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy (FTIR) along with
Ultra Violet Spectroscopy (UV) and added Field Emission Scanning Emission Microscope with
Energy Dispersive X-ray analysis (FESEM-EDAX) were carried out. The authors too
demonstrated Cell line studies via MTT Assay for MOLT 4 in different concentrations and found
Khejri as toxic with validated IC50. Further, Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectroscopy (GC-MS)
and High-Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC) were tested and certain compounds like
BENZENE, (1-BROMOETHYL)- (ALPHA.-BROMOETHYL)BENZENE(1-
BROMOETHYL)BENZENE(ALPHA-BROMOETH), Chloromethyl chloroacetate, 1,2-
BENZENEDICARBOXYLIC ACID, DIISOOCTYL ESTER $$ BIS(6-METHYLHEPTYL)
PHTHALATE, 1,2-BENZENEDICARBOXYLIC ACID, DIOCTYL ESTER, 1,2-
BENZENEDICARBONIC ACID, DIOCTYL ESTER, Phthalic acid, 4-nitrophenyl octyl ester,
(E,E)-2-[3-(DIMETHYLAMINO)-2-PROPYLIDENE]CYCLOHEPTANONE, D-GLUCO-
HEPTONIC ACID, 2,6-ANHYDRO-3-DEOXY-, METHYL ESTER $$ METHYL .BETA.-(2,6-
ANHYDRO-3-DEOXY-D-ARABI, CESIUM TRIMETHYLFLUORO)ALUMINATE, 1,1-
DIMETHYLETHYL 3-HYDROXY-2-METHYL-5-PHENYL-4-PENTENEDITHIOATE,
NICKEL (II)-BIS[2-(HEPTAFLUOROBUTANOYL)-(+)CHOLEST-4-EN-2-ONATE]etc. gave
spectrum with 15 major peaks concluded by other results, most of which are bioactive
compounds which may act as antimicrobial, anti-cancerous, antioxidant, antiviral and anti-
inflammatory agents.
Keywords- Prosopis Cineraria, Rajasthan, GCMS, HPLC, FTIR, UV, MTT MOLT4, IC50,
Bioactive Compounds
Introduction
Article
Prosopis Cineraria (Khejri) is a flowering tree, found widely ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
in the Thar Desert of
Rajasthan, India of the leguminous family Fabaceae that plays a vital role in preserving the
ecosystem. Not only the national tree of Rajasthan, it is the natural resource too of arid regions
because of its ecological role in preventing soil erosion. In Rajasthan, it is used as a folk
medicine for various ailments. Locals used to boil the leaves with rice and get themselves treated
if having digestion, constipation, and respiratory problems. Its bark is dry, bitter, having sharp
taste, cures leprosy, dysentery, piles, asthma, leukoderma, muscle tremors and anxious mind. Its
flowers are used during pregnancy as safeguard against miscarriage. Ashes of the bark are
rubbed against skin to remove hairs. Smoke of leaves are good for eye problems.
. Figure 1: Elucidates the geographical toposheet of Bikaner, Rajasthan, India from samples
have been collected in the month of October, 2022
Fresh leaves are useful for Dyspepsia, crushed crude is used Toothache, Earache,
fractured bones. Due to the presence of various phytoconstituents like alkaloids, steroids,
phenolics, tannins and flavone derivatives, it is used as a medicine. In this regard, polyphenolic
compounds have been reported to have multiple biological effects including anti-cancerous, anti-
inflammatory, and anti-oxidant. GCMS is a breakthrough in the analysis of phytoconstituents
and structure elucidation of the compounds as low as 1mg (Liebler et al., 1996).
Study Area Topological Map- Bikaner, Rajasthan of India-Where sample have been collected
Materials and Methods:

Plant Sample was obtained from Bikaner, Rajasthan, India in the month of October 2022
and deposited to Lab No. 14 of Dept of Earth Sciences, Annamalai University. Binocular
microscopic pictures were taken. In the process of plant extraction, material (Khejri leaves) was
dried and powdered to 100gm, preheated sample was placed in Soxhlet apparatus for 2 to 3 days,
the samples were extracted in distilled cow urine, methanol, ethanol, chloroform, and ethyl
acetate for different tests. The extracts were filtered, dried, and weighed.
MORPHOLOGICAL IMAGES-
Figure 2: Prosopis Cineraria- raw leaves captured via camera, immediately after collection.
BINOCULAR MICROSCOPIC IMAGES-
Figure 3: Dried leaves captured under microscope.
MTT ASSAY FOR CELL CYTOTOXICITY-
Principle
MTT (3-4, 5 dimethylthiazol-2yl-2, 5-diphenyl tetrazolium bromide) assay, is based on

the ability of a mitochondrial dehydrogenase enzyme of viable cells to cleave the tetrazolium
rings of the pale yellow MTT and form a dark blue colored formazan crystals which is largely
impermeable to cell membranes, thus resulting in its accumulation within healthy cells.
Solubilization of cells by the addition of detergents (DMSO) results in the liberation of crystals
which are solubilized. The number of surviving cells is directly proportional to the level of
formazan product created. The color can be quantified using a multi-well plate reader.
Materials Required
DMEM medium, Fetal Bovine Serum (FBS) and antibiotic solution were from Gibco
(USA), DMSO (Dimethyl sulfoxide) and MTT (3-4,5 dimethylthiazol-2yl-2,5-diphenyl
tetrazolium bromide) (5 mg/ml) were from Sigma, (USA), 1X PBS was from Himedia, (India).
96 well tissue culture plate and wash beaker were from Tarson (India).
Procedure
Cell culture-MOLT 4 cells (Blood cancer cells) were purchased from NCCS, Pune and were
OCCUPATIONAL
cultured in liquid medium HEALTH10%
(DMEM) supplemented HAZARDS OF WORKERS
Fetal Bovine Serum (FBS), 100 ug/ml
penicillin and 100 µg/ml streptomycin, and maintained under an atmosphere of 5% CO 2 at 37oC.
Article
MTT Assay- The 5 sample was tested for in vitro cytotoxicity, using MOLT ID: 4AG-VO2-I08-07
cells by MTT
assay. Briefly, the cultured MOLT 4 cells were harvested by trypsinization, pooled in a 15 ml
tube. Then, the cells were plated at a density of 1×10 5 cells/ml cells/well (200 µL) into the 96-
well tissue culture plate in DMEM medium containing 10 % FBS and 1% antibiotic solution for
24-48 hour at 37°C. The wells were washed with sterile PBS and treated with various
concentrations of the 5 sample in a serum free DMEM medium. Each sample was replicated
three times and the cells were incubated at 37°C in a humidified 5% CO2 incubator for 24 h.
After the incubation period, MTT (20 µL of 5 mg/ml) was added into each well and the cells
incubated for another 2-4 h until purple precipitates were clearly visible under an inverted
microscope. Finally, the medium together with MTT (220 µL) were aspirated off the wells and
washed with 1X PBS (200 µl). Furthermore, to dissolve formazan crystals, DMSO (100 µL) was
added and the plate was shaken for 5 min. The absorbance for each well was measured at 570 nm
using a micro plate reader (Thermo Fisher Scientific, USA) and the percentage cell viability and
IC50 value was calculated using Graph Pad Prism 6.0 software (USA).
Formula Cell viability % = Test OD/Control OD X 100
RESULT- Cell Viability (%)-
150
C e ll V ia b ilit y ( % )
100
50
0
l
l
l
l
l
/m
/m
/m
/m
/m
/m
/m
/m
/m
/m
o
tr
g
g
g
g
g
g
n

o
0
0
0
C
1
0
0
5
5  g /m l
Plot 1: Cell viability at different concentrations.
IC50 Value of tested sample: 57.72 μg/ml-Images of control cells and 5 treated cells
Control cells 500 μg/ml 300 μg/ml 100 μg/ml 60 μg/ml Article ID:
20 μg/ml AG-VO2-I08-07
10 μg/ml
Figure 4: Morphological cancer cells MOLT 4 images at Untreated and Treated levels.
Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy (FTIR)-
Plot 2: Infrared peaks samples using FTIR Spectroscopy
IR SPECTRUM TABLE-
Conclusion table from Infrared Spectrum.
WAVENUMBER TRANSMITTANCE FUNCTIONAL CLASS STRETCHING VIBRATION

%AGE
(Highest Peaks)
3317 49 ALCOHOLS / O-H (free), usually sharp

PHENOLS
3211 49 ALCOHOLS/PHENOLS O-H(H-bonded), usually broad
2920 78 ALKANES C-H stretch
UV SPECTROSCOPY-
Plot 3: Ultraviolet Spectrum peaks at different wavelengths.
Different peaks in nanometer with AU.
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Peak(nm) 224.25 227.95 279.90 292.25 408.75 663.25 775.35 918.55
Peak (AU) 3.789 0.353 0.222 0.222 0.186 0.114 0.062 0.056
GCMS- Gas Chromatography Mass Spectroscopy
Figure 5: Compounds identified by GCMS analysis.
Testing on Eggs-

Figure 6: Analysis of drug over country eggs with developed blood vessels
Conclusion
Investigation reveals that the extraction of Prosopis Cineraria (leaves) possessed
significant anticancer activity that was analysed by GCMS and HPLC analysis and further tested
on eggs further reveals the presence of phytoconstituents including squalene, steroids, tannins,
ethers, phenolics and acids with respect to biological activities that further gestures the
development of blood vessels over Eggs via inducing the sterilized drug obtained from Khejri
leaves. The presence of various bioactive compounds indicates the potential in treating many
infectious/ malignant diseases. It is a good medicinal alternative to human health.
References
Mosmann, Tim. "Rapid colorimetric assay for cellular growth and survival: application to
proliferation and cytotoxicity assays." Journal of immunological methods 65, no. 1-2
(1983): 55-63.
Marshall, N. J., C. J. Goodwin, and S. J. Holt. "A critical assessment of the use of microculture
tetrazolium assays to measure cell growth and function." Growth regulation 5, no. 2
(1995): 69-84.
Liu Y, Singh D, Nair M, Pods of Khejri (Prosopis cineraria) consumed as a vegetable showed
functional food properties. Journal of Functional Foods, 2012; 4(1):116-121-doi:
10.1016/j.jff.2011.08.006
Anand S, Thakur S, Gargi M, Choudhary S, Bhardwaj P,Development and characterization of
genomic microsatellite markers in Prosopis cineraria. Current Plant Biology, 2017; 9-
10:37-42. doi: 10.1016/j.cpb.2017.03.001
Garg A, Mittal S, Review on Prosopis cineraria: A potential herb of Thar desert. Drug Invention
Today, 2013; 5(1):60-65. doi: 10.1016/j.dit.2013.03.002
Ross J, Kasum C, Dietary Flavonoids: Bioavailability, Metabolic Effects, and Safety. Annual
Review of Nutrition, 2002; 22(1):19-34. doi: 10.1146/annurev.nutr.22.111401.144957
Cody V, ChemInform Abstract: Crystal and Molecular Structures of Flavonoids. Cheminform,
1989; 20(12). doi: 10.1002/chin.198912363
Cao J, Zhang Y, Chen W, Zhao X, The relationship between fasting plasma concentrations of
Article Of
selected flavonoids and their ordinary dietary intake. British Journal ID: Nutrition,
AG-VO2-I08-07
2009;
103(02):249. doi: 10.1017/s000711450999170x
Hakkinen S, Kärenlampi S, Heinonen I, Mykkanen H, Torronen A, Content of the Flavonols
Quercetin, Myricetin, and Kaempferol in 25 Edible Berries. Journal of Agricultural And
Food Chemistry, 1999; 47(6):2274-2279. doi: 10.1021/jf9811065
Scholz, Williamson, Interactions Affecting the Bioavailability of Dietary Polyphenols in Vivo.
International Journal For Vitamin And Nutrition Research, 2007; 77(3):224-235. doi:
10.1024/0300-9831.77.3.224
Manach C, Williamson G, Morand C, Scalbert A, Rémésy C,Bioavailability and bioefficacy of
polyphenols in humans. I. Review of 97 bioavailability studies. The American Journal Of
Clinical Nutrition, 2005; 81(1):230S-242S. doi: 10.1093/ajcn/81.1.230s
Shah W, Rane N, Kekare MB, Vaidya V, Estimation of two bioactive compounds from
Azadiracta indica A.Juss. leaves using HPLC. International Journal of Pharma and Bio
Sciences; 2010; 1(2):1-7.
Behnaz M, Davood E A, Atena A, Simultaneous determination of rutin and quercetin in
different parts of Capparis spinosa, Bulletin of environment, Pharmacology and Life
Sciences 2013; 2(2):35-38.
Crozier, A, Jensen E, Lean M, McDonald M, Quantitative analysis of flavonoids by reversed-
phase high-performance liquid chromatography. Journal Of Chromatography A, 1997;
761(1-2):315-321. doi: 10.1016/s0021-9673(96)00826-6
Wang S, Huang K, Determination of flavonoids by high-performance liquid chromatography and
capillary electrophoresis. Journal of Chromatography A, 2004; 1032(1-2):273-279. doi:
10.1016/j.chroma.2003.11.099
Ashok Kumar BS, Lakshman K, Jayaveera KN, Vamshi Krishna N, Manjunath M, Suresh MV,
Estimation of rutin and quercetin in Amaranthus viridis Linn by HPLC, Asian Journal of
Experimental Sciences, 2009; 23:51-54.

NAPIER: THE GREEN

OCCUPATIONAL GIANT OF
HEALTH HAZARDS GRASS
WORKERS

1
Harivignesh, A., 2*V. Krishnan, 3A. Anuratha, 2D. Umamaheswari, 1R. Dhinesh, 1Maddu
Geethanjali, 1S. Samuel Raj, 1B. Umasankari and 1J. Umabalan
1
U. T. of Puducherry 609603.
2
of Puducherry 609603.
3
Keezhvelur, Nagapattinam district, Tamil Nadu 611104
Corresponding Author Email ID: anurathakrishnan66@gmail.com
Introduction
Napier Grass, scientifically knonw as Pennisetum purpureum a robust perennial grass
widely distributed in tropical and subtropical regions of the world. It is also called as elephant
grass and giant green grass. It is a C4 grass and can be grown from sea level up to 2000 m
altitude with an optimal growth conditions temperature ranging from 25 to 40 degrees Celsius.
Napier Grass is an excellent source of nutrient-rich fodder for livestock and bio-energy
production. Both farmers and researchers greatly value its diverse applications and it has been
established as a crucial role in environmental preservation by preventing soil erosion through its
extensive root system and aiding in carbon sequestration. As the world strives for more eco-
friendly and sustainable approaches, this booming grass holds the potential to shape a prosperous
future for agriculture and renewable energy.
Origin and distribution
Napier grass originated from African continent and has wide spread in grasslands and the
Savannas of the same region. From Africa, Napier Grass has rapidly proliferated throughout
tropical and subtropical regions. Its remarkable adaptability makes it suitable for diverse
climates, from the areas of high humid coastal regions to the aridness of inland areas (Negawo et
al., 2017). Nations such as India, Thailand, Philippines, Indonesia, Brazil, and other countries
embraced its cultivation for the vast potential, it holds across various agricultural and
environmental domains. In India, Napier grass has an impressive annual production yield ranging
from 250 to 350 tonnes per hectare per year, surpassing other grasses such as Miscanthus and
Switch grass. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Napier Grass Cultivation

Napier grass propagation primarily relies on vegetative cuttings and tillers due to limited
seed production with small, light, and poor-quality seeds that easily shatter. The weak and highly
heterozygous seedlings make seeds unsuitable for propagation, making stem cuttings the
dominant method for distributing Napier grass propagules. However, frost and waterlogging
pose significant risks to its growth. Having the limited viable seed production, stem cuttings
become the primary propagation method, with recommended planting intervals of five-internode
cuttings at 75 cm distances both along and between rows. To optimize the nutritional value of
Napier grass as green fodder, strategic harvesting practices are crucial. The first harvest should
take place when the crop attains a height of 1-1.2 meters, typically about 3-4 months after
planting. Subsequent harvests should follow every 6 to 8 weeks, maintaining the same height.
In regions with hot and wet conditions, it may be harvested every month, while drier
areas may require a 2-month harvesting interval. Balancing the interval is essential to achieve the
right equilibrium between yield and forage quality. Longer intervals increases the dry matter
(DM) yield but lead to lower-quality fodder with declining protein and ash content, digestibility,
and leaf-to-stem ratios. Ensuring 10-15 cm high stubble after harvesting provides the grass with
adequate carbohydrate reserves for regrowth. Napier grass is commonly cut and carried for
efficient feeding. Chopping the grass before feeding minimizes leaf and stem selection by the
animals. Additionally, sun-wilting the chopped grass for several hours enhances forage
utilization and stimulate the appetite in ruminants.
A Gift to Livestock
Napier Grass stands out for its productivity as a fodder crop, making it as a go-to choose
by farmers worldwide to nourish their livestock with highly nutritious and abundant food. Cattle,
buffalo, goats, sheep, and even elephants find solace in its succulent green blades, enriched with
essential nutrients for robust health and improved milk or meat production. With its rapid
regrowth and abundant yields with rich nutritional value, Napier Grass plays a vital role in
promoting healthier and more sustainable animal husbandry practices by ensuring a thriving
future for both farmers and livestock.
Bio-energy from Napier grass
Napier Grass's usefulness surpasses its primary function as livestock feed. Its impressive
biomass production has garnered significant recognition in the realm of bioenergy. Whether it be
converted into biogas or biofuels, this resilient grass stands as a Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
sustainable alternative to
conventional fossil fuels, actively contributing to the reduction of harmful greenhouse gas
emissions. As the world embraces a cleaner and more eco-conscious energy landscape, Napier
Grass emerges as a pivotal player in the pursuit of greener and more sustainable renewable
energy.
Napier grass pellets are used as fuel
Eco-friendly grass
Napier Grass serves as a reliable ally in conservation efforts for the environment. Its
dense and extensive root system acts as a valuable asset in strategies to prevent soil erosion and
conserve the soil. Additionally, like many other plants, Napier Grass participates actively in
carbon dioxide absorption through photosynthesis, playing a vital role in mitigating climate
change and contributing to carbon sequestration. It provides essential habitat and forage for
various wildlife, supporting the biodiversity, and promoting overall ecosystem. With its
resilience and multifaceted advantages, Napier Grass continues to inspire sustainable land
management practices, fostering a greener and more balanced environment.
Forage Quality of Napier Grass

Nutritional Content
The nutritional value of Napier Grass is influenced by the harvesting height. While
harvesting at 3.5 meters may lead to slightly higher output, even though the resulting fodder may
not provide sufficient nutrition for animals as it fails to meet their maintenance diet
Article
requirements. To address this, livestock fed Napier Grass should also ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
receive supplementary
feeds such as concentrates, oil cakes, or legumes to achieve satisfactory results.
Napier grass boasts a commendable nutritional profile, making it a valuable feed option
for livestock. It contains approximately 10-12% crude protein and 26-28% crude fibre.
Moreover, the total digestible nutrient content ranges from 55-58%, ensuring the delivery of
essential nutrients to the animals (Getiso et al., 2021). In addition to these essential nutrients, the
grass offers a rich array of minerals, vitamins, and energy components, contributing to the
overall health and growth of livestock.
Green fodder
First harvest must be made when the crop attains a height of 1-1.2 m, usually 3-4 months
after planting. Thereafter the grass should be harvested at intervals of 6 to 8 weeks, at the same
height. Harvest should be done by leaving the stubbles 10-15 cm high from the ground level to
provide sufficient carbohydrate reserves for subsequent regrowth. Napier grass is often fed fresh
in cut-and-carry system.
Pasture Management
In pasture settings, proper management practices are crucial to maximize the nutritive
value of Napier grass. Heavy grazing is recommended to allow access to the most nutritious
young leaves and shoots by the livestock. Grazing intervals of 6-9 weeks, while maintaining a
height of about 90 cm, facilitate optimal utilization. In areas with high rainfall, the application of
nitrogen after each grazing or cutting enhances the nutritive intake. Additionally, the removal of
coarse, leafless stems contributes to improved yield performance.
Hay and Silage Production
Napier grass should be harvested at an early stage of maturity for hay production to
prevent the stems from becoming excessively coarse as the plant ages. Another remarkable
utilization of Napier grass is in the production of dehydrated grass pellets as supplementary stock
feed, particularly seen in Taiwan. This innovative application yields an impressive range of 20 to
80 t of dry matter per hectare per year with the application of high fertilizer inputs.
Palatability and Acceptability
Napier grass emerges as an attractive feed option for livestock due to its high palatability,
appealing to animals of all classes when provided in its young and leafy state. It becomes coarse
and unpalatable when it matures. Napier grass is less preferred whenArticle
GuineaID:grass
AG-VO2-I08-07
is available
for grazing. Sheep have preferential plant parts if allowed to graze directly, but it is often
chopped and given to prevent them to select the best part. Napier grass has a digestibility of 65
per cent in sheep. It is also preferred by Buffaloes, dwarf elephants, Sheep and goats.
Toxicity considerations
Napier grass offers numerous benefits and attention should also be paid to potential
toxicity concerns. Feeding it as the sole component of cattle diets can lead to nitrate poisoning.
Additionally, the grass contains oxalic acid levels of 1.5-1.6% of dry matter, and although no
major problems have been recorded, young leaves may contain higher levels up to 7% compared
to mature leaves. The toxic limit for oxalic acid stands at 3%, emphasizing the need to manage
the intake to avoid negative calcium balance and potential calcium precipitation in the blood,
impacting phosphorus, magnesium, and sodium nutrition.
Improved Varieties of Napier Grass and Bajra Napier Hybrids:
Bajra Napier hybrids represent a remarkable achievement in agricultural science, merging
the strengths of both Pearl millet and Napier grass to create a superior forage option. These
hybrids are developed through a sophisticated process of hybridization, combining the desirable
traits of Pearl millet (Pennisetum glaucum) productivity and adaptability of Napier grass
(Pennisetum purpureum). By cross-breeding these species, researchers have harnessed their
genetic potential, resulting in exceptional forage varieties that flourish in diverse climatic
conditions.
This widely-distributed hybrid exhibits excellent palatability and rapid growth from
Bajra, along with the deep root system, multi-cut habit, and robustness of Napier grass. It is
extensively cultivated in sub-tropical regions across Asia, Africa, Southern Europe, and
America, finding popularity in several Indian states like Punjab, Haryana, Uttar Pradesh, and
others (Babu et al., 2021).
The triploid nature of the Bajra Napier hybrid eliminates seed production, resulting in
more tillers and leaves, promoting faster growth and abundant herbage. With nearly double the
production per unit area and time compared to conventional fodders, this hybrid ensures a
continuous supply of high-quality fodder. Its adaptability to tropical climates and pH tolerance
further add to its appeal. Providing an improved nutritional profile with around 10.2% crude
protein and 30.5% crude fibre, the hybrid posses succulent stems,Article
large ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
green leaves, and
enhanced palatability. With a supply of nutritious feed for a minimum of three years after
planting, the Bajra-Napier hybrid stands as a promising solution to bolster livestock feed
productivity and meet the increasing demand for green fodder in India.
Napier grass has seen significant advancements in agriculture, resulting in the
development of improved varieties suited for specific regions. In central India, the North East
Hills, and the Northern Hills, the IGFRI Hybrid Napier-3 thrive, offering enhanced productivity
and adaptability. In the states of Tamil Nadu, Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh, and Gujarat, Co-1,
Co-2, and Co-3 varieties are favoured for their superior characteristics. For hilly and sub-humid
regions, the IGFRI-7 variety stands out, showcasing its resilience and suitability. Moreover, in
sub-temperate regions of India, particularly Punjab, the PBN-83 variety has proven to be an
excellent choice for cultivation.
Reference
Babu, C., Sudhagar, R., Iyanar, K., Sivakumar, S. D., Ezhilarasi, T., Ganesamurthy, K., and
Geetha, S. (2021). A high green fodder yielding Cumbu Napier hybrid grass CO 6 suited
for the states of Central and North Western Zones. Electronic Journal of Plant
Breeding, 12(1), 17-21.
Negawo, A. T., Teshome, A., Kumar, A., Hanson, J., & Jones, C. S. (2017). Opportunities for
Napier grass (Pennisetum purpureum) improvement using molecular
genetics. Agronomy, 7(2), 28.
Getiso A, Mijena D (2021) Performance Evaluation of Napier Grass (Penisetum Purpuruem (L.)
Schumach) accessions under rain fed and Irrigation System at Wondo Genet. Glob J Ecol
6(1): 028-033. DOI: 10.17352/gje.000041

AN OVERVIEW OF QUALITY
OCCUPATIONAL PROTEIN
HEALTH HAZARDS MAIZE
OF WORKERS

1
Maddu Geethanjali, 2*V. Krishnan, 3A. Anuratha, 2T. Anandhan, 1R. Dhinesh,
1
Harivignesh, A., 1S. Samuel Raj, 1B. Umasankari and 1J. Umabalan
1
2
3
Keezhvelur, Nagapattinam district, Tamil Nadu 611104
Introduction
Maize (Zea mays L. ssp. mays), known as corn in some countries, is a cereal grain
domesticated in Mesoamerica and subsequently spread throughout the American continents. It is
commonly called as Maize or Corn in English, Makka in Hindi, Makai in Gujarati, Mekke Jola
in Kannada, Makka Solam in Tamil and Mokka Jonna in Telugu. Beside this maize have many
types like normal yellow or white corn, sweet corn, baby corn, popcorn, waxy corn, high
amylase corn, high oil corn, quality protein maize, etc. The other related species include Zea
diploperennis, Zea luxurians, Zea mays parviglumis, Zea mays Mexicana. The primary centre of
origin of maize is considered by most authorities to be the Central America and Mexico, where
many diverse types of maize are found. In India it is found in Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka,
Maharashtra, Bihar, Uttar Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan, Gujarat and Tamil Nadu. In
Tamil Nadu it is cultivated largely in the districts like Coimbatore, Salem, Erode, and Namakkal.
Maize has been recognized as one of the most important crops for food, feed and industrial
purpose in most parts of the world. Maize is also the leading world cereal in both production
(1,104.88 million metric tons) and productivity. With such a significant yield potential, it is
also recognised as the "Queen of Cereals‖ (Erenstein et al., 2022). Quality Protein Maize (QPM)
is a specialized type of maize (corn) that has enhanced protein quality compared to regular maize
varieties. QPM was developed through conventional breeding techniques to address the issue of
protein deficiency in diets that heavily rely on maize as a staple food.
Quality Protein Maize (QPM) is a breakthrough in crop breeding, offering a sustainable

solution to address protein malnutrition and improve the nutritional value of maize-based
diets."
History:
 1960s: The concept of QPM began to take shape as scientists identified the protein deficiencies
in traditional maize. Researchers found that the protein quality of maize was limited by low
levels of essential amino acids, particularly lysine and tryptophan.
 1970s: Dr. Surinder Vasal and Dr. Evangelina Villegas, plant breeders from the International
Maize and Wheat Improvement Center (CIMMYT) in Mexico, embarked on a systematic
breeding program to improve the protein quality of maize. They identified a genetic variant
known as the "Opaque-2" gene, which had higher levels of essential amino acids but also
undesirable kernel characteristics.
 1980s: CIMMYT successfully developed the first QPM variety by crossbreeding traditional
maize with the "Opaque-2" variant. This new variety had significantly improved protein
quality while maintaining desirable kernel characteristics and agronomic traits.
 1990s: QPM gained international recognition and began to be widely disseminated. CIMMYT
collaborated with national agricultural research systems, seed companies, and development
organizations to promote and distribute QPM varieties in maize-growing regions across the
world.
QUALITY PROTEIN MAIZE
Article
Quality Protein Maize (QPM) is a part of maize varieties that ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
contains nearly twice as
much lysine and tryptophan amino acids that are essential for humans and monogastric animals
but are limiting amino acids in grains. QPM is a product of conventional plant breeding (i.e.,
non-GM) and an apt example of biofortification. QPM was developed by Surinder Vasal and
Evangelina Villegas at the International Maize and Wheat Improvement Center (CIMMYT) in
the late 1990s.
THE NEED FOR QUALITY HIGH-PROTEIN MAIZE
In Central and South America, Africa, and Asia, several hundred million people rely on
maize as their principal daily food, for weaning babies, and for feeding livestock. Unfortunately
maize (corn) has one significant flaw; it lacks two essential amino acids, viz., lysine and
tryptophan, needed to produce other non-essential amino acids of protein. Hence, diets high in
corn produce a condition known as wet-malnutrition - a person is receiving sufficient calories,
but her or his body malfunctions due to a lack of these two essential amino acids in their diet
leads to Kwashiorkor.
Thus, conventional maize is a poor-quality staple food; unless consumed as part of a
varied diet – which is beyond the means of most people in the developing world, and hence it
typically causes malnutrition. Babies weaned on it are frequently underweight, prone to disease,
and at high risk for starvation. QPM produces 70-100% more of lysine and tryptophan than the
most modern varieties of tropical maize. These two amino acids allow the body to manufacture
complete proteins, thereby eliminating wet-malnutrition (Tandzi et al., 2017).
DEVELOPING QPM
Modified maize with higher protein content dated back to the 1920s, and the ―opaque-2‖
variety had been developed in 1963. While its lysine and tryptophan levels were better than those
of conventional maize, opaque-2 had lower yields and a soft, chalky kernel, which made it more
susceptible to ear rot and insect damage. Moreover, the taste and kernel appearance of opaque-2
dissatisfied consumers, who ultimately rejected the enhanced-protein varieties in the market
(Jilo, 2022).
THE VASAL-VILLEGAS TEAM
Surinder Vasal and Evangelina Villegas began their collaborative research in Mexico in
the early 1970s while they were working at CIMMYT. Villegas was in charge of the lab
Article
investigating protein quality and Dr. Vasal was a plant breeder newly ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
assigned to work on
developing QPM varieties that would gain widespread acceptance.
Integrating cereal chemistry and plant breeding techniques, Vasal and Villegas
collaborated to combine the existing opaque-2 maize with genetic modifiers. In the 1970s, they
produced and analyzed germplasms at an astonishing rate, sometimes processing up to 25,000
samples a year. By the mid-1980s, they produced a QPM germplasm with hard kernel
characteristics and good taste, which is similar to the traditional grain and with much higher
quality levels of lysine and tryptophan.
However, their discovery remained unexploited for years because many nutritionists felt
that protein could be added to the diets of the most poor in other ways. In the early 1990s,
CIMMYT gained the international support and funding to begin promoting QPM in Ghana and
several other African countries. Since then, QPM has also yielded very positive results in China,
Mexico, and parts of Central America.
IMPACT OF QPM
Babies and adults consuming QPM are healthier and at lower risk for malnutrition
disorders such as marasmus and kwashiorkor, and data from Latin America and Africa show the
grain‘s role in reversing the effects of malnutrition in those already affected. QPM offers 90%
the nutritional value of skim milk, the standard for adequate nutrition value. At a time when
UNICEF reports that 1,000,000 infants and small children are starving each month, the inclusion
of QPM in their daily rations improved health and saved millions of lives. Additionally, pigs fed
QPM experienced rapid weight gain and are ready for market sooner or can provide an additional
quality protein source for small farm families.
QPM hybrids have been developed and tested for varying climatic and growing
conditions; QPM varieties are grown on roughly 9 million acres (36,000 km²) worldwide.
Meanwhile, QPM research and development have spread from Mexico to throughout Latin
America and to Africa, Europe, and Asia. In Guizhou, the poorest province in China, QPM
hybrid yields are 10% higher than those of other hybrids, and the crop has enabled new pig
production enterprises, bringing increased food security and disposable income. In total, the
QPM germplasm has grown to contribute over $1 billion annually to the economies of
developing countries (Sofi et al., 2009). Nutritional benefit Though significant improvements
have been made in agricultural research and technological developments, malnutrition
remains a widespread problem (Neeraja et al. 2017). Black et al. (2013) reported that about
45% deaths of children under the age 5 years are associated with malnutrition. The malnutrition
could result stunting, washing, underweight and different disease to children and adults.
Popular QPM Varieties Released in World Wide (Tefera et al., 2020):
 CML 395: A QPM variety from CIMMYT, CML 395 has improved protein quality and
is known for its resistance to diseases such as maize lethal necrosis (MLN). It has been
released in several countries to address the nutritional needs of communities.
 CML 492: Developed by CIMMYT, this QPM variety exhibits good resistance to maize
streak virus (MSV) and is adapted to a range of agro-ecological zones. It offers improved
protein quality along with other desirable agronomic traits.
 CML 444: Developed by CIMMYT, CML 444 is a QPM variety known for its high
protein content and superior agronomic performance. It has been widely adopted and
released in various countries, contributing to improved nutritionArticle ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
and food security.
 Melkassa 6Q: This an Open pollinated variety released in 2008 for commercial
production in moisture-stressed areas of Ethiopia. Its yield potential is 4.5 to 5.5 t/ha
under research management and 3.0 to 4.0 t/ha under farmers‘ field conditions. On an
average it takes 120 days to attain grain maturity.
 BHQPY545 (Kello): This yellow kernel single cross QPM hybrid was released in 2008
for commercial cultivation in Ethiopia. It is derived from two CIMMYT QPM inbred
lines, CML161 and CML165, and has been released in several countries globally where it
enjoys wide popularity.
 MHQ138: This three-way cross QPM hybrid was developed for moisture-stressed areas
of Ethiopia. It is also well-adapted to areas with higher rainfall such as the moist mid-
altitude agro-ecologies. It is tolerant to drought and adapted to dry land conditions.
Popular QPM Varieties Released in India:
 HQPM 1: It is a single cross hybrid with yellow dent
grain, having duration of 90 days. It is resistant to
Maydis leaf blight and tolerant to Common rust, tolerant
to frost or cold and also fertilizer responsive.
 HQPM 5: Orange flint grain, that matures in 90 days.

Suitable for cultivation throughout India. Resistant to
Maydis leaf blight and tolerant to stalk borer and highly
responsive to fertilizer application.
 HQPM 7: A single cross hybrid with Orange flint

grain suitable for Maharashtra, Andra Pradesh, Tamil
Nadu and Karnataka. It is tolerant to Maydis and
Turcicum leaf blights as well as to Common rust.
Matures in 85-90 days.
 Vivek QPM 9: It is
a single cross hybrid, having a duration of less than 75
days. It is having yellow semi-flint grains. It is suitable
to the Himalayan foot hills, Maharashtra, Andra Pradesh,
Tamil Nadu and Karnataka. It is tolerant to Maydis and
Turcicum leaf blight.
 Shaktiman 1: This is a three way cross hybrid with a duration of 85-90 days, suitable to
Bihar and Uttar Pradesh. It has a white flint grain. It is tolerant to Maydis and Turcicum
leaf blights, banded leaf and sheath blight and stalk borer.
 Shaktiman 3: This is a single cross hybrid with a duration of 96 days, suitable to Bihar
state. It has an orange yellow semi-flint grain. It is tolerant to Maydis and Turcicum leaf
blights and resistant to lodging.
 Shaktiman 4: This is also a single cross hybrid with a duration of 96 days, suitable to
Bihar state. It has a white semi-flint grain. It is tolerant to Maydis leaf blight.
 Sakthi 1: It is a composite maize QPM variety suitable throughout India. It has an orange
flint grain and a duration of 75-85 days. It is moderately tolerant to Maydis leaf blight,
tolerant to pink borer and resistant to lodging.
USES OF QUALITY PROTEIN MAIZE:

1. QPM addresses the issue of protein deficiency in diets that heavily rely on maize as a
staple food.
2. The higher content of essential amino acids in QPM, such as lysine and tryptophan,
makes it a more complete and balanced source of protein.
3. By consuming QPM, individuals can have access to a higher quality protein source,
which can contribute to improved growth, immune function, and cognitive development,
particularly in populations with limited access to other protein-rich foods.
4. QPM can also be used as feed for livestock, such as poultry, swine, and ruminants. The
improved protein quality in QPM can enhance the nutritional value of animal feed,
supporting better growth, health, and productivity in livestock. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
5. QPM can be processed into various food products, such as maize flour, maize grits, or
maize-based snacks, providing consumers with a healthier food option.
6. QPM can contribute to sustainable agriculture practices by reducing the reliance on
external protein sources and promoting self-sufficiency in protein production.
LIMITATIONS OF QUALITY PROTEIN MAIZE:
1. Reduced yield potential: In some cases, QPM varieties may have slightly lower yields
compared to conventional maize varieties. The focus on improving protein quality may
result in trade-offs in terms of overall crop productivity, which could affect the economic
viability of QPM cultivation for some farmers.
2. Limited genetic diversity: QPM varieties are derived from a limited number of parent
lines with specific traits related to protein quality. This reduced genetic diversity could
potentially make QPM varieties more susceptible to diseases, pests, or environmental
stresses. Ensuring genetic diversity within QPM breeding programs is crucial to mitigate
such risks.
3. Seed availability and cost: Availability of QPM seeds may be limited compared to
conventional maize varieties. The production, distribution, and accessibility of QPM
seeds may still be developing in certain regions, which could pose challenges for farmers
interested in adopting QPM. Additionally, the cost of QPM seeds may be higher,
impacting its affordability for small-scale farmers.
4. Farmer awareness and acceptance: Adoption of QPM may require awareness-building
and educational efforts among farmers to understand its benefits and cultivation practices.
Resistance or hesitancy to switch from traditional maize varieties to QPM may be a
barrier to its widespread adoption.
5. Market demand and value chain considerations: While QPM offers improved protein
quality, the market demand and premium pricing for QPM products may vary. The
development of robust value chains and market linkages that recognize and reward the
nutritional benefits of QPM may be necessary to incentivize farmers to grow and sell
QPM.
References
Erenstein, O., Jaleta, M., Sonder, K., Mottaleb, K., & Prasanna, B. M. 2022. Global maize
Article
production, consumption and trade: Trends and R&D implications. ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Food Security, 14(5),
1295-1319.
Jilo, T. 2022. Nutritional benefit and development of quality protein maize (QPM) in
Ethiopia. Cereal Research Communications, 50(4), 559-572.
Sofi, P. A., Wani, S. A., Rather, A. G., & Wani, S. H. 2009. Manipulation for the nutritional
fortification of maize. Journal of Plant Breeding and Crop Science, 1(6), 244-253.
Tandzi N.L, S. Mutengwa C, L. M. Ngonkeu E, Woïn N, Gracen V. Breeding for Quality Protein
Maize (QPM) Varieties: A Review. Agronomy. 2017; 7(4):80.
https://doi.org/10.3390/agronomy7040080
Tefera, H. 2020. Review on Genetic Variability and Correlation of Yield and Yield Component
Traits of Quality Protein Maize (Zea mays L.) Varieties. International Journal of
Research in Agriculture and Forestry Volume 7, Issue 10, 2020, PP 01-09 ISSN 2394-
5907

PRADHAN MANTRI FASAL

OCCUPATIONAL BIMA
HEALTH YOJANA
HAZARDS (PMFBY)
OF WORKERS

*Dr. Sidramayya1 and Prakash Tamagond2

1
Assistant Professor, Dept. of Agril. Extension, SOAS, MallaReddy University, Hyderabad
2
District Project Co-ordinator, Dept. of Agriculture, Vijayapur
*Corresponding Author Email ID: sidaex3008@gmail.com
Introduction
The Pradhan Mantri Fasal Bima Yojna was launched on 18 th February 2016 by Prime
Minister Shri Narendra Modi and is being administered by the Ministry of Agriculture and
Farmers Welfare, New Delhi. The Scheme has completed 8 crop seasons and is being
implemented across States/Union Territories (UTs). It replaced the earlier National Agricultural
Insurance Scheme (NAIS) and Modified National Agricultural Insurance Scheme (MNAIS).
Objectives: PMFBY aims at supporting sustainable production in agriculture sector by way of:
 Providing financial support to farmers suffering crop loss/damage arising out of unforeseen
events.
 Stabilizing the income of farmers to ensure their continuance in farming.
 Encouraging farmers to adopt innovative and modern agricultural practices.
 Ensuring credit worthiness of the farmers, crop diversification and enhancing growth and
competitiveness of agriculture sector besides protecting the farmers from production risks.
Coverage of farmers:
 All farmers who have been sanctioned Seasonal Agricultural Operations (SAO) loans (Crop
Loans) from Financial Institutions (FIs), i.e. loanee farmers, for the notified crop(s) season
would be covered compulsorily.
 The Scheme is optional for non-loanee farmers.
The insurance coverage will strictly be equivalent to sum insured/hectare, as defined in

the Govt. notification or /and on National Crop Insurance Portal multiplied by sown area for
notified crop.
Coverage of crops:
 Food crops (Cereals, Millets and Pulses),

 Oilseeds
 Annual Commercial / Annual Horticultural crops for which past yield data is available and
for which requisite number of Crop Cutting Experiments (CCEs) are conducted being under
General Crop Estimation Survey (GCES).
In addition for perennial crops, pilots for coverage can be taken for those perennial
horticultural crops for which standard methodology for yield estimation is available.
Premium:
 There will be a uniform premium of only 2% to be paid by farmers for all Kharif crops and
1.5% for all Rabi crops. In the case of annual commercial and horticultural crops, the
premium to be paid by farmers will be only 5%.
 Premium over and above these limits is shared by the Central and State Governments on
50:50 basis except in North Eastern Region where it is 90:10.
 There is no upper limit on Government subsidies. Even if the balance premium is 90%, it
will be borne by the Government.
 Earlier, there was a provision of capping the premium rate which resulted in low claims
being paid to farmers.
 This capping has now been removed and farmers will get a claim against the full sum
insured without any reduction.
Coverage of Risks and Exclusions:
 Basic cover: The basic cover under the scheme covers the risk of loss of yield to standing
crop (sowing to harvesting).This comprehensive risk insurance is provided to cover yield
losses on an area based approach basis due to non-preventable risks like drought, dry spells,
flood, inundation, wide spread pest and disease attack, landslides, natural fire due to
lightening, storm, hailstorm, and cyclone.
 Add-On coverage: Apart from the mandatory basic cover, the State Governments/UTs, in
consultation with the State Level Coordination Committee on Crop Insurance (SLCCCI)
may choose any or all of the following add-on covers based on the need of the specific
crop/area in their State to cover the following stages of the crop and risks leading to crop
loss.
Article
 Prevented Sowing/ Planting/ Germination Risk: Insured area ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
is prevented from
sowing / planting / germination due to deficit rainfall or adverse seasonal/weather
conditions. 25% of the sum insured will be paid and the Policy will be terminated.
 Mid-Season adversity: Loss in case of adverse seasonal conditions during the crop
season viz., floods, prolonged dry spells and severe drought etc., wherein expected yield
during the season is likely to be less than 50% of the normal yield. This add-on
coverage facilitates the provision for immediate relief to insured farmers in case of
occurrence of such risks.
 Post-Harvest losses: Coverage is available only up to a maximum period of two weeks
from harvesting, for those crops which are required to be dried in cut and spread / small
bundled condition in the field after harvesting against specific perils of Hailstorm,
Cyclone, Cyclonic rains and Unseasonal rains.
 Localized Calamities: Loss/damage to notified insured crops resulting from occurrence
of identified localized risks of Hailstorm, Landslide, Inundation, Cloud burst and
Natural fire due to lightening affecting isolated farms in the notified area.
 Add-on coverage for crop loss due to attack by wild animals: The States may
consider providing add- on coverage for crop loss due to attack by wild animals
wherever the risk is perceived to be substantial and is identifiable.
General Exclusions: Risks and Losses arising out of following perils shall be excluded.
War & kindred perils, nuclear risks, riots, malicious damage, theft, act of enmity, grazed and/or
destroyed by domestic and /or wild animals, In case of post–harvest losses the harvested crop
bundled and heaped at a place before threshing, other preventable risks.
Implementing Agency (IA):
The Scheme shall be implemented through a multi-agency framework by selected
insurance companies under the overall guidance & control of the Department of Agriculture,
Cooperation & Farmers Welfare (DAC & FW), Ministry of Agriculture & Farmers Welfare
(MoA & FW), Government of India (GOI) and the concerned State in co-ordination with various
other agencies; viz., Financial Institutions like Commercial Banks, Co-operative Banks, Regional
Rural Banks and their regulatory bodies, Government Departments viz. Agriculture, Co-
operation, Horticulture, Statistics, Revenue, Information/Science & Technology, Panchayati Raj
etc. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
How to enroll the farmers in the scheme?
 Both Loanee and Non-Loanee farmers are to be enrolled in the National Crop Insurance
Portal(NCIP) belong to Ministry of Agriculture & Farmers welfare, New Delhi. Banks who
are lending Seasonal Crop Loans to the farmers are responsible to upload the data in the
NCIP
 In case of Non-loanee farmers, Intermediaries, Common Service Centers (CSCs), farmers on
their own and other Agencies are to upload the data in the NCIP, along with the uploading 4
documents namely Identity proof of the farmer (Aadhar card, PAN card, Voter ID, Driving
license, or Passport) Address proof of the farmer (Aadhar card, Voter ID, Driving license, or
Passport) If the field is owned by the farmer, the 'Khasra' paper (land record paper) and
account number.
 Premium must be paid by way of NEFT only and DD or Cheques are not accepted.
Similarly offline applications for enrolment are not accepted as every application needs to
be filled-in online.
Responsibility of the farmers:
 Timely Information/claim lodging for damage of crops due to localized calamities and post-
harvest losses.
 To ensure that the insured crop is same as the crop sown.
Change of insured crops:

The change may be informed to KCC/ Crop-loan sanctioning bank branch immediately
but not later than 2 days prior to cut off date for debit of premium/date of enrolment. This
should be accompanied with sowing certificate.
Scope:
 PMFBY is currently the largest crop insurance scheme in the world in terms of farmer
enrolments, averaging 5.5 crore applications
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH every year and
HAZARDS third largest in terms of
OF WORKERS
premium received.
 During the arduous seasons of 2017, 2018 and 2019 marred by weather extremities, the
scheme proved to be a decisive factor in securing livelihoods of farmers wherein claims paid
ratio in several states averaged more than 100 % against the gross premium collected.
What are the recent changes?
 The scheme was once mandatory for loanee farmers, but 2020, the Centre changed it to
make it optional for all farmers.
 The Centre decided in February 2020 to limit its premium subsidy to 30% for unirrigated
areas and 25% for irrigated ones (from the existing unlimited). Previously, the central
subsidy had no upper limit.
 Recently introduced Weather Information and Network Data Systems (WINDS), Yield
Estimation System based on Technology (YES-Tech), Collection of Real Time Observations
and Photographs of Crops (CROPIC) are some of the key steps taken under the scheme to
bring in more efficiency and transparency.
What were the issues related to the scheme?
 Financial constraints of states: The financial constraints of the state governments and low
claim ratio during normal seasons are the major reasons for non-implementation of the
Scheme by these States.
 States are unable to deal with a situation where insurance companies compensate farmers
less than the premium, they have collected from them and the Centre.
 The State governments failed to release funds on time leading to delays in releasing
insurance compensation.
 This defeats the very purpose of the scheme which is to provide timely financial assistance
to the farming community.
 Claim settlement issues: Many farmers are dissatisfied with both the level of
compensation and delays in settlement.
 The role and power of Insurance companies is significant. In many cases, it didn't investigate
losses due to a localized calamity and, therefore, did not pay the claims.
 ImplementationOCCUPATIONAL
issues: Insurance companies have shown noOF
interest in bidding for clusters
HEALTH HAZARDS WORKERS
that are prone to crop loss.
 Further, it is in the nature of the insurance business for entities to make money when crop
failures are low and vice-versa.
Way forward:
 Union of Agri-Tech and rural insurance can be the magic formula for financial inclusion,
enabling a trust in the scheme.
 World Economic Forum‘s Global Risk Report 2022 categorizes extreme weather risk as the
second largest risk over the next 10 years period. Therefore, it becomes imminent to provide
a safety net to the farmers to protect their financial position and encourage them to continue
farming and ensure food security.
 There is a need for comprehensive rethinking among states and the central governments to
further resolve all the pending issues around the scheme so that the farmers could get benefit
from this scheme.
 Further, rather than paying subsidies under this scheme the state government should invest
that money in a new insurance model.
References
https://pmfby.gov.in/guidelines
https://nationalinsurance.nic.co.in/en/pradhan-mantri-fasal-bima-yojana-pmfby
https://financialservices.gov.in/insurance-divisions/Government-Sponsored-Socially
Oriented-Insurance-Schemes/Pradhan-Mantri-Fasal-Bima-Yojana (PMFBY)
www.drishtiias.com/daily-updates/daily-news-analysis/pradhan-mantri-fasal-bima-yojana

NUTRITIONAL IMPORTANT
OCCUPATIONAL AND
HEALTH HEALTH
HAZARDS BENEFITS OF
OF WORKERS
MILLETS
*R. Kumar1, K. Mohana Sundaram2 and D. Jebapreetha3

1
Associate Professor (PBG) , 2Asssitant Professor (PBG)
3
Associate Professor (Agrl. Extension)
Krishna College of Agriculture and Technology, Srirengapuram, Usilampatti, Madurai- 635532
*Corresponding Author Email ID: kumar.pottuthai@gmail.com
Introduction
Millets are a highly varied group of small-seeded grasses widely grown around the world
a serial crops or grain for fodder and human food. Millets grains have been discovered in post used
for storing grains and seeds discovered at archaeological sites in present in day china, India, Europe
and different parts of Africa. Assam (18.82kg/hsh/m) and Bihar (18.69kg/hsh/m) states have highest
consumption of small Millets found it all India and rural areas. Madhya Pradesh has highest area of
small Millets (32.4%) followed by Chhattisgarh (19.5%), Uttarakhand (8%), Maharashtra (7.8%),
Gujarat (5.3%) and Tamil Nadu (3.9%). Millets have been a good part of the staple diet among many
communities across the world . Most species generally referred to as millet belong to the tribe
paniceae but some millet also being to other taxa. millet are known for their potential health benefits
which includes anti diabetic properties and low glycemic index in millet based food product which
may be helpful in reducing the postpaid glucose level and glycosylated hemoglobin milet also have
antioxidant and antimicrobial properties and protein content of Pearl millet. In general Millets are
rich in source of fiber, minerals and B – complex vitamins. Millet are non – acid forming and easy to
digest and non –allergenic. Millets also formed important parts of the prehistoric dict in Indian,
Chinese, Neolithic and Korean Mumun societies. India is the largest producer of millet, followed by
Niger and China. Other major millet producing countries include Burkina Faso, Mali and Senegal.
Types of Millets
Pearl millet (Pennisetum glaucum) – pearl millet originated in Central tropical Africa and is
widely distributed inOCCUPATIONAL
the drier tropics andHEALTH
India. it HAZARDS
was introduced
OF into the Western state in the
WORKERS
1850‘s and become established as minor forage in the Southeast and Gulf coast States. the plant
was probably domesticated as a food crop some 4000 to 5000 years ago along the southern margins
of the central Highlands of the sahara.
Finger millet (Eleusine coracana) - finger millet is a serial grass grown mostly for its grain finger
millet is a robust tufted during annual grass . up to 170 cm high (FAO ,2012 ,De Wet ,2006
,Quattrocchi ,2006). The inflorescence is a panicle with 4-19 finger- like spikes that resembles a
first when mature, hence the name finger millet.
Proso millet (Panicum miliaceum) – proso millet is a annual grass, growing form each year is
origin goes back in history at least as far as 2000 B..C. when it is reported to have been grown in
the central reason of Europe this plant is especially well suited to dry climate such as Central
Russia, the Middle East Northern India, Africa Manchuria and the great planes area of North
America . Proso millet was first introduced to Canada in the 17 th century and was used in a limited
way as a forage crop in the early 1900‘s.
Foxtail millet (Setaria italica) – Foxtail millet is regarded as a native of China, it is one of the
world's oldest cultivated crops foxtail millet ranks second in the total world production of millet
and continue to have an important place in the world agriculture providing approximately 6 million
tons of food too million of people mainly on poor or marginal soils in southern Europe and in
temperate , Sub tropical and tropical Asia.
Little millet (Panicum sumartrence) – little millet was domesticated in India. it grown throughout
India to a limited extent up to altitude of 2100 m, but is of little importance elsewhere. the seeds of
little millets are smaller than those of common millet .these species of serial is similar in habit to
the proso millet axcept that it is smaller.
Nutritional Importance of Millets

Millets and sorghum namely,pearl millet (Pennisetum glaucum), Finger millet (Eleusine
coracana), Kodo millet (Paspalumscrobiculatum) , proso millet (Panicum miliaceum) , Foxtail
millet (Setaria italica) , little millet (Panicum sumartrence)and Barnyard millet (Echinochloa
crusgalli) are important staples to million of people worldwide . Generally,these arerain fed crops
grown in areas with low rainfall and thus resume greater importance for sustained Agriculture and
foodsecurity. Almost all the millets are used for humans consumption in most of the developing
countries but their use hasbeen primarily restricted inanimal feed in developed countries. Millets
are nutritionally comparable to major cerealsand serve as good source of protein, micronutrients
and phytochemicals. Processing methods like soaking, malting,decortication,andcooking affect
theanti-oxidant contentandactivity .
Nutritional Characteristics
Carbohydrates- The carbohydrate content in sorghum composed of starch, soluble sugar and
fibre (pentasons cellulose and hemislelu‘s)millet carbohydrates classified non- structural sugars
starch and fructosans) and structural (cellulose hemi cellulos is and pactin
substances)carbohydrates the chief non structural carbohydrate (NSC)is starch.
Starch - Form one half to three-fourth of the garin wait is starch starches exist in a highly organized
manner in which amylays and amylopectin molecules are held together by hydrogen bonds and
arranged radically and spherical granuler starch is the main sources of energy utilized during
germination and yielding a light pink colour, green and yellow colour.
Soluble sugar- The soluble sugar content of caryopsis process changes during development and is
maximum 5.2% at maturity the average soluble sugar content was 1.3% with sucrose being 75% of
the sugar contain mature caryopsis 2.2 to 3.8 percent soluble sugars 0.9 to 2.5% free reducing sugar
and 1.3-1.4% non reducing sugar glucose and fructose d from 0.6 to 1.8% and 0.3 to 0.7%
respectively.
Dietary fibre- The dietary fibre contain of several Indian foods have been determined dietary fibre
components accept they are beneficial effects mostly by way of their swelling properties and buy
increasing transit time in the small intestine the increase in transit time reflects reduce the rate of
release of glucose and its absorption those helping in the management of certain types of diabeties.
Fatty acids - Lipids are Relatively minor constitutes in millets .most of the lipids are located in the
scutellar area of the germ . Thus lipid content is significantly reduced when the germs removed
during the decortication or the germination .the typical fatty acid composition of Sorghum lipid as
similar to that of maize oil (wall & Blessin) 1970. The lipids can be subdivided into polar nonpolar
and nonsaponifiable lipids the most abundant by far are the nonpolar lipids 72- 80% the
composition of the nonpolar lipids was clearly dominated by triglyceride 85%, followed by sterols
4.1% diglycerides 4.0% triglycerides Serve as a reserve material for germination.
Protein- Protein content & consumption very due to agronomic condition (water availability, soil
fertility, temperature and environment condition during green development) and genotype. millet
protein are located in the endosperm 80%, germ 16% and paricarp 3%.All amino acids in the
Article
fractions increased as total protein in the fractions increased. However, ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
relative distribution of
amino acids in the protein varied as protein content of the sample changed; consequently, protein
efficiencies should differ from one fraction to another. Percentages of lysine, cystine, methionine,
threonine, and tryptophan of the protein decreased as protein content of the endosperm fractions
increased. In fraction3 the percentages of valine, isoleucine, leucine, and phenylalanine in the
protein were less than those found in the higher- protein fraction.
Nutrition Composition of Millets per 100g of edible portion
Parameter Protein Fat Minerals Total Insoluble Soluble CHO
(g) (g) (g) dietary dietary dietary
(g)
fiber (g) fiber (g) fiber
(g)
Finger 7.20 1.90 2.00 11.20 9.50 1.70 66.80
Proso 12.50 1.10 1.90 - - - 70.40
Foxtail 12.30 4.30 3.30 - - - 60.90
Little 10.40 3.90 1.30 7.70 5.50 2.30 65.60
Kodo 8.90 2.60 1.70 6.40 4.30 2.10 66.20
Barnyard 6.20 4.40 2.20 - - - 65.50
Brown 11.5 - 4.2 12.5 - - -
Top Millet
Pearl 11.0 5.40 1.40 11.50 9.10 2.30 61.80
Sorghum 10.00 1.70 1.40 10.20 8.50 1.70 67.70
*Source: Indian food consumption table 2017, NIN 2019, IIMR
Vitamins and Mineral composition of millet mg per 100 g of edible portion

Parameter Finger Proso Foxtail Little Kodo Barnyard Pearl Sorghum
Vitamins
Total 154 - 32 120 272 - 293 212
Carotenoids Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Thiamine 0.37 0.20 0.59 0.26 0.29 0.33 0.33 0.35

Riboflavin 0.17 0.18 0.11 0.05 0.20 0.10 0.25 0.14
Niacin 1.34 2.3 3.2 1.29 1.49 4.2 2.3 2.1
Minerals
Calcium 364 14 31 16.06 15.27 20 42 27.6
Phosphorus 283 206 290 220 188 280 296 274
Iron 4.62 0.8 2.8 1.26 2.34 5.0 8.0 3.95
Magnesium 137 153 81 133 147 82 137 1.33
Sodium 11 8.2 4.6 8.1 4.6 - 10.9 5.42
Potassium 408 113 25 129 144 - 307 328
Copper 0.67 1.60 1.40 0.34 0.26 0.60 1.06 0.45
Zinc 2.3 1.4 2.4 3.7 0.7 0.3 3.1 1.96
*Source:- IFCT 2017 & NIN 2007 .
Health Benefits of Millets
Millet grains based on literature values are known to be rich in phenolic acids, tannins, and
phytate (Thompson, 1993). These nutrients reduce the risk for colon and breast cancer in animals
(Graf and Eaton, 1990). The fiber present in sorghum and millet and also the phenolic have been
attributed for lower incidence of esophageal cancer than those consuming wheat Or maize (Van
Rens burg, 1981). Recent research has revealed that fiber as one of the best and easiest ways to
prevent the Onset of breast cancer in women. They can reduce their chances of breast cancer by
more than 50% by eating more than 30 gm of fiber every day.
Many of the antioxidants found in millet have beneficial impact on neutralizing the free radicals,
which can cause cancer And clean up other toxins from body such as those in kidney and liver.
Quercetin, cucurmin, ellagic acid and various other beneficial catechins can help to clear the
system on any foreign agents and toxins by promoting proper excretion and Neutralizing
enzymatic activity in those organs. Therefore, tremendous attention has been given to polyphenol
due to their roles in humans health.The antioxidant, metal chelating and reducing powers are
shown by the soluble and insoluble bound phenolic extracts of Several varieties of millet (kodo,
finger, foxtail, proso, pearl and little millets) (Chandrasekara and Shahidi, 2010). Foxtail Millet
contains 47mg polyphenolics/100 g and 3.34 mg tocopherol/100 g (wet basis); however, proso
Article ID:
millet contains 29Mg polyphenolics/100 g and 2.22 mg tocopherol/100 g AG-VO2-I08-07
(wet basis). In
addition, a positive and significant correlation (R2=0.9973, P<0.01) between polyphenolic
content and radical cation scavenging activity was observed.
Properties of Dietary fiber and their health consequences
Function Health Consequences Millet
Water absorbing and Energy diluents to formulate All Millets

bulking low calories diet
property
Increased transit time of Reduced risk of inflammatory Sorghum and finger
food bowel disease millet.
in gut
Bile acid and steroid binding Hypercholesterolemia activity Pearl millet, Sorghum and
and reducing the risk of finger millet.
cardiovascular disease
Retardation of Management of certain type of Pearl millet, Sorghum and

carbohydrate
absorption and diabetes finger millet.
impaired
glucose tolerance
Binding of toxins As a detoxifying agent Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Sorghum
Binding of divalent cations Reduced bioavailability of Ca, Proso Millet and Fox Tail
Mg, Zn, Fe. Millet (Unprocessed)
Millets are rich yours of phytochemicals such as phenolic ligennsn beta-glucent inulin, resistant
starch, sterols, phytes, tocopherols, diatory fibre and carotinoid are present. Mainly polyphenol
and phenolic acids Tannins small qualities flavonoids acts as antioxidants and play a role in
maintaining body immune system promots better health and well being thus helping to reduce the
risk of chronic disease such as obesity, Diabetes cardiovascular disease, cancer asthma etc.
Millets have potential health benefits and epidemiological studies have showed that consumption
of millets reduces risk of Heart disease, protects from diabetes, improves digestive system,
lowers the risk of cancer, detoxifies the body, increases Immunity in respiratory health, increases
energy levels and improves muscular and neural systems and are protective Against several
degenerative diseases such as metabolic syndrome and Parkinson‘s disease (Manach et
al.,2005;Scalbertetal.,2005; Chandra sekara and Shahidi, 2012).
Specially ragi contains an amino acid called Tryptophan, which lowers appetite and helps in
keeping weight in control Ragi is digested at a slower rate thus keep one away from intake of
excessive calories. Also, fiber present in ragi give a feeling in fullness thus controls excessive
food consumption.
Conclusion
Pearl millet is grown largely for its ability to produce grain under hot, dry conditions on
infertile soils of low water-holding capacity, where other crops generally fail completely.
Correspondingly, it is produced mainly in outlying areas peripheral to the major production and
population centres of the developing world. Yields are low, averaging only three-quarters of
sorghum yields in Africa and Asia. Most farmers who rely on this crop are quite poor and
frequently experience food shortfalls. Little of the millet production enters the commercial
market; most never leaves the farm on which it is grown. Rather, many millet farmers are more
likely to be food buyers than sellers. The combination of poverty and severe environmental
conditions makes it difficult to improve productivity in pearl millet. While yields are growing in
Asia, many African producers are unable to raise yields because of the Continuing expansion into
Article
even drier and harsher agroecologies and poor adoption of ―improved‖ ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
technologies in these
environments. A major reason for poor adoption is that some of these technologies are expensive
or otherwise inappropriate for these harsh environments.
Reference
Anonymous.The story of millets millet were the first crops millet are future crops.published by
Karnataka state Department of Agriculture, Bangluru, India with ICAR Indian institute of
millet Research, Hyderabad.
Anonymous Vision 2050 . Indian Institute of millet Research ICAR Rajendranagar, Hyderabad
500030 (assessed online) 2015.
Significance of millet in nutrition, health and value added products: A Review: Journal of
Environmental science, computer science and Engineering.

IMPACT OF COVID-19 PANDEMIC ON VEGETABLE

PRODUCTION: THINK SMARTER TO SURVIVE BETTER
*
Sameena Lone and K. Hussain
Division of Vegetable Science, Sher-e-Kashmir University of Agricultural Sciences and
Technology of Kashmir, Shalimar, Srinagar- 190 025, J & K (India)
*Corresponding Author Email ID: sameenalone77@gmail.com
Abstract
A pandemic shock can have a greater significance on economies due to lost human lives
compared to a weather shock such as drought or flood or a trade embargo. Undoubtedly, all these
shocks affect agricultural systems; however, pandemic shocks affect all the sectors of an
economy. On the contrary, pandemic impact may be far-reaching and harsher and may even
plunge a country into recession. Likewise, one such pandemic caused by the novel Coronavirus
(COVID-19) adversely affected the lives and livelihoods of millions of people across the globe.
Slowly, the pandemic spread to various states and union territories including the Indian-
administered union territory of Jammu and Kashmir. Following a surge in covid cases in April
and May, 2021 in the union territory, the government administration again imposed a curfew in
all the districts till 17th May, 2021 which was later extended till 24th May, 2021. All this affected
the GDP rate and all the economic sectors in India including horticulture and hence the vegetable
production. In the first quarter of the financial year 2020-2021, this number went into negative.
At the same time, the vegetable productivity shows a declining trend from 18.34 to 18.08 MT/ha
due to unavailability of agri-inputs, high costs of agri-inputs, restrictions on movement,
transportation problems, reverse labour migration which not only affected farmers but also the
consumers across the globe. Health-conscious consumers are increasingly seeking for the
phytochemicals in form of nutraceuticals and edible vaccines to control their own health and
well-being. Proper nutrition and hydration are key mantras to enhance total-health and bolster the
immune system.
OCCUPATIONAL
Keywords: COVID-19, HEALTH Phytonutraceuticals,
GDP, Vegetable production, HAZARDS OF WORKERS
Edible vaccine.
Introduction:
There are so many shocks which are known to affect the agricultural
Articlesystem like the trade
ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
embargo, the different weather shocks like drought, floods, high temperature, excessive rainfall,
etc, but a pandemic shock can have a greater significance on agricultural systems as compared to
all the above-mentioned shocks as it not only affects the human lives but also devastates all the
sectors of an economy. For instance, in case of supply shortage due to droughts or floods,
globally linked wholesalers and retailers procure from other sources to avoid adverse effects
(Mishra et al., 2021). Similarly, shocks due to a trade embargo affect a particular sector and can
be corrected in the short-term with suitable policy measures. On the contrary, the pandemic
disrupts demand and supply of food impacting the global supply chain and may be far-reaching
and harsher and may even plunge a country into recession. In the year 2019, one such pandemic
occurred which adversely affected the lives and livelihoods of millions of people across the
globe and that is COVID-19 pandemic caused by the novel Coronavirus (COVID-19).
COVID-19: Origin and Spread:
COVID-19, the 2019 Novel Coronavirus Disease originated from Wuhan, City of Hubei,
Province of China and eventually spread throughout the whole world, emerged into a pandemic
and caused the deaths of many people. Coronaviruses are enveloped positive sense RNA viruses
ranging from 60 to 140 nm in diameter with spike like projections on its surface containing the
Spike glycoprotein (S) which is the main inducer of neutralizing antibodies and giving the virus
a crown like appearance under the electron microscope; hence the name coronavirus (Richman
et al., 2016). The genome of the virus is encoding for 26 proteins that work together for the virus
survival, replication, and spread in the host. The virus gets transmitted through the contact of
aerosol droplets from infected persons, infects upper respiratory tract epithelial cells manifesting
mild symptoms. Severe pneumonia can develop when the virus enters alveoli of the lungs and
infects them, leading to the development of respiratory failure and acute respiratory distress
syndrome (ARDS). In severe cases of COVID-19, the virus can enter the bloodstream and infect
endothelial and other target cells in the kidneys, oesophagus, bladder, ileum, heart tissues, and
central nervous system.
OCCUPATIONAL
There have been HEALTH
two events in the past twoHAZARDS OF WORKERS
decades wherein crossover of animal β
corona viruses to humans have resulted in severe disease. The first such instance was reported in
2002–2003 when a new coronavirus of the β genera and with origin in bats
Article crossed over to
ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
humans via the intermediary host of palm civet cats in the Guangdong province of China. This
virus, designated as Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome Coronavirus (SARS-CoV-2) affected
8422 people mostly in China and Hong Kong and caused 916 deaths (mortality rate 11%) before
being contained (Chan-Yeung et al., 2003). Almost a decade later in 2012, the Middle East
respiratory syndrome coronavirus (MERS-CoV), also of bat origin, emerged in Saudi Arabia
with dromedary camels as the intermediate host and affected 2494 people and caused 858 deaths
(fatality rate 34%) (Middle East Respiratory Syndrome Coronavirus, 2020).
India has already become a hotspot for the corona virus, next to the USA, infecting 3.11
Cr people as of 18th July, 2021, out of which 4.13 Lakh people died and 3.02 Cr people
recovered. India reported its first infection on 30 January 2020, prompting the authorities to soon
initiate various measures to contain the spread of the epidemic. As a protective measure against
the COVID-19 pandemic in India, the Indian government ordered a nationwide lockdown for
21 days, from 25th March, 2020, limiting the movement of the entire 1.38 billion (138 crore)
population of India.
Slowly, the pandemic spread to various states and union territories including the Indian-
administered union territory of Jammu and Kashmir. Two suspected cases with high virus load
were detected and isolated on 4th March, 2020 in Government Medical College, Jammu. One of
them became the first confirmed positive case on 9th March, 2020. Both individuals had a travel
history to Iran and many of the contacts of these cases have been quarantined. Following a surge
in covid cases in April and May, 2021 in the union territory, the government administration
again imposed a curfew in all the districts till 17th May, 2021 which was later extended till 24 th
May, 2021. As of 13th June 2021, total number of active cases in Kashmir are 16284;
successful recoveries/discharges are 286180 and deaths are 4174.
All this affected the GDP rate and all the economic sectors in India including horticulture and
hence the vegetable production in many ways.
OCCUPATIONAL
Impact of COVID-19 HEALTH
Pandemic on Indian GDP: HAZARDS OF WORKERS
The COVID-19 pandemic has occurred at a time when the global and Indian economic
growth was already expected to decelerate. The declining trend may have become more severe
due to COVID-19. A number of reports also pointed towards the possibility of contraction of
Indian GDP in 2020-21. This is a worrisome indication, since a higher GDP contributes
immensely towards achieving better living standards, reduced poverty as well as improvement in
other socio-economic indicators. It was reported that GDP growth rate declined from 7.1% in
July, 2018 to 3.0% in January–March, 2020 (Fig.1.0). In the first quarter of the financial year
2020, this number went into negative. The GDP growth rate for July, 2020 was found to be -
24.4%, which happened to be the worst ever in history (Government of India, 2021).
Fig.1.0. GDP Growth in last 5 Quarters

Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic on Horticulture Production:
Cultivators are said to be very important citizens on this earth because they feed the
world. They are the most independent, vigorous and virtuous individuals. India, an agricultural
country has the highest percentage of land under cultivation in the world and horticulture is the
fastest growing agricultural sector in India which immensely contributes in poverty eradication
and nutritional security. India being the second largest producer of vegetables in the world after
China contributes 13.4 % of vegetables in the world. Horticulture covers only 6.1 % of gross
cropped area but it contributes 18.8 % of gross value of agricultural output. Thus, horticulture is
important in creating the employment, enhancing the profits and providing the nutritional and
economic security to the farmers. But the emerging pandemic impacted the horticulture sector in
many ways. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
The horticulture production of the country during 2019-20 is estimated to be around

320.77 MT which is marginally higher as compared to 2018-19 (311.05 MT). Similarly, the
horticulture production of the country during 2020-21 is estimated to be around 326.58 MT
which is also marginally higher as compared to 2019-20 (320.77 MT). In terms of productivity,
the overall productivity shows a declining trend from 12.12 to 12.02 MT/ha (Table 1.0).
Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic on Vegetable Production:
In India, vegetable horticulture is an important component driver of economic growth.
India‘s diverse environment ensures all types of vegetables are available year-round. Vegetable
horticulture is a lucrative activity because of potential profits, opportunities to farmers for better
income, and support for the food processing industry. Like other economic products, vegetable
crops as essential horticultural products for citizens were also affected by COVID-19. The
production of vegetables is estimated to be around 188.91 MT in India and 1.335 MT in J&K,
FY 2019-20, which is 0.77% higher in India and 13% higher in J&K than the previous year
2018-19 (183.17 MT and 1.18 MT respectively). Similarly, the production of vegetables is
estimated to be around 193.61 MT in India and 1.337 MT in J&K, FY 2020-21, which is 2.49%
higher in India and 0.10% higher in J&K than the previous year 2019-20 (188.91 MT and 1.335
MT respectively).In terms of productivity, the overall productivity shows a declining trend from
18.34 to 18.08 MT/ha in India. But in J&K, the overall productivity shows an increasing trend
from 22.22 to 22.24 MT/ha for vegetables (Table 2.0 - 3.0).
Hence, at All-India level, the vegetable production had not been adversely impacted
significantly, mainly due to the fact that harvesting of rabi crops (November–March) like root
crops, cole crops and beans was almost complete by the end of March, 2020 and also due to
bumper crop harvest coupled with relaxation in horticulture related activities during the
lockdown, which registered an inflation of 2.3% (ET, 2020).
Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic on Vegetable Harvesting:

The crisis triggered the migration of workers from their resident states to their domicile
states, the biggest migration of workers since India achieved independence. Millions of laborers
returned to their native states and those available demanded higher wages. Unavailability of
labourers ultimately leads to a delay in vegetable harvesting and an increase in time taken to
Article
supply vegetables to consumers. The delay in harvesting reduced the ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
short shelf-life of
vegetables causing huge post-harvest losses and safe delivery of vegetable products. Also,
serious labour shortage occurred in the rich states of India like Punjab and Haryana and the
labours were abundant in the poor states like Uttar Pradesh and Bihar, which created labour
imbalance in horticulture.
Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic on Post-Vegetable Production:
Vegetable crops being perishable in nature were adversely affected during the lockdown
even though there was no restriction on sale of vegetables in the market but the ban on
operations of rural haats and supply of perishable commodities, challenged the food and
nutritional security of the vulnerable sections of the society (Harris et al., 2020). When crops like
chillies, tomatoes, watermelon, and musk melon (Cucumis melo L.) were ready for harvest, the
lockdown was in place and the harvest was severely impacted.Also, due to the vulnerability of
vegetable products to seasonal labour requirements, delay in delivery to markets has a cascading
impact on farmers who are forced to destroy the crops or have distress sales at a lower price,
likely not enough to compensate for cost of production. The situation has highlighted the
inaccessibility and distance between farms and wholesale markets. At the same time, tonnes of
vegetables were wasted according to a government report, at the Food Corporation of India (FCI)
storage structures, since May 2020.
Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic on Vegetable Supply:
Agriculture is recognized as a high-risk industry, with risks mainly being divided into
natural disaster risks and market risks. The major sources of production risks arise from adverse
weather conditions such as drought, freezing, excessive rainfall at harvest or planting stages or
damage due to insect pests and disease despite the control measures employed. Market risks
mainly come from disruption in supply chain and price or demand fluctuations. At All-India
level, vegetable production was reduced by 2.80 %, owing to reduced demand for the various
vegetable products and disruption in their supply chain.
The COVID-19 pandemic had an extensive impact on the vegetable supply chain. In terms of
supply, most of the vegetables consumed in India need to be supplied by areas outside of India.
However, the supply of vegetables produced locally in India are also largely dependent on
migrant farm workers. As, there was a labour shortage for vegetable supply at the beginning of
the pandemic in India, it hampered the vegetable supply severely. For cities, the supply of
vegetables has also been challenged due to the blockade of transport. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
The logistics of vegetables
have also been affected. Although the government did not restrict the transportation of
agricultural products during the pandemic, the efficiency of vegetable logistics decreased due to
the impact of inspections and the shortage of workers. Meanwhile, the decline at the demand for
vegetables also led to a certain decline in the business of vegetable middlemen. As, vegetables
are a key sub-segment of the food processing sector. Like other industries, COVID-19 also
disturbed the supply chain of the food processing industry with a subsequent reduction in bulk
demand from restaurants and cafes.
Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic on Vegetable Demand:
The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the vegetable industry has led to operational
risks for farmers. As a result, the pandemic reduced the demand for vegetables. In the first few
days of the pandemic, there was a temporary increase in demand for vegetables due to public
panic and the need to stock up during the lockdown, but then demand dropped. Although
agricultural products are a necessity of daily life, demand for vegetables has been greatly
impacted by the shutdown of factories, the suspension of restaurants and the closing of schools.
Cessation of most catering and vegetable processing enterprises led to a sharp decline in
vegetable demand and a severe product backlog. A decline in social activities will also leads to a
drop in demand for vegetables in cities. In the next period, as the pandemic gradually came under
control in India, the self-isolation policy was lifted, and the production and transportation of
vegetables gradually returned to normal.
Hence, the pandemic had a major impact on vegetable demand, supply and distribution
for approximately two months, after which the impact was relatively small. However, the overall
impact of the pandemic indicates that it will take a relatively long time for the full recovery of
economic and social activities, especially with the spread of the pandemic overseas, which will
affect the recovery of production and consumption activities in India.
Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic on the Availability of Agri-Inputs:

Due to restrictions imposed on movement of men/material and closure of shops, the
availability of agri inputs viz. seeds (-9.2%), fertilisers (-11.2%), pesticides (-9.8%), etc. declined
in the range of 9 to 11 %. Due to which the ongoing production of vegetables becomes
impossible, and a large number of vegetables that are ripe and about to ripen could not be sold
normally, and some even rotted in the fields (NABARD, 2020). Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
NABARD, 2020
Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic on the Prices of Agri-Inputs:
Due to disruption in supply chain owing to restrictions on movement of vehicles and closure of
shops and markets, prices of agri-inputs viz. seeds (8.8%), fertilisers (10.0%), pesticides (9.0%),
etc. increased in the range of 9 to 12% (11).
NABARD, 2020
Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic on Agriculture Marketing:

Even though local procurement centres were opened by various State Governments under
their jurisdiction, yet restrictions on movement of vehicles and due to a complete ban on opening
of rural haats by the local authorities in majority of the districts in the country, the smooth
operation of agriculture marketing though mandis was adversely impacted.
Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic on Vegetable Trade/ Export: Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
The outbreak of coronavirus in the European Union, western and south-east Asia, the
United States, and Brazil affected exports of perishable vegetables from India. India‘s exports of
vegetables are forecasted to decline, by 30–40% due to the global lockdown (Jha, 2020). The
decline in exports will impact pricing of vegetables and ultimately farmers will suffer. The
situation affected the trade of various vegetables also including watermelon, tomato, chili and
pepper. The flow of trucks carrying non-essential items was limited creating difficulties for
farmers to market products. Even after transport rules were relaxed, some major wholesale
vegetable markets were closed as they were Covid-19 hotspots. By this, the major stakeholders
of agriculture i.e., small and marginal farmers have been hit hardest.
Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic on Production Costs of Vegetables:
During the COVID-19, vegetable prices are required to remain stable under the regulation of
government. However, in the long run, the shortage of workers and the inability of farmers of not
delivering vegetables to terminal or consumer markets as transport was halted, and even after
transport rules were relaxed, some major wholesale vegetable markets were closed as they were
Covid-19 hotspots, increased the production costs of the vegetable industry. There was also a
decline in the market arrivals of vegetables in local markets and the customers in urban areas pay
higher prices due to low availability.
Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic on Farmers Lives and Livelihoods:
The pandemic is a major health event. The risks it brings to horticulture are an increase in
production costs due to the lack of agricultural workers in the production stage, a loss of
efficiency due to blocked transportation in the logistics stage, and a decline in sales volume and
prices in the market stage. The increased risk will affect farmers‘ motivation to produce
vegetables and the ultimate yield.
1.First, farmers are hindered from going out to work.

2.It became harder for the poor peasant families whose primary income source was coming from
the migrant work to earn, live and decrease their poverty.
3.Development of pro-poor industries is blocked, which may also affect the progress of poverty
alleviation for poor households.
Article
4.The industries that play a crucial role in poverty alleviation, such ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
as seasonal agricultural
products planting, have suffered a great impact from COVID-19, affecting poor farmers'
incomes.
5.Anxiety disorders and other psychiatric diseases are known to be more common in farmers
than in the general population, even when there is no danger of an epidemic disease.
6.Unfortunately, farmers who primarily live-in rural areas have limited access to mental health
services. More than half of the farmers were found to have at least moderate anxiety, according
to the GAD-7 (Generalised Anxiety Disorder Assessment) results (total GAD-7 score ≥10).
7.The level of anxiety of farmers engaged in animal production or vegetable production alone
was found to be higher than those who engaged in mixed production where the product variety
increases, the risk factor decreases.
8.Farmers who resided in rural regions during the epidemic had fewer alternatives to make a
living. As the return-on-investment decreases and is delayed, the ability to continue production
activity decreases due to which the anxiety level of farmers may have increased.
9.Farmers who are already in poor economic situations were seriously affected as a result of
disruptions due to COVID-19 measures during the harvest season, difficulties in labour supply,
and disconnection of the supply chain and the market.
10. On the other hand, the closure of hotels, restaurants, and
other food-providing places rendered farmers unable to sell.
Hence, the COVID-19 induced lockdown worsened vegetables loss at production, marketing,
distribution and wastage at farm level due to lack of demand and logistics. Thus, the future of
horticulture in India will depend on strategies to evolve out of this crisis.
Mitigation Strategies:
The various mitigation strategies which helped in recovering the losses occurred during
pandemic includes;
a) To sustain the demand for agricultural commodities, investments in key logistics must be
enhanced.
b) E-commerce and delivery companies and start-ups need to be encouraged with suitable
policies and incentives.
c) The small and medium enterprises, running with raw materials from the agriculture and
allied sectors or otherwise, should be given special attention so that Article ID:economy
the rural AG-VO2-I08-07
doesn‘t
collapse.
d) To obviate the immediate concerns of scarcity of farm labour, policies must facilitate
easy availability of machinery through state entities, Farmer Producer Organizations (FPOs) or
custom hiring centres (CHCs) with suitable incentives.
e) In particular, specific agricultural support policies can be implemented for those farmers
who are heavily affected by the COVID-19 outbreak. Agricultural insurance is the main method
for dispersing the risks of agricultural production and operation and stabilizing farmers‘ incomes.
At present, agricultural insurance mainly focuses on natural disaster risks and market risks. Price
insurance for vegetables will play a role in coping with the impact of the pandemic on
vegetables. With agricultural insurance, farmers receive compensation when the price of
vegetables drops, thus reducing their losses, stimulating their enthusiasm for production and
stabilizing the ―shopping basket‖ in cities.
f) Agri-inputs – seeds, fertilizers, agro-chemicals, etc., have to be pre-positioned for easy
availability.
g) Relaxation of the norms by Agricultural Produce Market Committees (APMCs) allowing
farmers to sell their produce beyond the designated mandis will certainly ease the burdens of
farmers. State Governments must gear up their machineries for smooth procurement operations
of farmers‘ marketable surpluses at MSP (Minimum Support Price) or through other price
support schemes.
h) Harvesting the products with the help of your own labour force and neighbours where the
production area is small will surely help the low- and middle-income farmers to experience less
anxiety and hence, preventing a decrease in or the cessation of production.
i) Switch over to a suitable model with a far stronger nutrition focus where diets are more
diverse.
j) Explore leveraging NREGS (National Rural employment Guarantee Scheme) funds to pay part
of the farm labour (with farmers paying the balance wage amount) to lessen the monetary burden
on the farmer, while ensuring wage employment to the landless laborers and workers.
k) Structural reforms such as land leasing, contract farming and private agricultural markets,
etc. have long been advocated to bring enhanced investments into the agriculture sector and to
push its growth. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
l) Many climate models predict a favourable monsoon in the 2020 season (the India
Meteorological Department has also since officially announced) as the El-Nino weather
phenomenon, that disrupts rainfall in India, is not evident. This is indeed is good news in the
COVID scenario, assuming agriculture can practice largely unscathed.
Role of Phytonutraceuticals in combating COVID-19 Infection:

The World Health Organization (WHO) declared the COVID-19 pandemic a Public
Health Emergency of International Concern (PHEIC). Currently, several vaccines and drugs are
being evaluated for their efficacy, safety, and for determination of doses for COVID-19 and this
requires considerable time for their validation. Therefore, exploring the repurposing of natural
compounds may provide alternatives against COVID-19. Beyond the classic therapeutic
approach, the common and well-known rules aimed at reducing the spread of the virus (masks,
social distancing). One such possibility of preventing infection through the use of substances,
such as phytonutraceuticals, which are capable of inhibiting the replication of SARS-CoV-2 are
gaining much importance. They have received considerable attention because they are safe,
efficacious and have potential nutritional value as well as therapeutic effects.
The nutraceutical term is a combination of terms ―nutrition‖ and ―pharmaceuticals‖ and
was coined by Dr Stephen De Felice, Chairman of the Foundation for Innovation in Medicine in
1989. The structure of the word itself directs us towards the dual use of these molecules: (1) for
preventive health care (source of nutrients that will prevent the occurrence of disease), and (2) as
therapeutic molecules (like pharmaceuticals taken to cure a disorder or disease).
Thus, phytonutraceuticals are the chemical compounds derived from plants that have
health-promoting properties or, phytonutraceuticals are the substances that act as food or a part
of a food and provides medical or health benefits, including the prevention and treatment of
diseases. Most of them are found in relatively small quantities in vegetables. However, when

consumed in sufficient quantities, they contribute significantly toward protecting living

cells against chronic diseases.
Vegetables are regarded as functional food nutraceuticals because they provide minerals
and nutrients which are health promoting. The most important phytonutriceuticals in
vegetables that have biological activity against chronic diseases or reduce disease risk factors
Article
through antioxidant activity include lycopene from tomato, carotenoids fromID: AG-VO2-I08-07
carrot etc. Several
phytonutraceuticals also have a proven ability of immune-boosting, antiviral, antioxidant, anti-
inflammatory effects. These include Zn, vitamin D, vitamin C, curcumin, cinnamaldehyde,
probiotics, selenium, lactoferrin, quercetin, etc. Grouping some of these phytonutrients in the
right combination in the form of a food supplement may help to boost the immune system,
prevent virus spread, preclude the disease progression to severe stage, and further suppress the
hyper inflammation providing both prophylactic and therapeutic support against COVID-19.
Functional attributes of many traditional vegetables are being discovered, while new food
products are being developed with additional nutraceutical components. Therefore, the plant
substances important to human nutrition must be clearly identified and should be intend to breed
cultivars with improved nutritional attributes through conventional and molecular breeding
approaches.
Role of Plant-based Edible Vaccines in combating COVID-19 Infection:
Vaccines are biological preparations that improve immunity to particular diseases and form an
important innovation of 19th century research. It contains a protein that resembles a disease-
causing microorganism and is often made from weak or killed forms of the microbe. Vaccines
are agents that stimulate the body‘s immune system to recognize the antigen. Now, a new form
of vaccine was introduced which will have the power to mask the risk side of conventional
vaccines. This type of vaccine was produced from plants which are genetically modified and
contain added ―immunity‖ for specific diseases. This is known as Edible Vaccine.
The plant-based vaccine development idea was started 30 years ago and since then many
vaccine proteins have been produced in plants for human and animal diseases.

Since more than 20 years, plant science has grown tremendously and shown great
importance towards molecular pharming and have significant achievements in large scale with
low-cost production of recombinant proteins, enzymes, and pharmaceuticals compounds.Edible
vaccines have received considerable attention from researchers in both academia and industry.
The term edible vaccines was first used by Charles Arntzen inArticle
1990 ID:
andAG-VO2-I08-07
defined edible
vaccines as foods; typically plants, that produce vitamins, proteins or other nourishment that
act as a vaccine against a certain disease. Once the plant, fruit, or plant derived product is
ingested orally, it stimulates the immune system both the mucosal and humoral immune
systems.
The main goals of plant-based edible vaccines are the transformation and production of
antigens into plants and the oral consumption of such vaccine to induce antigen specific immune
responses. Currently, the use of plant-based expression system platform has been extensively
utilized for the expression and purification of vaccines, recombinant proteins, enzymes, and
many bio-pharmaceuticals in a variety of plant species, including potato, tomato, carrot, lettuce,
and spinach and have reached at advanced stage of pre-clinical and clinical evaluation.
Edible vaccines offer many benefits over traditional vaccines. Unlike traditional
vaccines, edible vaccines are capable of bringing mucosal immunity. They are comparatively
cost effective, as they do not require cold chain storage like traditional vaccines. Edible vaccines
do not need sophisticated equipment and machines as they could be easily grown on rich soils
and the method is economical compared to cell culture grown in fermenters and are widely
accepted as they are orally administered unlike traditional vaccines that are injectable. Edible
vaccines are safe as they do not contain heat-killed pathogens, hence do not present any risk of
proteins to reform into infectious organism. Edible vaccine production process can be scaled up
rapidly by breeding.

However, there are limitations as edible vaccines are still new and developing. There
is a probability for the individuals to develop immune tolerance to the particular vaccine protein
or peptide. Dosage required for the edible vaccine preparation varies due to several factors such
as the generation of the plant, plant itself, protein content, ripeness of the fruit and quantity of the
food eaten. Edible vaccine administration requires methods for standardization of plant
Articleand
material/product as low doses may produce lesser number of antibodies ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
high doses are
responsible immune tolerance. These are dependent on plant stability as certain foods cannot be
eaten in raw form and needs cooking that cause denaturation or weaken the protein present in it.
Since edible vaccines are plant-based vaccines, they are prone to get microbial infestation.
Edible vaccine function can be vulnerable due to vast differences in the glycosylation pattern of
plants and humans. Further research will need to be done before they are ready for widespread
human consumption.
Production of Edible Vaccines:
Plant-based vaccines are considered as third-generation vaccines. They contain

the antigen proteins for a pathogen but lack the genes for the full pathogen to form. The first
steps in making an edible vaccine is the identification, isolation, and characterization of a
pathogenic antigen. In order to be effective, the antigen needs to elicit a strong and
specific immune response. Once the antigen is identified and isolated, the gene is cloned into a
transfer vector. One of the most common transfer vectors for DNA being used for edible
vaccines is Agrobacterium tumefaciens. The pathogen sequence is inserted into the
transfer DNA (T-DNA) to produce the antigenic protein. It is then inserted into the genome,
expressed, and inherited in a mendelian fashion, which results in the antigen being expressed in
the fruit or plant. From that point forward, traditional vegetative methods and techniques are
used to grow the plants and propagate the genetic line.
Immune response:
After the vaccine is orally ingested, it reaches the digestive tract mucosa and stimulates the
mucosal immune system. The Mucosal Immune System (MIS) is the first line defence against
attacking pathogens. Induction of a mucosal immune response starts with the recognition of an
antigen by specialized cells called M-cells. These cells are localized in the mucosal membranes

of lymphoid tissues such as Peyer‘s patches within the small intestines. The M-cells channel the
antigen to underlying tissues where antigen presenting cells internalize and process the antigen.
The resulting antigenic epitopes are presented on the APC surface, and with the assistance of
helper T cells activate B cells. The activated B cells migrate to the mesenteric lymph nodes
where they mature into plasma cells and migrate to mucosal membranes to secrete
immunoglobulin (Ig) A (a type of antibody). Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Upon passing through the mucosal epithelial layer towards the lumen, the IgA molecules
complex with membrane-bound secretary components to form secretary IgA (sIgA). Transported
into the lumen, the sIgA interacts with specific antigenic epitopes and neutralize the invading
pathogen. Orally administered vaccines are particularly efficient at stimulating local mucosal
immune responses at the intestinal surface, and the integrated nature of the mucosal immune
system allows other mucosal sites to also be primed (Abeysundara et al., 2017).
Conclusions
 The pandemic led crisis has wreaked havoc on both the Indian and global agricultural systems.
A global food security crisis is potentially looming that cannot be countered without
understanding the impacts of COVID-19 on the agricultural system, especially of the developing

countries.
 Vegetable production also faces significant challenges arising from COVID-19 induced
OCCUPATIONAL
disruptions to its workforce HEALTH
in addition to the HAZARDS
critical labor OFitWORKERS
shortages, already faces.
 Hence, it is concluded that the vegetable production increases by 3.13% (183.17 MT to 188.91
MT) in 2019-20 and 2.48% (188.91 MT to 193.61 MT) in 2020-21 by bringing more area under
vegetable cultivation, due to bumper crop harvest coupled with relaxation in horticulture related
activities during the lockdown.
 But the vegetable productivity shows a declining trend from 18.34 to 18.08 MT/ha due to
unavailability of agri-inputs, high costs of agri-inputs, restrictions on movement, transportation
problems, reverse labour migration, disrupted domestic supply chains which ultimately
contributed to food wastage, rises in wholesale and retail prices of vegetables, which not only
affected farmers but also the consumers across the globe.
 Although buffer stock of vegetables and harvest from previous crops restricted any immediate
fallout but was not sufficient when three-fourths of the consumers reported price hikes in the
essential commodities.
 The COVID-19 pandemic has created different levels of anxiety in farmers in terms of
different branches of agricultural production. As it is not yet possible to eradicate the epidemic,
institutional measures should be taken to alleviate socio-economic challenges.
 Access to mental health services may be facilitated for farmers at risk for serious psychiatric
illnesses or even suicide.
 Health-conscious consumers are increasingly seeking for the phytochemicals in form of

nutraceuticals and edible vaccines to control their own health and well-being. There are exciting
opportunities for the food industry to create such novel food products as presently there is a huge
gap in market demand and supply of such food products.
 Proper nutrition and hydration are key mantras to enhance total-health and bolster the immune
system. Boosting the immune system by following a disciplined lifestyle and healthy eating

habits is the need of the hour and can keep you disease-free.
References:
OCCUPATIONAL
Abeysundara, A.T., Aponso, M.M.W. and HEALTH
Silva G.D. HAZARDS OF on
2017. A review WORKERS
edible vaccines A novel
approach to oral immunization as a replacement of conventional vaccines. International
Journal of Food Science and Nutrition, 24 19-22. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Chan-Yeung M., Xu, R.H. 2003. SARS epidemiology Respirology, 8S914.
Das, L., Bhaumik, E., Raychaudhuri, U. and Chakraborty, R. 2012. Role of Nutraceuticals in
human health. Journal of Food Science and Technology, 49: 173-183.
ET. 2020. GDP growth at 239% in Q1; first contraction in more than 40 years. Available at
https//economictimesindiatimes com/news/economy/indicators/gdp-growth-at-23-9-in-
q1- worst-economic-contraction-on-record/articleshow/77851891 Cms.
Harris, J., Depenbusch, L. and Pal, A.A. 2020. Food system disruption initial livelihood and
dietary effects of COVID-19 on vegetable producers in India. Food Security, 12: 841–
851.
Government of India. 2021. Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation.
Middle East Respiratory Syndrome Coronavirus. Available
at https//wwwwhoint/emergencies/mers-cov/en/ Accessed 16 Feb 2020.
Mishra, A., Bruno, E. and Zilberman, D. 2021. Compound natural and human disasters
managing drought and COVID-19 to sustain global agriculture and food sectors. Science
of the Total Environment, 754: 142210.
National Horticulture Board.
National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development, NABARD. 2020.
Richman, D.D., Whitley, R.J. and Hayden, F.G. 2016. Clinical Virology, 4th ed Washington
ASM Press.
Siddiquei, M. I. & Khan, W. 2021. COVID 19 challenges for vegetable production in India.
International Journal of Vegetable Science, 274: 344-346.
Thakur, A. and Sharma, R. 2018. Health Promoting Phytochemicals in Vegetables - A Mini
Review. International Journal of Food Fermentation Technology, 82: 107-117.
Vrinda, M., Kurup., Jaya., Thomas. 2020. Edible Vaccines Promises and Challenges. Molecular
Biotechnology, 622: 79–90.


BIO-FORTIFICATION
OCCUPATIONAL OF MAJOR
HEALTH CROPS
HAZARDS THROUGH
OF WORKERS
MOLECULAR BREEDING
1
Dhinesh, R., 2*V. Krishnan, 2V. Vengadessan, 2R. Mohan, 3A. Anuratha
2
T. Anandhan, 2D. Umamaheswari, 2A. Premkumar, and 2M. Tamilzharasi
1
PG Scholar, Pandit Jawharlal Nehru College of Agriculture and Research Institute,
Karaikal 609603, U. T. of Puducherry, India.
2
Faculty, Pandit Jawharlal Nehru College of Agriculture and Research Institute,
3
Faculty, Agricultural College and Research Institute, Kurukkathi 611104, Keezhvelur,
Nagapattinam district, Tamil Nadu, India.
*Corresponding Author: Mail ID: anurathakrishnan66@gmail.com
Abstract
Addressing micronutrient malnutrition, often termed hidden hunger, is a global challenge that
demands innovative solutions. Bio-fortification, a strategy focused on enhancing the nutritional
content of staple crops, has emerged as a beacon of hope. This paper delves into the realm of
molecular breeding as a transformative force in the bio-fortification landscape. By harnessing the
power of genetics, molecular breeding offers a precise and effective means to fortify crops with
essential micronutrients. This comprehensive review explores the nuances of molecular breeding
techniques, their potential to alleviate malnutrition, and the hurdles that researchers must
navigate to usher in a new era of sustainable nutrition.
Introduction
The battle against micronutrient deficiencies finds a formidable ally in bio-fortification, a
strategy that seeks to elevate the nutrient content of staple food crops. Within this strategy,
molecular breeding emerges as a potential tool, shaping the genetic landscape of crops to imbue
them with enhanced nutritional value (Bouis and Saltzman, 2017). This review embarks on a

journey through the molecular breeding toolkit, uncovering the genetic mechanisms behind
nutrient enhancement and examining the intricate web of challenges that must be overcome.
Harnessing Natural Genetic Diversity
Plant breeding programs exploit the inherent genetic variations in staple crops to boost
mineral content and availability. These initiatives involve identifying genetic differences that
impact heritable mineral traits, ensuring their stability across diverseArticle ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
conditions, and assessing
the potential for enhancing mineral content without compromising yields and quality. Breeding
for elevated mineral levels offers advantages like long-term sustainability, despite the time
required to develop and introduce high-mineral varieties to the market. Molecular techniques
such as quantitative trait locus (QTL) mapping and marker-assisted selection (MAS) expedite the
identification of promising varieties in the line of bio-fortification.
Conventional Plant Breeding:
Unleashing natural variability, Conventional plant breeding is a potent approach for
improving the nutritional, sensory, and
agronomic traits of staple foods. It relies on
existing genetic diversity within the target
crop or even wild relatives that can
interbreed. While effective, it often involves
trade-offs between yield and grain quality
with enhanced nutrition. Notably, the
development of quality protein maize
(QPM) showcases the effort needed to
create farmer-accepted varieties. Balancing multiple gains can be challenging, but successes like
boosting iron and zinc in rice and wheat demonstrate the potential for co-improvement of yield
and micronutrient content. Initiatives such as the HarvestPlus program have successfully
enhanced nutrient content without compromising yields in crops like orange-fleshed sweet
potatoes.
Molecular Breeding:
Modern Biotechnology at play, molecular breeding or marker-assisted breeding, is a
potential tool embraced due to its natural approach, even among organic growers. It leverages
genomics to identify gene locations and functions and benefits from cost-effective

. tissue screening (Paul et al., 2012). Scientists locate genes tied to desirable traits and create
markers, unique DNA fragments that flag these genes. Markers expedite trait incorporation into
plant relatives through conventional breeding, aided by early assessment in young seedlings.
This accelerates development, potentially
saving years. Private seed companies and
government breeders widely adopt molecular Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
breeding in developed countries, with gradual

adoption in developing nations. This
technique enables gene stacking, combining
multiple genes for traits like quality protein,
disease resistance, and drought tolerance in
crops like maize. It's also instrumental in
identifying recessive traits that elude
conventional breeding.
Decoding Genetic Potential
In the quest to unlock the genetic
potential of crops, researchers delve into a
realm marked by intricate DNA sequences
and nutrient pathways. This journey
encompasses a range of molecular breeding
techniques, each offering a unique perspective
on the endeavour to create nutrient-enriched crops:
1. Genome Sequencing/Resequencing
The advent of genome sequencing has revolutionized our understanding of crop genetics.
Comparable to deciphering the blueprint of life itself, genome sequencing empowers scientists to
pinpoint the genetic origins of crucial nutrients. The milestone achievement of the International
Rice Genome Sequencing Project in sequencing the rice genome opened doors to identifying
variations responsible for nutrient traits. This monumental effort paved the way for the
resequencing of countless rice varieties, revealing novel genes and quantitative trait loci (QTLs)

that orchestrate nutrient content. Armed with this genetic atlas, scientists can now engineer crops
with precise nutrient profiles, ushering in a new era of tailored nutrition.
2. QTL Mapping
The journey through crop genetics leads to the discovery of Quantitative Trait Loci
(QTLs), the genetic regions orchestrating nutrient synthesis and distribution. Mapping these loci
unveils the complex interplay of genes that dictate nutrient levels Article
within ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
crops. This insight
equips scientists with a roadmap to craft crops rich in essential nutrients such as iron and zinc.
By harnessing the power of QTLs, breeders can create crops with enhanced nutrient content,
addressing malnutrition at its genetic core (Gande et al., 2014).
3. Micro RNA Discovery
MicroRNAs, often considered mere genetic background noise, have emerged as
conductors of nutrient symphonies. These small RNA molecules play a crucial role in regulating
gene expression, including nutrient-related pathways. By manipulating microRNA interactions,
researchers can fine-tune nutrient expression, paving the way for crops that inherently produce
higher nutrient yields. This intricate manipulation at the molecular level promises to
revolutionize nutrient enhancement, offering a nuanced approach to combating malnutrition
(Agarwal et al., 2015).
4. Epigenetics
Epigenetics, the dynamic interplay between genes and environmental cues, introduces a
new dimension to nutrient enhancement. By understanding how genes respond to stress signals
and environmental challenges, researchers can engineer crops that thrive under adverse
conditions while retaining their nutrient richness. Epigenetic modifications, including DNA
methylation and histone modifications, serve as genetic switches that influence gene expression
in response to environmental stimuli. This phenomenon enables the creation of crops with
improved resilience to nutrient deficiencies and adverse growth conditions (Chinnusamy and
Zhu, 2009).
Challenges on the Molecular Path
While the promise of molecular breeding is alluring, challenges dot the path ahead, demanding
innovative solutions and interdisciplinary collaboration:

1. Balancing Nutrient Inhibitors

The intricate dance between nutrients and anti-nutrients presents a delicate balance to be
struck. The challenge lies in developing crops that maximize nutrient uptake while minimizing
the interference of anti-nutrients. Achieving this equilibrium requires a holistic approach that
accounts for the complex interactions between nutrients and inhibitors, guiding crops towards
optimal nutrient availability. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
2. Navigating the Yield-Nutrient Nexus

The tension between crop yield and nutrient content poses a thought-provoking dilemma.
Balancing both objectives is imperative to ensure that crops not only flourish in quantity but also
deliver quality nutrition. Resolving this conundrum necessitates an in-depth understanding of
crop physiology, genetics, and agronomy, enabling researchers to optimize nutrient content
without compromising yield potential.
3. Overcoming Hybridization Complexities
In the intricate dance of genetic advancement, hybridization takes centre stage. However,
self-pollinated millets present unique challenges in hybridization, demanding innovative
solutions to unlock their potential. Advanced hybrid breeding techniques, coupled with marker-
assisted selection, offer a promising avenue to expedite the development of nutrient-enriched
varieties in self-pollinated crops.
4. Embracing Nutrient Bioavailability
Enhancing gene expression for nutrients is just the beginning; ensuring that these
nutrients are readily absorbable and utilizable by the human body is equally vital. The concept of
nutrient bioavailability takes centre stage, demanding interdisciplinary collaboration between
geneticists, nutritionists, and physiologists. By considering factors influencing nutrient
absorption and utilization, researchers can optimize crops for maximum nutritional impact.
5. Untangling Environmental Complexities
The intricate interplay between genes and the environment adds a layer of complexity to
nutrient enhancement. The interaction between genetic elements and environmental cues
demands sophisticated modelling and analysis techniques to predict crop performance
accurately. Tackling this challenge requires cross-disciplinary collaboration and a holistic
understanding of the intricate genetic-environmental web.

Bio-fortified crop varieties released worldwide

The following table provides valuable insights into the efforts to enhance the nutritional
content of important crops worldwide. It showcases the levels of essential nutrients such as iron,
zinc, and protein in varieties of rice, wheat, maize, pearl millet, sorghum, finger millet, and little
millet. The data reflects the application of various breeding approaches, including conventional
Article ID:
methods and modern techniques, aimed at addressing nutritional deficiencies andAG-VO2-I08-07
ensuring food
security for global populations.
Breeding
Crop Nutrient Variety Target level Organizaton
Approach
BRRI Dhan 62, CIAT &
-1
Conventional
Fe and Zn BRRI Dhan 72, 18–25 mg kg Harvest Plus,
Breeding
BRRI Dhan 64 Bangladesh
DRR Dhan 49,
Backcross and
Zn DRR Dhan 48, 22.6–25.2 ppm IIRR, India
Rice Pedigree
DRR Dhan 45
Backcross
CR Dhan 311
followed by
Protein (Mukul), 10.2% NRRI, India
pedigree
CR Dhan 315
selection
BHU 1,
BHU 3,
BHU 5, CIAT,
BHU 6, Conventional CIMMYT &
40–45 ppm
Zn BHU 17, methods Harvest Plus,
Wheat BHU 18, India
Zinc Shakti
(Chitra)
PBW1Zn 40.6 ppm Conventional PAU, India
Protein Pusa Ujala 43 ppm Fe, Pure line
IARI, India
and Fe (HI 1605) 35 ppm Zn, selection

13% protein
Protein OCCUPATIONAL
PBW 752 12.5% protein
HEALTH HAZARDSConventional
OF WORKERSPAU, India
Improved Pusa
HM4,
CIMMYT;
Lysine and Improved Pusa 3.62% lysine
MAS VPKAS &
tryptophan HM8, 0.91% tryptophan
IARI, India
Improved
Maize Pusa HM9
Pro
Pusa Vivek 8.15 ppm
Vitamin
QPM9 provitamin A
A, MABB
Pusa HQPM 5 2.67% lysine IARI, India
lysine, and
Pusa HQPM 7 0.74% tryptophan
tryptophan
HHB 299 73.0 ppm Fe,
AHB 1269Fe 41.0 ppm Zn
HAU,
ABV 04 91.0 ppm Fe,
Pearl VNMKV,
Fe and Zn AHB 1200Fe 43.0 ppm Zn Conventional
Millet ICRISAT &
Hybrid ICMH 70 ppm Fe, breeding
MPKV, India
1201 (Shakti- 63 ppm Zn
1201)
12KNICSV
ICRISAT &
(Deko)-188 Conventional
Sorghum Fe 128.99 ppm Fe Harvest Plus,
12KNICSV breeding
Nigeria
-22 (Zabuwa)
Finger VR 929 131.8 mg kg -1 Fe, Pedigree ANGRAU,
Fe
Millet (Vegavathi) 33.2 mg kg -1 Zn selection India
Little Pedigree
Fe and Zn CLMV1 59.0 ppm Fe, IIMR, India
Millet selection

Conclusion
In the tapestry of bio-fortification, molecular breeding emerges as a thread of hope,
weaving together genetics and agriculture in the pursuit of enhanced nutrition. Through genome
sequencing, QTL mapping, microRNA manipulation, and the enigmatic world of epigenetics,
crops are poised to transcend their nutritional limitations. The fusion of genetic innovation and
Article
agricultural science sets the stage for a world where malnutrition is no longerID:a AG-VO2-I08-07
formidable foe.
As researchers navigate the intricate landscape of molecular breeding and confront its challenges
head-on, the vision of nutrient-enriched crops becomes an attainable reality. The harmonious
blend of genetics and innovation promises a future where global health and nourishment reach
unprecedented heights.
References
Agarwal S, Mangrauthia SK, Sarla N (2015) Expression profiling of iron deficiency responsive
micro RNAs and gene targets in rice seedlings of Madhukar × Swarna recombinant
inbred lines with contrasting levels of iron in seeds. Plant Soil 396:1–14.
Bouis HE, Saltzman A (2017) Improving nutrition through biofortification: a review of evidence
from HarvestPlus, 2003 through 2016. Glob Food Sec 12:49–58.
Chinnusamy V, Zhu JK (2009) Epigenetic regulation of stress responses in plants. Curr Opin
Plant Biol 12(2):133–139.
Gande NK, Kundur PJ, Soman R (2014) Identification of putative candidate gene markers for
grain zinc content using recombinant inbred lines (RIL) population of IRRI38 X
Jeerigesanna. Afr J Biotechnol 13(5):657–663.
Paul S, Ali N, Gayen D, Datta SK, Datta K (2012) Molecular breeding of Osfer2 gene to
increase iron nutrition in rice grain. GM Crops Food 3(4):310–316.


ORGANIC FARMING FOR LIVELIHOOD SECURITY

OF SMALL AND MARGINAL FARMERS
Belal Ahmad Mujahed *, Abdullah Saqib and Sandeep Manuja
Department of Agronomy, Chaudhary Sarwan Kumar Himachal Pradesh Krishi

Vishvavidalya (CSKHPKV), Palampur, HimachalPradesh, – 176062, India
*Corresponding Author Email ID: belalmujahed34@gmail.com
Abstract
Through the advancement of technologies, through green revolution, India becomes self-
sufficient in food production and also recovered from hunger but the hunger in terms of food
security and nutritional security is still the challenge. Organic farming, a holistic way of farming,
is one of the way for solution of these challenges so that are aimed at sustainable agricultural
production. It concluded on crop rotations, green manures, organic manures, biofertilizers,
composts and biological pest management for crop production excluding or strictly limiting the
use of synthetic fertilizers, chemical pesticides, plant growth regulators and livestock feed
additives. Organic farming is an alternative production method that not only improve the quantity
but also the quality of production and includes human and environmentally friendly production
systems for restoring the natural balance that has been lost as a result of defective practices and
prohibits the use of synthetic chemical pesticides in the ecological system (Cukur et al. 2019).
Organic agriculture can ensure stable and sustainable alternative livelihoods, especially in a
situation where available land offers opportunities for scaling up. Poverty reduction and rural
development are both supported by organic agriculture (Qiao et al. 2018). Organic farming
practices are gaining importance as farmers have realized the benefits of organic farming in terms
of improvement in soil fertility, soil health and sustainable productivity. Farmers are well aware
with the use of organic manures in the organic farming practices. These organic manures play a
key role in promoting growth and providing immunity to plant system. The practice of organic

cultivation is attracting the attention of farmers‘ world over due to its various advantages over
modern agricultural practices (Baliah, 2017). Producing enough food to meet the needs of a
growing population has always been the greatest concern of food policy-makers around the world
so the most significant advantages of organic farming are environmental protection, increasing
farmers' income, reducing external input cost, enhancing social capacity and increasing
employment opportunities (Jouzi et al. 2017). Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Key words: Organic farming, Livelihood security, Small and marginal farmers
Introduction
Organic farming is not limited to just abandoning the use of agro-chemicals in agriculture
but is a system of creating a favourable agro-ecosystem on an agricultural farm. India‘s National
Programme for Organic Production (NPOP) defines organic farming as, ‗A system of farm
design and management to create an ecosystem, which can achieve sustainable productivity
without the use of artificial external inputs such as chemical fertilizers and pesticides‘. However,
IFOAM define organic farming as, ―A production system that maintain the health of soils,
ecosystems and people. It relies on ecological processes, biodiversity and cycles adapted to local
conditions, rather than the use of inputs with adverse effects. Organic agriculture combines
tradition, innovation and science to benefit the shared environment and promote fair
relationships and a good quality of life for all involved‖. Organic agriculture includes all
agricultural systems that promote the environmentally, socially and economically sound
production of food and fibers. Organic agriculture dramatically reduces external inputs by
refraining from the use of chemosynthetic fertilizers, pesticides, and pharmaceuticals. It is the
form of agriculture that relies on crop rotation, green manure, compost, biological pest control,
organically approved pesticide application and mechanical cultivation to maintain soil
productivity and control pests, excluding or strictly limiting the use of synthetic fertilizers and
synthetic pesticides, plant growth regulators, livestock antibiotics, food additives, and genetically
modified organisms. Organic farming is a method of farming that works at grass root level
preserving the reproductive and regenerative capacity of the soil, good plant nutrition, and sound
soil management, produces nutritious food rich in vitality which has resistance to diseases.
Organic manures provide a good substrate for the growth of many micro-organisms and
maintains a favourable nutritional balance and soil-physical properties. Organic farming may not
be feasible in modern commercial agriculture because it is unable to sustain high level of

production to meet the food grain supply for the ever-increasing population (Tarafdar et al.
2008).
Nowadays, the inorganic fertilizers are producing very hazardous effects on soil properties
as well as sometimes enter in food chain and are also injurious to human being. Therefore, it is
essential to utilize various sources of nutrients, in order to increase the production of crop by
maintaining soil fertility. It may include vermicompost, farm yard Article
manure,ID:Jeevamrit,
AG-VO2-I08-07
green
manure and other sources for sustainable agriculture. Negligence of organic inputs resulted in
deterioration of productive soils, hence for maintaining soil physicochemical and biological
properties and increasing the productivityof soil, use of FYM, vermicompost, Jeevamrit alone or
in combination may prove to be beneficial. Jeevamrit, a newly introduced liquid prepared from
FYM, cow urine, pulses flour, jaggary and soil found below the banyan tree, helps to enhance
microbial population, soil fertility and productivity of the soil. Using organic sources like FYM,
compost, vermicompost, sheep and goat manure, poultry manure in combination with liquid
organic manures like cattle urine, panchgavya, vermiwash, jeevamrit etc. deserves priority for
sustained production and better on farm resource recycling and utilization.
Organic farming is not based exclusively on short term economics, but also considers
ecological concepts. It utilizes appropriate technology and appropriate traditional farming
methods. This form of farming can also be called sustainable form of farming or sustainable
agriculture (Baliah, 2017). Sustainable livelihoods of marginal farmers can be obtained by
organic farming as it has high potential in fulfilling the livelihood indicators. By adopting multi-
cropping in one to two acres would improve food-security and safety, reduce the expenses of the
household and might decrease health care expenditures for small farmers thus increasing the
possibility to live self-sufficiently as organic products are usually more expensive than
conventional products and is more profitable due to its higher price premiums (Katsarova, 2015).
Main principles of organic farming:
The main principles and practices of organic food production are to inspire and enhance
biological cycles in the farming system, keep and enhance deep-rooted soil fertility, reduce all
types of pollution, avoided the application of pesticides and synthetic fertilizers, conserve genetic
diversity

in food, consider the vast socio-ecological impact of food production, and produce high-
quality food in sufficient quantity (IFOAM, 1998). Organic farming is consisting of four
principles whichare described as follow (Fig. 1):
Fig. 1: Main four principles of organic farming (IFOAM, 1998).

Produce quality:
The answer to the question whether organic produce has better quality than the chemical
produce can be both ‗Yes‘ and ‗No‘; so when conventional produce is grown on soils deficient in
essential minerals and this is likely to be expressed in the produce of that soils, there will be yes.
If both the soils of conventional and organic farms are healthy soils, then the chances of differences
in quality are negligible. The information available on comparison of quality of organic foods and
conventional foods is not consistent and expert opinions also differ. Usually, organic produce is
considered to be healthier, safer and tastier than the chemical produce (Stockdale et al., 2001).
Some opportunities in organic farming practices:
The most important benefits of organic farming are as follows:
Environmental benefits:
Environmental benefits of organic farming included protecting biodiversity, better quality
of soil, water and air, as well as energy efficiency.

Some studies suggest that organic farming positively effects the environment generally which
can be seen specifically in terms per unit area.The organic farming system has a remarkable
advantage compared to conventional systems in regard to energy use. Studies showed that the
amount of organic soil matter is significantly higher in organic farming systems than
conventional systems (Gattinger et al., 2012). Organic matter increases water penetration into the
Article ID:
soil and thus reduce soil erosion by diversifying soil-food webs that improve theAG-VO2-I08-07
nitrogen cycle
in the soil (Pimentel, 2006). Other effective strategies for water conservation in organic
farming are planting cover crops and practicing efficient irrigation methods that results in
reducing evaporation and water harvesting (Kilcher, 2007). The risk of water, soil and air
contaminations by chemical inputs is much lower in organic farming systems than in
conventional systems due to banding of chemical pesticides and fertilizers in organic farming
(Shepherd et al., 2003).
Economics benefits:
Organic industry is one of the fastest growing sectors of the food market as the global
market for organic food has increased from 15.2 billion USD in 1999 to72 billion USD in 2013.
The main organic markets are the United States and the EU (together 90%) while developing
countries have very small organic markets (Willer and Lernoud, 2015). Organic farming is
responsible for higher profitability due to higher yields, reduced costs and price premiums of
organic products in developing countries (Nemes, 2009). Organic farming is a feasible option for
small-holders, specifically for small-holders that live in more difficult environmental situations.
From an economic point of view, the most important economic advantages of organic farming
for small- scale farmers and the opportunity to sell their products at premium prices include
reducing external inputs and developing access to organic markets by organic farmers
(Giovannucci, 2006).
Social benefits:
Organic farming producers are mainly small-holders (1–3 ha) who are export oriented and
mainly supported by private sectors like NGOs rather than governmental sectors. Organic farming
also increases social capital by supporting social organizations and NGOs at local or regional
levels and defines new rules and responsibilities for managing resources by small-scale farmers
(UNEP, 2008). Organic farming can enhance social capital and can empower small-scale farmers

through cooperative organization in developing countries (Rice, 2001). It is also beneficial for
women who are usually deprived of credits and access to markets.
OCCUPATIONAL
Health and Nutrition benefits: HEALTH HAZARDS OF WORKERS
Regarding food safety and quality issues in food and farm, studies revealed that organic
foods had the least amount of chemical residues as compared to the non-organic. In some regions
like Africa, the majority of farmers are small-holders who produce crops with no or very little
chemical inputs and found that the average yield increased by128%, hence converting to Organic
farming is a feasible option for them to increase their yields and access to food (UNEP, 2008).
Through elimination of synthetic inputs in farms, Organic farming reduces the risk of farmers
being exposed to chemical pesticides. With respect to nutritional quality the amount of dry
matter, minerals like Fe and Mg and anti-oxidant micronutrients, is higher in organic plant
products. Organic farming can improve food access of small-holders through the gradual increase
of yield as well as improved income for small scale farmers, which leads to better purchasing
power (Halberg and Muller, 2013).
Constraints in adoption of organic farming:
The major constraint is threat to national food security at the policy level, in the adoption of
organic farming (Paul et al., 2010). Lack of awareness about organic products is also a limitation
among the consumers and organic agricultural practices among the farmers. Majority farmers are
not aware about the biofertilizers, biopesticides and organic standards. Luck of organized
marketing mechanism with price premium for organic products. The small and marginal farmers,
are unable to market their organic produce while they can adopt this system easily. Certification
of organic farms is a complex and costly process which the small and marginal farmers cannot
afford. Another limitation in adoption of organic farming is none or less availability of organic
manures and composts. Organic farming being more labour intensive provides increased
employment opportunities (Rajasekharan, 1995). Majority of farmers think that organic farming
is a laborious and time consuming in Punjab (Aulakh et al., 2009; Kaur, 2004). The non-
availability of quality biopesticides, for pest and disease management is another limiting factor
for adaptation of organic farming.

Some other constraints faced by the farmers in practicing organic farming are as follow:
Table.1 Constraints faced by the farmers in practicing organic farming (Haneef et al. 2019)
1. Economic constraints
a. Inadequate availability of credit
b. Inadequate subsidies for organic cultivation of crops
c. Initial yield loss Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
d. Initial low price for the organic produce

e. Higher cost involved in the certification charges
2. Infrastructural constraints
a. Lack of training institutions
b. Lack of indigenous certification agencies
c. Lack of specialized institutes for doing research on organic farming
3. Technological constraints
a. Lack of timely research information about organic farming technologies
b. Inadequate availability or shortage of quality disease free
seeds/planting materials
c. Lack of standard package of practices for practising organic farming
4. Marketing constraints
a. Lack of reliable market information, regulation and distribution channels
b. Lack of specialized markets for organic produce
c. Lack of awareness about grading and different grades
d. Lack of storage facilities
Conclusion
Organic farming system is a method of farming system which primarily aimed at
cultivating the land and raising crops in such a way, as to keep the soil alive and in good health by
use of organic wastes (crop, animal and farm wastes, aquatic wastes) and other biological materials
along with beneficial microbes (bio-fertilizers) to release nutrients to crops for increased
sustainable production in an eco-friendly pollution free environment. Small-scale farmers'
livelihoods can be improved by organic farming by raising yields, cutting costs, and offering

premium pricing. In addition to these qualities, organic farming offers a great deal of potential to
contribute to food security, risk reduction, and can be viewed as a successful development strategy
to fight poverty. Organic production is a holistic system designed to optimize the productivity and
fitness of diverse communities within the agro-ecosystem, including soil organisms, plants,
livestock and people. Organic farming is the back bone of sustainable farming which depend on
Article vermicompost,
many factors such as; crop rotation, organic manure, green manure, compost, ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
crop
residue, biofertilizers and biopesticides.
References:
APEDA 2017. www.apeda.gov.in
Aulakh CS and Ravisankar N. 2017. Organic farming in Indian context: A perspective. Agric Res
J 54(2): 149-164
Aulakh CS, Singh S, Walia SS and Kaur G. 2009. Farmers‘ perceptions on organic farming in
Punjab. J Res Punjab Agric Univ 46(2): 9-13
Baliah T. 2017. An over view of organic farming in Indian agricultural system. International
Journal of Environmental Sciences and Natural Resources 7: 555709
Cukur T, Kizilaslan N and Kizilaslan H. 2019. Analysis of the factors affecting the adoption of
organic farming in Turkey: the case of Samsun Province. Applied ecology and
environmental research 17: 14001–14008
Gattinger A, Muller A, Haeni M, Skinner C, Fliessbach A, Buchmann N, Mäder P, Stolze M,
Smith P, Scialabba NEH and Niggli U. 2012. Enhanced top soil carbon stocks under
organic farming. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U. S. A. 109 (44):18226–18231
Giovannucci D. 2006. Evaluation of organic agriculture and poverty reduction in Asia. IFAD.
Halberg N and Muller A. 2013. Organic agriculture, livelihoods and development. Earth scan,
London.
International Federation of Organic Agriculture Movements (IFOAM). 1998. The IFOAM basic
standards for organic production and processing. General Assembly, Argentina,
November, IFOAM, Germany
Jouzi Z, Azadi H, Taheri F, Zarafshani K, Gebrehiwot K, Passel SV and Lebailly P. 2017. Organic
farming and small-scale farmers: Main opportunities and challenges. Ecological
Economics 132: 144–154

Katsarova I. 2015. Organic food: helping EU consumers make an informed choice. European
Parliamentary Research Service Briefing, Geneva, Switzerland.
Kaur J. 2004. Organic farming in Punjab: A case study. M S.c. Thesis PAU, Ludhiana.
Kilcher L. 2007. How organic agriculture contributes to sustainable development. J. Agric. Res.
Trop. Subtrop. 89, 31–49
Article ID:
Nemes N. 2009. Comparative analysis of organic and non-organic farming AG-VO2-I08-07
systems: A critical
assessment of farm profitability. Food and Agriculture Organization of the United
Nations, Rome.
Pimentel D. 2006. Impacts of organic farming on the efficiency of energy use in agriculture. An
organic center state of science review, pp. 1–40
Qiao Y, Martina F, Cook S, He X, Halberg N, Scott S and Pan X. 2018. Certified organic
agriculture as an alternative livelihood strategy for small-scale farmers in China: A case
study. Ecological Economics 132: 301–307
Rajasekharan. 1995. Organic agriculture. Kisan World 22: 27-29
Rice RA. 2001. Noble goals and challenging terrain: organic and fair trade coffee movements in
the global marketplace. J. Agric. Environ. Ethics 14(1):39–66
Shepherd M, Pearce B, Cormack B, Philipps L, Cuttle S, Bhogal A, ... Unwin R. 2003. An
assessment of the environmental impacts of organic farming. A review for DEFRA funded
Project
Stockdale EA, Lampkin NH, Hovi M, Keatinge R, Lennartsson EK, Macdonald DW, Padel S,
Tattersall FH, Wolfe MS and Watson CA. 2001. Agronomic and environmental
implications of organic farming systems. Adv Agron 70: 261-327
UNEP, 2008. Organic Agriculture and Food Security in Africa. United Nations Publication
Willer H and Lernoud J. 2015. The World of Organic Agriculture. Statistics and Emerging Trends
2015FiBL-IFOAM Report. Research Institute of Organic Agriculture (FiBL) and
International Federation of Organic Agriculture Movements.


PRECISIONOCCUPATIONAL
AGRICULTURE FORHAZARDS
HEALTH INDIAN OFAGRICULTURE
WORKERS

*Smt. D. Sravanthi, Dr. M.M. Kadasiddappa, Dr. D. Swetha, Dr.P. Reddy Priya,
Dr. B. Deepak Reddy, P. Laxman Rao, Dr.P. Neelima, Dr.K. Naganjali,
Dr.R. Shivakumar and Dr.K. Gopala krishnamurthy
Agricultural College, Aswaraopet, PJTSAU, Telangana 507301, India
Agriculture Research Station, Tornala, PJTSAU, Telangana
College of Agricultural Engineering, Kandi, PJTSAU, Telangana
*Corresponding Author Email ID: danamsravanthi@gmail.com
Introduction
Precision Agriculture (PA) is a management strategy that gathers, processes and analyzes
temporal, spatial and individual data and combines it with other information to support
management decisions according to estimated variability for improved resource use efficiency,
productivity, quality, profitability and sustainability of agricultural production.‘
Figure 1: Precision farming cycle

It is an accurate application of agricultural inputs towards crop growth, duly considering

the soil, weather and crop management practices. The technologies employed in Precision
agriculture (PA)/ Precision farming (PF) are sensors and satellite images.
Need for precision agriculture:
• For assessing and managing field variability
• For doing the right thing in the right place at the right time Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
• For higher productivity

• For increasing the effectiveness of inputs: Increased productivity per unit of input used
indicates increased efficiency of the inputs.
• For maximum use of minimum land unit: To improve each and every part of land and uses it
for the production purpose.
Precision Farming System (PFS):
The precision farming system is based on the detection of spatial and temporal variability
in crop production. This variability is accounted for on farm management with the aim of
increasing productivity and reducing environmental risks. Further, in large farms spatial
variability has two components; within field variability and between field variability. The
precision farming system within the field is also referred to as “site specific crop management
(SSCM)”. This SSCM refers to a developing agricultural management system that promotes
variable management practices within a field according to site or soil conditions (National
Research Council, 1997). According to Batte and Buren (1999), SSCM is not a single
technology, but it is an integration of technologies permitting;
1. Collection of data on appropriate scale at a suitable time
2. Interpretation and analysis of data to support a range of management decisions.
3. Implementation of management response on appropriate scale and at suitable time.
The precision farming can be presented as management of three conceptual components: Data
collection, data analysis/interpretation and application/variable rate treatment. Production of
food, feed and fibre are depended on the quantity and quality of soil, plant, water and air. The
concept of PA is a system (Interrelated, interacting, interdependent elements forming a complex
process), provides a more useful foundation for understanding precision agriculture.
Precision farming is an agricultural system useful for:
• Land preparation

• Seeding
• Plant protection chemicals application
• Fertilizer application
• Crop monitoring
• Nutrient auditing
• Soil and plant analysis Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
• Pest management
• Conservation practices
• Gross margin analysis
A. Precision Agriculture Tools and Technologies
Computer-based applications are used to create precise farm plans, field maps, crop
scouting, yield maps, and to define the exact amount of inputs to be applied to fields. One benefit
of this method is the ability to design a friendly agricultural strategy, which helps to lower costs
and boost yields. But, because the obtained data cannot be integrated into other supporting
systems, these applications offer limited-value data that cannot be used for large-scale precision
farming solutions. Let us dive into the tools and technologies needed for precision agriculture.
1) Global Positioning System (GPS)
The Global Positioning System (GPS) is a satellite-based navigation system that provides
location and time information in all weather conditions, anywhere on or near the Earth. In
precision agriculture, GPS is used to provide precise location information for mapping and
navigation purposes.
One of the main ways GPS is used in precision agriculture is for mapping and field-level
data collection. Farmers can use GPS receivers mounted on their vehicles or equipment to collect
data on the location, shape, and size of their fields, as well as the location of specific features
within the fields such as irrigation systems, drainage ditches, and fence lines. This data can be
used to create detailed maps of the fields, which can be used for planning and scheduling field
operations, implementation of variable rate technology in agricultural input management, and
analyzing field performance.
Farmers can also use GPS-based guidance systems to help them navigate their vehicles and
equipment around the fields with a high degree of accuracy, reducing the risk of errors and
increasing efficiency.

2) Geographic Information System (GIS)

A geographical information system (GIS) consists of a computer software database
system used to input, store, retrieve, analyze and display, in map-like form, referenced
geographical information.
In precision agriculture, GIS is used to create, store, and analyze spatial data related to farming
operations, such as field boundaries, topography, soil types, crop Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
types, and other features.
Farmers can use GIS to identify the most suitable locations for planting certain crops or to
identify areas that are most vulnerable to pests or diseases.
3) Grid Sampling for targeted farming
Grid sampling is a technique for segmenting fields into around 0.5–5 ha-sized units.
Those grids' soil samples will be used to calculate the proper application rates for crop inputs.
The Grid Samples are then collected, combined, and delivered to the lab for evaluation. Grid
sampling can be used to collect soil samples from different parts of a field, in order to understand
the spatial variability of soil characteristics such as pH, nutrient content, and organic matter. This
information can be used to make informed decisions about fertilization, irrigation, etc.
4) Variable-Rate Technology (VRT)
Variable-rate technology (VRT) consists of farm field equipment with the ability to
precisely control the rate of application of crop inputs that can be varied in their application
including tillage, insect control, fertilizer, plant population, and irrigation.
VRT is based on the idea that different parts of a field may have different soil types, topography,
crop characteristics, and other factors that may affect their requirements for inputs. By using
VRT, farmers can optimize their resource use and improve their efficiency and productivity.
The three key ways in which Variable-Rate Technology is used in Precision Agriculture are-
a) Fertilizers
VRT is used to apply fertilizers at different rates across a field, depending on the soil
nutrient levels and crop requirements of each area. This can help farmers save on fertilizers and
improve crop yields and quality.
b) Pesticides
VRT is used to apply pesticides depending on the prevalence and distribution of pests and
diseases across the field. This helps farmers control the amount of pesticides and reduce the risk
of environmental pollution.

c) Seeding
VRT is used to sow seeds depending on the soil characteristics and crop requirements of each
area. This helps farmers optimize crop yields and quality.
Two basic methods in implementing VRA.
a) Map based VRA
b) Sensor based VRA Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
(a) Map based VRA :

Steps :
1.Grid sampling a field,
2. Performing laboratory analyses of the soil samples,
3. Generating a site-specific map of the properties and finally using this map to control a
variable-rate applicator.
During both the sampling and application steps, a positioning system, usually DGPS
(Differential Global Positioning System), is used to identify the current location in the field.
Currently, the majority of available technologies and applications in site-specific farming utilize
the Map-based method of pre-sampling, map generation and variable-rate application. This
method is most popular due to the lack of sufficient sensors for monitoring the soil conditions.
Also, laboratory analysis is still the trusted and reliable method for determining most soil
properties. However, the cost of the soil testing limits the number of samples that a farmer can
afford to test. Thus, the usual practice is to grid sample a field every 2 acres.
(b)Sensor-based Technologies :
Utilizes real-time sensors and feedback control to measure the desired properties on-the-go,
usually soil properties or crop characteristics, and immediately use this signal to control the
variable-rate applicator. This second method doesn't necessarily require the use of a GPS system.
 This type of system also has a problem with synchronizing the sensor measurements with
the desired application rate for the same site.
 In some instances, the sensor may have to be mounted on the front of the tractor, or
spreader truck, to give the variable-rate applicator's controller enough time to adjust the
rate accordingly before it passes the sensed location.
 In order to effectively accomplish this real-time control, the sensors must respond almost
instantaneously to changes in the soil.

 For example, a bulk fertilizer spreader truck may operate at field speeds of 25 miles per
hour. This means that 37 feet will have passed beneath the truck if the lag time of the
system is one second.
Major differences between Map based and Sensor based Precision farming systems.
Parameter Map based Sensor based
Methodology Grid Sampling - lab analyses - Real time sensors – Feedback
site specific maps and use control measures and use
ofvariable rate applicator ofvariable rate applicator
GPS/DGPS Very much required Not necessary
Laboratory analyses Required Not required

(Plant & Soil)
Mapping Required May not required
Time consumption More Less
Limitations Cost of soil testing and Lack of sufficient sensors

analyses limits the usage forgetting crop and soil
information
Operation Difficult Easy
Skills Required Required
Sampling unit 2 to 3 acres Individual spot
Relevance Popular in Developing Popular in Developed

countries countries
5) Yield Monitors for Precision Agriculture
A yield monitor is a device that is used in precision agriculture to measure and record
crop yields as they are harvested. Yield monitors typically consist of sensors that measure the
flow of grain or other crops as they pass through the combine harvester, and a computer or other
data recording device that records the yield data.

Yield monitors can be used to create detailed maps of crop yields across a field, showing the
spatial variability of yields and identifying areas that are performing poorly or well. They can be
used to measure and record the quality of harvested crops, such as moisture content and test
weight. This information can be used to optimize storage and handling practices and to improve
the overall quality of the crop.
6) Yield Maps Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Data from an adapted combine harvester that has a GPS integrated with a yield tracking
system is processed to create yield maps. A yield map is a visual representation of crop yields
across a field, showing the spatial variability of yields and identifying areas that are performing
poorly or well. In addition to yield monitors, Yield maps can also be created using other data
collection tools, such as GPS or remote sensing technologies.
Yield maps can help farmers optimize their resource management practices by identifying areas
of the field that have different resource needs. They can also be used to support planning and
decision-making by providing a visual and spatial context for data analysis.
7) Remote Sensors for precise data capture
Remote sensors are generally categorized as aerial or satellite sensors. Changes in soil
type, crop development, field boundaries, roads, water, etc., can indicate differences in field
color. Remote science in agricultural terms means viewing crops from overhead (from a satellite
or low-flying aircraft) without coming into contact, recording what is viewed and displaying the
image, and providing the map to pinpoint the field problems earlier and more effectively.
8) Auto-Guidance Systems for Precision Agriculture
Auto-guidance systems are precision agriculture technologies that use GPS and other
sensors to help farmers navigate their vehicles and equipment around the fields with a high
degree of accuracy.
These systems typically consist of a GPS receiver, a display unit, and sometimes other sensors
(such as cameras or lasers) that provide additional information about the field and the vehicle's
position within it.
Auto-guidance systems can be used in a variety of ways in precision agriculture
a) a. Navigation
Auto-guidance systems can help farmers navigate their vehicles and equipment around the fields
with a high degree of accuracy, reducing the risk of errors.

b) b. Row Guidance
Auto-guidance systems can help farmers keep their vehicles and equipment on the correct rows,
reducing overlap and skips.
c) c. Equipment Guidance
Auto-guidance systems can help farmers control and monitor the position and orientation of
agricultural equipment such as planters, sprayers, and harvesters with Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
a high degree of accuracy,
improving implement performance and reducing errors.
d) d. Record keeping and Data Analysis
Auto-guidance systems can record data on the location and movements of vehicles and
equipment, which can be useful for record-keeping and analysis.
9) Proximate Sensors for precise crop and soil data capture
Proximate sensors can be used to measure soil (N and pH) and crop properties as the tractor pass
over the field.
Proximate sensors are sensors that are used in precision agriculture to measure the properties of
crops or soil in close proximity to the sensor. The soil sample is scooped and pressed against an
electrode, a stabilization period of about 10-15 seconds is allowed, and the reading is taken.
These sensors can either be hand-held or mounted on vehicles or other Agri equipment.
Proximate sensors are typically used to collect data on a real-time or near-real-time basis,
allowing farmers to respond to changing conditions and make adjustments as needed.
Proximate sensors can measure
a) a. Crop characteristics
Proximate sensors are used to measure crop characteristics such as height, biomass, and leaf area
index. This information can be used to optimize crop management practices and improve crop
yields.
b) b. Soil characteristics
Proximate sensors are used to measure soil characteristics such as pH, nutrient content, nitrogen,
and moisture content. This information can be used to optimize fertilization, irrigation, and other
resource management practices.
c) c. Pests and diseases
Proximate sensors are used to monitor the prevalence and distribution of pests and diseases in a
field, in order to optimize control measures and reduce the risk of outbreaks.

10) Computer Hardware and Software

Computer support is required to analyze the data gathered by other components of precision
farming technology and to make it accessible in formats such as maps, graphs, charts, or reports.
a) a. Data storage and management systems
Precision agriculture systems often generate large amounts of data, which needs to be stored and
Article
managed in a structured and efficient manner. This can be done using ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
a variety of data storage
and management systems, such as databases and cloud-based platforms such as Cropin Cloud.
b) b. Data analysis and visualization tools
Precision agriculture systems often require the use of specialized software tools to analyze and
visualize data in order to extract insights and make informed decisions.
B. Precision Farming Solution
An economical, scalable, and accurate precision agriculture solution is cloud-based SaaS

(Software as a Service). SaaS solutions used in agriculture technology focus on
providing advanced farming technologies that help farmers, agribusinesses, and other
stakeholders to make smart decisions based on the analysis of data.
Cropin is at the forefront of making agriculture smarter with the use of satellite imagery, weather
analysis, and machine learning for monitoring, detection, analysis, and prediction.
Cropin‘s intelligent agriculture cloud can be integrated with already installed software and
sensors through APIs. The data gathered on soil or moisture levels, temperature changes, or
crops can be processed using the precision farming solution that ties together the capabilities of
big data analytics and machine learning algorithms to provide actionable insights based on the
accuracy of collected data.
C. Data Management and Analysis in Precision Agriculture
Data management and analysis are crucial aspects of precision agriculture.

1) Data collection and storage
In precision agriculture, data is collected from a variety of sources, including GPS and mapping
systems, sensors, remote sensing technologies (such as satellite imagery), and other farm
management systems. This data is typically stored in a central location, such as a computer or
cloud-based platform, where it can be accessed and analyzed.
2) Data analysis and visualization

Once agricultural data has been collected and stored, it needs to be analyzed in order to extract
insights and make informed decisions. This can be done using a variety of data analysis and
visualization tools, such as spreadsheets, statistical software, and specialized precision ag
software. These tools can help farmers identify patterns and trends in their data, and visualize the
results in a way that is easy to understand and interpret.
3) Integration with other farm management systems Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Precision agriculture systems often need to be integrated with other farm management systems,
such as financial management, inventory management, and labor management systems. This can
help farmers get a more complete picture of their operations. In addition, integration with other
systems can help streamline data management and analysis, reducing the time and effort required
to process and interpret data.
D. Sustainable Digitalization of Agriculture with Precision Farming
The recent rapid digitalization has reduced the exhaustive paperwork in banks, hospitals,
and most private and public sector organizations seem to diminish as their businesses move
online. Digitization has reduced the manual work - which was time-consuming, error-prone, and
inefficient - thus saving millions for corporations. Digitization of the economy has broken the
barriers and has successfully curtailed the fear of tech dependency, especially among the farming
community. Digitalization is slowly also revolutionizing the vast and complex Agriculture
sector.

E. Precision Agriculture and Climate Change

Agri-businesses are highly vulnerable to climate change. Farming is becoming
increasingly challenging in many areas due to decreased yields and increased frequency of
extreme weather events like drought or flood. Climate change is expected to diminish global
agricultural production by 17 percent by 2050, according to a study by the National Academy of
Science (NAS). Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Precision farming, according to NAS, should play a big role in making farming more
sustainable, without compromising production or farmer earnings. With precision agriculture, the
World Economic Forum believes world food production could rise 10-15 percent by 2030, and
greenhouse gas emissions and water consumption would decrease by 10 to 20 percent,
respectively, if 15 to 25 percent of farms adopted the technology.
Site-specific field management and variable-rate application (VRA) technologies are two of the
most commonly discussed aspects of precision agriculture. These measures are essential to
reducing the environmental effect of agriculture.
F. Precision Farming and the Future of Agriculture
Precision farming and modern agriculture practices focus on reducing production cost
and wastage, as it is tailored to the needs of each plot. It centers on data collection and analysis
of farm pIots which comprises sensors, drones, and robots for recording the data, and software as
a service (SaaS) can be used to adapt to precision farming systems.
1) Role of Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning in Precision Agriculture
Although IoT is still at a nascent stage, the governments of agriculture-dominant

economies do invest in other cutting-edge technologies like artificial intelligence and machine
learning (AI/ML) to make smarter agriculture decisions. In countries like India, the
implementation of IoT in agriculture has its own set of unique benefits and challenges.
Firstly, the farmers fear upgrading to Agri tech as they lack knowledge about the applicability of
the technology in agriculture. Besides this, the sensors, robots, and drones are expensive, have
high maintenance costs, and require technically trained labor to operate. Further, the captured
data needs to be analyzed in a lab or using specialized instruments on the farm. Also, a variety of
sensors are required for collecting data on different parameters, which need to be analyzed
separately, hence driving operational costs higher. Therefore, the digital farming solution must
be cost-effective and highly scalable, considering the various sizes of farms.

DRAWBACKS OF PRECISION FARMING

High cost: Difficult to determine the cost benefits of precision agriculture management. At
present, many of the technologies used are in their infancy, and pricing of equipment and
services is hard to pin down.
Lack of technical expertise knowledge and technology: The success of precision agriculture
Article ID:
depends largely on how well and how quickly the knowledge needed to AG-VO2-I08-07
guide the new
technologies can be found (India spends only 0.3% of its agricultural Gross Domestic Product in
Research and Development). Not applicable or difficult/costly for small land holdings (> 58 %
operational holdings are < 1 ha). 2/3 rd area – rainfed and yields are < 1 t/ha.
Heterogeneity of cropping systems and market imperfections Infrastructure & institutional
constraints including market imperfections. As compared to India, Developed countries (10-
1000>), characterized by mechanized farming.
Precision Agriculture- the Road to Sustainability
Using precision agriculture, farmers can achieve the following:
 Identify the best crops and hybrid seeds suitable for a particular area
 Work only on exactly identified areas to be replanted
 Take specific actions to provide the essential and optimum level of inputs
 Save time and cost and minimize the environmental impact of polluting soil and water
 Create maps for irrigation schedules and use ideal amounts of water to curtail wastage
 Anticipate pest infestations and diseases and take preventative measures before they
destroy crops
 Apply weedicides and pesticides without harming biodiversity and killing non-target
plants
 Harvest produce when they mature to meet consumer preferences and early enough to
extend storage time
Reference
Beriya, Abhishek. 2020: Precision Agriculture to Digital Agriculture: A Literature Review, ICT
India Working Paper, No. 37, Columbia University, Earth Institute, Center for
Sustainable Development (CSD), New York, NY

Bongiovanni R, Deboer J.L.2004. Precision Agriculture and Sustainability. Kluwer Academic

Publishers. Precision Agriculture. 5: 359-387.
Rose D.C. 2016. Decision support tools for agriculture: Towards effective design and delivery.
Agricultural Systems. 149:165-174.


PESTICIDE OCCUPATIONAL
RESIDUE AND ITS IMPACT
HEALTH HAZARDS ON ONE HEALTH
OF WORKERS

Tejal M. Bhapkar1, *Swati A. Umap2, Arju Somkuwar3, Alka Sawarkar2, Sonal Dubey2
and Rajesh Limsay2
1
- M.V.Sc. student, 2 - Assistant Professor and 3
- Professor
Department of Veterinary Pharmacology and Toxicology, Nagpur Veterinary College
*Corresponding Author Email ID: swati.vet@gmail.com
Abstract
Pesticides are chemicals used to control pests but they can also pose risks to animal and human
health. The health effects of pesticide residues depend upon the type, amount and exposure time.
Acute effects of pesticide residues, such as nausea, vomiting, dizziness and death may occur
soon after exposure. Chronic effects, such as cancers, birth defects, neurological disorders and
hormonal disruption may occur months or years after exposure. They can affect health by acting
on cells, genes and organs. They can also exert their adverse effects by acting on cell receptors
and ion channels, suppressing key signal pathways in cells and by affecting DNA methylation
and histone modification. Despite global regulations, one study estimates that about 385 million
cases of unintentional acute poisoning occur among farm workers each year. It is imperative to
consider the potential health effects of pesticides when using them.
Introduction
Pests are any destructive insects or animals that attack crop, food, livestock, etc. Pesticide
is any chemical or biological substance meant to prevent, kill or incapacitate pest. They can be
herbicide (herbs), weedicide (weed), molluscicide (mollusc), rodenticide (rodents), fungicide
(fungus), etc. WHO defines pesticide as ―chemical compounds that are used to kill pests,
including rodents, fungi, insects and unwanted plants (weeds).‖ It has become important part of
growing agriculture industry to meet increasing demands of food and fiber.

Current scenario
In year 2022, India produced approximately 299 thousand metric tons of pesticide.
Maharashtra and Uttar Pradesh are highest pesticide consuming states. While Punjab is the third
largest consumer of pesticide, it‘s per hectare consumption is highest in the country. Green
revolution occurred in Punjab somewhere in mid 1960s. Since then agriculture has flourished in
Punjab state. One of the major reasons for such immense success in Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
agricultural yield is use o f
pesticide and fertilizers. Due to the use of modern technologies and continued and indiscriminate
use of pesticides serious consequences are now seen in people of Punjab. Indirect consumption
of pesticide has led to toxic effects. Of particular concern is a belt in Malwa region of Punjab
considered as ―Cotton Belt‖. Around the year 2015, cotton crop of this belt of Punjab faced
massive failure. This was due to infestation of pests resistant to pesticide. Increased incidence of
cancer patients is also noticed. A survey was conducted by Punjab state government which
confirmed increased cancer cases. Locals have even named a train carrying more than 60 cancer
patients to Bikaner of Rajasthan daily as ―The Cancer Train‖. Along with cancer, serious genetic
mutations are also seen. This has affected not only adults but babies of less than a year are also
diagnosed with cancer. It has also resulted in farmers of Punjab being at great risk of
genotoxicity. In long term, serious genetic mutation is possible. According to a recent study,
higher chromosomal aberrations in people were seen. After this incidence, the government
banned use of 5 pesticides namely, Phosphamidion, Methomyl, Phorate, Triazophos and
Monocrotophos. All these are classified as Class 1 Pesticides by WHO. They are further
categorized as Class 1A (extremely hazardous) and Class 1B (highly hazardous). Pesticide
widely used in India is Benzene Hexachloride (BHC) and other agents have various effect on
health and environment. Recently the use of Captafol as foliar spray has been banned in India.
Pesticide Regulation
The Insecticides Act (1968) and Insecticide Rules (1971) regulate import, registration,
manufacture, sale, transport, distribution and use of insecticides or pesticides with a view to
prevent harmful risks to humans as well as animals and for all connected matters throughout
India. The Central Insecticide Board and Registration Committee is the main body that advises
Central and State Governments on technical and safety issues regarding pesticides.
The Joint WHO/FAO Meeting on Pesticide residue assesses scientific data provided by the
countries worldwide and scientific journals or studies written in various countries. They have

published the amount of pesticide for safe intake suggesting the quantity of pesticide that can
cause serious harm. These guidelines are used by countries to set permissible level of pesticide in
food. WHO and FAO have jointly formed International code of conduct on pesticide
management. They aid various government and private companies, etc. as to how to manage
pesticides from production to disposal.
Types of pesticide Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Insecticide (Aldrin) are used for insects like beetles, molluscicide (Aluminum Sulphate)
for molluscs like snail, rodenticide (Calcium Phosphide) for rodents like rats, weedicide
(Naphthalene Acetic Acid) for weed, fungicide (Captan) for fungus and acaricides (Carbaryl) for
mites, ticks, etc. Pesticide are also classified as biodegradable (pyrethroids), which can be broken
down into simpler forms and non-biodegradable (DDT), which are very difficult or nearly do not
degrade in the environment. According to the chemical composition of the pesticide, they can be
organophosphates (Parathion), carbamates (Propoxur), organochlorine (DDT), pyrethroids
(Permethrine) and biopesticides (Bacillus thuringiensis).
Figure 1. Types of Pesticides

Pesticide residue
World health organization defines pesticide residue as ―any substance or mixture of
substances in food for man or animal resulting from the use of pesticide and includes any
specified derivatives, such as degradation and conversion products, metabolites, reaction
products and impurities that are considered to be of toxicological importance or significance.‖
There are traces left on plant, soil, water or air after application. TheyArticle
pose toID:
beAG-VO2-I08-07
a serious threat
to the agrochemical industry and consumers as it leads to serious health hazards.
Sources of pesticide residue
Pesticide residues are commonly found in air, water, soil nowadays. Major route is via
direct ingestion of pesticides as in self poisoning or intentional poisoning and consumption of
contaminated food or crops. Other routes include indiscriminate use of pesticide, improper
storage, usage, formulations, disposal of pesticide containers, etc which lead to increase in
quantity of pesticide residue. Biomagnification leads to increase in amount of concentration of
pesticide in body of both humans and animals.
Figure 2. Biomagnification of Pesticide

There are many ways by which pesticide can come in contact of animals and humans.
These can be either direct or indirect. Direct contact can be due to spraying, splashing, etc.
Indirect contact is by consumption of food laden by pesticide.
One-Health: One health is an initiative by World Health Organization focusing on integrated,
unifying and collective approach for betterment and sustainable balance of humans, animals and

environment. It believes that all these components are interlinked and interdependent and for
betterment of society all these components are equally important. Its main objective is to attain
optimal health for people, animal and environment.
Effect of pesticide residue on One-health

The major site of action of pesticide is nervous and endocrine system. Therefore, direct or
indirect exposure to these can prove to be very harmful. The severity of damage depends on the
route of administration, concentration and exposure time. Pesticide affects not only the target
organisms but also a number of other non-target organisms. Washing off of pesticide into a water
body causes ingestion of those by fishes and other water fauna. Small fishes are in turn preyed
upon by bigger fishes leading to biomagnifications of the pesticide residue.
Animals can be exposed to pesticides either directly or indirectly through their
environment. These pesticides are lipophilic in nature. Therefore, they are easily accumulated in
milk and other fat rich tissues of the body. According to a study, greatest accumulation was
observed in chicken muscle followed by goat and beef. This has posed to be a serious concern
for food safety. The residue build up can cause various issues like endocrine disruption,
reproductive harm, neurotoxicity and kidney and liver damage. These residues have been
associated with carcinogenicity, teratogenicity, embryo toxicity, hypersensitivity, etc. In females,
poor reproductive behavior, sub-fecundity, loss of embryo, ovarian disruptors are seen. It may
lead to cancer, endocrine discrepancies, altered behavior, etc. It hampers bird‘s ability to call or
sing. This is basically important to attract mate. Hampering this ability causes problems in
mating thereby leading to fall in bird population. It also causes thinning of egg shells causing

early mortality in young ones. Wildlife is not affected by the pesticides to that extent as they are
mostly carnivorous. Herbivorous animals feed on vegetation usually untouched by humans
therefore pesticide poisoning is highly unlikely. Indirect consumption, however, is sometimes
seen.
Organophosphates and carbamates act like nerve gas. They hamper with brain and
Articleneuropathy
nervous system activities. Organophosphates after long term cause delayed ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
(OPIDN
i.e. Organophosphate Induced Delayed Neuropathy). It causes flaccid type of ascending
paralysis. It advances to a stage where animal can no longer stand or eat or drink on its own. This
eventually leads to death of the animal. Their acute toxicity causes tightening in chest, wheezing,
watery eyes, etc. Carbamates produce neuromuscular signs. These insecticides were developed
after World War II. They may also produce teratogenic effects but unlike organophosphates they
do not cause neuropathy. Soil fumigants are in gaseous form used to kill nematodes, fungi,
insects, etc. As they are in gaseous form it is easier for it to get into air and be inhaled by people.
Pyrethroids are used as insecticide and their long term use has shown difficulties during
pregnancy, reproductive abnormalities and cancers. Fishes are more susceptible to pyrethroids
poisoning. Organochlorines are considered as neurotoxins. They are non-degradable and remain
persistent in environment. Due to their lipophilicity, they are stored in fats. During stress like
starvation, etc. when lipolysis occurs, these OC compounds are released in the blood stream that
causes the intoxication and even death of the animal. Death in OC poisoning is also due to
respiratory failure. DDE (dichlorodiphenyldichloroethylene), a derivative of DDT
(dichlorodiphenyltrichloroethane) causes thinning of egg shells and decreased hatchability. This
leads to decline in bird population.
Children are more vulnerable as they play in grounds. Their brain and other organ
systems are not as developed as adults. The excretory and detoxifying mechanisms are also less
developed. The respiratory rate of children is more compared to adults therefore they inhale
gaseous forms of pesticide at a faster rate. Acute effects include stinging eyes, rashes, blisters,
nausea, dizziness, diarrhoea and finally death. This mainly occurs due to direct contact with
pesticide like spilling or spraying of pesticide on body or direct ingestion.
Long term exposure may lead to chronic diseases like asthma, cardiac diseases,
neurotoxicity, neurodegeneration, leukemia, lymphoma and cancers of brain, breasts, prostate,

testes and ovaries. Reproductive harms from pesticide include birth defects, still births,
spontaneous abortion, sterility and infertility.
Environmental effect of pesticides are different and not not good for health. A
considerable amount of pesticide used on crop is drained off into the environment either by
flowing in air or leaching away into soil. They can contaminate soil, water, turf and underground
Article
water reserves as well. Continuous use can lead to loss of biodiversity. ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Depending on what type
of pesticide is used, they may accumulate in any part of the food chain disrupting the entire food
web. By accumulating in soil, they kill good microorganisms as well. This hampers with fertility
of the soil. In the long run, the land may become barren. Washing away of the residue into a
water body affects not only the animal drinking water from that water body but also the aquatic
ecosystem of that water body. Use of pesticide in agriculture causes rapid decline in insect
specially bee population which further hampers with food chain and food web. Fall in insect
population causes decrease in rate of pollination.
Conclusion
India is mainly an agriculture based country. So for better fodder use of pesticide is
important and advantageous. It leads to visible and quick increase in yield of crops to meet
increasing demand of food. However, their use leads to many harmful effects. The disadvantages
outweigh their advantages. Loss of biodiversity has proved to cause immense economic losses as
well. Therefore, pesticide use cannot be completely banned but strict regulations should be
imposed on their use. Famers should be educated on their ill effects and how to calculate
appropriate dose, how to store them and most importantly, how to dispose them. Several
extension activities can be conducted for same. Companies and industries should be given
guidelines on use pesticides which upon violation should result in strict action by the
government. Use of biopesticides should be encouraged. Their use in farm is far more eco-
friendly, economical, safe and can be considered significant alternative.
References
Report on Bayer and Syngenta submitted to United Nation‘s Panel of Experts on Pesticide
Management
Guidelines on Pesticide Legislation (2nd edition) by WHO
A textbook of Veterinary Toxicology by H.S. Sandhu

Cooper K. Effects of Pesticides on Wildlife. In Handbook of Pesticide Toxicology. General

Principles. Academic Press, N. York. 1991;l:463-91


PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES
OCCUPATIONAL IN BROAD
HEALTH HAZARDS BEANS
OF WORKERS

*Dr. G. Sathish
*Assistant Professor (Horticulture)
Regional Research Station (RRS), Tamil Nadu Agricultural University (TNAU),
Vridhachalam, Cuddalore District, Tamil Nadu
*Corresponding Author Email ID: gskspice@gmail.com
Introduction
“Young, fresh broad beans make a dish fit for a king. They must, however, be
picked while the pods are still green and before the skins of the seeds begin to get tough”
A medium to heavy loam gives the heaviest crops, but broad beans can be grown in any
well drained soil. They are lime- lovers and if their patch hasn‘t been recently lime, give it a
dressing at 70 g per sq.m before sowing. The two sowing periods are early to mid winter (Nov. -
Dec.) for an early crop; early to late spring (Feb.-Mar.) for a main crop harvest. An early winter
sowing is debatable, for though reasonably hardy; broad beans are not immune to frost.

Fortunately cloches give the plants adequate protection. Outdoor crops may succeed in warmer
areas, but cloches are probably necessary until late spring (end of March) in colder northern
regions. Don‘t sow cloche crops until early winter (mid Nov.), or the plants may reach the glass
roof before it is safe to de-cloche. Broad beans are usually grown in a double row 25cm apart
and 20cm between the seeds, which are spaced out in a drill 5cm deep. Sow the seeds in
Article
staggered positions along the rows. If you intend growing more than one ID: row
double AG-VO2-I08-07
allow 60cm
between each pair. Single rows should also be set 60cm apart. First unprotected sowings can be
made from early spring to early summer (late Feb.-May), with the heaviest crops coming from
the earlier sowings. If outdoors conditions are unfavorable, begin sowing in early spring (Feb.) in
a cold greenhouse. Fill a 10 m seed tray with compost and put the seeds in 2.5 cm deep and 8 cm
apart. Transplant in late spring (April).
Care of growing plants

Tall varieties can grow to about 1.2 m high and stakings is usually necessary. Insert
bamboo poles on each side of the rows and firmly wind garden wire or tough string from cane to
cane. Blackfly is the greatest pest menace to the broadbean, particularly later sowings; a severe
infestation can cripple a whole crop. They attack the soft – growing points of the plant, once the
first flowers have set, cut out the damaged tips.
In early summer (may) spray the plants with derris or a reliable aphicide and continue
spraying until the pests have been eliminated. Mice are broad bean nibblers and can quickly
cause havoc to your crop. Set traps or spray a strong repellent around the base of the plants.


Aquadulce claudia Dreadnought Bunyard ‗s Exhibition
Imperial Green Windsor Giant Green Giant White
Stero Sutton Dwarf Red Epicure
Chocolate spot diseases are prevalent in heavy rainfall areas. It appears as dark brown
blotches on leaves, stems and pods and a severe attack can drastically reduce your crop. Check it
in the early stages by spraying with Bordeaux mixture fungicide.


ARBORETUM OF ASTROLOGICALLY
OCCUPATIONAL SIGNIFICANT
HEALTH HAZARDS OF WORKERS
TREES
1*
Krishnan, V., 2A.Anuratha, 1D.Umamaheswari,1M.Tamilzharasi,1T. Anandhan,
1
A. Premkumar and 1R.Dhinesh
1
Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru College of Agriculture and Research Institute, Karaikal 609603,
U. T. of Puducherry.
2
Agricultural College and Research Institute, Tamil Nadu Agricultural University, Keezhvelur,
Nagapattinam district, Tamil Nadu 611104
*Corresponding Author Mail ID: anurathakrishnan66@gmail.com
Introduction
The success of any tree planting or afforestation program hinges primarily on the active
engagement of individuals within a society. One effective approach involves fostering the
enthusiastic participation of people by integrating the cultural, religious, and spiritual aspects of
urban greening initiatives. Establishing an arboretum featuring trees associated with
astrologically significant birth stars could serve as a catalyst for individual contributions to tree
planting endeavours. Traditional astrology identifies specific tree species corresponding to the 27
birth stars, which in turn play a pivotal role in predicting the potential health vulnerabilities of
specific individuals. As per our traditional astrological beliefs, certain tree species hold remedies
for ailments that individuals born under particular birth stars might be prone to. Astrologers and
intellectuals have conducted thorough investigations into the influences of planets and birth stars
on individuals, as demonstrated by Sanjay Rath in 2003.
Most of these birth star trees are of rare medicinal tree species, which emphasize our
ancestors‘ fore vision to conserve these genetic resources ex situ to share their medicinal values
with the preceding generation (Maneeshaet al., 2021). The particular birth star tree is directly
connected with the physical wellbeing of the person belonging to the birth star. Even if we don‘t
believe in the traditional science of astrology, we need to take part in the conservation of these

tree species for their special medicinal value, biodiversity conservation and greening our urban
environment. One can actively participate in developing this type of arboretum for the sake of
protecting our humans from the vagaries that arise due to climate change for today as well as for
a better tomorrow. Below is the compilation of 27 birth stars and their related tree species that
stand for wellbeing of specific birth star person.
S. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Birth star
N Birth star trees Therapeutic value Illustration
attributes
o.
1. Ahswini: Rules Strychnosnux- Contains toxic
thenervous system. vomica (Family Strychnine and
Prone to migraine, Loganiaceae) Brucine that have
fainting, malaria, Common names: medicinal value to
Epilepsy, headache Snake-wood, Poison cure stomach
and Chicken pox. nut and Ettimaram disorders,
(Tamil). A fever,wound
deciduous poisonous healing, chicken
tree. pox, infertility,
arthritis and
nervous disorders.
2. Bharani: Rules Emblicaofficinalis Fruit is used to
thebrain and sense (Family treat diarrhoea,
organs. Prone to Euphorbiaceae). jaundice,
diabetes, eye Common inflammation and
defects, hair loss, names:Amla or hair loss. It has
shivering fever, liver Indian Gooseberry anti-diabetic
inflammation and and Arunelli gastro-protective
dysmenorrhea (Tamil). A and tonic
deciduous tree. properties. Rich in
vitamin C.

3. Karthika or Ficusracemosa Anti-diabetic, radio

Kritika:Rules the (Family protective, chemo-
energy of the body. Moraceae). preventive,
Prone to eye Common names: analgesic, anti-
infections, Cluster Fig, Umbar inflammatory, anti-
inflammations, and Athimaram filarial, anti- Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
tonsillitis, throat (Tamil). An diarrhoeal, hepto-

sore, scabies, and evergreen tropical protective, purgative,
toothache tree. antipyretic and
gastro protective
4. Rohini: Rules the Syzigiumcumini Seed powder cures
body physique and (Family Diabetes and
the vertebrae. Prone Myrtaceae). inflammations. It is
to eye infections, Common name: anti-HIV and anti-
cold, cough, thyroid Jamun, Java plum, microbial. Fruits
and liver complaints, Jambolan, Black cure diarrhoea.
neck and breast plum and Naval Leaves extract used
pain. maram (Tamil). An to remove kidney
evergreen tropical stones and female
tree. infertility.
5. Mirugashrisham or Senegalia catechu Bark is used to treat
Mrigashirsha: (SubFamily painful throat and
Rules larynx, ears, Mimosoideae) cough, skin
arms and shoulders. Common names: irritations, asthma,
Prone to sciatica, Black Cutch, Khair bronchitis, colic
throat pain, adenoid, and Karunkaali diarrhoea, dysentery
tonsillitis, venereal (Tamil). Deciduous and boils. Its
distemper, and thorny tree astringent twigs are
constipation used as natural tooth
brush

6. Thiruvadirai or Dalbergiasissoo Cure for Gonorrhoea,

Arudra: Rules (Sub Family skin ailments. Bark
Intellectual feeling Papilionoideae). possess aphrodisiac,
and passionate Common name: anthelmintic,
thinking. Controls Indian analgesic, antipyretic
arms and shoulders. Rosewood,Sissam properties and used Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Prone to Septic and Thothakathi or to cure excess bile
throat, mumps, Nukkam in Tamil. secretions and
asthma, dry cough A hardy deciduous leprosy. Leaf
and Diphtheria tree. chewing cures piles.
Leaf extract cures
eye pain.
7. Punarpoosam or Bambusaarundina Its powder cures
Punarvasu:Control ceae (Family epilepsy, fever and
s respiration and Poaceae). snake bite. It
energy restoration. Common name: promotes skin health,
Prone to Bronchitis, Bamboo and skin toning, act as
Pneumonia, Moongil (Tamil). diuretic, coolant and
tuberculosisand A tall, bright- anti-bacterial. Plant
dyspepsia. green coloured releases volumes of
spiny bamboo spec oxygen
ies
8. Poosam or Ficusreligiosa Bark used as anti-
Pushya:Rules the (Family convulsing, anti-
lungs and liver. Moraceae). diabetic and anti-
Prone to gall Common names: inflammatory and to
stones, nausea, Peepal tree, Sacred cure whopping cough
tuberculosis, fig, Arasu (Tamil). and asthma. Root tips
cancer, epilepsy A large deciduous used against and
and jaundice. tree. dysentery.

9. Aayilyam or Calophylluminoph Bark gum is used to

Ashlesha: yllum (Family cure ulcers and
Rulesoesophagus, Guttiferae). wound, gonorrhoea,
pancreas and Common names: chronic bronchitis.
diaphragm. Prone Indian laurel tree, Leaf infusion to cure
to liver cirrhosis, Tamanu, Kamani heatstroke. Seed oilArticle ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
dropsy, flatulence, and Punnai to cure psoriasis and
arthritis, phlegm (Tamil). Alarge arthritis. Bark as
and asthma. evergreen tree expectorant.
with milky sap.
10. Maham or Magha: Ficusbengalensis Gives longevity and
Rules heart, spleen (Family strength. Bark is used
and spinal cord. Moraceae). to cure leucorrhoea,
Prone to Common names: menorrhagia, nervous
spondylitis, heart Banyan tree, disorders and
attack, palpitation, Banyan fig, diabetes. Seeds used
kidney stones and Burgad, as coolant and tonic.
cholera. Vatavruksha and Latex cures joint
Alamaram pains.
(Tamil). A large
evergreen tree
with aerial roots.
11. Pooram or Buteamonosperma Seeds are for chest
PurvaPhalguni: (Sub family complaints, chronic
Rules the heart and Papilionoideae). fevers, earache,
spinal cord. Prone Common names: hydrocele, lumbago,
to back pain, Flame of forest, skin ailments;
anaemia, leg pain, Bastard teak, keratitis; piles and
ankle swelling, Palash and urinary discharges.
blood pressure and Purasaimaram The leaf juice as well

heart valve (Tamil). A as the oil is used as

problems medium-sized, antiseptic.
slow-growing,
deciduous tree.
12. Uthiram or Uttar Neriumodoratum Contains toxic
Phalguni: Rules (Family Oleandrin that is in Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
intestine and bowel. Apocynaceae). small doses used to
Prone to stomach Common names: cure heart failure and
disorders, blood Dogbane, cancer. Leaves used
pressure, stroke, Oleander ,Nerium as cardiac tonic,
fainting madness and Arali (Tamil). scabies and parasitic
and spotted fever. Posinous skin worms. Root
evergreen shrub or bark oil cure leprosy.
a small tree.
13. Astham or Hasta: Jasminumgrandifl To treat hair loss,
Governs hormones orum (Family alopecia, baldness,
and enzymes Oleaceae). eye-salve, skin
secretion Prone to Common names: diseases and leprosy.
gastritis, loose Jasmine, Chameli Essential oil cures
motion, short and Jathimalli dizziness, vertigo and
breath, intestinal (Tamil). A fast headache. Balance
worms, hysteria, growingclimbing, hormone secretion in
typhoid, shoulders semi- the body.
and arm pains. evergreenvine.
14. Chithirai or Aeglemarmelos Leaves used as an
Chitra: Rules (Family Rutaceae). abortificent and
stomach and Common names: contraceptive in
kidney. Prone to Bael, wood apple, women. Fruit is used
Sun stroke, excess stone apple, to cure jaundice,
urination, kidney Bengal quince and diarrhoea, small pox

stone, brain fever, Vilvam (Tamil). A and asthma. Root and

lumbago, worms, medium sized tall bark to cure fever,
itching irritation deciduous tree. peptic ulcer, diabetic
and appendicitis and bronchitis.
15. Swathi or Swati: Terminaliaarjuna Bark decoction used
Rules kidney and (Family as cardio- Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
urinary bladder. Combretaceae). protectant,antacid

Prone to gastritis, Common names: and for snake and
leprosy, urinary Arjun tree and scorpion bite. Bark
infections, skin Venmarudhu paste cures skin
diseases, eczema (Tamil). A large diseases. Leaf juice
and polyuria evergreen tree cures ear ache and
trouble. with spreading kidney diseases and
crown. urinary infections.
16. Visakam or Feroniselephanta Leaves used as
Vishakha: Control (Family Rutaceae). astringent,
pancreas, rectum Common names: carminative and
and genitals. Prone Elephant apple, given for vomiting,
enlargement Curd fruit, dysentery, hiccough,
ofprostate in male; Monkey fruit and indigestion and slight
fibroid, tumour and Vilampazham bowel affections. The
excess menstrual (Tamil). A large fruits as remedy for
bleeding in female. deciduous spiny certain insect bite
tree.
17. Anusham or Mimusopselengi Dried flower used as
Anuradha: Rules (Family brain tonic. Bark to
hip bones, rectum Sapotaceae). cure bleeding gums,
and genitals. Prone Common names: tooth decay and sore
to suppression of Bullet wood, mouth. Fruit pulp to
menses, Bakul,Medlar tree remove kidney stone

constipation, and Magizhampoo and worms, restore

sterility, piles and (Tamil). A female fertility and
hip bone pains. medium evergreen easy delivery.
tree.
18. Kettai or Jyeshta: Streblusasper In Ayurveda used for
Rules colon, anus (Family the treatment of Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
and genitals. Prone Moraceae). filariasis, leprosy,

to bowel infection, Common names: toothache, diarrhoea,
tumours, fistula, Sand paper tree, dysentery, syphilis,
syphilis and Tooth brush tree glandular swelling
distemper in and Piraimaram and cancer. Root
genitals (Tamil). A extract cures
medium evergreen elephantiasis.
tree.
19. Moolam or Moola: Cassia fistula Fruit pulp is used as a
Rules hip, thigh, (Family mild laxative, cardio
femur and sacral Caesalpinoideae) tonic and stomachic
nerves. Prone to Common names: and to cure chronic
rheumatoid Indian laburnum, cough. Leaves used
arthritis, hip pain Golden Shower for malaria and
and pulmonary tree and rheumatism. Roots
troubles. Sarakondrai used against syphilis
(Tamil). A and leprosy
medium sized
deciduous tree.
20. Pooradam or Salix tetrasperma Roots are used to
Purvashada: Rules (Family treat diabetes, cough
thigh, filiac arteries Salicaceae). and cold. Decoction
and veins, Common names: of roots and leaves
coccygeal and Indian Willow and are used to treat

sacral spines. Prone Vanjimaram whooping cough in

to diabetes, (Tamil). A children,epilepsy,
rheumatism, hip medium sized fever, rheumatism,
gout and lung semi-deciduous piles, swellings and
cancer tree. gall bladder stones.
21. Uttiradam or Artocarpusheterop Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Fruit is anti-diabetic,
Uttarashada: hyllus(Family anti-microbial, anti-
Rules thighs, Moraceae). cancer , anti-
arteries, knees, Common names: inflammatory and
patella. Prone to Jack fruit and Pala anthelmintic. Leaves
eczema, gastritis, maram (Tamil). A cure fever, boils and
thrombosis, heart large evergreen skin diseases. Latex
palpitation, leprosy tropical fruit tree. used in dysopia and
and rheumatism. eye infections.
22. Thiruvonam or Calotropis Flowers to treat
Sharavan: Rules gigantean (Family cholera. Latex to cure
Lymphatic vessels Asclepiadaceae). diarrhoea, malaria,
and knees. Prone to Common names: filariasis and
malaria, filariasis, Milk weed, Madar, Elephantiasis. Tender
elephantiasis, pus Rui, Crown flower leaves to treat
formation, pleurisy, and Erruku migraine and
eczema leprosy and (Tamil). A large rheumatism. Root for
tuberculosis. shrub or a small snake bite.
tree.
23. Avittam or Prosopiscineraria Bark to treat piles,
Dhanista:Rules (sub family sore throat,cold,
Knee cap, portion Mimosoideae). mouth ulcer, tooth
between knee and Common names: ache and rheumatism.
ankle. Prone to dry Spunge tree, Seeds to cure urio-
cough, high fever, Indian Mesquite, genital issues.

piles, boils and Shami, Flowers to cure skin

hiccups. Vannimaram diseases. Leaves to
(Tamil). A small cure diarrhoea.
evergreen tree.
24. Sadhyam or Mitragyanaparvifl Leaves have wound
Shatbhisha: Rules ora (Family healing property. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
calf muscles and Rubiaceae). Fruit juice is given
back portion Common names: to lactating women.
between knee and Burflower tree, Bark to treat skin
ankle. Prone to Kaim, Cadamba or diseases. Root extract
arthrosclerosis, Kadambu (Tamil). given to children for
palpitation, A large deciduous fever and stomach
insomnia and tree. ache.
leprosy
25. Poorattadhi or Mangiferaindica Fruit act as
Purvabhadrapoda (Family antioxidant, wound
: Rules ankles, feet Anacardiaceae). healer, diuretic, anti-
and toes. Prone to Common names: diabetic, antiseptic
obstructions in Mango, Aam tree, and anti-
blood vessels, corns Kamanga and degenerative. Stem
in feet, ulcerated Mamaram (Tamil). bark possess anti-
gums, hernia, ankle A large erect allergic and
swelling, enlarged evergreen tree. anthelminthic
liver and hernia. property.
26. Uthirattadhi or Azadirectaindica Bark used for wound
Uttarabhadrapada (Family healing. Root barkis
Rules over feet. Meliaceae). anti-diabetic. Leaf
Prone to hernia, Common names: paste to treat hair fall,
dropsy, indigestion, Neem tree, dandruff and itching
cold feet, Margosa tree, Nim scalp. Dried leaf to

constipation, tree, Indian Lilac repel mosquitoes.

gastritis, and Flower for reducing
tuberculosis and Veppammaram bile, controlling
rheumatoid arthritis (Tamil). A phlegm and removing
medium deciduous intestinal worms
tree. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
27. Revathi or Revati: Madhucaindica Bark is used as a

Rules Feet and toes. (Family stimulant, demulcent,
Prone to intestinal Sapotaceae). and as emollient.
ulcers, gout in feet, Common names: Bark to cure diabetes,
deafness, ear pus, Mahua, Indian rheumatism, ulcers,
crams, foot butter tree and bleeding piles and in
deformities and Illupaimaram skin diseases. Dried
abdominal upsets. (Tamil). A large flower with honey
evergreen or semi used as a tonic. Seed
evergreen tree. oil as purgative.
Ways to promote birth star arboretum

1. Establishing a garden dedicated to birth stars in our locality as a means to promote vibrant
community engagement.
2. When a new child is born, his/her birth star tree can be planted on the 16 th day naming
ceremony by their parents.
3. Every Individual‘s birthday or anniversaries can be celebrated with birth star tree planting.
4. Institution can arrange birth star arboretum in their campus and involve the new entrants of the
institute to plant their birth star tree and motivate them to maintain it until they complete their
studies.
5. Encouraging employees of organization to plant their birth star trees and make them maintain
individually until they retire from office.
6. Conduct of herbal health awareness programme in the established birth star arboretum for the
benefit of public.

References
Maneesha, SR., P. Vidula, VA. Ubarhande and EB. Chakurkar. 2021. Astrologically designed
medicinal gardens of India. International Journal of Bio-resource and Stress management.
12(2), 108-120. HTTPS:/DOI.ORG/10.23910/1.2021.2165.
Sanjay Rath, 2003. Paper on role of Nakshatra in disease. Presented in Weekend Worshop VI.
Oct 4-5, 2003 at Sri Jaganatha Center, USA. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07


PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY
OCCUPATIONAL FOR
HEALTH HAZARDS OF HYBRID
WORKERS RICE
CULTIVATION
Dr.Niharika Shukla*, Dr.Pooja Chaturvedi and Dr.Yati Raj Khare

*Scientist, Plant Breeding and Genetics
Jawaharlal Nehru Krishi Vishwa Vidhyalaya, Jabalpur- 482004. M.P. India
*Corresponding Author Email ID: niharikas86@gmail.com
Introduction
Hybrids in Rice are impressive in yield and can produce 15-25% more yield over best
HYVs of similar duration and maturity. Till date, India has commercialized altogether 133
hybrids with duration of 110 to 145 days for cultivation in irrigated and shallow lowlands. The
ICAR-National Rice Research Institute has developed several long duration rice hybrids, under
irrigated, shallow lowlands and boro ecosystem. These hybrids are being released and notified by
SVRC. Theses hybrids were developed from several crosses, utilizing heterosis breeding CGMS
type of male sterility. These hybrids are based on indigenous CMS lines, which are widely used
for the development of hybrids. These hybrids are medium tall (115-120 cm) with erect, non-
lodging plant type that matures in 145-150 days having high spikelet fertility, non-shattering
habit and possesses non-aromatic long slender grains with intermediate alkali value, intermediate
amylose content and medium gel consistency with good cooking and eating qualities. Including
good milling and hulling characteristics with moderate head rice recovery (HRR). Being
moderately resistant to Blast, Sheath blight, False smut and GLH. These hybrids can be grown in
both wet and dry seasons. These hybrid has a yield potential of 7.4-8.2 t/ha which is more than
1.0 t/ha over the comparable popular check variety. These hybrids also have tolerance to excess
stagnant water log for a period of 6-10 days and can tolerate brief spells of submergence too.
Being found promising under low light conditions prevailing in Eastern India and will be suitable
for favourable coastal shallow lowlands of the country. Theses hybrids are recommended for

irrigated and shallow lowland areas of Odisha and have also shown good performance in the
states of Bihar, West Bengal and Gujarat. Seed production of such hybrid was found to be
commercially feasible as the flowering synchronization of the two parental lines could be
achieved easily in seed production plots. Hybrids exerts it full potential under optimum
agronomic management. This article gives the information on production technologies to be
followed for obtaining optimum grain yield in the hybrid Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Suitable Hybrids
Rice hybrids are good input responsive; they perform better during dry season than in wet
season. Suitable hybrids should be chosen for different locations and ecosystems. To raise good
crop, each time hybrid cultivations needs fresh seeds in each and every season which should be
procured from only authorized seed agencies.
Nursery Bed Preparation
 About 600 m nursery area is sufficient for transplanting of one-hectare field.
 Plough the nursery area when field is dry, and then hold water in the field for 4-5 days.
 Drain excess water, puddle the field twice or thrice and finally level it by ladder.
 Prepare raised wet nursery beds of 0.15 m height and 1.0 m width with 30cm wide drains.
 Apply 100kg farmyard manure (FYM) and NPK @ 500: 500: 500 g/ 100 m of nursery area
before final preparation of the land.
 To ensure healthy seedling, sparse sowing is desirable, use 20-25 g of seeds per 1 2 m of
nursery area.
Selection of Seeds
 Always use faithfully labelled seeds; it should be purchased from authorized suppliers.
 Generally, hybrid seeds are light in weight, so, never use brine solution (salt solution) to
separate the half-filled seeds. As even half-filled hybrid seeds have good germination and vigour.
Seed Rate
 Per hectare cultivation of rice hybrid requires 12 to 15 kg seeds.
Seed Treatment
 To avoid the diseases and pest in nursery, seed treatment with Carbendazim (Bavistin) @2
g/kg of dry seeds after soaking in water for 24 hours is desirable.
 Keep the treated seeds under shade and cover it with wet gunny bag or straw.

 Sprinkle water 2-3 times a day, seeds will sprout in one or two days.
Time and Method of sowing
For wet season crop, right time of seed sowing is mid-June and for dry season, hybrid
seed should be sown during 1st week of December. Delayed sowing during Rabi season cause
erratic flowering, which should be avoided. Ensure sprouted seed sowing on levelled wet
nursery beds with no standing water. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Nursery Management
After two to three days of sowing, light irrigation to maintain a thin film of water is
desirable.Keep nursery bed free from weeds. Apply Carbofuran (Furadan 3G) @ 250 g/ 100 m
of nursery area after 15 days of sowing.
Land Preparation
Irrigated medium and bunded shallow-lowland with good drainage facility are suitable
for hybrid rice cultivation. Apply FYM @ 5 t/ha during the dry ploughing. Before seven to ten
days of transplanting, saturate the field with sufficient water and puddle it thoroughly to
incorporate the weeds. Level the puddled field by laddering prior to the transplanting.
Transplanting
Before uproot the seedling, a light irrigation is desirable. Uproot seedlings and dip it
overnight in the solution of Chlorpyriphos @ 1 ml/litre of water.Transplant 25 to 30 days old
seedlings at a shallow depth (2 to 3 cm) in well puddled and levelled land. Transplant @ one to
two seedlings/hill with a spacing of 20 cm x 15 cm or 15 cm x15 cm between the rowsandplants.
Planting rows should preferably be in the north-south direction.
Fertilizer Application
 During wet season, application of NPK should be done @ 100: 50: 50 kg/ha and during dry
season@120: 60: 60 kg/ha.
 Soil test based fertilizer application should be preferred especially for P and K.
 In basal dose, apply one fourth of total N, entire P and three fourths of K before final puddling.
Top-dress the remaining N in three equal splits, each at three weeks after transplanting (active
tillering), panicle initiation (80 days from the date of sowing) and panicle emergence stages. Also
apply remaining one fourth of K at panicle initiation.
Irrigation and cultural Practices
After two days of transplanting, irrigate the field. Maintain 5-10cm water depth till

grain filling stage. Gap filling should be done within 7-10 days of transplanting. Twice weeding, 1st
after 21 days of transplanting (DAT) and 2nd after 42 DAT are desirable for healthy crop
establishment. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH HAZARDS OF WORKERS
Plant Protection
Rice is prone to many insect pests, diseases and other nutritional disorders, which cause
great loss in production and seed quality. Therefore, preventive measures before severe damage in
field should be taken to stop/eradicate such problems. Some chemical methods which are given in
Table 1 may be utilized in successful management of major rice problems.
Table 1: Important plant protection measures adopted in Hybrid Rice crop

Name of insect Management practice
Gundhi bug Spray chloropyrifos 20%+ cypermethrin 2% EC @ 1 L in 200L water.
Apply Malathion 5 % dust @ 6-8 kg/acre at morning time.
Stem borer Apply Cartap hydrochloride 50 SG/ Fipronil 5 SG @1kg/ha in 200 litres
water at 15 days intervals.
Plant hopper Spray the Imidaclorpid 17.8% EC @ 1.2 L/ha
Rice hispa Spray the Chlorpyriphos+Super methrin solution or qunolphos 25 EG @
1.25 L in 200L water.
Name of diseases Management practice
Bacterial leaf Spray Streptocyclin/Agrimycin 60 or 80g+500g blitox or phytolon or
blight fupravit in 500 litres of water 2-3 times at 10-15 days interval.
Blast and sheath Early sowing and less nitrogen application may allow the crop to escape
blight from blast and sheath blight.
Spray fungicides like tricyclozol, hexaconozol or propiconozol @
200ml/acre in 200 litres of water
False smut Seed treatment with thiram+carbendazim (2:1 ratio) @ 3 g/kg seeds
Spray Tricyclozol 75% WP @ 1.5 g/litre water
Khaira disease Apply Zinc sulphate @ 20-30 kg/ ha.
Brown spot Spray one of these: Carbendazim (0.1%), diathane M 45(0.25%), Tilt
(0.1%), or hinosan (0.1%) 2-3 times at 10-12 days interval

Harvesting, Drying and Storage

Drain out water from rice field before 15 days of harvesting. Harvest the crop when > 80%
of the grains in panicles are ripened or attained golden color. Thresh dried paddy with paddle or
power thresher. Winnow the threshed grains and dry the cleaned grain under shade to reduce
moisture content to around 12-13% and store dried rice in storage bins.
Points to remember Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
1. Never use hybrid harvest for raising the next crop. Use freshly procured seeds from
an authorized agencies all the time.
2. Apply N in four equal splits at basal, 21DAT, PI and panicle emergence.
3. Apply K in two splits 3/4th in basal and 1/4th at PI.

4. Nursery sowing should be very sparse (20-25 gm/sq.m.) to get healthy seedlings.
5. Transplant only one or two seedlings /hill at the spacing of 15x15 cm or15 x20 cm.


THE GREEN SECRETS

OCCUPATIONAL OF RED
HEALTH BLOOD
HAZARDS HEALTH
OF WORKERS

1*
Tamilzharasi, M., 1V. Krishnan, V., 2A. Anuratha, 1V, Vengadessan, 1T. Anandhan,
1
A. Premkumar and 1D. Umamaheswari,
1
U. T. of Puducherry
2
*Corresponding Author Mail ID: tamilsadursen@gmail.com
Introduction:
Amidst the ever-evolving landscape of health and wellness, nature's hidden treasures
continue to captivate our attention. In this pursuit of vitality, the unassuming green herbs that
grace our gardens and kitchens have emerged as silent heroes, holding within them a cache of
secrets that intricately connect to our very life force. As we peel back the layers of these
seemingly ordinary leaves, an extraordinary revelation comes to light – a revelation that links the
verdant world of plants to the vital realm of red blood health. From the tender embrace of parsley
and cilantro to the aromatic allure of basil and the crisp freshness of spinach, green herbs have
woven themselves into the fabric of our culinary experiences. Yet, beyond their culinary prowess
lies a deeper narrative, one that revolves around a compound known as chlorophyll (Kannan,
2007). This pigment, responsible for the vibrant green hues of plants, has a subtle resonance with
haemoglobin – the indomitable protein that course through our veins, ferrying life-sustaining
oxygen (Harutyunyan, 2023). This unexpected affinity between plant and human biology
unravels a tale of inter-connectedness that transcends traditional boundaries.
Beyond this fascinating connection, green herbs offer a holistic embrace to our well-
being. As they find their way into our digestive journey, they wield their soothing touch to

harmonize acidity and alkalinity, while their fibrous companions pave the way for efficient waste
elimination from our intestines (Hong et al., 2018). This symphony of benefits underscores the
intricate interplay between what we consume and how our bodies respond. As we embark on an
exploration of the green herb secrets that intricately influence the red blood health, we journey
into a realm where the natural world's wisdom intersects with human physiology. With each
Articleand
revelation, we find ourselves peering into the intricate dance of nutrients ID: compounds
AG-VO2-I08-07
that
shape our wellness. In the pages that follow, we unveil the narratives of chlorophyll,
haemoglobin, and the myriad interactions that define the relationship between green herbs and
our crimson lifelines. This journey is an invitation to uncover the symbiotic whispers that bridge
the plant kingdom and our own, shedding light on the profound impact of these verdant allies on
our red blood vitality.
Chlorophyll and Hemoglobin:
Chlorophyll is a crucial component of photosynthesis, the process by which plants
convert sunlight into energy. It captures light energy and utilizes it to transform carbon dioxide
and water into glucose and oxygen. The structure of chlorophyll is composed of a porphyrin ring,
a complex structure with a central magnesium atom (Fig. 1-A).

This arrangement allows chlorophyll to absorb light and initiate the transfer of energy.
Hemoglobin, on the other hand, is an iron-containing protein found in red blood cells. Its primary
function is to transport oxygen from the lungs to various tissues and organs throughout the body.
Hemoglobin's structure closely resembles that of chlorophyll, with a porphyrin ring surrounding
an iron atom (Fig. 1-B). This similarity gives hemoglobin its characteristic red color. While we
Articlean
often associate iron-rich foods with maintaining healthy hemoglobin levels, ID:often-overlooked
AG-VO2-I08-07
aspect is the significance of green foods containing chlorophyll.

The correlation between the structures of chlorophyll and hemoglobin can be attributed to
their shared evolutionary origins. Both molecules are part of a larger group known as
tetrapyrroles, which are involved in numerous biological processes across different organisms.
This common ancestry explains the striking resemblance in their structures and functions. While
chlorophyll and hemoglobin have slightly different roles, they both rely on a central metal atom
within their porphyrin rings to facilitate energy or oxygen transfer. In chlorophyll, the central
magnesium atom allows for the absorption of light energy, which is essential for photosynthesis.
In haemoglobin, the iron atom binds to oxygen molecules, enabling their transportation through
the bloodstream.
Understanding the correlation between chlorophyll and hemoglobin brings to light the
potential health benefits of consuming green herbs rich in chlorophyll. Although chlorophyll and
hemoglobin are not identical, they share enough structural similarities to suggest potential
physiological connections. Some studies indicate that chlorophyll-rich foods may contribute to
increased red blood cell production, aiding in blood oxygenation. Additionally, chlorophyll has
been found to possess antioxidant properties, potentially reducing oxidative stress and promoting
overall well-being. However, it is important to note that further research is needed to fully
understand the extent of these benefits and their implications for human health.
The vicious cycle of anaemic condition
Understanding the direct correlation between the green chlorophyll pigment and the red
haemoglobin pigment can pave way to maintain higher haemoglobin levels in our body. It is
understood that green herbal foods such as green leafy vegetables can directly enhance
haemoglobin levels in an anaemic person, if consumed on a regular basis. But in the real sense
this doesn‘t work as we expect. The reason behind this is the anaemic condition of the individual
itself. The low haemoglobin levels have low oxygen uptake and hence have lowered energy

output in the whole body. Therefore, the inability to digest the green leafy vegetables that at least
take 12 to 18 hours of digestion and assimilation to nourish the body with porphyrin protein and
Iron mineral to produce haemoglobin. The poor energy level of anaemic person itself leads to
poor digestion and assimilation, thereby leading to incurring of higher energy for digestion and
getting back a lesser energy from partially digested greens. This actually leads to a vicious cycle
Article
of losing energy cycle after a cycle. In this vicious paradigm, we should ID:aAG-VO2-I08-07
follow wise and smart
way to tackle this anaemic issue. That food we should take must be highly nutritious as well as
very easy to digest and assimilate. Most of the alternative medicine practitioners follow this
secrets to overcome the anaemic condition in a natural way.
The smart Green herbal foods for higher Haemoglobin levels
Considering the vicious energy cycle of anaemic condition, herbal practitioners suggest
the following smart green herbal food for quicker recovery from anaemic condition. These foods
have very high protein and iron mineral nutrient and very easy digestibility and assimilability.
These foods are detailed below.
1. Liquid Chlorophyll: This water soluble extract is derived

exclusively from Alfalfa (Medicago sativa) plant leaves. It
contains water soluable version of Chlorophyll viz., Chlorophyllin,
which is safe to drink and easy to digest and assimilate. Apart
from chlorophyll, this contains Vitamin A, Vitamin C and Vitamin
K; minerals such as Magnesium, Iron and Calcium; antioxidants
such as. It is also called as a ―blood builder‖ and can potentially
protect against iron deficient anaemia by increasing cell quantity,
haemoglobin molecule. By taking liquid chlorophyll the
haemoglobin, haematocrit, serum ferritin and transferrin saturation
significantly improved (Xu et al., 2016). Chlorophyll is known to
hold antioxidant properties, meaning it prevent or delays oxidative
cell damage. This property has been linked to potential anticancer
effects, although human trials are still lacking.

2. Spirulina: Spirulina is among the world‘s most popular

supplements. Spirulina is botanically called as Arthrospira
platensis an oxygenic photosynthetic cyanobacterium found
worldwide in fresh and marine waters. Spirulina supplements
are dark green in color. It is available in tablet, capsule as well
as in powder form. This is alsoArticle
rich ID:
in AG-VO2-I08-07
water soluble
chlorophyll.The nutrient composition per 100 g of dried
spirulina powder are water 5 %, Carbohydrates 24 %, protein
51-71 %, dietary fiber 3.6 %, fat 8.5, Vitamin B1 2.38 mg, B2
3.61 mg, B3 12.82 mg, B5 3.48 mg, B6 0.364 mg, B9 94 mg,
Vitamin C 10.1 mg, Vitamin E 5 mg, Vitamin K 25.5 mcg, Ca
120 mg, Fe 28.5 mg, Mg 195 mg, Mn 1.9 mg, P 118 mg, K
1363 mg and Zn 2 mg. Spirulina allivates anemia, muscle
strength endurance, fights against cancer, inflamations and act
as anti-oxidants (Deasy et al., 2019).
3. Curry leaf powder: Curry leaf powder is a multi-vitamin and
multi-mineral condiment commonly used in Indian cooking in
almost all dishes. But, taking dried curry leaf powder in sufficient
quantities would easily digest and cure anaemic condition. Apart
from curing anaemia, curry leaf powder act as hair growth factor
for many of the women having hair fall and premature greying
problems that usually accompany anaemic condition. Nutrient
composition of Curry leaf powder per 100 gram is water 5.16 %,
ash 11.49 %, crude fibre 11.22 %, crude fat 3.3 %, crude protein
12.70 %, carbohydrate 61.26 %, beta carotene 100989 IU, Vitamin
B1 0.5 mg, B2 0.5 mg, B3 0.5 mg, Vitamin C 0.1 mg, Vitamin E
0.05 mg, Ca 2218 mg, P 68. mg, Fe 12 mg, Zn 2.46 mg, Na 43.02
mg K 427 mg (Varma et al., 2019).

4. Mint lemon juice: Mint lemon juice is an excellent digestive aid

and can help reduce wind and flatulence and settle an upset stomach.
It‘s packed with mint greens, and is loaded with nutrients such as
potassium, iron, calcium, magnesium and carotenoids, Vitamin K,
Vitamin C, folic acid and manganese. Mint lemon juice helps in
digestion and keeps the gut healthy. It has a detoxifying, antiseptic, and
cleansing properties. It is good for a healthy skin and imparts glow and
radiance to the skin.
5. Greens soup with butter: Greens soup made from any of the
following easily digestible green leafy vegetables viz., Palak (Spinacea
oleraceae), Moringa leaf (Moringa Oleifera), Fenugreek leaf
(Trigonella foenum-graecum), Black Night shade leaf (Solanum
nigrum), Agathi (Sesbania grandiflorum), Thai Night shade leaf
(Solanum trilobatum), Malabar spinach (Basella alba) with added
butter can be taken to alleviate anaemic condition. These soups should
be taken after filtering the cooked leaves from the soup so that the soup
extract get easily digested assimilated in an anaemic patient. The
Vitamin B complex available in butter can support easy digestion of
these greens soup even in anaemic patients.
All green coloured herbs
Furthermore, green vegetables viz., Ribbed gourd (Luffa acutangula), Cabbage (Brassica
oleraceae var. capitata), Cauliflower (Brassica oleraceae var. botrytis), Broccoli (Brassica
oleraceae var, italic), French beans (Phaseolus vulgaris), Bottle gourd (Lagenaria siceraria)
Snake gourd (Trichosanthes cucumerina), Chow-chow (Sechium edule ),

Bhendi (Abelmoschus esculenta) in the form of soups or stews added with butter can be very
helpful to solve anaemic condition. Similarly, green coloured fruits viz., Guava (Psidium
guajava), amla (Phyllanthus emblica), Narthai or Citron (Citrus medica) and Avacado (Persea
americana) in the form of salad or juices can support to cure anaemic problems. Similarly, green
colored medicinal herbs such as Veldt Grape or Pirandai (Cissus quadrangularis), gale of the
Article
wind or ‗Keezhanelli‘ (Phyllanthus neruri), Coriander leaf (Coriandrum ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
sativum) taken in the
form of soup or juice can also support to earlier cure to anaemic problem.
Conclusion
The correlation between the structure of chlorophyll and hemoglobin highlights the
intricate relationships that exist in the natural world. As we delve deeper into the secrets of green
herbs, we uncover the remarkable interconnectedness between plant and animal life. While the
similarities between chlorophyll and hemoglobin are intriguing, it is crucial to remember that
they serve different functions within their respective organisms. Nevertheless, this correlation
provides a fascinating glimpse into the underlying unity of life on Earth and emphasizes the
importance of maintaining a balanced and diverse diet that includes nutrient-rich green herbs,
green leafy vegetables, green vegetables, green coloured fruits and green medicinal herbs.
Finally anything that is derived from plants and having green or greenish tinge can be taken as
food and medicines to succeed the anemic condition.
References
Deasy L, Indah R, Rugaiyah AA, Asma A, Patimah, Sundari and Muliad. 2019. Nutritional
analysis of spirulina sp to promote as superfood candidate. IOP Conf. Ser.: Mater. Sci.
Eng. 509 012031
Harutyunyan, M., Exploring the Rich Tapestry of Gardens and Parks: A Journey through
History, Education, and Artistic Expressions. Indonesian Journal of Multidiciplinary
Research, 3(2), pp.403-416.
Hong, M.K.G., Jin, C.B., Krishnasamy, G., Jamil, M., Markandan, S., Salim, R.J.M. and Adib,
A.M., Unravelling Nature‘s Treasures & Secrets: Current Species of Interest.
Kannan, S., 2007. Advances In Plant Physiology (From The Green To The Grain). APH
Publishing.
Sumran, G. and Aggarwal, A., 2019. Prospect of Indian herbs as sources of antioxidants in
combating oxidative stress. Chemistry & Biology Interface, 9(1).

Varma, K and Parnami, M. 2019. Nutritional composition of dried curry leaf powder (Murraya
koenigii). IJNRD Research Journal. Researchgate.net/publication/344426759
Xu XF, Hu JP, Cheng X, et al., 2016. Effects of Sodium ferrous chlorophyll treatment on anemia
of hemodialysis patients and relevant biochemical parameters. J. Biol. Regul. Homeost
Agents. 30(1): 135-140. PMID: 27049084


GREEN HOUSE GAS EMISSIONS

OCCUPATIONAL AND CARBON
HEALTH HAZARDS FOOT
OF WORKERS
PRINT
P. Laxman Rao 1*, D. Sravanthi 2 , M. M. Kadasiddappa 3 , C.Yasmin 4 and

Sridhara, M.R 5
1. Assistant Professor, Department of Applied Agriculture & Basic Sciences, College of
Agricultural Engineering, PJTSAU, Telangana.
2 & 3. Assistant Professor, Department of Agronomy, Agricultural College, Aswaraopet,
PJTSAU, Telangana.
4. Scientist, Department of Soil Science & Agricultural Chemistry, ARS, Ananthapuram.
5. Ph. D Scholar, Department of Agronomy, University of Agricultural Sciences, Raichur
*Corresponding Author E-mail ID:laxmanpottabathini65@gmail.com
Introduction:
Every year, the negative impacts of climate change become more intense. It brings more
misery and pain to hundreds of millions of people across the globe and we are in a climate
emergency. The world is set to reach the 1.5ºC level increase in temperature within the next two
decades (IPCC, 2022). Carbon footprint is the total set of GHGs emission caused by a product.
Once the size of a carbon footprint is known, a strategy can be devised to reduce it by
management and alternate consumption strategies.
The IPCC report 2022 warned that the world is set to reach the 1.5ºC level increase in
temperature within the next two decades. The worst of the scenarios, would see global
temperatures rise by more than 4ºC by the end of the century.
Observed increases in well-mixed greenhouse gas (GHG) concentrations since around
1750 are unequivocally caused by human activities. Since 2011 (measurements reported in
AR5), concentrations have continued to increase in the atmosphere, reaching annual averages of
410 parts per million (ppm) for carbon dioxide (CO2), 1866 parts per billion (ppb) for methane
(CH4), and 332 ppb for nitrous oxide (N2O) in 2019.

Evidences for climate change:

Fig. 1. Contributions to 2010-2019 warming relative to 1850-1900

IPCC, AR-6, 2022
Evidence from attribution studies, which synthesize information from climate models and
observations. The panel shows temperature change attributed to: total human influence; changes
in well-mixed greenhouse gas concentrations; other human drivers due to aerosols, ozone and
land-use change (land-use reflectance); solar and volcanic drivers; and internal climate
variability.
GHG emissions:
Fig. 2. Global CO emissions from different countries

2

The top seven emitters (China, the EU27, India, Indonesia, Brazil, the Russian Federation
and the United States of America) plus international transport accounted for 55 per cent of global
GHG emissions in 2020. Collectively, G20 members are responsible for 75 per cent of global
GHG emissions. Per capita emissions vary greatly across countries. World average per capita
GHG emissions (including LULUCF) were 6.3 tons of CO2 equivalent (tCO2e) in 2020. The
Article ID:
United States of America remains far above this level at 14 tCO2e, followed by AG-VO2-I08-07
13 tCO 2e in the
Russian Federation, 9.7 tCO2e in China, about 7.5 tCO2e in Brazil and Indonesia, and 7.2 tCO2e
in the European Union. India remains far below the world average at 2.4 tCO 2e. On average,
least developed countries emit 2.3 tCO2e per capita annually
Fig. 3. Greenhouse gas emissions
Carbon dioxide (CO2) is the primary greenhouse gas emitted through human activities. In
2021, CO2 accounted for 79% of all U.S. greenhouse gas emissions from human activities.
Carbon dioxide is naturally present in the atmosphere as part of the Earth's carbon cycle (the
natural circulation of carbon among the atmosphere, oceans, soil, plants, and animals). Human
activities are altering the carbon cycle–both by adding more CO2 to the atmosphere and by
influencing the ability of natural sinks, like forests and soils, to remove and store CO2 from the

atmosphere. While CO2 emissions come from a variety of natural sources, human-related
emissions are responsible for the increase that has occurred in the atmosphere since the industrial
revolution.
Methane is emitted during the production and transport of coal, natural gas, and oil.
Methane emissions also result from livestock and other agricultural practices, land use, and by
the decay of organic waste in municipal solid waste landfills. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Nitrous oxide is emitted during agricultural, land use, and industrial activities;
combustion of fossil fuels and solid waste; as well as during treatment of wastewater.
Fig. 4. GHG Emissions by different sector in India, 2014 (mt CO e)

2
FAO, STAT, 2018

According to the World Resources Institute Climate Analysis Indicators Tool (WRI CAIT),
India‘s 2014 GHG profile was dominated by emissions from the energy sector, which accounted
for 68.7% of total emissions.1 Within the energy sector, 49% of emissions were due to electricity
and heat generation, followed by 24% from manufacturing and construction. Agriculture was the
second highest source (19.6% of total emissions), with enteric fermentation contributing 45% of
agriculture emissions. 2 Industrial processes (IP), land use change and forestry (LUCF), and
waste contributed 6.0%, 3.8% and 1.9% of 2014 total emissions, respectively.

Carbon footprint:
 A carbon footprint is the total greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions caused by an individual,
event, organization, service, place or product, expressed as carbon dioxide
equivalent (CO2e).
 Carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2e) unit for comparing the radiative forcing of a
Article
greenhouse gas measure of the amount of global warming ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
arising from different
greenhouse gases, expressed in terms of the amount of carbon dioxide that would have an
equivalent global warming potential.
Table 1. Major Greenhouse gases and their global warming potentials
Green house gas Avg. lifetime in the Global warming potential of one molecule
atmosphere (years) of the gas over 100 years
(Relative to carbon dioxide =1)
CO2 50-200 1
CH4 12 21
N2O 120 310
CFC-12 100 10600
CFC-11 45 4600
HFC-134 14.6 1300
SH6 3200 23900
Calculation of Carbon Footprints:

• For carbon footprint calculation, estimates of GHGs emitted/embodied at each identified
step of the product‘s/activity‘s/individual‘s life cycle are conducted, which is technically
known as GHG accounting.
Standards and guidelines are available for GHG accounting.
a. GHG protocol of World Resource Institute (WRI)/World Business Council on
Sustainable Development (WBCSD)

b. Publicly Available Specifications - 2050 (PAS 2050) of British Standard Institution (BSI)
c. Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) guidelines for National Greenhouse
Gas inventories
Steps in calculating carbon footprint:
• Selection of GHGs
• Setting boundaries (Tier1, Tier2, Tier3, ) Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
• Collection of GHG emission data

• Footprint calculation
Choice of boundaries for carbon footprinting of agricultural products
 A boundary refers to an imaginary line drawn around the activities that will be used for
calculating carbon footprints.
 Tier1: Direct, i.e., onsite emissions
 Tier2: Emissions embodied in purchased energy
 Tier3: All indirect emissions not covered under tier 2, such as those associated with the
transport of purchased and sold goods, business travels, waste disposal, etc.
Table 2. Farm activities and their classification into tiers
Activity Cultivation practices Energy source Tier
Land preparation Plow Diesel Tier1
Harrow Diesel Tier1
Spreader Diesel Tier1
Sowing Seed drill/ transplanter Diesel Tier1
Irrigation Channel Electricity Tier2
Sprinkler Electricity Tier2
Drip Electricity Tier2
Fertilizer application and Spreader Diesel Tier1

Pesticide application

Harvesting Harvester (reaper, Diesel/electricity Tier2

thresher)
Threshing OCCUPATIONAL
Thresher HEALTH HAZARDS OF WORKERS
Diesel/electricity Tier2
Seed processing Seed processing Diesel/electricity Tier2

systems Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Gas Sampling Sample analysis by using GC (BRUKER 450)

Thermal Conductivity Detector(TCD)-CO2
Flame Ionization Detector (FID)-CH4
Electron Capture Detector (ECD)-N2O
Footprint Calculation:
• Global warming potential (GWP) of all the tiers is calculated individually using the conversion
factors of IPCC (2007) corresponding to a 100-year time horizon.
• The formula for the calculation of GWP of tier i (i = 1, 2 or 3) is given by:
• GWP = Emission of CH4 x 23 + emission of N2O X 310 + emission of C02
where GWP is in kg CO2-e ha-1.
• Carbon footprint is calculated by adding the GWP of all tiers.

Where, CFs = spatial carbon footprint Units (kg CO2-e ha-1 )

CFy = yield scaled carbon footprint. Units are (kg CO2-e kg-1 yield).
Five tips to limit our impact on the environment:

1. Opt for a green supplier: 100% renewable energy supplier.
2. Adopt recycling: by giving a second life to your waste.
3. Reduce your digital footprint: by adopting the right habits, you can limit the carbon footprint
linked to the use of your electronic equipment.
4. Choose ecological transport: by opting for public transport or an ecological means of transport
such as an electric bicycle or an electric car.
5. Offset your carbon footprint: by supporting an environmental project which limits greenhouse
gas emissions into the atmosphere.
CONCLUSION
Carbon dioxide is the main contributor of total GHG emission. Energy production is the
main source of GHG emissions by different sector in India. Carbon footprint is used to identify
the major sources of emissions associated with various agricultural practices. It is useful to
mitigate and adopt the best management practices to develop sustainable systems. To mitigate
and adopt the best management practices in agricultural systems so as to reduce greenhouse
gases and develop sustainable systems.
References
FAO, 2018, Energy-smart food for people and climate, Rome.
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, 2022, Mitigation of Climate Change. Contribution
of Working Group III to the Sixth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on
Climate Change. Geneva.


UNLOCKING A GREENER FUTURE: HARNESSING THE
POWER OFOCCUPATIONAL
ARTIFICIAL HEALTH
PHOTOSYNTHESIS FOR CLEAN
HAZARDS OF WORKERS
ENERGY AND SUSTAINABILITY
Ghazanfer Abbas1*, Anu2, Akshay F Madiwalar3, Deepshikha Singh4 and Ankush S Gadge5
1
Ph.D Scholar, Department of Silviculture & Natural Resource Management, Forest College and
Research Institute, Tamil Nadu Agricultural University, Mettupalayam – 641 301
2
Ph.D Scholar, Department of Seed Science and Technology, Tamil Nadu Agricultural
University, Coimbatore – 641 001
3,4
Ph.D Scholar, Department of Agroforestry, Forest College and Research Institute, Tamil Nadu
Agricultural University, Mettupalayam – 641 301
5
Ph.D Scholar, Department of Sericulture, Forest College and Research Institute, Tamil Nadu
Agricultural University, Mettupalayam – 641 301
*
Corresponding Author Email ID: abbasrizvi2602@gmail.com
Abstract
Artificial photosynthesis is a technology with immense potential that aims to emulate the natural
photosynthetic process. The process of natural photosynthesis involves the conversion of solar
energy into chemical energy, which is stored in organic compounds. Artificial Photosynthesis
System like natural photosynthesis includes the splitting of water into oxygen and hydrogen, and
the reduction of carbon dioxide into various hydrocarbons such as formic acid (HCOOH),
methane (CH4) and carbon monoxide (CO) or even pure hydrogen fuel. Drawing inspiration
from the intricate mechanisms of photosynthetic organisms, artificial photosynthesis holds the
promise of addressing energy and environmental challenges. It navigates challenges in
efficiency, materials optimization and integration, while offering applications encompassing
clean fuel production, renewable energy storage, carbon dioxide utilization and sustainable
industrial processes. With interdisciplinary collaboration driving innovation, its potential to
reshape energy systems and contribute to a greener future is becoming increasingly apparent.
Keywords: Artificial photosynthesis, solar energy, carbon dioxide, oxygen, chemical energy
Introduction
Artificial photosynthesis is a process inspired by the natural photosynthesis that occurs in
plants, where sunlight is used to convert carbon dioxide and water into glucose (energy-rich
sugars) and oxygen. However, in the case of artificial photosynthesis, scientists are working to
develop technologies that can mimic this natural process to produce fuels, such as hydrogen or
other energy-rich molecules, from sunlight, water and carbon dioxide. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Figure 1. Artificial Photosynthesis

Artificial photosynthesis endeavors to replicate the natural phenomenon, aiming to
establish an effective, environmentally friendly, and economically viable technique for
transforming solar energy into storable forms of energy, primarily focusing on hydrogen and
other solar-derived fuels (Machín et al., 2021). Typically, this process involves the creation of
photo-electrochemical cells, which capture sunlight and facilitate the separation of water into
hydrogen and oxygen. Alternatively, it employs solar energy to facilitate the conversion of
carbon dioxide into fuels based on carbon compounds (Wang et al., 2019; Kobayashi et al.,
2022; Kalyanasundaram and Graetzel, 2010).
The general process of artificial photosynthesis involves several steps:
 Light Absorption: Specialized materials, often called photoabsorbers or photocatalysts,
capture sunlight and use it to initiate chemical reactions.
 Water Splitting: One of the key reactions in artificial photosynthesis is water splitting, or
the process of breaking water molecules (H2O) into hydrogen (H2) and oxygen (O2).
Hydrogen can be used as a clean fuel.

 Carbon Dioxide Reduction: Another important reaction involves converting carbon

dioxide (CO2) into energy-rich molecules, such as carbon monoxide (CO) or even
hydrocarbons, using the energy from sunlight.
 Fuel Formation: The hydrogen and carbon-rich molecules generated from the previous
steps can then be used to create fuels, either through direct use or further chemical
processes. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Processes in Artificial Photosynthesis

 Dividing water into oxygen and hydrogen utilizing sunlight and a photocatalyst
 Employing a separation membrane to separate hydrogen from the mixed gas released,
which contains both hydrogen and oxygen
 Utilizing a catalyst to initiate a reaction between hydrogen and CO 2, resulting in the
production of olefin
Figure 2. Process in Artificial Photosynthesis
Comparison between natural and artificial photosynthesis

Table 1. Comparison between natural and artificial photosynthesis.

Natural photosynthesis Artificial photosynthesis References
(Kim et al., 2019;
Energy Source Sunlight Sunlight Machín et al.,
2021)
(Wang et al., 2019;
Hydrogen or other solar
Energy Storage Glucose (a carbohydrate) Kobayashi et al.,
fuels
2022)
Potentially, carbon (Kalyanasundaram
Carbon Yes, carbon dioxide into
dioxide into carbon-based and Graetzel,
Fixation glucose
fuels 2010)
(Machín et al.,
Variable, still under
Efficiency 3-6 % 2021; Wang et al.,
development
2019)
Mainly fuels for energy (Shen et al., 2021;
Product Utility Mainly food and biomass
and industry Liao et al., 2014)
(Kim et al., 2019;
Catalysts Enzymes Man-made catalysts
Liao et al., 2014)
(Kalyanasundaram
Operating Ambient temperature and Variable, can be and Graetzel,
Conditions pressure optimized for reaction 2010; Shen et al.,
2021)
Potentially long, (Eren and Ozkar,
Lifetime/ Limited by organism‘s
dependent on material 2021)
Durability lifespan
degradation
Artificial photosynthesis must replicate three key elements of natural photosynthesis: (i) the
absorption of light and transport of electrons, (ii) the separation of water into hydrogen and
oxygen, and (iii) the conversion of carbon dioxide. Artificial photosynthesis produces two
primary types of fuel: hydrocarbons like methanol and formic acid, as well as pure hydrogen.

Figure 3. Natural Photosynthesis Vs Artificial Photosynthesis
Hydrogen, a clean alternative yielded through artificial photosynthesis, can serve as a

direct liquid fuel. It finds utility in fuel cells, thermal processes, electrolysis, biological
applications, and other scenarios, thereby acting as a substitute for fossil fuels (Schmidt et al.,
2019; Olmos and Kargu, 2014).
Applications of Artificial Photosynthesis: Fuels for a Sustainable Future
Artificial photosynthesis has a range of potential applications that could significantly impact
energy production, environmental sustainability and various industries. Here are some key
applications:
 Clean Fuel Production: Artificial photosynthesis offers a way to produce clean fuels, such
as hydrogen (H2) and carbon-based fuels, using sunlight, water, and carbon dioxide.
Hydrogen gas can be directly used as a clean fuel for various applications, including
powering fuel cells that generate electricity without producing greenhouse gas emissions.
 Renewable Energy Storage: The ability to convert solar energy into chemical bonds in
energy-rich molecules provides a means of storing solar energy for times when the sun isn't

shining. These stored fuels can be used on-demand, addressing the intermittency of solar
power generation.
 Carbon Dioxide Utilization: Artificial photosynthesis provides a way to capture and utilize
carbon dioxide (CO2) as a feedstock rather than a waste product. By converting CO2 into
valuable carbon-rich compounds, it could help mitigate climate change by reducing
atmospheric CO2 levels. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
 Synthetic Fuel Production: Carbon-based fuels like methane (CH4) or methanol (CH3OH)
can be produced through the reduction of carbon dioxide using the energy generated by
artificial photosynthesis. These synthetic fuels can be used as alternatives to conventional
fossil fuels.
 Greenhouse Agriculture: Artificial photosynthesis could be integrated into greenhouse
systems to enhance photosynthetic processes in plants, leading to increased crop yields and
improved resource efficiency.
 Environmental Remediation: The technology could also be used for environmental
remediation, such as capturing pollutants from air and water by converting them into useful
products through chemical reactions powered by sunlight.
 Education and Research: Artificial photosynthesis serves as a valuable tool for research
and education, offering insights into chemical reactions, material science, and energy
conversion mechanisms.
Challenges of Artificial Photosynthesis
 Efficiency and Scalability: Current artificial photosynthesis systems often have lower
energy conversion efficiencies compared to natural photosynthesis. Improving the
efficiency of capturing and converting sunlight while scaling up production to meet energy
demands remains a significant challenge.
 Materials Development: Designing and optimizing materials with the right properties for
light absorption, electron transfer, and catalysis is complex. Finding materials that are
stable, cost-effective, and efficient over extended periods is crucial.
 Catalyst Degradation: Catalysts used in artificial photosynthesis can degrade over time due
to harsh reaction conditions, leading to reduced efficiency and the need for frequent
replacement.

 Reaction Kinetics: Some of the chemical reactions involved in artificial photosynthesis are
slow and require precise control to ensure complete conversion of reactants into products
within a reasonable time frame.
 Public Acceptance: The acceptance and adoption of artificial photosynthesis as a viable
technology may face public skepticism, requiring effective communication about its
benefits and potential. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Figure 4. Challenges in Artificial Photosynthesis

Conclusion
Artificial photosynthesis, drawing inspiration from nature‘s ingenuity, stands at the
threshold of scientific innovation with the potential to revolutionize the way we produce energy
and address pressing environmental challenges. Inspired by the intricate processes of natural
photosynthesis, this technology harnesses sunlight, water, and carbon dioxide to create clean
fuels and energy-rich compounds, offering a sustainable alternative to conventional fossil fuels.
While the journey toward practical application is accompanied by challenges-ranging from
improving efficiency and scalability to integrating with existing infrastructure-researchers and
innovators around the world are forging ahead with determination.

The synergy between scientific expertise, technological innovation, and policy support
will play a pivotal role in propelling artificial photosynthesis from the laboratory to
commercialization, making a substantial impact on our energy landscape. In the pursuit of a
sustainable and cleaner energy future, artificial photosynthesis shines as a beacon of hope and a
testament to human creativity and determination.
Eren, E. O., & Ozkar, S. (2021). Recent Advances in Heterogeneous Catalysts for the Effective
Electroreduction of Carbon Dioxide to Carbon Monoxide. Journal of Power Sources,
506(9), 230215.
Kalyanasundaram, K., & Graetzel, M. (2010). Artificial Photosynthesis: Biomimetic Approaches
to Solar Energy Conversion and Storage. Current Opinion in Biotechnology. 21(3),
298–310.
Kim, J. H., Hansora, D., Sharma, P., Jang, J. W., & Lee, J. S. (2019). Toward Practical Solar
Hydrogen Production – An Artificial Photosynthetic Leaf-to-Farm Challenge. Chemistry
Society Reveiws, 48(7), 1908–1971.
Kobayashi, A., Takizawa, S., & Hirahara, M. (2022). Photofunctional Molecular Assembly for
Artificial Photosynthesis: Beyond a Simple Dye Sensitization Strategy. Coordination
Chemistry Reviews, 467(13), 214624.
Liao, L., Zhang, Q., Su, Z., Zhao, Z., Wang, Y., Li, Y., Lu, X., Wei, D., Feng, G., & Yu, Q.
(2014). Efficient Solar Water-Splitting Using a Nanocrystalline CoO Photocatalyst.
Nature Nanotechnology, 9(1), 69–73.
Machín, A., Fontanez, K., Arango, J.C., Ortiz, D., De Leon, J., Pinilla, S., Nicolosi, V., Petrescu,
F. I., Morant, C., & Marquez, F. (2021). One-Dimensional (1D) Nanostructured
Materials for Energy Applications. Materials, 14(10), 2609.
Olmos, J. D. J., & Kargu, J. (2014). Oxygenic photosynthesis: Translation to solar fuel
technologies. Acta Societatis Botanicorum Poloniae, 83(4):423-440.
Schmidt, J., Gruber, K., Klingler, M., Klockl, C., Camargo, L. R., & Regner. P. (2019). A new
perspective on global renewable energy systems: Why trade in energy carriers matters.
Energy & Environmental Science, 12(7), 2022-2029.

Shen, L., Yang, X., An, J., Zhang, L., Yang, K., & Deng, Z. (2021). Effect of Different Site
Trifluoromethylbenzoic Acid Organic Photosensitizer for Dye-sensitized Solar Cells.
Chemistry Select, 6(19), 4645–4650.
Wang, X., Wu, Q., Ma, H., Ma, C., Yu, Z., Fu, Y., & Dong, X. (2019). Fabrication of PbO 2
Tipped Co3O4 Nanowires for Efficient Photoelectrochemical Decolorization of Dye
(Reactive Brilliant Blue KN-R) Wastewater. Solar EnergyArticle ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Materials & Solar Cells,
191(8), 381–388.


BENEFICIAL
OCCUPATIONAL BUFFALO
HEALTH GRASS
HAZARDS OF WORKERS

1
Samuel Raj, S., 2*V. Krishnan, 2S. Thirumeni, 1J. Umabalan, 1B. Umasankari, B.,
1
A. Harivignesh and 1Maddu Geethanjali
1
2
Introduction
Buffalo grass or Para Grass widely cultivated in tropical regions of the world and
often found as a naturalized escape. Para grass can be grazed, used in cut-and-carry systems or
made into hay or silage. It can be used for erosion control on river banks and steep slopes. It is
naturally found in poorly drained, swampy or seasonally waterlogged areas, along creeks, rivers,
floodplains, wetlands and drainage channels, around lakes and dams, in roadside ditches and in
other damp habitats. Propagation is usually by vegetative means. Buffalo grass is a semi-aquatic,
palatable and good quality forage grass particularly suited to poorly drained, swampy and
flooded tropical and subtropical areas. It is suitable for cultivation in humid areas. It is grown in
seasonally flooded valleys and lowlands and can withstand water logging and long term flooding
(Sahoo et al., 2017).
Orgin and distribution

It is originated from northern and central Africa and parts of the middle-east and
cultivated as fodder and introduced into Central America. After it become naturalized in southern
Asia and many pacific islands and some swampy areas. The Sub-Saharan flood plains were the

birthplace of Brachiaria mutica, which later migrated south to Central and East Africa. In most
tropical nations, it was introduced as a fodder grass or to curb soil erosion. It occurs naturally in
poorly drained, swampy, or seasonally wet places, along creeks, rivers, floodplains, wetlands,
and drainage channels, around lakes and dams, in roadside ditches, and in other moist
environments. A grass that thrives in warm climates, Para grass stops growing below 15°C and
Article
begins to grow again at temperatures about 22°C. Both well-drained damp ID:soils
AG-VO2-I08-07
and poorly
drained swampy places are suitable for Para grass.
Buffalo grass is a vigorous, semi-prostrate perennial grass with creeping stolons which
can grow up to 5 metres (16 ft.) long. It has a well-developed fibrous root system, rooting at
nodes of creeping stem. The culms are semi erect, greenish, cylindrical, node and internodes
prominent, internodes solid, glabrous, node swollen and soft. Culm at first spread
horizontally then upward. The leaves are linear or linear-lanceolate, acuminate, subcardate at
base, flat, glabrous or slightly hairy on under surface, scaberulous, 15–25 cm long, 1.25–1.6 cm
broad, margins hispid; sheaths compressed, striate, lax, glabrous or hairy at throat ligules short,
very hairy. The inflorescence is a raceme or pseudo-panicule, with paired stalked spikelet.
Pedicels 0.5-2 mm long, with a few white bristles. Spikelets elliptic, 2.5-3.5 mm, crowded,
arranged in 2 rows. Lower glume ovate, c. 1 x 0.5 mm, acute, scaly, faintly 1-3-nerved. Upper
glume ovate, 3-3.5 x 1-1.5 mm, acute, five-nerved. Lower floret male and upper floret bisexual.
Stamens 3; anthers 1-1.5 mm. Second lemma ovate, 2-3 x 1-1.5 mm, rounded at apex,
crustaceous, faintly 3-nerved, rugulose. Palea ovate, or ovate-elliptic, 2-2.5 x 1 mm, rounded at
apex, crustaceous, two keeled, two nerved, rugulose except on margins. Lodicules obovate and
denticulate at apex. Stamens similar to those of the lower floret. Ovary oblong-elliptic; style 1
mm long; stigma 1 mm. The fruit is a caryopsis. Buffalo grass is a cross-pollinated grass.
CULTIVATED TYPES OF BUFFALO GRASS

There are two cultivated forms of Buffalo grass viz.,
1. Vegetative varieties: These are clump-forming durable turf grass that can reach a height of 8
inches with a 12-inch spread. They spread by stolon, which is a creeping plant stems that spread
into the surrounding soil. Examples of lawn or turf varieties are Prestige, Regacy, Texoka,
Sundancer, Prairie and Buffalawn.

2. Seeded varieties: These are varieties produce good quality seeds with higher germination and
viability. These are mainly used for pasture maintenance and to a lesser extent for lawn
establishment. Bison, Bowie, Cody, Plains, Tantaka and Topgun.

Cultivation practices
It can grow on a wide range of soils including acid ones. It is drought-resistant, remaining
green long into the dry season. For vegetative varieties, the planting materials viz., stolon or stem
cutting required is around 800 to 1000
Kg for planting one hectare area.
Cuttings length of 25-30 cm with three Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
to four nodes should e hand planted or

using disc-barrowed to a depth of 10-
15 cm, with at least two nodes buried
in the soil. The cuttings should be
placed at one meter interval with a
row spacing of 20 cm. For seeded
varieties, the seed rate is one to two
Kg per hectare and they are sown on well prepared seed bed. Buffalo grass yields 19 t/ha fresh
matter with no fertilizer and up to 30 t/ha with NPK fertilizer (Dhar et al., 2001)
Fodder quality and nutritive value
Fodder quality
The Buffalo grass is used as green fodder, pasture Silage and even for dry hay.
Green fodder: A fast growing grass, it can be grazed or used in cut-and-carry systems. The first
cut is taken 75-80 days after planting and the subsequent cuts at 40-45 days interval. Totally, 6-9
cuts can be taken in a year with an average green fodder yield of 80-100 t/ha (5-12 t Dry
Matter/ha/year) (Saxena et al., 1996).
Pasture: Buffalo grass is mainly grown as a permanent pasture for grazing, in wet and flooded
areas. It does well with legumes adapted to moist conditions such as hetero (Desmodium
heterophyllum), puero (Pueraria phaseoloides), centro (Centrosema pubescens) or calopo
(Calopogonium mucunoides). It is sensitive to heavy grazing. It should not be grazed before the
stand reaches 30-70 cm high and should not be grazed below 20 cm so that the growing point is
not damaged. It generally takes 12 months for a stand to develop properly. Rotational grazing is
recommended. Under too high grazing pressure, para grass becomes very open and subject to
invading species (FAO, 2010).

Hay and Silage: Buffalo grass is not suitable for hay or silage as it detoriates fast and the
nutritive value decreases.
Nutritive value : It contains 14.2% crude protein and 20% crude fibre, fat 7.2%, Nitrogen free
extract 44%, CaO 0.70%, P2O5 1.1%, K2O 3.4% and MgO 0.8%. on fresh weight basis.
Palatability: Baffalo grass is highly palatable species mainly used for its high quality forage.
Uses of buffalo grass
1. Baffalo grass is used as a geen fodder especially during dry season.
2. It is also used as a green silage that is well relished by livestock.
3. In Brazil, para grass naturally hybridized with Brachiaria arrecta resulting in the hybrid
"Tangola", a valuable grazing forage for milk production.
4. It can be used for soil erosion control on river banks and steep slopes.
5. Buffalo grass can be used for low-maintenance lawns and other turf areas.
6. It is suitable for school grounds, parks, open areas and goal course sites.
7. It is suitable roadsides to prevent road erosion.
8. It‘s leaves are occasionally used as an antiseptic in cutaneous affections
9. Buffalo grass is well suited to undulating grounds, especially in hilly areas
Advantage of buffalo grass

1. Excellent palatable and nutritious green fodder for live stock.
2. It controls soil erosion especially in slopy lands and river banks.
3. It serves as low management lawn grass.
4. Particularly adopted to control water flow and better tolerance to flooding
DISADVANTAGE OF BAFFALO GRASS

1. Buffalo grass is not adapted to shaded sites.
2. It is likely to burn during dry season.
3. It is not good for hay and silage production.
4. It become an issue in ditches, headlands drains and earth tanks where it may choke water
flow, increase sedimentation and cause waterlogging.
5. Under wet condition livestock cannot be allowed to graze.

References
Dhar, S., Gupta, SD., Singh, A., Arya, RL. 2001. Performance of grasses with cutting
management under seasonal water logged conditions. Indian Journal of Agrric. Sci., 7(1):
698-701.
FAO, 2010. Grassland Index. A searchable catalogue of grass and forage legumes. FAO, Rome,
Italy. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Sahoo, D., Ummalyma, S. B., Okram, A. K., Sukumaran, R. K., George, E. and Pandey, A. 2017.
Potential of Brachiaria mutica (Para grass) for bioethanol production from Loktak Lake.
Bioresource Technology, 242, 133–138. doi:10.1016/j.biortech.2017.03.047.
Saxena, A. K., Rana, B. S., Rao, O. P., & Singh, B. P. 1996. Seasonal variation in biomass and
primary productivity of para grass (Brachiaria mutica) under a mixed tree stand and in an
adjacent open area in northern India. Agroforestry Systems, 33(1), 75–85.
doi:10.1007/bf00122890.


AN OVERVIEW OF BIOFERTILIZER
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH HAZARDS OFTECHNOLOGY
WORKERS

Dr. P.Reddypriya*1, Dr. B. Deepak Reddy2, Smt.D.Sravanthi3, Dr. P. Neelima4,

Dr.M.Ramprasad5, Dr.S.Madhusudhan Reddy6, Dr. M. KadaSiddappa7 and
Dr. Gopala Krishna Murthy8
1234567
Assistant professor, Professor Jayashankar Telangana State Agricultural University,
Telangana, India.
8
Associate professor, Professor Jayashankar Telangana State Agricultural University, Telangana
*Corresponding author. Department of Agricultural Microbiology and bioenergy
*Corresponding Author Email ID: drreddypriya@gmail.com
Abstract
Biofertilizer technology represents a significant shift from conventional chemical-based
fertilization to a more sustainable and eco-friendly approach to agriculture. This technology
encompasses the utilization of microorganisms that facilitate the availability of nutrients to
plants. The benefits of biofertilizers include the enhancement of soil fertility, reduction of
chemical fertilizer dependency, mitigation of environmental pollution and contribution to
sustainable agricultural practices. With the growing concerns regarding soil health,
environmental degradation, and sustainability, biofertilizer technology offers promising
solutions.
Key Words - Biofertilizers, Nitrogen fixers, Phosphate solubilisers, Mycorrhiza
Introduction
Agriculture relies on soil nutrients, necessitating sustainable methods for nutrient
management. Long-term use of synthetic fertilizers has led to concerns about soil fertility, rising
costs due to depleting fossil fuels, environmental hazards, and threats to sustainable production.
As a result, there's a growing interest in tapping into renewable sources of plant nutrients.

Biofertilizers, living formulations of efficient microorganisms, enhance nutrient availability and

improve soil health through increased microbial activity. These biofertilizers help the plants or
trees by many ways starting from establishment to yield besides enhancing soil fertility.
Biofertilizers have important roles to play in improving the nutrient supplies and their
availability in crop husbandry. Since biofertilizers consist of many beneficial microbes, the
nutrients availability in soil is improved after their application due toArticle ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
many dimensions. Among
all the biofertilizers, Rhizobium is the maximum researched biofertilizer. The nutrients fixed by
the soil microbes are more effective than outside application. It has been estimated that nearly
80,000 tonnes of N is available over an area of one hectare land, the biofertilizers trap some
amount of nitrogen and fix in the soil which benefits the plants.
Success in agroforestry requires various inputs leading to proper establishment and
growth of tree species. Selection of low demanding and fast growing tree species, fertilization,
pest and disease management are some vital factors. Like the selection of trees for agroforestry,
it is equally important to select suitable biofertilizers for the tree species.
The biofertilizers are mainly applied for nitrogen and phosphorus nutrition to crop plant.
Rhizobium, Azospirillum, Azotobacter, Gluconacetobacter, cyanobacteria or blue green algae
and Azolla are some of the nitrogenous biofertilizers and phosphorus solubilizing
microorganisms and mycorrhiza are the common phosphatic biofertilizers recommended for
agricultural and horticultural crops.
Different types of biofertilizers
1.Nitrogen Fixers
a. Rhizobial biofertilizer
Rhizobium is a nitrogen fixing bacterium, can colonize in the roots of leguminous
plants, produce the nodules and fix atmospheric nitrogen symbiotically. This biofertilizer is
recommended for legumes like green gram, black gram, cow pea, red gram, ground nut, soybean,
bengal gram, lablab, sunhemp, Sesbania, Leucerne, Acasia etc, Its application can save about 25
per cent of fertilizer nitrogen and increase the grain yield by 20 per cent. The nodule metabolites
and root exudates of legume increase the soil fertility.The legume crop specific rhizobial
biofertilizers are available at the department for sale.

b. Azospirillum
This bacterial biofertilizer can be used for all the non-leguminous agricultural and
horticultural crops as nitrogenous biofertilizer. It can colonize on the surface of all the crop
roots (especially graminaceous plants) and able to fix the atmospheric nitrogen. It can able to
produce plant growth promoting substances like indole acetic acid which boosts the root and
Article
stem growth of plant. This also induces the drought tolerance to cropsID:and
AG-VO2-I08-07
also disease
resistance against soil root pathogens. It also boosts the yield by an average of 25 per cent in
various crops.
c. Azotobacter
Azotobacter is a free-living nitrogen fixing bacterium commonly used for all crops. This
soil bacterium can fix the atmospheric nitrogen under free-living condition depending on the
organic matter content of the soil. It is also known for production of growth promoting
substances like IAA, which helps the crop growth. Presently this biofertilizer is also applied as
an amendment for nutrient enrichment of the organic manures like vermicomposts, composts etc.
Mostly it us recommended for horticultural and garden crops and the regions where high organic
matter content is high.
d. Gluconacetobacter diazotrophicus
Earlier, Azospirillum was recommended for sugarcane crop. But recently
Gluconacetobacter diazotrophicus, a new nitrogen fixing bacterium present inside the sugarcane
plant as endophyte was discovered. This bacterium is present in roots, stem and leaf portion of
the sugarcane crop. This nitrogen fixing bacterium can produce growth promoting substances,
provide resistance against diseases and provide nutrients such as phosphorus, zinc and iron
through solubilization.
e. Cyanobacteria
Cyanobacteria (also called as Blue green algae) are another group of bacteria
grown well in paddy fields and water bodies. It grows naturally in the rice fields as algal blooms.
They can fix about 35 to 50 kg of nitrogen per ha per season in rice fields. Nostoc, Anabaena,
Aulosira, Tolypothrix, Plectonema, Oscillatoria, Westiellopsis are some common cyanobacteria
present in rice fields. Cyanobacteria will excrete the fixed nitrogen as ammonia, which can be
taken up easily by rice and also able to produce IAA, GA like growth promoting substances
which substantially increase the crop growth. They are also known to produce extra cellular

polysaccharides which help to increase physical and chemical properties of soil. Application of
composite cultures of cyanobacteria has always performed better than single cultures. Soil based
cyanobacterial biofertilizer is recommended for application in the main field of rice.
f. Azolla Biofertilizer
Azolla is a floating water fern, commonly present in lakes and tanks. They harbour the
nitrogen fixing cyanobacteria, Anabaena azollae as microsymbiont Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
in the leaf cavities. Since
Azolla can fix about 40 to 50 kg of nitrogen per ha per season, through it‘s partner cyanobacteria,
it can be applied as biofertilizer or green manure to rice fields. This should be multiplied in
nurseries separately and applied to rice crop. For its multiplication, puddled soil, water,
phosphorus, low temperature (25 to 35ºC) and shady sunlight are essential. Application of Azolla
to rice fields contributes about 50 kg of nitrogen per ha; increases the organic matter content of
soil; increases the soil fertility and physico-chemical properties; reduces the weed problems and
increases the grain yield of about 25 per cent.
2. Phosphatic Biofertilizers
a. Phosphobacteria
Soil phosphorus is often fixed as calcium, magnesium, iron and aluminum
phosphates by various chemical reactions, known as P fixation which cannot be taken up by crop
plants. The microorganisms, which solubilize the insoluble phosphates to soluble available forms
are referred as Phosphorus Solubilizing Microorganisms (PSM) and the bacteria are referred as
phosphobacteria. Phosphobacteria produce various organic acids and phosphatase enzymes,
which act as key factors to solubilize unavailable P in soil to available P, which can be taken up
by the crop plants easily. This biofertilizer application increases the P uptake of crop plants,
which in turn increased the flowering, grain filling and grain yield of crop plants. The protein
quality and quantity of grain also increased due to phosphobacterial inoculation. The combined
application of phosphobacteria along with Azospirillum or Rhizobium increases the efficiency of
both the biofertilizers. The phosphobacterial application saves about 25 per cent of phosphatic
fertilizer application and recorded the grain yield increase of about 200 to 500 kg per ha in
various crops.
b. Azophos
Azospirillum and phosphobacteria both in the same packet as mixed inoculant is referred
as Azophos. Azophos biofertilizer was formulated for easy application of Azospirillum and

phosphobacteria. Azophos is recommended for all non-leguminous agricultural and horticultural

crops.
c. Arbuscular Mycorrhiza (AM)
Mycorrhizal fungi live symbiotically in roots of all higher plants. Glomus,
Gigaspora, Acaulospora and Sclerocystis are the common arbuscular mycorrhizal genera.
Article
Arbuscular mycorrhiza harbours the roots of higher plant and mobilizes ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
phosphorus, sulphur,
zinc and calcium from soil through their hyphal growth. The mycorrhizal colonization of roots
protects the crop plants from root pathogens. It also induces the drought tolerance to crops.
Hence, these biofertilizers are highly useful for waste land management. Since Arbuscular
mycorrhizae are not able to grow artificially under laboratory condition, they need host plants
like maize or sorghum for mass production. AM are mass multiplied in vermiculite medium with
maize or sorghum as host plant.
3. Plant Growth Promoting Rhizobacteria (PGPR)
The group of bacteria that colonize roots or rhizosphere soil and beneficial to crops are
referred to as plant growth promoting rhizobacteria (PGPR). The PGPR inoculants currently
commercialized to promote growth through at least one mechanism; suppression of plant disease,
improved nutrient acquisition, or phytohormone production. Species of Pseudomonas and
Bacillus can produce phytohormones or growth regulators that cause crops to have greater
amounts of fine roots which have the effect of increasing the absorptive surface of plant roots for
uptake of water and nutrients.
Overall benefits of Biofertilizer technology
The continuous application of biofertilizers increases the productivity of soil and crop
yield. Biofertilizer application increases the soil physical, chemical and biological properties,
thereby increasing the fertility. Biofertilizer application reduces the use of chemical fertilizer
application which reduces the pollution problems in the environment. Apart from nitrogen and
phosphorus nutrition, micronutrients like iron, zinc and growth promoting substances like IAA,
GA are also supplied to crops by biofertilizers.
Conclusion
The biofertilizer application not only reduces the chemical fertilizer input but also
increases the soil health and fertility. The ecology of soil is protected from chemical pollutants,
when biofertilizers are extensively used. About 30 per cent of nitrogenous fertilizers and 20 per

cent of phosphatic fertilizers can be saved when biofertilizer technology is adopted. Most of
these biofertilizers can also able to produce growth promoting substances like indole acetic acid
and gibberillic acid, which lead to increased plant growth and yield.


COMPOSTING TYPESHAZARDS
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND IT’S
OFUSES
WORKERS

*P Lakshmanakumar1 and V Vasudevan2

1
Associate Professor (Agronomy), Adhiyamaan College of Agriculture and Research,
Athimugam, Krishnagiri, Tamil Nadu – 635 105
2
Associate Professor (Horticulture), Adhiyamaan College of Agriculture and Research,
Athimugam, Krishnagiri, Tamil Nadu – 635 105
*Corresponding Author Email ID: laksh006@gmail.com
Introduction
Composting is the natural process of 'rotting' or decomposition of organic matter by
microorganisms-controlled conditions. Raw organic materials such as crop residues, animal
wastes, food garbage, some municipal wastes and suitable industrial wastes, enhance their
suitability for application to the soil as a fertilizing resource, after having undergone composting
Farm Compost
A mass of rotted organic matter made from waste is called compost. The compost made
from farm waste like sugarcane trash, paddy straw, weeds and other plants and other waste is
called farm compost. The average nutrient contents of farm compost are 0.5 per cent N, 0.15 per
cent P2O5and 0.5 per cent K2O

TOWN COMPOST
The compost made from town refuses like night soil, street sweepings and dustbin refuse
is called town compost. It contains 1.4 per cent N, 1.00 per cent P2O5 and 1.4 per cent K2O.
COMPOSTING AREA
Farm compost is made by placing farm wastes in trenches of suitable size, say, 4.5 m to
Article
5.0 m long, 1.5m to 2.0 m wide and 1.0 m to 2.0 m deep. Farm waste ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
is placed in the trenches
layer by layer. Each layer is well moistened by sprinkling cow dung slurry or water. Trenches are
filled up to a height of 0.5 m above the ground. The compost is ready for application within five
to six months.
COIMBATORE METHOD
In Coimbatore method, composting is done in pits of different sizes depending on the
waste material available. A layer of waste materials is first laid in the pit. It is moistened with a
suspension of 5-10 kg cow dung in 2.5 to 5.0 I of water and 0.5 to 1.0 kg fine bone meal
sprinkled over it uniformly. Similar layers are laid one over the other till the material rises 0.75
m above the ground level. It is finally plastered with wet mud and left undisturbed for 8 to 10
weeks. Plaster is then removed, material moistened with water, given a turning and made into A
rectangular heap under a shade. It is left undisturbed till its use.
INDORE METHOD
In the Indore method of composting, organic wastes are spread in the cattle shed to
serve as bedding. Urine soaked material along with dung is removed every day and formed into a
layer of about 15 cm thick at suitable sites. Urine soaked earth, scraped from cattle sheds is
mixed with water and sprinkled over the layer of wastes twice or thrice a day. Layering process
continued for about a fortnight. A thin layer of well decomposed compost is sprinkled over top
and the heap given a turning and reformed. Old compost acts as inoculum for decomposing the
material. The heap is left undisturbed for about a month. Then it is thoroughly moistened and
given a turning. The compost is ready for application in another month.
BANGALORE METHOD
In the Bangalore method of composting, dry waste material of 25 cm thick is spread in a
pit and a thick suspension of cow dung in water is sprinkled over for moistening. A thin layer of
dry waste is laid over the moistened layer. The pit is filled alternately with dry layers of material
and cow dung suspension till it rises 0.5 m above ground level. It is left exposed without

covering for 15 days. It is given a turning, plastered with wet mud and left undisturbed for about
5 months or till required
USES OF COMPOST
Provides a source of plant nutrients and improves soil fertility; results in significant cost
savings by reducing the need for water, pesticides, fungicides, herbicides, and nematodes.
Used as an alternative to natural topsoil in new construction, Article ID:renovations,
landscape AG-VO2-I08-07
and
container gardens. Using composts in these types of applications is not only less expensive than
purchasing topsoil, but it can also often produce better results when establishing a healthy
vegetative cover.
Used as mulch for trees, orchards, landscapes, lawns, gardens, and makes an excellent
potting mix. Placed over the roots of plants, compost mulch conserves water and stabilizes soil
temperatures. In addition, it keeps plants healthy by controlling weeds, providing a slow release
of nutrients, and preventing soil loss through erosion.
VERMICOMPOST
Vermicomposting is a process in which earthworms are used to convert organic materials
into humus-like material known as vermicompost. A number of researchers throughout the world
have found that the nutrient profile in vermicompost is generally higher than traditional compost.
Some commonly used earthworm sps are:-
Eisenia fetida
Lumbricus rubellus
Eudrilus eugeniae
Eisenia andrei

USES
Vermicompost can enhance soil fertility physically, chemically and biologically.
Physically, vermicompost-treated soil has better aeration, porosity, bulk density and water
retention. Chemical properties such as pH, electrical conductivity and organic matter content are
also improved for better crop yield.
FARM YARD MANURE Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Farmyard manure (FYM) is a decomposed mixture of dung, urine, litter, and leftover
materials from roughages and fodder fed to animals. A well-decomposed FYM contains 0.5–
1.5% N, 0.2–0.4% P2O5, and 0.5–1.0% K2O. FYM is a good source of organic carbon, which
activates the biotic life of the soil flora and fauna.
USES
Farmyard manure improves the soil structure and is used as a natural fertilizer in farming.
It increases the soil capacity to hold more water and nutrients. It also increases the microbial
activity of the soil to improve its mineral supply and also the plant nutrients.
GREEN MANURE
Green manures are fast-growing plants sown to cover bare soil. Often used in the
vegetable garden, their foliage smothers weeds and their roots prevent soil erosion. When dug
into the ground while still green, they return valuable nutrients to the soil and improve soil
structure.
USES
 Building soil organic matter and soil structure.
 Supplying nitrogen and other nutrients for a following crop.
 Preventing leaching of soluble nutrients from the soil.
 Providing ground cover to prevent damage to soil structure.

 Bringing crop nutrients up from lower soil profiles

Conclusion
These are the main types of Composting which we commonly used in our country.
Reference:
https://www.agrifarming.in/types-of-mulching-advantages-of-mulching
https://www.trees.com/gardening-and-landscaping/types-of-mulch Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
https://www.farmpractices.com/types-of-mulch-importance


EMERGING OCCUPATIONAL
PESTS OF CHILLI AND
HEALTH TOMATO
HAZARDS AND THEIR
OF WORKERS
MANAGEMENT
*Swati Saha and K. Chandrashekar

ICAR-Indian Agricultural Research Institute, Regional Station, Pune,
Maharashtra-411067, India
*Corresponding Author Email ID:swatisaha1980@gmail.com
Abstract
Major shift observed in insect pests status, which are the major biotic constraints to chilli and
tomato production in India. Introduction of invasive pests, change in the cropping pattern,
ecosystems and habitat, climate and introduction of input intensive high yielding
varieties/hybrids could be the probable reasons for a shift in pest status. Emerging pests are
causing huge economic losses in chilli and tomato, which needs to be, addressed through
integrated pest management practices and good agricultural practices.
Keywords: invasive pests, shift in pest status, chilli, tomato, management.
Introduction
Recently a considerable shift observed with respect to major insect pest attacking tomato
and chilli mainly due to invasive pests. Insect pests reported from an area on a particular crop
showing considerable increase in its population and potential to cause economic damage over a
period is termed as emerging insect pest. These are introduced species to an environment outside
their original or native habitat and have an immense power of dispersal and adaptation. Invasive
and emerging species are responsible for reducing the productivity of the crops and thereby
creating huge economic losses. Chilli and tomato are the two most important crops used in
majority of the dishes of Indian platter. Chilli is mainly grown as spice crops for culinary, an
important condiment used for imparting pungency and colour to the food. Besides being a vital
ingredient of Indian food, it occupies an important position and share in Indian economy.

Chillies exports accounted for over 130 billion Indian rupees in the Indian economy in fiscal year
2020 (https://www.statista.com/statistics/). Similarly tomato ranking second in importance next
to potato and first in preserved and processed vegetables in the international market. There is
great demand for tomato throughout the year. But due to climate change emerging and re-
emerging pests and diseases (https://www.downtoearth.org.in) decline in chilli and tomato
Article income
production, ranging from 50-90 per cent, which not only affects the farmer‘s ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
but also the
Indian economy. It is of utmost importance to appraise the impact of these new biotic stresses
and to develop novel technologies for their management. To devise an effective preventive and
eradicative strategy for containing these biotic stresses, new research innovations need to be
practiced. Here are some of the emerging/invasive pests which have caused huge losses to the
farmers in the recent past in our country.
South American tomato pinworm
South American tomato pinworm, Tuta absoluta also known as tomato leaf miner is an
oligophagous pest associated with solanaceous crops. Introduced in Spain in 2006, this pest
spread rapidly throughout Afro-Eurasia and has become a major threat to tomato production
worldwide. The pest was initially observed in Pune on tomato plants grown in polyhouse and
fields during October 2014 and later on it was reported from various parts of India. The pest has
become alarming in India because this pest is oligophagous and can attack several suitable
solanaceous host plants. It causes reductions in yield and fruit quality, known to be causing 50%
to 100% loss in either greenhouses or fields. Plants are damaged by direct feeding on leaves,
stems, buds, calyx, young fruit, or ripe fruit and by the invasion of secondary pathogens which
enter through the wounds made by the pest (EPPO, 2005).
Tomato leaves damaged by Tuta absoluta

Strategies of Control
Biological/Botanical Control
1. Several natural enemy species are available for controlling T. absoluta population levels such
as Campyloneuropsis infumatus, Engytatus varian, Macrolophus basicornis etc. These predators
ease establishment in tomato fields, have high predation rate and possess limited damage to
tomato plants and fruits. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
2. Insect parasitoids are promising alternatives to pesticides in sustainable and organic farming
systems: Egg and larva parasitoids, such as Trichogramma pretiosum and Apanteles sp. have
also been used to manage T. absoluta.
3. Formulations based on entomopathogenic fungi containing Beauveria bassiana Vuill. or the
bacteria, Bacillus thuringiensis var. kurstaki have shown a high level of insecticidal efficacy on
all larval stages of T. absoluta, particularly on the first larval instars, and are available in several
countries worldwide.
Chemical Control:
1. Chemical control remains the primary management option to control T. absoluta. This is
despite its well-documented effects on the environment and public health, as well as reduced
efficacy to manage this pest. Spray of any systemic insecticide like Acetamiprid, Spinosad,
Cyantraniliprole (Benevia®), Chlorantraniliprole (Coragen ®) etc. effectively controls the pest.
The dosage of the insecticide should be as per the label claim. Pesticide rotation schedules,
which consist of alternating use of pesticides with dissimilar modes of action, can also help slow
down this phenomenon.
Mechanical Control:
1. Use of any resistant varieties if available.
2. Synthetic pheromone lures, provided by Delta traps or pan traps to capture male insects, to
detect the occurrence and to monitor their population fluctuations, which help in decision-
making with respect to timing of pesticide application. Pheromone traps can also be installed in
sufficient number (up to @40 traps/acre) for pests control by mass trapping
3. Removal and destruction of leftover crop after economical harvest; affected plant parts and
alternate hosts will be helpful in reducing pest build up.
Effective and sustainable management of T. absoluta requires the integration of cultural,
behavioural, biological, and chemical controls with IPM principles. The implementation of an

IPM package including microbial pesticides (B. thuringiensis var kurstaki, B. bassiana), neem
products and systemic insecticide significantly reduces T. absoluta infestations.
Chilli Thrips: Thrips parvispinus
Thrips parvispinus (Karny) is highly invasive thrips species native to Asian tropics. T.
parvispinus has recently invaded India and first reported in 2015 infesting papaya plants from
Article
Karnataka state (Tyagi et al., 2015). Molecular evidence indicated that, ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Indonesia as probable
source of invasion of T. parvispinus to India. T. parvispinus reported in chilli growing areas of
Andhra Pradesh, Telangana and Karnataka and caused significant damage during Rabi season
2021-22. The adults mainly colonize on flowers and underside of leaves whereas larvae suck sap
from under surface of the leaves. Infestation causes severe upward curling of chilli leaves, flower
drop ranging from 30-80% and reduced fruit production. Along with flower drop, the T.
parvispinus causes extensive scrapping and sucking of the sap resulting in yellowish
discoloration on upper surface of leaves and deformed leaf lamina with necrotic lesions. Its
infestation increased during heavy rainfall in contrast to other thrips species. Being a
polyphagous pest it infests mainly fruit, vegetable and ornamental crops.
Chilli Plants showing damage by Thrips parvispinus

Strategies of Control
Biological/Botanical Control:
1.Spray of botanical-based pesticides like Neem Seed Kernel Extract (NSKE) 5% or Neem oil
3% @ 2 ml/L, Pongamia oil @ 3 ml/L, Vitex negundo extract @ 50-80 ml/L, etc. or microbial
based insecticides like Beauveria bassiana @ 4.00 g or ml/L and Lecanicillium lecanii @ 5 gm
per liter of water, Pseudomonas fluorescence – NBAIRPFDWD @ 20g/L or Bacillus albus –
NBAIR-BATP @ 20 g/L uniformly covering whole plant.

2.Use of the predators such as Predatory mite (Amblyseius swirskii) and Insidious flower bugs
(Orius insidiosus) etc.
Chemical Control:
To avoid phyto-toxic effects on plants as well as flower and fruit drop, farmers should
rely on target specific insecticides instead of insecticide mixtures. Spray of any specific targeted
Article ID:
systemic insecticide like Acetamiprid, Spinosad, Chlorantraniliprole (Coragen ®)AG-VO2-I08-07
etc. effectively
controls the pest. Use only CIB & RC approved label claim insecticides for thrips management
in chilli. Insecticide solutions to be added with appropriate stickers and spreaders while spraying.
Pesticide rotation schedules, which consist of alternating use of pesticides with dissimilar modes
of action, can also help slow down this phenomenon.
Mechanical Control:
1.Deep summer ploughing for destroying pupae, early planting, regular monitoring of thrips
infestation, collection and destruction of severely infested plants, nipping and destruction of
infested top/apical shoots, avoid staggered planting, uprooting weeds and hosts plants
(Parthenium hysterophorus, Cleome viscosa, Prosopis sp., Lantana camara, Calotropis sp.,
Tecoma sp., Abutilon sp. and wild Solanum sp.), are some of the major practices to be followed
for controlling thrips infestation. Uprooted plants are either to be buried or burnt in order to
avoid further spread of the pest population.
2.Soil Mulching with silver coloured polythene sheets of 25–30 micron thickness and border
cropping with sorghum/maize/bajra acts as a barrier for thrips movement leading to natural
control of thrips
3. Use of blue sticky traps @ 25-30 per acre for mass trapping in thrips infested fields.
4.Growing resistant or early/short duration varieties if available in order to escape the peak
incidence of thrips.
5.Application of mixture consisting compost (@ 1 t/Ac) with Metarhizium anisopliae or
Pseudomonas fluorescens (@ 2 kg/t).
6. Soil application of 200 Kg of neem cake and 500 Kg of vermin-compost per acre to induce
resistance against thrips
Solanum whitefly (Aleurothrixus trachoides)
The pest was considered as a non-virus vector by European and Mediterranean Plant
Protection Organization (EPPO) reports. The neotropical solanum whitefly, Aleurothrixus

trachoides invaded and presently spreading fast in India, infesting many economically important
crops like chilli, brinjal, tomato, some medicinal, ornamental and weed species. It sucks the plant
sap, honey dew production which leads to the development of mould on leaves, adversely
affecting photosynthesis. Chlorotic spots, curling of leaves resulting in premature shedding,
mortality of seedlings and lower fruit production are the symptoms observed during severe
Articlebut
infestation of chilli and tomato. It mostly feeds on leaves and young shoots ID: fruit
AG-VO2-I08-07
can also be
attacked. Larvae and adults are the destructive stage causing huge economic losses to the
farmers. It has been observed that gradually Aleurothrixus trachoides is replacing Bemisia tabaci
under field conditions. It can transmit begomovirus from Duranta to potato, tomato and bell
pepper.
Infestation of A. trachoides seen on chilli, Bell pepper and Tomato

Biological/Botanical Control:
1.Azadirachtin 3% WSP (400g/ha), Neem Seed Kernal Extract (NSKE) @25l/ha, tobacco extract
(5%), garlic extract etc. are some botanical formulations which are found to control the incidence
2.Biocontrol agents such as Delphastus pallidus LeConte, Delphastus catalinae Horn, Encarsia
sophia Girault & Dodd and Encarsia noyesi Hayat against Aleurotrachelus trachoides. These
predators monitors the as well as reduces pest population. Predatory beetle, Axinoscymnus
puttarudriahi Kapur & Munshi, which has been found preying upon Aleurotrachelus
trachoides infesting pepper
3.Many parasitoids like Encarsia formosa, Eretmocerus corni, E. mundus, Isaria fumosorosea
are effective natural enemies of whiteflies.
4.Lecanicillium muscarium, Beauveria bassiana are some entomopathogenic fungi widely used
in eradication program of this pest from the crop ecosystem.
Chemical Control:
Controlling flies with insecticides has been difficult because they have developed
resistance to some chemicals. Because of this resistance, a certain product may work well in one

area but not in another. Resistance may be delayed by alternating the types of chemicals used.
Applications are made to the lower leaf surface. Soaps and horticultural oils can be used to
suppress early infestations, and effective control can be achieved using systemic application of
certain insecticides. Spray of any specific targeted systemic insecticide like Acetamiprid,
Spinosad, Chlorantraniliprole (Coragen ®) etc. effectively controls the pest.
Mechanical Control: Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
1.Use of reflective mulches and sticky traps can be used to monitor or, at high levels, reduces the
population.
2.Use of resistant/tolerant species.
Gynaikothrips uzeli
Occurrence of Gynaikothrips uzeli observed during October-November on tomato crop. G uzeli
population outnumbers other thrips species on sticky traps. Large number G uzeli population can
be seen making extensive leaf rolls on ornamental ficus plant (Ficus benjamina) also known as
weeping fig. The population during peak season October-November migrated to tomato crop and
cause minor direct feeding damage to leaves and fruits of tomato plants. The G. uzeli is a not
known to transmit any virus in tomato but only causes minor feeding damage. Pests can be
managed easily by avoiding growing of F. benjamina plants near tomato fields
A. large number of G. uzeli on yellow traps, B. Rolled ficus leaves by G. uzeli. C. huge
population of G. uzeli found inside leaf rolls, D. Tomato fruit damaged by G. uzeli

References
https://www.downtoearth.org.in/news/agriculture/how-maharashtra-s-tomato-belt-can-tackle its-
viral-menace-77696.
Chandrashekar K, Rao A, Gorane A, Verma R, Tripathi S. Aleurothrixus trachoides (Back) can
transmit begomovirus from Duranta to potato, tomato and bell pepper. J Biosci. 2020;
45:36. PMID: 32098915. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
J. Kumar, R. K. Murali-Baskaran, S. K. Jain, P. N. Sivalingam, J. Mallikarjuna, Vinay Kumar,

K. C. Sharma, J. Sridhar, P. Mooventhan A. Dixit and P. K. Ghosh 2021. Emerging and
re-emerging biotic stresses of agricultural crops in India and novel tools for their better
management. Current Science, 121:1.
Nelson SJ, Natarajan S. Economic threshold level of thrips in semi - dry chilli. South Indian
Horticulture, 1994; 42:336-338; Kumar NKK. Yield loss in chilli and sweet pepper due
to Scirtothrips dorsalis Hood. (Thysanoptera: Thripidae). Pest Management in
Horticultural Ecosystems. 1995; 1:61-69.)
P. R. Shashank, K. Chandrashekar, Naresh M. Meshram, and K. Sreedevi. 2015. Occurrence of
Tuta absoluta (Lepidoptera: Gelechiidae) an invasive pest from India. Indian Journal of
Entomology, 77(4): 323-329
VM Chavan, K Chandrashekar and AB Bhosle .2014. Occasional occurrence of Gynaikothrips
uzeli Zimmerman on tomato Curr. Biotica 8: 86-88.


BIO-FORTIFICATION
OCCUPATIONAL OF MAJOR
HEALTH CROPS
HAZARDS THROUGH
OF WORKERS
TRANSGENIC APPROACH
1
Dhinesh, R., 2*V. Krishnan, 2V. Vengadessan, 2R. Mohan, 3A. Anuratha, 2T. Anandhan,
2
D. Umamaheswari, 2M. Tamilzharasi and 2A. Premkumar
1
PG Scholar, Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru College of Agriculture and Research Institute,
2
Faculty, Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru College of Agriculture and Research Institute,
3
Faculty, Agricultural College and Research Institute, Kurukkathi 611104, Keezhvelur,
Nagapattinam district, Tamil Nadu, India.
*Corresponding Author: Mail ID: anurathakrishnan66@gmail.com
Abstract
Bio-fortification through the application of transgenic techniques represents a compelling
strategy to combat micronutrient malnutrition, often referred to as hidden hunger. This novel
approach entails precise modifications to crop genomes, aiming to boost their nutritional content,
specifically focusing on crucial micronutrients like iron, zinc, and vitamins. Transgenic bio-
fortification stands out as a state-of-the-art method for enhancing the nutritional quality of staple
crops. In this method, genetic engineering is employed to introduce specific genes into crop
varieties, leading to an amplified production of essential micronutrients. Diverging from
traditional breeding approaches, transgenic bio-fortification permits targeted and meticulous
alterations to the genetic structure of crops. Furthermore, this approach effectively addresses the
limitations of agronomic practices by directly influencing the crops' ability to absorb and retain
vital nutrients from the soil. By incorporating genes that facilitate nutrient uptake and retention,
transgenic bio-fortification contributes to the development of crop varieties with significantly
elevated nutritional value. While transgenic bio-fortification brings immense potential in the
fight against hidden hunger, it is not without its challenges, including regulatory complexities

and public acceptance. Nonetheless, its capacity to revolutionize crop enhancement and alleviate
global micronutrient deficiencies cannot be underestimated. In summary, transgenic bio-
fortification emerges as a promising avenue for enhancing the nutritional quality of major food
crops, offering a practical solution to hidden hunger. Ongoing research and development in this
domain are essential to ensure the enduring success of this innovative approach.
Introduction Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Biofortification through the application of transgenic techniques represents a

transformative approach to addressing global micronutrient deficiencies (Bouis and Saltzman,
2017). It offers a sustainable solution by enriching staple food crops with essential
micronutrients, presenting a cost-effective investment in the fight against malnutrition. While
agronomic biofortification has played a crucial role in improving plant growth and nutrient
profiles, particularly in addressing poverty, further advancements are needed to enhance crop
yields and nutritional content.
Biofortification of cereal crops through molecular approaches, including marker-assisted
breeding, genetic engineering, and gene editing, has yielded nutrient-enriched varieties of rice
and maize. Molecular biofortification emerges as an indispensable tool in the fight against
malnutrition, aligning with global food security objectives set for 2030. The challenges posed by
rapid population growth and limited natural resources have intensified the burden on global food
security and nutritional quality. Biofortification, as a genetic approach to developing nutrient-
enriched crops, presents a cost-effective solution to hidden hunger. By harnessing genetic and
genomic tools such as high-throughput phenotyping and marker-assisted breeding,
biofortification aims to combat malnutrition and work towards sustainable food security
objectives. The integration of genomics and computational tools empowers precise trait
selection, offering a path to a healthier and more sustainable future.
Bio-fortification in crops through transgenic approach
Transgenic techniques offer a viable option for developing bio-fortified crops when there
is limited genetic variation in nutrient content among plant varieties. These techniques allow for
the transfer and expression of desirable genes from one plant species to another, irrespective of
their evolutionary or taxonomic differences. Moreover, transgenic methods become essential in
cases where a specific micronutrient is absent in crops naturally, as they enable fortification with
that nutrient. The ability to understand gene function and manipulate plant metabolism has been

crucial in the development of transgenic crops. By incorporating genes from various sources, it is
possible to increase the concentration and bioavailability of micronutrients in crops, while
reducing the levels of anti-nutrients that hinder nutrient absorption. Additionally, transgenic
techniques allow for the redistribution of micronutrients within plant tissues, enhancement of
their concentration in edible parts, and improvement of biochemical pathways. In cases where
Articlemethods
certain crops do not naturally produce a specific micronutrient, transgenic ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
become the
sole suitable choice to enhance the nutrient content of these crops. Furthermore, there are no
taxonomic restrictions in genetic engineering, allowing for the creation and utilization of
synthetic genes. These advancements in transgenic approaches have the potential to address
micronutrient deficiencies, particularly among underprivileged populations in developing
nations, by increasing the levels of vitamins, minerals, essential amino acids, and essential fatty
acids in food crops (Garg et al., 2018).
1. Transgenics:
In response to the limitations and complexity of achieving nutritional goals through
conventional breeding, target-specific alternative approaches have gained attention. Transgenics,
despite ethical concerns, have achieved significant success. Researchers have reported a
substantial increase in storage iron (Fe) in rice seeds, ranging from 1.5- to 3.7-fold, by
introducing the ferritin gene (OsGluB1 proSoya-ferH1) through transgenic technology.
Overexpressing NAS genes (OsActin1 Pro-HvNAS1 and 35S Pro-HvNAS1) has led to a two- to
four-fold enhancement in Fe translocation, as reported by various studies (Johnson et al., 2011).
Similarly, enhancing Fe and Zn levels through the overexpression of "OsNAS2" and "OsZIP4"
genes has shown promise. Wirth et al. (2009) reported a six-fold increase in NAS and a 1.3-1.5-
fold increase in ferritin transgenes. Transgenic approaches offer an efficient means to enhance
complex traits within a shorter timeframe with high precision. However, establishing a legitimate
framework to address transgene use in nutritional improvement programs is necessary to manage
potential complications.
2. Genome editing:
Genome editing involves manipulating gene sequences using specialized molecular tools
like TALEN, ZFN, and CRISPR. It allows precise modifications to DNA, making it a powerful
tool for controlled gene changes, including enhancing stress resistance or silencing genes.

In the context of biofortification, both transgenics and genome editing hold promise for
improving crop nutrition. Transgenics introduce desired genes for nutrient enhancement, while
genome editing enables precise gene sequence modifications for better nutritional outcomes.
However, ethical and regulatory considerations are crucial for responsible and sustainable use in
agriculture and food security.
Various types of bio-fortification through transgenic approach Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
i. CRISPR – mediated bio-fortification

CRISPR-based bio-fortification is a revolutionary gene editing tool in agriculture and
nutrition. It enables precise modifications to crop DNA, enhancing essential vitamins and
minerals with unprecedented accuracy. This approach stands out by leveraging natural genetic
diversity within species, gaining broader scientific acceptance. By creating nutrient-rich crops,
CRISPR biofortification holds promise for addressing malnutrition and promoting food security,
making it a significant advancement in agriculture and nutrition.
Table 1. Bio-fortification in major crops using CRISPR-Cas system
CRISPR-
Targeted
Crops Cas Function
genes
systems
Generation of targeted mutagenesis in Starch
CRISPR- SBEI and
Rice branching enzymes SBEI and SBEIIb to create
Cas9 SBEIIb
high-amylose rice
Two sgRNAs target the α-gliadin gene for α-
CRISPR- α-gladiin
Wheat gliadin reduction, which results in low-gluten
Cas9 genes
meals
CRISPR- k1C gene Knockdown of genes k1C increased digestibility
Sorghum
Cas9 family and protein quality
CRISPR- FAD2A and Knockdown of genes FAD2A and FAD2B
Peanut
Cas9 FAD2B increased oleic acid content
FAD2-1A Knock-down of genes FAD2-1A and FAD2-1B
CRISPR-
Soybean and FAD2- altered high oleic acid and low linoleic acid
Cas9
1B content

CRISPR- Knockdown of FAD2 increased oleic acid content

Rapeseed FAD2
Cas9 and decreased linoleic and linolenic acid contents
CRISPR-
Cassava OCCUPATIONAL
GBSSI HEALTH
KnockdownHAZARDS OF WORKERS
of GBSSI decreased amylose contents
Cas9
CRISPR-
Loss of function of the StGBSSI protein
Article is related
ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Potato Cas9 and StGBSS
to impaired amylase biosynthesis
CBE
Sweet CRISPR- Knockdown of GBSSI decreased the amylase
GBSSI
Potato Cas9 content
ii. Gene overexpression

Gene overexpression is a cutting-edge strategy utilized in contemporary agricultural
practices to augment advantageous traits in crops. This method involves deliberately selecting
specific genes responsible for favourable characteristics, such as heightened nutritional content,
and promoting their overexpression. To achieve this objective, specialized promoters are
employed to stimulate the increased activity of the chosen genes within the crop's genetic
framework. Through genetic engineering techniques, these selected genes and promoters are
introduced into the crop's genome, facilitating their seamless integration and subsequent
expression.
Table 2. Bio-fortification in major crops through Gene overexpression
Gene
Observed Effects
Overexpression
OsHMA3 Reduces cadmium concentrations in shoots and grains
AtZIP1 Increases iron levels in barley roots
Phytase Reduces phytate concentrations in seeds of various crops
Endogenous NAS
Increases nicotinamide, iron, and zinc concentrations in rice
genes
Increases in tocochromanol content in tobacco, Arabidopsis, and
HGGT and HPT
maize

Consequently, the overexpression of these targeted genes leads to a significant increase in the
production or accumulation of particular nutrients, resulting in crops with enhanced nutritional
value and greater potential for positively impacting human health. Beyond its immediate
nutritional benefits, gene overexpression holds the potential to elevate crop functionality and
nutrient accessibility. By using this approach, crops can be tailored to possess heightened
Article ID: technique
bioavailability and improved functionality of certain nutrients. This multifaceted AG-VO2-I08-07
offers
a promising avenue to tackle global nutritional challenges and elevate the nutritional quality of
staple foods.
iii. Foreign gene transfer
Foreign gene transfer represents a revolutionary method in contemporary agricultural
biotechnology, with the primary objective of elevating the nutritional content and composition of
crops. This process involves the meticulous selection of genes from diverse organisms, renowned
for their ability to enhance specific nutritional traits. Through sophisticated genetic engineering
techniques, these chosen foreign genes are seamlessly incorporated into the crop's genome,
resulting in the creation of transgenic crops.
By introducing foreign genes into the crop, an array of possibilities is unlocked, as it

enable the production of additional enzymes or proteins that significantly augment the crop's
capacity to synthesize and accumulate essential nutrients. Consequently, transgenic crops acquire
novel characteristics not typically found in their natural counterparts. This breakthrough
approach holds immense promise in addressing global food security challenges and meeting the

nutritional requirements of a rapidly growing world population. While the utilization of foreign
gene transfer has sparked debates on ethical and regulatory fronts, its potential to revolutionize
crop enhancement and stimulate innovation in agriculture continues to drive extensive research
and exploration.
Table 3. Bio-fortification in major crops through foreign gene transfer
Targeted Targeted Article
Donor ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Organism or
Gene
Crop Nutrients Technique
AtIRT1, AtNAS1,
Fe Arabidopsis, common bean
PvFER
Fe, Zn, B- AtNAS1, PvFERRITIN, Arabidopsis, common bean,
Rice
carotene CRTI, ZmPSY maize
Methionine
Sulfur-rich protein, S2SA Sesame (Sesamum indicum)
and cysteine
Vitamin A psy1, crtI, CrtB+ Crtl Maize, bacteria
Wheat Amylose SBEIIa Wheat
Anthocyanin Dhn12, Itr1, and Ltp1 Barley
Vitamin E HGGT Barley
Lysin and total
Sb401 Solanum berthaultii
protein
Maize
Lipid,
AtGIF1, OstGIF1,
protein(lysin) Arabidopsis, rice, maize
ZmGIF1
and starch
Lysin, vitamin PSY1, CRTI, At-DXS Maize, Pantoea ananatis,
A, Fe and Zn HGGT Arabidopsis, barley
Sorghum
Asparagine
ENGase CRISPR/Cas9
content
Limitations in Transgenic approaches:

1. Transgenic crops have the advantage of overcoming restricted genetic variation among plants
in conventional breeding. However, a major limitation of transgenic methods is the low

acceptance among the masses. The adoption of bio-fortified crops by farmers and communities is
crucial for improving nutritional health, but low acceptance hinders widespread adoption.
2. Different countries have varying regulatory processes for the acceptance and
commercialization of transgenic crops. The current political and economic landscape is not
receptive to transgenic technology.
Article ID:(Watanabe
3. Regulatory processes for transgenic crops are expensive and time-consuming AG-VO2-I08-07
et al.,
2005). Bt Brinjal, developed by Mahyco in India, faced opposition and a moratorium on its
release due to concerns raised by scientists, farmers, and anti-GMO activists. Four varieties of Bt
Brinjal received approval for commercial release in Bangladesh, contrasting with the situation in
India.
4. The success rate of transgenic-based approaches in terms of cultivar release is low due to the
time required for various stages, including target trait and gene identification, modification,
expression, and assessment of agronomical traits.
5. Golden Rice, a transgenic crop, has faced delays in its release due to issues with its yield and
the inability to obtain government approval for dissemination.
Conclusion
Bio-fortification is a sustainable and cost-effective approach to improving the nutritional
status of crops and combating malnutrition worldwide. It involves techniques such as plant
breeding, transgenic methods and mineral fertilizer applications. However, implementing bio-
fortification is a challenging task that requires collaboration among various experts, including
agronomists, plant breeders, biotechnologists, genetic engineers, and nutritionists. While
transgenics are favoured over conventional breeding for bio-fortifying crops, they face obstacles
in regulatory processes and consumer acceptance. The release of transgenic bio-fortified rice
varieties has been limited, indicating rigid regulatory barriers. To make a significant impact, the
developed bio-fortified varieties must be incorporated into the seed chain and integrated into
formal and informal farming systems. Multi-bio-fortification, which introduces multiple
micronutrients simultaneously, is an efficient approach for addressing different forms of
malnutrition. Strengthening the bio-fortification program requires research focused on
integrating agronomic and genetic strategies and understanding mechanisms influencing mineral
homeostasis in plants.

References
Bouis HE, Saltzman A. 2017. Improving nutrition through biofortification: a review of evidence
from HarvestPlus, 2003 through 2016. Glob Food Sec 12:49–58.
Garg, M., Sharma, N., Sharma, S., Kapoor, P., Kumar, A., Chunduri, V., Arora, P., 2018. Bio-
fortified crops generated by breeding, agronomy, and transgenic approaches are
Article
improving lives of millions of people around the world. Frontiers ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
in Nutrition 5, 12. DOI:
10.3389/ fnut.2018.00012
Johnson AAT, Kyriacou B, Callahan DL (2011) Constitutive overexpression of the OsNAS gene
family reveals single-gene strategies for effective iron- and zinc-biofortification of rice
endosperm. PLoS One 6: e24476.
Watanabe KN, Sassa Y, Suda E, Chen CH, Inaba M, Kikuchi A. 2005.Global political,
economic, social and technological issues on transgenic crops—Review. Plant
Biotechnol J. 22(5):515–22. doi:10.5511/plantbiotechnology. 22.515.
Wirth J, Poletti S, Aeschlimann B.2009. Rice endosperm iron biofortification by targeted and
synergistic action of nicotianamine synthase and ferritin. Plant Biotechnol J 7:631–644.


ASTONISHING RELATIONSHIP
OCCUPATIONAL BETWEEN
HEALTH HAZARDS THREE
OF WORKERS
DOSHAS OF HUMAN AND PLANTS

1
Krishnan, V., 2A. Anuratha, 1D. Umamaheswari, 1T. Anandhan, 1A. Premkumar,
1
M. Thamilzharasi and 1R. Dhinesh
1
U. T. of Puducherry.
2
Introduction
In Ayurvedic medicine system, human beings are classified into three doshas viz., Vata,
Pitta and Kapha according to their basic constitution. Ayurveda is an ancient health science
which consider the existence of five
state of matters viz., earth (soild), water
(liquid), fire (heat), air (gas) and
cosmic (space), unlike the modern
allopathic medicine system which
consider only three states of matter viz.,
soild, liquid and gas. From the five
states of matters the three doshas have
evolved viz., Vata dosha by the
combination of more air and less of
cosmic (space); Pitta dosha by the
combination of more fire and less of
water and the Kapha dosha by the
combination of more of water and less of earth. These three doshas exist in all human beings, but

in different proportions. A person with predominance of air and cosmic than earth, water and fire
are identified as Vata type of people; the persons with predominance of fire and water than earth,
air and cosmic are identified as Pitta type of people and persons with predominance of water and
earth than fire, air and cosmic are identified as Kapha type of people. Accordingly these three
dosha types of people have typical physical and mental characteristics, food habits and specific
Article
type of diseases they are prone to. The five states of matter not only ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
influence three types of
doshas in humans, but also the plants and animal system as a whole as they are also an inclusive
component of this ecosystem or the entire universe. Therefore, astonishing relationship exist
between three doshas of human and three dosha types of plant and animals.
Table 1. Comparison of three doshas of human and plants
Attributes System Vata dosha Pitta dosha Kapha dosha
1. Physical Human Usually tall, lean Medium tall, Short and, bulky;
structure and skinny body moderate body moderate muscle and
frame with strong frame, with strong bone strength with fat
bones. muscles but brittle accumulation.
bones.
Plant Tall trees or long Medium tall trees or Short but stout, large
trailing vines. herbs and shrubs. trees.
2. Human Higher Higher digestion and Higher catabolism,
Physiology metabolism, accumulation with waste elimination with
assimilation, moderate respiration, moderate digestion,
respiration and but assimilation & assimilation &
moderate oxidation. respiration.
digestion.
Plant High respiration High photosynthesis Moderate
and assimilation, and assimilation, but photosynthesis,
but moderate moderate respiration. assimilation and
photosynthesis. respiration.
3. Mental Human Highly active and High intelligence, Highly sluggish, remain
status or enthusiastic, more physical work, calm and less reactive,

agility creative and hyper sensitive and but slow and steady and
communicative. reactive. Easily vital in performance.
They move to broke down under Stable in stress
many places. Stand stress situations. situations.
hard during stress.
Plant Disturbed by They cannot stand Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
They cover a large area
strong winds, but against strong winds of the soil remain stable
dance to the tune and get easily broken even in strong winds.
of wind. As a or torn to pieces or
trailing vine they uprooted.
grow to long
distance.
4. Human Bones have high Bones have low Bones have moderate
Bone/stem density with density and covered density and covered by
characters protruding joints by healthy muscles. fatty tissues.
that are clearly Bones prone to
visible due to fracture easily.
skinny body
structure.
Plant Jointed stem Stems with dry The stem will be
swollen nodes and barks, but remain usually a large trunk
narrow internodes succulent inside. and remain stable and
and remain strong They get easily calm even in strong
against wind. uprooted by strong wind.
wind.
5. Hair/leaf Human Soft hairs that Dry and brittle hairs Hairs are thick, glossy,
characters remain black for that undergo greying and moist and remain
longer period, but before falling. black for a longer
fall progressively Premature greying is period.
create baldness common.

over ages.
Plant Leaves soft and Leaves rough, hard Leaves thick, leathery
tender and remain and brittle. They turn and moist and remain
green up to yellow before evergreen.
senescence. senescence.
6. Human Skin soft and Skin dry and rough. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Skin oily, thick and
Skin/bark tender. If unhealthy If unhealthy it will shiny. If unhealthy it
characters they will be with be with cracks, corns will be of eczema type.
fungal covering. and acne.
Plant Bark thin, soft and Bark dry with Bark will be succulent
tender as in herb. creases and cracks , and wit exudations like
but remain attached resins and milky latex.
with the stem.
7. Season Human Remain Remain comfortable Remain comfortable
effect comfortable during during spring and during winter and
summer and winter, but difficult summer, but difficult
spring, but difficult during rainy and during spring season.
during winter and summer seasons.
rainy seasons.
Plant Do well in summer Do well in spring Do well in winter
8. Taste/ Human They highly prefer They highly prefer They highly prefer
Element bitter and sour and salt tastes; sweet taste; moderate
astringent tastes moderate pungent sour and salty tastes;
and moderate taste, but avoid but avoid pungent,
pungent taste, but astringent, bitter and astringent, and bitter
avoid salty, sour sweet tastes. tastes.
and sweet tastes.
Plant Grow well in well They can grow well They can grow well in
drained, well in well irrigated moderate flooded heavy
aerated loamy soils clayey loam soil and clayey soil with

with abundant can tolerate intermittent drainage.

sunshine. Tolerates moderate drought, They can tolerate
medium drought water logging and moderate salinity and
and cold. They saline-alkaline alkalinity. They cannot
cannot tolerate conditions. Cannot tolerate high drought as
water logging, tolerate drought and Article
well asID:cold
AG-VO2-I08-07
conditions.
saline or acid cold conditions.
conditions.
The three dosha Foods

As there are Vata, Pitta and Kapha types of human beings, there are three different plant
and animal foods having Vata, Pita and Kapha dosha as listed below. These food increases their
respective doshas, and hence a person of a particular dosha must avoid or restrict or minimise the
use their respective dosha foods; but can take other two dosha foods for a healthy living. But,
usually a particular dosha person will have a longing for those particular dosha foods and if they
were addicted to their longings, they will end up in severe imbalance of tridoshas. Therefore it is
important to note that, each dosha category people must avoid their respective dosha foods.
Foods that are listed in more than one category have more than one type of doshas.

Table 2. Different categories of food that causes Vata, Pita and Kapha doshas in human
Category Vata plants Pitta plants Kapha plants
1.Grains Buckwheat, Corn flour, Buckwheat, Corn flour Oats, long and short
Dry oats and Rye and brown rice. grain rice, rye, Jowar,
Pearl millet and other
minor millets.
2. Legumes Aduki beans, Black Red lentils, Yellow None of the legumes
gram, Chick peas, Faba lentils, Aduki beans, causes Kapha dosha
beans, Kidney beans, Kidney beans, Navy
Lentils and Soybeans beans, Pinto beans
(except soy milk)
3. Vegetables Artichokes, Asparagus, Radishes, Ripened Beetroot, Cucumber,

Bean sprouts, Brussels tomatoes, tomato paste, Eggplant, Bhendi,
sprout, Cabbage, raw Potatoes, Eggplant, Pumpkin, Ash gourd,
vegetables and Snow Beetroot, carrots Bottle gourd, Mushrooms
pea and Tomatoes.
4. Greens Spinach Mustard green, Penny wort and

Spinach, Parsley, Impomoea leaves.
5. Fruits Apples, Pomegranate, Avocado, Apricots, Avocado, Bananas, All

Coconut, all dry fruits of Bananas, Cherries, berries, Cantaloupedates,
any kind and Grapefruit, Oranges, figs, mangoes,
Cranberries. Pineapple, all sour watermelon, pineapple,
fruits, sour plums, oranges, peaches, Pears,
papaya, olives, Persimmons, Plums,
tangerines and all Tangerines, Water
unripe fruit like mango melon, Apricots, Lemon
and Papaya

6. Brown as well as white Sweet potatoes, Raw Sweet potatoes, Fructose

Sweeteners sugar, fructose sugar, molasses, sugar, Maple syrup,
sweeteners, Chocolate dextrose, fructose, raw Molasses, Mayonnaise,
and Dates honey, Vinegar, Raw, White and Brown
Chocolate and table sugars.
sugar Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
7. Spices and Cayenne pepper, Chillies, Black pepper, All types of salted
condiments Cilantro, Ginger (dry), Raw Onion, raw garlic, pickles.
Horseradish, Mustard, anise, asafoetida,
Parsley, Carob, and Cayenne pepper,
Catsup. cloves, dry ginger,
Hyssop, Marjoram,
mustard seed, nutmeg,
Oregano, poppy seeds,
star anise and thyme
8. Nuts and Peanut, Cashew, Pecans, Almonds, Brazil nuts, Water chestnuts,
seeds Pistachio, Pumpkin Cashew, Macadamia Almonds, Brazil nuts,
seed, Sesame seed and nuts, Pecans, Pistachio, Cashews, Lotus seed,
Sunflower seeds Peanuts, Sesame seed Sesame seeds, Pecans,
and Pinion nuts Macadamia nuts,
Pistachio, Peanuts and
Walnuts.
9. Edible oils Safflower oil, Coconut Almond oil, Flaxseed Almond oil, Avocado oil,
oil, flaxseed oil, oil, Mustard oil, Peanut Coconut oil, Olive oil,
Mustard oil, Olive oil, oil, Safflower, Sesame Peanut oil and Sesame
Peanut oil, Sunflower oil, Corn oil and oil.
oil and Margarine Sunflower oil.
10. Milk Ice cream, Frozen Buttermilk, Salted Butter, Buttermilk,

products yogurt, and Hard Cheeses, Sour cream, Cheese, Cream, Cottage
Cheeses. Cultured milk, hard and cheese, Ice creams, Sour
salted cheeses and cream and Yogurt
Yogurt
11. Animal Chicken, Turkey and Beef, Duck, Egg yolk, Beef, Duck, Lamb, Pork,
food shellfish Lamb, Pork, Sea fish, Seafood, Shellfish, Eggs
Venison, and other red and Venison
meat.
12. All fruit juices, all Alcohol, Carbonated Tea, Coffee, carbonated
Beverages alcohol, black tea, water, Coffee, Black mineral water, Apple
carbonated mineral tea, Sweet fruit juices, juice, Carrot juice,
water, coffee, soft drinks spicy herbal tea, soft Orange juice and soft
and Soda. drinks and Tomato drinks
juice
The dosha balancing foods

As discussed in the previous para, to maintain a balanced dosha for a healthy and happy
living, a person of particular dosha should avoid those foods of his or her dosha and take a
judicious combination of other two doshas. Though this cannot be bluntly followed Ayurvedic
doctors have designed the beneficial food for each doshas based on the type of taste that keeps
that particular dosha people healthy. For example, the vata people have longings for bitter and
astringent taste foods which actually spoils them by increasing their vata dosha and decreasing
their respiration and oxidation capacities. Similarly, the pita type of people prefers the sour and
salty foods that actually increase the pita dosha in the body, thereby reducing their digestion
capacity. Likewise, the kapha dosha people have longings for sweet taste followed by sour and
salty tastes; those actually increase their kapha dosha and reduce their vitality. So instead of
taking preferred tasty foods, each dosha people should take only their healthy type of tastes that
balance all the three doshas in their body. Accordingly, vata people should always take sour taste
followed by salty and sweet taste foods; the pita people should take astringent, followed by bitter

and sweet taste foods; and the kapha people should take pungent, followed by astringent and
bitter taste foods for a hale and healthy living. So based on the Ayurveda principles, we are what
we eat is 100 per cent true and to be healthy we need to take foods that give health and not the
one that we like to take. Below is the list of healthy foods for three different dosha people
(AHCWS, 2015). These are judicious combinations of two other doshas foods other than that
particular dosha. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Table 3. Different category of healthy foods for three different dosha people
Category Foods for Vata Foods for Pitta people Foods for Kapha
people people
1.Grains Grain amaranth, Oats, Barley, White Basmati Grain Amaranths,

White and brown rice, rice, Oats, All millets, Barley, Basmati Rice,
wheat and Quinoa. White rice, Whole Corn flour and Quinoa.
wheat and Quinoa.
2. Legumes Green gram Black lentils, Green gram, Red

Chickpeas, Black lentils, Soybeans, Soy
gram, Split Peas, milk and Split peas.
Soybeans and Tofu

3. Vegetables Beetroot, Carrots (but Alfalfa sprouts, Bean Alfalfa sprouts, Green
not as a juice), Bhendi, sprouts, Bell Pepper, beans, Bell Pepper,
acorn squash, Winter Green pepper, Bitter Broccoli, Brussels
squash, Tomatoes, melon, Broccoli, sprout, Cabbage,
Brussels sprout, Cauliflower, Carrots,
Cabbage, Cauliflower,Article
Peas,ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Potatoes, Radish,
Cucumber, Corn, Seaweed, Turnip
Mushrooms, Peas, and Rutabagas.
Pumpkin, Seaweed,
Summer squash and
Bottle gourd.
4. Greens Leeks, Mustard green, Celery, Cilantro, Cress, Artichoke, Asparagus,

Parsnips, Kale. All leafy greens, leafy greens, Mustard
Lettuce, Artichoke, greens, Celery,
Asparagus Cilantro, Kale, Lettuce,
Parsley, Spinach
5. Fruits Apricots, Avocados, Apples, Avocados, Sweet less fruits,

Bananas, All berries, Blackberries, Apples, Cherries,
Cantaloupe, Cherries, Blueberries, Cranberries,
fresh figs, grapes, Cantaloupe, Coconut, Grapefruit,
grapefruit, Lemons, Cranberries, Grapes, Pomegranate and
Mangoes, Orange, Lemon, Limes, Prunes
Papaya, Pear, Pineapple, Prunes,
Persimmons, Raspberries and
Pineapple, Plums and Strawberries.
Tangerines.
6. Sweeteners Sweet potatoes, Raw Dates, all dry fruits, Sweet less dry fruits
honey, Nectarines, dried figs, Raisins, and Honey that is more
Raw jiggery, moist Maltose sugar, Maple

dates, Maltose sugar, syrup, Nectarines and than six months old.
Maple syrup, Molasses Rice syrup.
and Rice syrup.
7. Spices and Anise, Arnica, Dill, Coriander, Cumin, Basil, Chilli, Galangal,
condiments Rose hip, Ginger, Cooked onions, Cloves, Ginger, Garlic,
Cardamom, Lavender, Turmeric, Lime, Hot pepper,
Nutmeg, Onion (not Lemon, Balm, Mint, Horseradish, Turmeric,
raw), shallots, Parsley, Saffron and Mint, Nutmeg, Pepper,
Oregano, Liquorice, Liquorice Rosemary, Sage,
Thyme, Vanilla, Mustard, Onions,
Juniper, and Chillies and Juniper
Cinnamon,
8. Nuts and Water chestnut and Coconut, Sunflower Resins, Pumpkin seeds
seeds Almonds and Pumpkin seeds. and Sunflower seeds.
9. Edible oils Almond oil, Ghee and Ghee, Coconut oil and Corn oil, Flaxseed oil,
Sesame oil. Olive oil. Mustard oil, Safflower
oil, Soybean oil,
Sunflower oil and Ghee
10. Milk Butter, Buttermilk, Unsalted butter, Goat milk, Skimmed

products Spiced hot Milk, Kefir, Cottage Cheese, Cream milk and Soy milk.
Sour cream and fresh Cheese, Ghee and Milk
yogurt
11. Animal food Chicken and Turkey Chicken, Egg white, Chicken or Turkey
(dark meat), Beef, Fresh water fishes (dark meat), fresh
Duck, Eggs, fresh (Trout) and Turkey. water fishes and
water fishes, Lamb, Rabbits.
Pork, Seafood and

Venison.
12. Beverages Normal Warm water, Herbal teas with Spring water, Spicy
OCCUPATIONAL
Spicy teas such as HEALTH HAZARDS
Alfalfa, Dandelion,OF WORKERS
and bitter herbal teas,
Chamomile, Hibiscus and Cranberry juice, Green
Cinnamon, clove and Strawberry leaf, Milk vegetable juices and
Ginger. and Wheat grass juice. Wheat grass juice.
Conclusion
The traditional Ayurveda medicine system classifies human beings into three different
doshas based on their proportional constitution of five basic elements of the Universe. The vata
people are more a combination of cosmic space and air; the pita is more a combination of fire
and water; while the kapha as more a combination of water and earth. Accordingly, the plants of
our earth were also classified as Vata, Pita and Kapha based on their proportional composition of
the same basic five elements of Universe. There is astonishing relationship in the physical
structure, physiology, hair and leaf, bone and stem, skin and bark as well as taste and elemental
composition between human and plant. The same holds good between animals and plants.
Ayurveda balances the three doshas of human body via selecting a judicious combination of
other two dosha foods for a particular dosha person. If we understand secrets behind selection of
healthy diets for three different dosha people, every human can have a balanced dosha, leading to
a hale and healthy living.
References
Payyappallimana, U and P. Venkatasubramanian 2016. Exploring Ayurvedic Knowledge on
Food and Health for Providing Innovative Solutions to Contemporary Healthcare. Front
Public Health. 2016 Mar 31;4:57. doi: 10.3389/fpubh.2016.00057. PMID: 27066472;
MCID: PMC4815005.
AHCWS. 2015. Ayurvedic Health Center & Welness Shop, Food Brochures for Vata, Pita &
Kapha food guidelines and food list. http//AyurvedicHealthCenter.com 360-734-2396


DRUMOCCUPATIONAL
SEEDED RICE – A PROMISING
HEALTH METHOD OF
HAZARDS OF WORKERS
RICE CULTIVATION
R. Suganya*
Research scholar, Faculty of Agriculture, Annamalai University,
Chidambaram - 608 002, Tamil Nadu, India.
*Corresponding Author Email ID: ganya2911@gmail.com
Introduction
Rice (Oryza sativa L.) is an important staple food crop accounting major share in the total
food grain production (44 per cent) and plays a vital role in food security and Indian economy.
Rice contributes to 689 and 780 kcal capita -1 day-1 of the food supply in India and Asia,
respectively. Transplanting is the traditional method of rice cultivation that is highly water
intensive, laborious, cumbersome, time consuming and incurred a lot of expenditure on raising
nursery, uprooting, and transplanting. Shortage of labour during peak period of transplanting,
erratic supply of monsoon rain, decrease of underground water and rising production cost
necessitate the search for an alternative to the conventional puddled transplanting of rice
(Bhandari et al., 2020).
Direct seeded rice refers to the process of growing rice crop by directly sowing seeds in
the field rather than by transplanting rice seedlings from the nursery. The three prime systems of
direct seeded rice establishment are dry seeding, wet seeding (manual seeding and drum seeding)
and water seeding. Dry seeding of rice excludes the need of puddling hence lowered the overall
water demand and providing opportunities for water and labour savings. However, weeds are
serious problem in dry seeding as dry tillage method and aerobic soil environment are conducive
for germination and growth of weeds which cause grain yield losses to great extent. Manual wet
seeding in lines requires large number of labours. Non-availability of labours during the peak
season, increased labour cost and reduced benefit cost ratio are the drawbacks for the successful

completion of manual wet seeded rice. Drum seeding of rice offer benefits viz., light in weight,
easy to transport, gender-neutral, solves labour scarcity problem, sowing more area in short
period, reduced production cost and increased the returns rupee-1 invested.
Contrary to the traditional cultivation of transplanted rice three principal operations

(puddling, transplanting and standing water) are outside the area ofArticle
direct ID:
seeded rice and it
AG-VO2-I08-07
offers the advantages of quicker and easier planting, less labour intensive, saves labour cost by
avoiding raising of the seedlings, uprooting and transplanting, 10-12 days earlier crop maturity,
high tolerance to water deficit and often higher profit in areas with assured water supply further
reduced methane emission offers an excellent opportunity for environmental sustainability.
Direct seeded rice is a feasible alternative to conventional puddled transplanted rice as in the
conventional system of transplanting of rice, puddling of the soil disturbs the soil aggregates,
reduces the soil permeability and creates hardpans at shallow depths which adversely affect the
soil structure (Bhardwaj and Sidana, 2019).
Weeds are considered as a great agricultural threat because they pose serious problems by
causing severe competition with crop plants for the nutrient, moisture, solar energy and space.
Weed competition with rice is greater as weeds emerge almost concurrently with direct seeded
rice and due to their great adaptability and rapid growth weeds dominate crop habitat and reduce
yield potential. The prominent weeds found in direct seeded rice were Cynodon dactylon,
Echinochloa colona and Echinochloa crus-galli among grasses, Cyperus rotundus, Cyperus iria
among sedges, Caesulia axillaris, Eclipta alba, Phyllanthus niruri, Cannabis sativa, Physallis
minima, Ageratum conyzoides and Dactyloctenium aegyptium among broad-leaved weeds (Naz
et al., 2020). The yield loss due to weeds varies from 40 to 100 per cent in direct seeded rice and
uncontrolled weeds decreased the yield by 96 per cent in dry DSR and 61 per cent in wet DSR
(Rathika et al., 2020). The control of weeds in rice crop is a challenging task for effective crop
production as their presence leads to significant reductions in crop yield and quality, which in
turn reduces productivity and profitability. Thus, among different agronomic management
options, effective control of weeds is an essential condition for better growth and productivity of
rice in all establishment methods.

Manual weeding is although an efficient and the most common method, but the scarcity
and high wages of labour especially during peak period of agricultural operations make this
method uneconomic and difficulty in differentiating grass weeds that mimic rice crop during
early growth is an obstacle in the successful adoption of hand weeding. Mechanical method of
weed management is also time consuming, labour intensive and reduces the benefit cost ratio.
Article
Biological control of weeds can only be used for irrigated lowland rice, ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
which is less effective
due to low adaptability and less multiplication of biological control agents, narrow weed control
and lack of knowledge among farmers.
Currently, herbicide has become the most important weed management tool as it offers
the timely, effective, economical and practical way of weed control (Sen et al., 2020). Judicious
selection of herbicide at right time, right dose and right method helps to effectively manage
weeds and increase the crop yield. Application of single herbicide does not provide effective
weed control during the entire growing period as weed flora is very much diverse and may
develop herbicide resistance in weeds. Hence, sequential application of pre and post emergence
herbicides with hand weeding, use of combined application of herbicides in the form of tank-mix
or ready-mix having different modes of action have a capacity to broad spectrum weed control as
well as delaying the development of herbicide resistance. Controlling weeds at early stages of
crop growth by application of pre-emergence herbicides is exceptionally significant because it
prevents weed seed germination and inhibits the growth of weed seedlings additionally
controlling the weeds before seed setting that prevents from weed seed bank development. Later
emerging and second flushes of weeds were effectively controlled by application of post
emergence herbicides and hand weeding. And also, the new generation herbicide mix lowers the
rate of use, reduces herbicide injury to crops, minimizes the cost of application and lessens the
problem of residual build up with high efficiency.
Bensulfuron methyl 0.6% + pretilachlor 6% GR is a new generation pre-emergence, pre-

mix herbicide, provides effective solution for weed control in rice by inhibiting the growth of the
most important perennial, annual species of weeds namely Echinochloa crus-galli, Echinochloa
colona in grasses, Cyperus iria, Cyperus difformis, Cyperus rotundus, Fimbristylis miliacea in
sedges and Ludwigia palviflora, Marsilea quadrifolia, Sphenoclea zeylanica, Eclipta alba,
Ammania baccifera in broad-leaved weeds (Samant, 2017). The granular formulation is an

additional benefit to rice growing farmers for easy application along with sand or fertilizers.
Metsulfuron methyl 10% + chlorimuron ethyl 10% WP herbicide acts at very low dose, works
through both contact and residual soil activity. As a result it provides weed management in rice
over a longer period of time with low cost.
Methodology Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07

The field experiment was conducted during Kuruvai 2021 and was ploughed to fine tilth,
made to puddled condition and was levelled properly for easy operation. The short duration paddy
variety ASD 16 at the rate of 40 kg ha -1 were soaked in water for 24 hours and stored in gunny
bags for 24 hours. The seeding drums were filled with the pre-germinated seeds up to three-
fourths of its capacity and sown in the field with a spacing of 20 cm between the rows and 10 cm
between the plants of rows. The field was irrigated after sowing and was kept saturated during
the first 10 days. There was no water ponding at any stage, hence irrigation comprised of
alternate wetting and drying followed by intermittent irrigation at seven days intervals up to 15
days before harvest.
A fertilizer schedule of 120:40:40 NPK kg ha -1 respectively was applied. Fifty per cent N,
full dose of P2O5 and fifty per cent K2O were applied as basal. The remaining fifty per cent each
of N were top dressed in two equal splits at active tillering and panicle initiation stages. The
balance fifty per cent of potassium was top dressed at panicle initiation stage. The fertilizer

materials used were urea, single super phosphate and muriate of potash to supply nitrogen,
phosphorus and potassium respectively.
Weed management in drum seeded rice

Application of pre-emergence herbicide, bensulfuron methyl 0.6% + pretilachlor 6% GR
(ready mix) @ 10 kg ha-1 on 8 DAS fb post emergence application of metsulfuron methyl 10% +

chlorimuron ethyl 10% (ready mix) @ 20 g ha -1 on 25 DAS fb hand weeding on 45 DAS was
practiced. The granular herbicide (GR) was applied with dry sand @ 50 kg ha -1. The post
emergence herbicide was mixed with water @ 500 liters ha-1 and sprayed through knapsack
sprayer fitted with flood jet nozzle. A thin film of water was maintained at the time of both liquid
and granular herbicide application. No phytotoxicity symptoms was observed in rice by the
Article
application of above herbicides. Need based plant protection measures wereID:taken
AG-VO2-I08-07
up against
pests and diseases. The rice crop was harvested, threshed, dried, winnowed and the grain yield
was recorded at 14 per cent moisture content and expressed in kg ha -1. Straw yield was also
recorded after the sun drying for three days.
Conclusion
Practicing the above package and practices recorded the lowest values on weed
parameters, the highest values of weed control efficiency, weed control index, herbicide
efficiency index and crop resistance index with the lowest values of weed persistence index and
weed index, maximum values of growth attributes, crop growth rate, nutrient uptake by the crop,
yield attributes and yield (grain 6,194 kg ha -1) and (straw 8,043 kg ha-1) in drum seeded rice.
Hence, this method of direct seeded rice cultivation can be recommended to increase the rice
production with minimum use of inputs like seeds, water and labour thereby achieved the
maximum net income and benefit cost ratio.
References
Bhandari, S., S. Khanal and S. Dhakal. 2020. Adoption of direct seeded rice (DSR) over
puddled-transplanted rice (TPR) for resource conservation and increasing wheat yield.
Reviews in Food and Agriculture, 1(2): 44-51.
Bhardwaj, S. and B.K. Sidana. 2019. Ground water depletion and role of direct seeded rice in
water saving: A move towards sustainable agriculture of Punjab. Econ. Aff., 64: 19-28.
Naz, S., R. Nandan and D.K. Roy. 2020. Effect of crop establishment methods and weed
management practices on productivity, economics and nutrient uptake in direct seeded
rice (Oryza sativa L.). Int. J. Curr. Microbiol. App. Sci., 9(2): 3002-3009.
Rathika, S., T. Ramesh and P. Shanmugapriya. 2020. Weed management in direct seeded rice: A
review. Int. J. Chem. Stud., 8(4): 925-933.

Samant, T.K. 2017. Efficacy of bensulfuron methyl plus pretilachlor against complex weed flora
in transplanted kharif rice (Oryza sativa L.). Int. J. Chem. Stud., 1(2): 17-20.
Sen, S., R. Kaur and T.K. Das. 2020. Weed management in dry direct-seeded rice: Assessing the
impacts on weeds and crop. Indian J. Weed Sci., 52(2): 169-174.


IMPACTOCCUPATIONAL
OF DIFFERENT STORAGE
HEALTH HAZARDSMETHODS
OF WORKERSON
NUTRIENT COMPOSITION OF LIVESTOCK FEED

1*
Butani, J. B., 2Patel V. R., 3Dhodia, A. J. and 4Pandya, C. D.
1
Scientist (Animal Science), Krishi Vigyan Kendra, NAU, Vyara, Dist. Tapi
2
Assistant Professor, Dept. of Animal Nutrition, CoVS&AH, KU, Navsari
3
Scientist (Agril. Extension), Krishi Vigyan Kendra, NAU, Vyara, Dist. Tapi
4
Senior Scientist & Head, Krishi Vigyan Kendra, NAU, Vyara, Dist. Tapi
*Corresponding Author Email ID: drbutanijigar@gmail.com
Introduction
Storage is defined as holding goods until needed for further processing, marketing or
consumption. The expression connotes the expectation that goods would not just be kept, but in
the most appropriate conditions for maximum retention of both quality and quantity (Wajilda,
2008). It is essential to store food properly to ensure that it remains in prime condition for as
long as possible. Food storage broadly refers to the different means through which food can be
kept for longer periods without the food spoiling. The shelf life of a food is the length of time a
food remains safe and fit for human consumption.
It is essential to store food properly to ensure the following:
 Food remains in good condition for as long as possible
 Food is protected from flies, dust and other organisms that can spoil and/or contaminate food
 Food is protected from organisms like insects and rats that eat and spoil food. For instance,
proper storage of grains protects it from rats and aphids which eat and spoil maize
 Reduction in post-harvest food losses
Foods should be stored differently on the basis of how fast they will spoil or develop off
flavours. Foods can be categorized into 3 groups:

1. Perishable (e.g. milk, meat, raw fish)

2. Semi-perishable (e.g. vegetables and grains)
3. Non-perishable foods (tinned or dried food)
1. Perishable foods: e.g. eggs, milk, cream, fresh meat. These have the shortest shelf life and
must be used within a few days. These should be stored in a clean cool place. In the absence of
refrigerators, such foods can be placed in clean containers, saucepans Article
or pots.ID:
TheAG-VO2-I08-07
containers can
then be placed in a basin of cold water covered with a clean piece of cloth. In all circumstances,
milk and meat should be consumed within 2 days.
2. Semi-perishable foods: e.g. bread, cakes, fresh fruit and vegetables. Breads and cakes should
be stored in a bread bin or tin. Fruit and vegetables may be stored in a rack or basket. When put
in storage, care should always be taken to remove and discard the particular foods that start
showing signs of spoilage so as to avoid cross-contamination.
3. Non-perishable foods: e.g. dry, bottled and tinned foods can be stored in a cupboard on their
own or in airtight containers
Different types of storage methods:
(A) For grains:
Grain storage plays an important role in preventing losses which are caused mainly due to
weevils, beetles, moths and rodents (Kartikeyan et al, 2009). It is estimated that 60-70% of food
grain produced in the country is stored at home level in indigenous storage structures. The
storage methods range from mud structures to modern bins. The containers are made from a
variety of locally available materials differing in design, shape, size and functions. The materials
used include paddy straw, wheat straw, wood, bamboo, reeds, mud, bricks, cow dung etc. Grains
can be stored indoors, outdoor or at underground level (Channal et al, 2004).
Indoor Storage: Indoor storage involves grain containment in structures like Kanaja, Kothi,
Sanduka and earthern pots. Kanaja is a grain storage container made out of bamboo. The base is
usually round and has a wide opening at the top. The height varies. The Kanaja is plastered with
mud and cow dung mixture to prevent spillage and pilferage of grains. The top is also plastered
with mud and cow dung mixture or covered with paddy straw or gunny bags.
Wooden boxes, also called as Sanduka, are used for storing pulses, seeds and smaller
quantities of grains. These boxes have a storage capacity of 3-12 quintals. In some cases,
partition is also made inside the box to store two to three types of grains. A big lid on the top

with a small opening enables taking out the grains. To protect the grains from moisture, the box
is kept 12 inches above the ground level with the help of stands/legs. The box has to be regularly
polished for its maintenance. Kothi is used to store paddy and jowar. A room is constructed with
a large door for pouring grains. A small outlet is made for taking out the grains. Earthen pots are
indoor storage containers for storing small quantity of grains. These are made locally using burnt
clay and are of different shapes and sizes. The earthen pots are placed Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
at the floor level. They are
arranged one above the other and known as dokal (Channal et al, 2004).
Outdoor Storage: Outdoor storage of grains is done in structures made of bamboo or straw
mixed with mud. Bamboo structures are used for storing unthreshed and threshed paddy. Gummi
is an outdoor structure used for storing grains. This structure is made with bamboo strips or
locally available reeds. It is usually circular or hexagonal in shape and plastered with mud. The
base on which the structure is constructed is also made up of reeds or in some cases with stone
slabs. The roof of the structure is usually made from loose straw. The structure is placed on a
raised platform. Bamboo structures made on a raised timber or stone platform protect grain from
rat damage and prevent moisture absorption from the ground (Channal et al, 2004).
Kacheri is a traditional storage structure using paddy or wheat straw, woven as rope. It is
made from either paddy straw alone or paddy straw mixed with mud.
Underground structure: Hagevu is an underground structure that is used to store grains. It is a
simple pit lined with straw ropes to prevent damage from moisture. In some cases, hagevu is
constructed as an indoor structure (with stones). After filling the structure fully, the paddy straw
is spread on top as a thick layer and the structure is sealed with mud plaster. In some cases a
small square or circular opening is provided at the top. The inlet opening is above the ground
level. The advantage of this structure is that fumigation is not required for disinfection. Grain can
be stored for a longer period. This storage method is suitable for dry agro climatic zones. It is not
suitable for storing seeds (Channal et al, 2004).
It is however important to note that these indigenous storage structures are not suitable
for storing grains for very long periods. Regular mud plastering is required for a variety of
indoor and outdoor storage containers and structures for increasing their life span and ensuring
safe storage of grains.
Improved grain storage structures: With several problems associated with traditional modes
of grain storage some modifications have been done to offer improved grain storage structures to

the farmers. For small-scale storage of grains the PAU bin, Pusa bin and Hapur tekka have been
proposed. The PAU bin designed by Punjab Agricultural University is a galvanized metal iron
structure. The capacity ranges from 1.5 to 15 quintals. Pusa bin is a storage structure is made of
mud or bricks with a polythene film embedded within the walls. While the Hapur tekka is a
cylindrical rubberized cloth structure supported by bamboo poles on a metal tube base, and has a
small hole in the bottom through which grain can be removed. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
In addition to small scale storage there are structures for large scale storage of grains.
Large scale grain storage is done in CAP and silos. CAP Storage (Cover and Plinth) involves the
construction of brick pillars to a height of 14" from the ground, with grooves into which wooden
crates are fixed for the stacking of bags of food grains. The stacks are covered with 250 micron
LDPE sheets from the top and all four sides. Food grains such as wheel, maize, gram, paddy, and
sorghum are generally stored in CAP (cover and plinth) storage for 6-12 month periods. It is the
most economical storage structure and is being widely used by the FCI for bagged grains. The
structure can be fabricated in less than 3 weeks. It is an economical way of storage on a large
scale (India Agronet, 2009). The silos are either metal or concrete. Metal silos are cheaper than
the concrete ones. In silos the grains in bulk are unloaded on the conveyor belts and, through
mechanical operations, are carried to the storage structure. The storage capacity of each of these
silos is around 25,000 tonnes.
Safe and scientific storage – warehousing in India: Bulk storage of produce is done in
warehouses. Warehouses are scientific storage structures especially constructed for the
protection of the quantity and quality of stored products. The warehouses are owned by FCI,
CWC or the SWCs. The Central warehousing corporation (CWC) was established as a statutory
body in 1957. The Central Warehousing Corporation provides safe and reliable storage facilities
for about 120 agricultural and industrial commodities. It is the largest public warehouse operator
in the country. It also offers services in the area of cleaning and forwarding, handling and
transportation, procurement and distribution, disinfection services, fumigation services and other
ancillary activities ie safety and security, insurance, standardization and documentation (India
Agronet, 2009).
Separate warehousing corporations were also set up in different States of the Indian
Union. The areas of operation of the State Warehousing Corporations (SWCs) are centres of
district importance. The total share capital of the State Warehousing Corporations is contributed

equally by the concerned State Govt. and the Central Warehousing Corporation. Apart from
CWC and SWCs, the Food Corporation of India (FCI) has also created storage facilities. The
Food Corporation of India is the single largest agency which has a capacity of 26.62 million
tonnes.
For safe and scientific storage it is important to carefully select the storage site, storage
Article
structure, undertake cleaning and fumigation, ensure proper aeration ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
of grains followed by
regular inspection of grain stock. Pest infestation in grains is affected by moisture content of
grains, relative humidity, temperature, storage structure, storage period, processing, hygienic
condition and the fumigation frequency followed.
The major pests of stored grains include beetles (Callosobrunchus sp,
Trogodermagranarium, Tribolium confusum), weevils (Acanthoscel idesobtectus), moth
(Corcyra cephalonica) and rodents. The control measures include two types of treatment –
prophylactic and curative. The prophylactic treatment involves the use of pesticides like
Malathion (50% EC), DDVP (76% EC) and Deltamethrin (2.5% WP). Curative treatment
involves use of fumigant aluminium phosphide to control infested stock or godown in airtight
condition. For controlling rodents rat cages, poison baits and use of rat borrow fumigation is
recommended (India Agronet, 2009).
(B) For fodder and roughages:
Fodders and grasses can be stored as hay (dried fodder) or as silage (wet fodder),
depending on the weather conditions and the available resources. Silage and hay are fed in some
high input farms in India to bridge seasonal scarcity periods. Therefore, every Livestock farm
must preserve the surplus fodder in the form of silage or hay. The green fodder produced can be
utilized in various ways.
Silage: Silage can be defined as a green material produced by controlled anaerobic fermentation
of green fodder crop retaining its moisture content. Silage is the green succulent roughage
preserved more or less in its original condition with a minimum deterioration and minimum loss
in respect of various nutritive constituents of fodders. The process of conserving green fodder is
called as Ensilage. Silo is the receptacle in which silage is made. The best silages are moist to
touch, soft but not slimy and fragrant in its own characteristic way.
Excellent silage may be may be made from crops like Jowar, Maize, Bajra Oats and
Barely which are rich in soluble sugars/CHO. Flowering to milk stage is recommended for

making silage from maize, Jowar and oats crops. Good quality silage can be made when the dry
matter of crop is 30-35 per cent. Take a handful of chaffed fodder in between the hands and
press. If hands do not moist, the fodder has the desired dry matter.
Important conditions for success in silage making:

 Storing the plant material at a moisture content of 65% to 75%.
 Excluding air.
 Encouraging a rise of temperature to 30 to 38°C. When it is not possible to secure these
optimal conditions, it is helpful to add some preservatives or silage conditioners.
 Molasses, salt cereal grains, citrus pulp act as preservatives and enhance feeding value.
 Sodium meta bisulphate modify fermentation process and reduce the smell.
Hay making: The drying and storing of high quality forage at proper stage offer many
advantages. It assures the supply of high digestible feed with highly protein and calorific values
all the year round. It reduces the amount of concentrates that must be fed to cattle. Good quality
hay is as nutritious as the green fodder and its helps in increasing milk production during period
of fodder scarcity. Hay is priced on the basis of dry matter in the corresponding green forage. For
instance, 130 kg of hay containing 90 per cent dry matter would be worth as much as 780 kg of
green forage containing 15 per cent dry matter the same crop.
Storage of Livestock Feed:
Storage of feed ingredients and finished feed is inevitable both for feed manufacturers
and dairy farmers. Animal feedstuffs are usually purchased during the time of abundance to

ensure their availability all year round while minimizing the cost of production (Njobeh et al.,
2004). Yegany et al. (2002) noted that a batch of ingredient could be handled some 10-15 times
before it reaches its final destination. In the same vein, complete diets, usually produced in
batches, are normally stored by the feed distributors for couple of weeks or more before being
purchased by dairy farmers. Feeds that are improperly stored or preserved can be edible but may
ArticleYegany
have lost much of its nutritive value or even become toxic through spoilage. ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
et al. (2002)
reported that nutritional value of poorly or inadequately stored feeds or feedstuffs diminishes
daily. Spoilage or denaturing of feed can either be as a result of the attack of fungi, bacteria,
adverse environmental condition, and rodents which are responsible for feed loss during storage.
Furthermore, metabolic activity of enzymes and micro-organisms could render feeds unfit for
use (chiefly as a result of mould growth) by producing metabolic heat and water. Both of which
contribute to an increase in temperature and moisture content of the stored feed (Reddy, 2001).
Storage Life of Livestock Feeds:
Grains and roughages have varying "shelf lives" depending on how they were harvested,
processed and stored. Becoming familiar with how certain processes affect livestock feeds will
enable you to retain quality and palatability from these feeds. Being aware of proper storage
conditions and recommended shelf life will also help you to reduce waste and maintain
consistent performance when feeding livestock.
Factors affecting the Storage time of Grains:
Whole grains and oilseeds have longer storage lives than processed grains. The amount of
fat in grain will directly impact storage time. High fat grains and oilseeds (oats, canola, flax and
sunflower) once processed (dry rolled, cracked) will decrease their storage by at least half. If
weather or season changes, storage time, as a general rule, can again be decreased by half. For
example, whole oats and barley if properly stored under consistent moisture and humidity will
keep for at least one year without a loss in quality. If barley (1.5% fat) is dry rolled in the fall or
winter, its storage life will be close to 6 months. However, if it is rolled in the summer, expect 3
months of storage before palatability becomes a concern when feeding. Since oats has 3.5% fat if
it is rolled in the fall expect 3 to 4 months of storage. Whereas, if rolling oats in the summer,
expect only 3 weeks of storage before the grain starts to go rancid, moldy and off taste.
During storage, quantitative as well as qualitative losses occur due to insects, rodents, and
micro-organisms. A large number of insect pests have been reported to be associated with stored

grains. The occurrence and numbers of stored grain insect pests are directly related to
geographical and climatic conditions (La1 and Srivastava, 1985). Almost all species have
remarkably high rates of multiplication and, within one season, may destroy 10-15% of the grain
and contaminate the rest with undesirable odors and flavors. Insect pests also play a pivotal role
in transportation of storage fungi (Sinha and Sinha, 1990).
Table 1 - Moisture levels of feedstuffs for safe storage Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Moisture percent for safe storage

Feedstuff (3 months) (2-3 years)
Wheat 15.7 14.6
Maize 14.8 13.7
Barley 14.8 13.6
Oats 14.5 13.4
Soybean 13.3 11.0
Linseed cake 12.3 11.1
Fishmeal 11.5 9.9
Meat and bone meal 10.3 8.7
Heat treated feeds like palleted grains or by-products will have increased storage value as
the heating process will kill some of the bacteria. Expect at least 3 months and up to 6 months
storage from any heat treated pellet. Tempering or steam rolling facilitates processing grains of
different sizes and reduces dust, but since it increases moisture content by 4 to 8% storage times
must be less than 1 or 2 days to minimize heating and spoilage.
Factors affecting the Storage time of Roughages:
Moisture is likely the number one limiting factor of storage life for roughages. If the
moisture content of a mixture of tub ground feed exceeds 15%, it should be used up within a few
days to avoid heating and digestive upsets. High-moisture grain and silage must be fed up within
a day or two of leaving their storage facility as they tend to mold quickly if left in feeders.
Anhydrous ammonia treatment on roughages acts as a preservative and helps to prevent
overheating as bacteria and molds are destroyed. Storage of these high moisture bales will be
increased by up to 6 months in addition to increased feed quality.
Large round hay bales can lose a significant portion of dry matter within the first year.
Uncovered forage stacks can lose up to 30% DM whereas covered stacks may lose between 5
and 15% dry matter. How bales are harvested, handled and amount of rain or moisture they
receive can impact optimum storage life. In the case of forage, quality losses ( protein and energy
content) do occur over time. The viability of vitamins in cut hay can be up to 60 days post
harvest with very little after that period of time. Whereas, in silage, the ensiling process renders
vitamins inefficient.
Article
Round bale silage should be fed within 6 months to a year fromID:being
AG-VO2-I08-07
harvested.
Whereas, pit silage if properly packed and sealed can be stored for up to 2 to 3 years with
minimal quality losses. Initial quality and moisture content at harvest will certainly impact length
of storage.
Nutritive Change in Storage Feed:
(A) In Grains:
a. Changes in Vitamins and Minerals during storage:
The vitamin content of cereals (rice and wheat) remains relatively stable provided the
moisture content does not increase above 10%. According to Hurst et al, (1993) drying does not
cause major losses in vitamins provided the finished food are adequately protected from oxygen
either by proper packaging or use of antioxidants.
b. Changes in Proteins during storage:
The biological value of proteins is usually little affected by proper storage of food
products. High storage temperature will cause certain amino acids (e.g. lysine) to chemically
bind with simple sugars to form brown pigments through maillard reaction. The reaction affects
the nutritional value of the food because it causes the essential amino acid to become
physiologically unavailable (for example improperly stored dried milk and egg white powder are
particularly susceptible to this browning reaction) the reaction will also occur if poor packaging
of dried foods allow as increase in moisture level (Hurst et al., 1993).
c. Changes in Lipids during Storage:
The nutritional value of fat lies in the energy it supplied to the body during digestion.
Fats are fairly stable to processing (except frying) but may undergo quality deterioration during
prolonged storage.
Oxidation and hydrolytic rancidity occurs in stored foods leading to off flavor
development. These reactions can be caused by enzymes or by moisture and air. They occur
more rapidly under adverse conditions but can also develop in properly stored fatty acids. Lipids

oxidation produces off flavor components called hydro peroxides and peroxides which react
chemically with fat soluble vitamins rendering them nutritionally useless. Loss of these nutrients
can be minimized by wrapping foods in moisture proof and oxygen impermeable packaging
materials (Hurst et al., 1993).
d. Changes in Carbohydrates during Storage:
Carbohydrates can be said to be relatively stable to processingArticle ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
and storage compared to
sensitive nutrients such as vitamins. There is no significant loss in the nutritional value of
carbohydrates in frozen, canned or dried foods.
Infact, some carbohydrates are made more digestible through processing and thus
nutritionally available and complex carbohydrates are converted to simple sugars. Adverse
brown pigments occur in frozen and dried foods when carbohydrates react with proteins (Hurst et
al., 1993).
(B) In fodder & roughages:
a. Silage:
The value of silage as cattle feed has been well recognized. Apart from its nutrient
content good silage has higher vitamin A content and better palatability than other dry
roughages. During ensiling the concentration of toxic constituents such as hydrocyanic acid,
nitrate and oxalic acid is reduced drastically thus, the fodder having very high concentrations can
be safely fed to animals after ensiling.
With crops cut and ensiled the same day, nutrient losses are negligible and even over a
24-hour wilting period losses of dry matter of not more than 1–2 per cent may be expected. Over
periods of wilting longer than 48 hours, considerable losses of nutrients can occur, depending
upon weather conditions. Dry matter losses as high as 6 per cent after 5 days and 10 per cent
after 8 days of wilting in the field have been reported. The main nutrients affected are the water-
soluble carbohydates and proteins, which are hydrolysed to amino acids.
Although considerable biochemical changes occur during fermentation, especially to the
soluble carbohydrates and proteins, overall dry matter and energy losses arising from the
activities of lactic acid bacteria are low. In clostridial and enterobacterial fermentations, nutrient
losses will be much higher than in lactic acid bacterial fermentations because of the evolution of
the gases carbon dioxide, hydrogen and ammonia.

b. Hay making:
In making hay from high-quality forage, the biggest drawback is the loss of valuable
leaves in handling. With the loss of leaves, a large fraction of proteins in the crop is lost
particularly in case of legumes such as berseem, Lucerne, cowpeas, rice been and guar. This
problem is not so bad in case of non-legumes, such as maize, sorghum and napier x bajra hybrid.
References: Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Channal, G., Nagnur, S., Nanjayyanamath, C. (2004). Indigenous grain storage structures.
LEISA.
http://www.indiaagronet.com/indiaagronet/Agri_marketing/contents/Storage%20and%20Wareho
using.htm.
Hurst, W.C., Reynolds, A.E., Schuler, G.A. & Christian, J.A. (1993). Maintaining Food Quantity
in Storage. University Of Georgia Cooperative Extension Service Bulletin, 914.
Kartikeyan, C., Veeraraghavantham, D., Karpagam, D., Firdouse, S.A. (2009). Traditional
storage practices, Indian Journal of Traditional Knowledge, 8(4), 564-568.
Njobeh, P.B., Iji, P.A., Nsahlai, I.V. & Slippers, S.C. (2004). The effects of storage condition
and preservatives on maize-based diets for broiler chickens. S Afr J Anim Sci, 34: 271-
281.
Reddy, D.V. (2001). Principles of animal nutrition and feed technology. Oxford & IBH
Publishing Company Pvt, Ltd. 2nd edition. New Delhi. India. 431 pp.
Sinha, A.K. & Sinha, K.K. (1990). Insect pests, Aspergillus flavus and aflatoxin contamination in
stored wheat: a survey at north Bihar (INDIA). Journal of Stored Products Research,
26(4), 223-236.
Wajilda, J.I. (2008). A Review Of Traditional Grain Storage Practices In Adamawa State. M.
Tech. Non Thesis Seminar Department of Crop Production and Horticulture Federal
University of Technology Yola (Unpublished).
Yegany, M., Butcher, G., Nilipour, A.H., Miles, R.D. & Karegar, R. (2002). Feed hygiene and
poultry health. World Poult, 18: 17-19.


DROUGHT OCCUPATIONAL
CHARACTERIZATION BY USING
HEALTH HAZARDS STANDARD
OF WORKERS
PRECIPITATION INDICES (SPI)

*Amuktamalyada Gorlapalli, D. Sravanthi and R. Ramesh

*Corresponding Author Email ID: amuktamalyadasweety@gmail.com
Abstract
The earth is right way depended on climate conditions aqua is one of the important natural
resources in the environment, the climatic condition is warming and the drought occurs
frequently so monitoring drought can play a key role. A period of abnormally dry weather and
lack of water can cause the drought. According to WHO every year globally fifty millions of
people facing Drought the main reason is climatic changes for it is important to develop
drought indices. Drought indices can be based on the availability of data by using rainfall data
standard precipitation indices (SPI) can develop and this index as an advantage of easy
calculations.
Introduction
Drought is one of the natural phenomenon which was hitting globally day by day and
increasing more frequently especially in arid and semiarid regions drought lasting for long term
and it was threating to human livelihoods to avoid the disasters occurrences drought warnings
and assessments are required. Based on the drought characteristics it was categorized into four
types based on its effect on the nature;
 Meteorological drought is based on the amount of precipitation received in a particular area
this type is area specific usually on the basis of the degree of dryness and duration of prolonged

dry period. As it is a region specific the atmospheric conditions that results in shortage of
rainfall are highly variable from region to region.
Fig.1: Different types of droughts

 Agricultural drought impacts on agriculture like crop failures due to soil moisture availability,
difference between actual and potential evapotranspiration (PET), soil water deficits.
 Hydrological drought happens when low water supply occurs and the volume of water
availability in reservoirs, lakes and dams. This will be magnified by human beings. This
drought usually happens after many months of meteorological drought.
 Socioeconomic drought affects standard of living which leads to shortage of food grains and
supply, shortage of drinking water it associated with meteorological, hydrological and
agricultural drought.

Determination of drought is impossible because drought is a period of prolonged dryness it may

last for weeks, months, years. According to national drought integrated system longest drought
take place between 1928 July and 1942 May i.e., dust blow drought (1930‘s drought), 1949 July
and 1957 September (1950‘s drought) and 1998 June and 2014 December (early 21 st century
drought).(NCEI; Heim2017).
Water levels in wells may not reflect a shortage of rainfall for a year or more after a drought
begins (Moreland, 1993).
 Drought severity can be varied with area it may be environmental, health, economic and
socio-cultural affects, drought severity can be monitor by using different timescales 1,
3,6,9,12 and 48 these timescales monitor mainly short, medium and long-term droughts.
 Time scale 1and 3 used for short term 6- and 9-time scales for medium, 12 and 48
timescales for long term monitoring of drought.
Standardized precipitation index (SPI):
 Drought indices were developed and used all over the world But, McKee, Doesken and
Kleist developed the SPI in 1993.
 It is an index based on the probability of precipitation for different time scales,The
gamma distribution is defined by its frequency or probability density function.
Where, β is a shape factor,β> 0, α is a scale factor, α> 0.

. Where, Γ (β) is the gamma function.

 Computation of the SPI mainly involved in fitting a gamma probability density function
to a given frequency distribution ofHEALTH
OCCUPATIONAL precipitation. From Thom
HAZARDS OF(1966),
WORKERSthe maximum
likelihood solutions are used to optimally estimate βand α.
 Thom (1966) states that the standard normal random variable Z then its mean 0 and
variance 1.
SPI Range Category

+2 to more Extremely wet
1.5 to1.99 Very wet
1.0 to 1.49 Moderately wet
-0.99 to 0.99 Near normal
-1.0 to -1.49 Moderately dry
-1.5 to -1.99 Severely dry
-2 to less Extremely dry
Table 1: Category of SPI

Conclusion
Drought are common in the globe and it is difficult to control them but by using SPI
drought indices for short, medium and long term drought conditions will notice it is very
important to know about the drought conditions in present scenario to reduce the deforestation,
increases the yields by using different agricultural techniques. One of the major reason for
drought occurrence is climate change.
References
Heim, R.R., Jr. A comparison of the early twenty-first century drought in the United States to the
1930s and 1950s drought episodes. Bull. Am. Meteorol. Soc. 2017, 98, 2579–2592.
Raza, A.; Razzaq, A.; Mehmood, S.S.; Zou, X.; Zhang, X.; Lv, Y.; Xu, J. Impact of Climate
Change on Crops Adaptation and Strategies to Tackle Its Outcome: A Review. Plants
2019, 8, 34. https://doi.org/10.3390/plants8020034.

Markulj Kulundžić, A.; Viljevac Vuletić, M.; Matoša Kočar, M.; Mijić, A.; Varga, I.; Sudarić,
A.; Cesar, V.; Lepeduš, H. The Combination of Increased Temperatures and High
Irradiation Causes Changes in Photosynthetic Efficiency. Plants 2021, 10, 2076.
https://doi.org/10.3390/plants10102076
Seleiman, M.F.; Al-Suhaibani, N.; Ali, N.; Akmal, M.; Alotaibi, M.; Refay, Y.; Dindaroglu, T.;
Abdul-Wajid, H.H.; Battaglia, M.L. Drought Stress ImpactsArticle ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
on Plants and Different
Approaches to Alleviate Its Adverse Effects. Plants 2021, 10, 259.
https://doi.org/10.3390/plants10020259
The State of Food and Agriculture: Climate Change, Agriculture and Food Security. ISBN 978-
92-5-109374-0. https://www.fao.org/3/i6030e/i6030e.pdf (Accessed on 04 th March
2022)
Ondrasek G. (2014) Water Scarcity and Water Stress in Agriculture. In: Ahmad P., Wani M.
(eds) Physiological Mechanisms and Adaptation Strategies in Plants Under Changing
Environment. Springer, New York, NY. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4614-8591-9_4.


ORGANIC FARMING WITH NATIVE BREED OF

PUNGANUR CATTLE
*P. Aruna, R. Venu and M. Praveen Raj
Livestock Research Station, ICAR Network Project on Sheep Improvement
Sri Venkateswara Veterinary University, Palamaner-517 408 (Andhra Pradesh), India
*Corresponding Author Email ID: aruna.agronomy.08@gmail.com
Introduction
Punganur breed is a famous world‘s smallest cattle. Originated in Punganur, Madanapalli
and Palamaner areas of Andhra Pradesh, India. Unique features of this breed is short statured
(app. 3ft) with stumpy horns and long tail touching to the earth. . Since 1954 Punganur cattle are
protecting (Total no. 275 as on 25.08.2023) at Livestock Research Station, Palamaner under Sri
Venkateswara Veterinary University, Tirupati, Andhra Pradesh as part of in-situ conservation.
This government institute playing the vital role of continuously distributing the Punganur cow
dung and urine to the farmers of Andhra Pradesh, Tamil Nadu and Karnataka for promoting the
organic farming. During the period of 2021-22 distributed the 2007 kgs of cow dung and 3000
liters of cow urine to the organic farmers. Cow dung of indigenous cattle possess higher
percentage of calcium, Phosphorus, Zinc and copper compared with cross breed cows. Cow
urine also strong source for improvement of soil fertility and quality of crops.
Unsystematic application of chemical fertilizers from green revelation onwards resulted
in higher food grain production at the same time soil health is affected drastically in relation of
physical, chemical and biological properties. At present scenario increasing farmer awareness on
organic farming and even most of the farmers do not prefer chemical fertilizers and on other side
food grain production levels are lower in organic farming compared to conventional farming, but
now a days higher demand and offering double and tribble prices to organic products. Organic
manures also improves the number of beneficial organisms, nutrient status and water holding

capacity of soil and simultaneously provides chemical free food grains, vegetables & fruits to
humans.
Cow urine and dung based organic inputs are improves the soil fertility and also act as a
conditioner to the soil. The gap of production of higher yields in organic farming is possible only
enrichment of native breed cattle manure and urine in different ways.
Different organic based cow dung enrichments are Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
(A) Enriched farm yard manure with microbial inoculants:

Enriched farm yard manure is prepared by 5 ton/ ha of farm yard manure is inoculated
with 2.5 liters of microbial consortium+2 kg of rock phosphate properly mix and cover with
gunny bag. The consortium is consist of rhizobium, azotobacter, phosphate solubilizing bacteria,
potassium solubilizing bacteria and azospirillum. Check moisture status 25±1% and inoculated
the culture for period of 30 days. The crop field should be manured with 5 ton/ha of enriched
farm yard manure at the time of sowing.
(B) Vermi compost preparation:
In pit method of vermi composting, the bottom of the structure should be spread a layer of
20-25 cm chopped straw or dried leaves or grasses or location specific biodegradable waste as a
bedding material. In second layer cow dung and organic leafy waste are mixed in the proportion
of 3:1 and left for 15-20 days for partial decomposition. After decomposition earthworms should
be released and covering with gunny bags. Higher multiplication of earthworms and proper
decomposition of organic material is possible only through maintain optimum moisture level 30-
40% and temperature 18-25% avoiding direct sunlight and rain water for protecting vermi
compost. 5 ton/ha of vermi compost should be well mix in soil at the time of land preparation.
(C) Jivamrut (Liquid formulation)
Jivamrut is prepared by mixing of cow dung 10 kg, cow urine 10 liters, Jaggery 2 kg,
pulse flour 2 kg (Either flour of chick pea, Horse gram, Green gram, black gram can be used but
excluded the high protein flours of groundnut and soya bean) and 1kg of virgin soil in to 100 lit
of water. The above mixture is allowed to ferment for 1 week. Prepared jivamrut is ready for
use for soil and plant application after 7 days. Foliar spray of liquid jivamrut at the rate of 5%
after the 20 days of seed sowing. Repeat the sprayings at the interval of 20 days.

(C) Jivamrut (Solid formulation)

Solid jivamrut is prepared by 20 liters of liquid jivamrut is add into 100 kg of farm yard
manure. Mix both the contents thoroughly and covered the gunny bag under shade dry
condition. After the 48 hours spared the solid jeevemrut in a thin layer on clean surface for
drying. Solid jivamrut can be stored for the period of 6-8 months.
Application of 5 ton/ha of solid jeevamrut to the high yielding multicutArticle ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
sorghum.
(D) Panchagavya:
Panchagavya is prepared by 3 days fermentation of 7 kg cow dung is mix with 1 kg ghee.
After 3 days require to add 10 lit of cow urine and 10 lit of water for the period of 15 days.
Regular stirring of contents is require both in morning and evening. Followed by mixing of cow
milk 3 lit, cow curd 2 lit, jiggery 3kg, Banana 2 kg and tender coconut water 3 lit are added and
allowed to ferment for 15 days. Stock solution of Panchagavya ready to use after 30 days.
Spraying of 3% panchagavya solution after the 20 days of sowing. Spraying interval
should be 20 days is required for obtaining higher green fodder yields.
(E) Beejaamrutha:
Beejaamrutha is prepared by immerse 5 kg of desi cow dung in to 20 liters of water and 1
liter of water into add 50 gm lime, let it leave for a night. The next day morning squeeze cow
dung thoroughly into the lime soaked water and to this solution mix 10 liters of desi cow urine.
For effective disinfection and higher percent of seed germination in necessary to take 20
liters of beejaamrut is sprinkle on 100kg of seed. Through mixing is required for uniform
spreading.


CHALLENGES ANDHEALTH
OCCUPATIONAL OPPORTUNITY
HAZARDS OFOF DRONE IN
WORKERS
THE AGRICULTURE APPLICATION

Dr Priyanka Rajkumar Khole*

Subject Matter Specialist, Sanskriti Samvardhan Mandal‘s Krishi Vigyan Kendra,
Sagroli, Nanded, India
*Corresponding Author Email ID: ae@kvksagroli.co.in
Introduction
India's agriculture is facing challenges due to a decline in productivity, climate change,

and sustainability. Sustainable agriculture can be achieved through the use of drones in farming
in terms of social, economic, and environmental dimensions.
The use of drones in agriculture goes beyond pesticide spraying and has enormous scope
in organic and natural farming. It has a wide range of applications such as monitoring crop stress,
plant growth, yield estimation, delivering props like herbicides, fertilizers and water, soil
analysis, crop health assessment, disaster management, aerial mapping, Planning stage and
emergence stage, Nutrient inputs, zonation, and precision spraying, livestock monitoring and so
on.
According to reports, drones are time-saving and efficient in resource utilization, with
significant water savings. The applicability of drones will lead to a revolution in the lives of
small-scale and marginal farmers. The use of drones has the potential to revolutionize
agricultural practices, increase production, and contribute to sustainable agriculture in the future
through sustained innovation and collaboration.
On one side, the initial investment for drones might be prohibitively expensive for many
farmers. Furthermore, training employees to operate drones and analyze data increases the entire

cost. Drone technology in agriculture is limited due to cost, environmental and weather
conditions, data processing complexity, and farmer perception.
Farmers can reap the benefits of drones, which include increased efficiency, improved
yields, soil and water conservation, and reduced costs. There are worries that farmers may be
hesitant to use drone technology due to the loss of jobs or lack of knowledge. There are many
challenges to adapt and use agricultural drones in India. The lack of knowledge and training
among farmers regarding the use and application of drones is one of the most significant factors.
Our focus should be on drone training and education, which could assist in addressing the
lack of knowledge and training among farmers. Creating a pool of well-trained personnel in rural
areas is another challenge. Aspirational youth in the areas can find numerous employment
opportunities through the drone, as well as opportunities for skill development. According to the
Jyotiraditya Hon Minister, Civil Aviation, 1 lakh drone pilots are needed by 2025. The need for a
drone pilot and trained personnel for drone flying, operations, and maintenance/services presents
both a challenge and an opportunity.
Establishing a drone pilot training and education center (with or without franchises) is the
best option at the institute level for rural areas to solve the above limitations.


EDIBLEOCCUPATIONAL
INSECTS FOR FOODHAZARDS
HEALTH AND NUTRITIONAL
OF WORKERS
SECURITY OF HUMAN MANKIND

*Thounaojam Sheileja1, K. M. Singh2, T. Shantibala3 and S. M. Haldhar4

1,2,4
Department of Entomology, College of Agriculture, Central Agricultural University,
Imphal 795004, Manipur
3
Department of Plant Protection, College of Horticulture and Forestry, Pasighat,
Arunachal Pradesh – 791102
*Corresponding Author Email ID: sheileja.th@gmail.com
Introduction
Entomophagy is the practice of consumption of insects by human being. Insects are the
most diverse and abundant form of life that organize a main component of the total faunal
biodiversity on earth. Insect consumption persists not only because of its palatability,
availability, delicacy and agreeable taste but also, they signify traditions, customs and festivals of
many indigenous communities of world. To ensure adequate nutritional and functional quality
food supplements, effort have been made by indigenous population by using the affordable staple
commodities of a region (Orr, 1997).
The role of insects
More than 1900 species have reportedly been used as food. Insects deliver important
ecological services that are fundamental to the survival of mankind as pollinators in plant
reproduction, in improving soil fertility through waste bioconversion, and in natural biocontrol
for harmful pest species, and they provide a variety of valuable products for humans such as
honey, silk and medical applications such as maggot therapy. In addition, insects have assumed
their place in human cultures as collection items and ornaments and in movies, visual arts and
literature. Globally, the most commonly consumed insects are Coleoptera (31 %), Lepidoptera

(18 %) and Hymenoptera (14 %), Orthoptera) (13 %), Hemiptera (10 %), Isoptera (3 %),
Odonata (3 %), Diptera (2 %) and others (5 %) (Van Huis, 2013).
Mode of preparation
Both the aquatic and terrestrial edible insects are consumed with the particular stages in
which they are eaten along with seasonal availability period and market value. The growth and
development in the life cycle of insects need favourable conditionsArticle ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
for their emergence and
survival correlating strongly with weather and climate variation. The method of preparation for
consumption is mostly traditional and is handed down from generation to generation. In most of
the cases, they are prepared in four different forms viz. curry, roasted, fried or raw. Depending
upon the type of insects and form of the consumption, these are prepared with or without other
ingredients like oil and spices (ginger, garlic) etc. On the basis of palatability, the mentioned
ingredients are added to enhance the flavour of food and also for having cultural importance in
most of the tribal customs. Generally, hard bodied insects are eaten in roasted or fried form
whereas soft bodied insects are eaten as curry or raw.
Nutritional Benefits for humans
Insects are highly nutritious and healthy food source with high fat, protein, vitamin, fibre
and mineral content. The nutritional value of edible insects is highly variable because of the wide
range of edible insect species. Traditionally-consumed unconventional food items like edible
insects may supplement the dietary requirement of a population, thus preventing the
development of a wide range of diseases associated with malnutrition and others (Mishra et al.,
2003). Moreover, the United Nations has recommended entomophagy as a potential solution to
the shortage of world food supplies (Van Huis, 2013). Insect foods have more potential nutrients
than other conventional foods such as pork, beef, chicken, fish etc. which are too costly and
beyond the reach of poor. Most edible insects have higher protein and fat content in comparison
to beef (Bukkens, 2005).
Collection of Edible insects
The methods/techniques of insect collection are greatly influenced by factors like insect
species, habit and habited nature and population size. In survey studies informants were asked
questions on insect species used as food, life stages of insects consumed, mode of preparation,
mode of consumption/utilization, seasonal availability and preferences for selecting insect
species for consumption, association with other ingredients, culture related to insects, method of

collection and any other uses. Collection of insects simply by hand net or picking methods is
considered as the most commonly adopted method for bigger terrestrial insects. Smoking is done
during the night time or early morning beneath the hives of bees and wasps to sedate them so that
the whole hive can be collected. Hemipteran bugs found selling in bulk from markets are
collected by jerking the infested branches of the plants.
Negative attitude towards Entomophagy Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
The shift of lifestyle towards modernization and western food has become a threat to
entomophagy practice in countries where edible insects were considered as regular components
in their traditional diets. The problem here is not to convince the West to adopt entomophagy,
but to make sure that the traditional habits of consuming insects do not vanish from food
routines. In this regard, few studies in the past had presented that increasing awareness on edible
insects as both traditionally and nutritional essential food sources for many non-western cultures
has encouraged renewed attention in the use of insects as food (Van Huis et al., 2013,
Lokeshwari et al., 2019).
Advantages
Practice of eating insects (entomophagy) highlights a promise to diminish shortage of
nutrition that is essential to health. It has the potential of great interest as a possible solution due
to many advantages:
1. they are an important source of protein, fat, carbohydrate and other nutrients;
2. their use as food has ecological advantages over conventional livestock and, in the long run,
economic benefits;
3. Their rich species diversity and large populations bring diversity in diet menu (Seni, 2017).
The high expense of animal protein, which is beyond the reach of poor people, has
incredibly supported entomophagy. Insects are important because of their diversity, ecological
role and influence on agriculture, human health and natural resources (Okrikata & Yusuf, 2016).
Edible insects are not only regarded as a tasty food commodity of high nutritive value, but also
considered to possess health enhancing properties. In many parts of the world, different sections
of the society have been using insects in medico-entomological drugs to this day in their lives.
Challenges
Any effort to release the huge potential that insects offer for enhancing food security
requires that the following four key bottlenecks and challenges are addressed simultaneously.

1. First, documentation is needed on the nutritional values of insects in order to more

efficiently promote insects as healthy food.
2. The environmental impacts of harvesting and farming insects must be investigated to
enable comparison with traditional farming and livestock rearing practices that may be
more environmentally damaging.
3. Clarification and augmentation of the socio-economic benefitsArticle ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
that insect gathering and
farming can offer is needed, in particular to enhance the food security of the poorest
section of society.
4. Finally, a clear and comprehensive legal framework at (inter)national levels is needed to
pave the way for more investment, leading to the full development (from the household
to the industrial scale) of production and international trade in insect products as food and
feed sources.
Insect rearing
Insect gathering and rearing as mini-livestock at the household level or industrial scale
can offer important livelihood opportunities for people in both developing and developed
countries. In developing countries, some of the poorest members of society, such as women and
landless dwellers in urban and rural areas, can easily become involved in the gathering,
cultivation, processing and sale of insects. These activities can directly improve their own diets
and provide cash income through the selling of excess production as street foods. Insects can be
directly and easily collected from nature or farmed with minimal technical or capital expenditure
(i.e., for basic harvesting/rearing equipment). Rearing insects may also require minimal land or
market introduction efforts, as insects already form part of some local food cultures.
Livelihood and Economic Development
Edible insects provide us food at a very low environmental cost, hugely contributing
towards food security and livelihood upliftment of poorer section of the community as a
replacement of conventional meat source (e.g., beef, chicken, pork). Because of their nutritional
composition, accessibility, simple rearing techniques and quick growth rates, insects can offer a
cheap and efficient opportunity to counter nutritional insecurity by providing emergency food
and by improving livelihoods and the quality of traditional diets among vulnerable people.
Gathering and farming insects can offer employment and cash income, either at the household
level or in larger, industrial-scale operations.

Pest management
Many edible insects are serious pests and potential threats to agricultural crops.
Treatment with chemical control methods such as insecticides is common method in many parts
of the world. The practice of eating these insects can save not only agricultural crops but also
benefit the environment by reducing the used for pesticides which ultimately affect the humans.
Edible insect ecology Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Edible insects inhabit a large variety of habitats, such as aquatic ecosystems, forests and
agricultural fields. Moreover, edible insects may feed on the foliage of vegetation, roots,
branches and trunks of trees or thrive in soils. Insect ecology can be defined as the interaction of
individual insects and insect communities with the surrounding environment. This involves
processes such as nutrient cycling, pollination and migration, as well as population dynamics and
climate change. Some species have long been considered valuable for their products – such as
honeybees, silkworms and cochineal insects while knowledge of many others remains scarce.
Insects as animal feed
Insect-based feed products could have a similar market to fishmeal and soy, which are
presently the major components used in feed formulae for aquaculture and livestock. Live and
dead insects already have established niche markets, mainly as feed given to pets and at zoos.
Conclusion:
The acceptance of edible insects by different communities all over the world indicated
the significance of the insect as a respectable food item and its role in promoting noticeable
economic input. Documenting the significance of insect food becomes the foremost requirement
in linking between people‘s livelihoods and economic prosperity. The edible insects provide
economic support, nutritive values, food security and environment management. Promotion of
edible insect consumption can contribute in broadening horizons for food diversification. It is a
high time that researchers recognize the manifold utilities of insects and begin to build on them.
Insects are characterized by rich species diversity and large populations so as nutritive resources;
they can be widely exploited and have great development potential. Scientific documentation of
the traditional knowledge in relation to the significance, collection and preservation of edible
insects is of utmost importance.

References
Bukkens, S. G. F. (2005). Insects in the human diet: nutritional aspects. In M.G. Paoletti, ed.
Ecological implications of minilivestock, pp. 545-577.
Lokeshwari, R. K., Shantibala, T., Mamocha, K. and Hazarika, B. N. (2019). The Nutritional
Goldmine Waste: The spent pupae of Mulberry, Eri and Oak Tasar silkworms for
Article
combating malnutrition. International Journal of Environment, ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Ecology, Family and
Urban Studies, 9(2): 129-138.
Mishra, N., Hazarika, N. C., Narain, K. and Mahanta, J. (2003). Nutritive value of non-mulberry
and mulberry silkworm pupae and consumption pattern in Assam, India. Nutrition
Research, 23: 1303–1311.
Okrikata, E. and Yusuf, O. A. (2016). Diversity and Abundance of Insects in Wukari, Taraba
State, Nigeria. International Biological and Biomedical Journal, 2(4): 156-166.
Orr, E. (1997). The contribution of new food mixtures of the relief of malnutrition: a second
look. Food and Nature, 3:2–10.
Seni, A. (2017). Edible Insects: Future Prospects for Dietary Regimen. International Journal of
Current Microbiology and Applied Sciences, 6(8): 1302-1314.
Van Huis, A. (2013) ‗Potential of Insects as Food and Feed in Assuring Food Security‘, Annual
Review of Entomology, 58(1): 563–83.
Van Huis, A., Van Itterbeeck, J., Klunder, H., Mertens, E., Halloran, A., Muir, G. and
Vantomme, P. (2013). Edible insects: future prospects for food and feed security (No.
171). Food and agriculture organization of the United Nations (FAO).


UNDERSTANDING THEHEALTH
OCCUPATIONAL ROLEHAZARDS
OF PHYTOALEXINS
OF WORKERS IN
PLANT-MICROORGANISM INTERACTIONS
Dr. K. Saravanakumari*
*
Senior Research Fellow, Department of Plant Pathology, Tamil Nadu Agricultural Unviersity,
Tamil Nadu – 641 003, India
*Corresponding Author Email ID: saraerbium@gmail.com
Abstract
Phytoalexins are low molecular weight antimicrobial compounds that are produced by plants as a
response to biotic and abiotic stresses. As such they take part in an intricate defense system
which enables plants to control invading microorganisms. In this article we present the key
features of this diverse group of molecules, namely their chemical structures, biosynthesis,
regulatory mechanisms, biological activities, metabolism and molecular engineering.
Keywords: Phytoalexins, plants, defense mechanisms, microorganisms, toxicity, biological
activity
Introduction
Phytoalexins, which are antimicrobial substances produced by plants in response to
pathogen infections. These compounds not only have antimicrobial properties but can also act as
antioxidants. Unlike being defined by a specific chemical structure or character, phytoalexins are
identified by the fact that plants synthesize them de novo as a defense mechanism against
pathogens. This synthesis occurs rapidly at the sites of infection.
Phytoalexins are known for their broad-spectrum inhibitory effects. They exhibit a diverse
range of chemical structures, and different plant taxa are associated with distinct classes of
compounds. These compounds fall into various chemical categories, such as terpenoids,
glycosteroids and alkaloids. However, the term "phytoalexins" encompasses any phytochemicals

that are induced as a response to microbial infections. This dynamic process plays a crucial role in
the plant's ability to fend off pathogens and protect itself.
Function
Phytoalexins serve as toxic compounds produced by plants as a defense mechanism against
attacking organisms. They carry out various functions, such as puncturing the cell walls of
invaders, delaying their maturation, disrupting their metabolism, orArticle ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
inhibiting their ability to
reproduce. The significance of phytoalexins in plant defense is evident in the increased
vulnerability of plant tissue to infection when their production is hindered. Mutant plants unable to
generate phytoalexins display greater pathogen colonization compared to wild-type plants.
Consequently, pathogens that can break down phytoalexins are more virulent than those that
cannot.
Upon detecting particles from damaged cells or pathogens, plants activate a two-pronged
defense response: an immediate general response and a subsequent delayed specific response. The
immediate response involves the release of reactive oxygen species like superoxide and hydrogen
peroxide to eliminate invading cells. In interactions with pathogens, the hypersensitive response is
a common short-term reaction, where cells surrounding the infection site undergo apoptosis
(programmed cell death) to contain pathogen spread within the plant.
Long-term resistance, known as systemic acquired resistance (SAR), involves
communication between damaged tissue and the rest of the plant via plant hormones such as
jasmonic acid, ethylene, abscisic acid, or salicylic acid. This signal triggers global changes in the
plant, inducing the expression of genes that protect against further pathogen intrusion. This
includes enzymes responsible for producing phytoalexins. Often, neighboring plants also produce
phytoalexins in response to the release of gaseous hormones like jasmonates or ethylene from
wounded tissue. These compounds can act as a warning to herbivores, which are common carriers
of plant diseases, indicating that the plant is no longer suitable for consumption.
Furthermore, in line with the idea that "an enemy of my enemy is my friend," these
aromatic compounds might signal the presence of plant invaders to natural enemies of these
invaders, aiding in their control. This intricate defense network highlights the complexity of plant-
pathogen interactions and the role that phytoalexins and signaling molecules play in safeguarding
plants from various threats.
2) Toxicity

Phytoalexins are commonly associated with their antifungal properties, but it's important
to note that they can also exhibit toxicity towards various other types of living organisms. This
includes viruses, bacteria, higher plants, and animals, all of which can be affected by specific
phytoalexins. The impact of these phytoalexins can result in both cell death and nonlethal
inhibitions, highlighting their ability to function as both biocidal agents (causing death) and
biostatic agents (preventing growth). Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Concerns have arisen regarding the potential toxicity of xanthotoxin, a furanocoumarin

phytoalexin. This compound can accumulate in diseased celery tissue and pose a risk to
fieldworkers who are involved in harvesting the celery (Apium graveolens) crop. The fear is that
exposure to xanthotoxin might have adverse effects on these workers.
In terms of their antifungal properties, most phytoalexins have been found to exhibit
fungitoxicity when tested against a range of microorganisms. However, there is significant
variation in the sensitivities of different organisms to specific phytoalexins. This variation is
often quantified using an ED50 value, which represents the median effective dose required to
inhibit the mycelial growth of a named fungus. This measurement allows for an assessment of
the potency of a particular phytoalexin against a specific fungal species (Harborne , 2003).
Phytoalexins are recognized as compounds that can exert toxic effects across multiple
sites within organisms, impacting a range of physiological and biochemical pathways. Among
these, phytoalexins with isoflavonoid structures, like pisatin, have the ability to induce
membrane dysfunction. This suggests that certain phytoalexins might act at the level of the cell
membrane.
Another proposed mechanism involves isoflavonoid derivatives acting as uncouplers of
oxidative phosphorylation within fungal cells. In this scenario, these compounds disrupt the
normal coupling between electron transport and ATP synthesis, ultimately affecting the energy
production process of the fungus. If this mechanism holds true, the degree of acidity and the
number of free phenolic groups in these compounds could influence their antifungal potency.
In summary, phytoalexins are versatile compounds that can influence various pathways
within organisms, and those with isoflavonoid structures are particularly noteworthy for their
potential effects on cell membranes and oxidative phosphorylation. The specific chemical
characteristics of these compounds may play a crucial role in determining their effectiveness as
antifungal agents.

Biological Activity against Microorganisms

Phytoalexins can have broader effects on fungal cells, impacting their cytological
(cellular), morphological (structural), and physiological (functional) characteristics. For instance,
in the context of the Solanaceae family, the activity of four specific phytoalexins (rishitin,
phytuberin, anhydro-β-rotunol, and solavetivone) has been studied against three different
Phytophthora species. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
The effects of phytoalexins on fungal cells are characterized by their impact on

membranes, cytological changes, and physiological disruptions. When fungal cells are exposed
to phytoalexins, they often experience substantial membrane damage, leading to the leakage of
electrolytes and metabolites. However, some fungal cells, like those of Botrytis cinerea, have
shown the ability to produce secondary and tertiary germ tubes even in the presence of
phytoalexins like wyerone acid or resveratrol. This suggests a potential mechanism for fungal
cells to escape or mitigate the damage caused by phytoalexins.
Notably, the interaction of phytoalexins with fungal cells can extend to interfering with
tubulin polymerization, a process targeted by many synthetic fungicides and anticancer agents.
Additionally, phytoalexins might affect glucose uptake by fungal cells, as seen in interactions
between phaseollin or kievitone and Rhizoctonia solani. In the case of B. cinerea conidia,
treatment with stilbenic phytoalexins like resveratrol and pterostilbene resulted in
disorganization of mitochondria and plasma membrane disruption. Pterostilbene specifically led
to a rapid cessation of respiration in B. cinerea conidia due to its uncoupling effect on electron
transport and phosphorylation.
Phytoalexins like camalexin have been associated with inducing fungal apoptotic
programmed cell death in B. cinerea. These compounds have also demonstrated efficacy in
reducing symptoms of fungal infections on various crops. For example, scopoletin, a coumarin
phytoalexin, was effective in reducing green mold symptoms caused by Penicillium digitatum on
oranges. Phenolic phytoalexins such as resveratrol, scopoletin, scoparone, and umbelliferone
inhibited the growth of Penicillium expansum and the accumulation of patulin in apples.
Apart from their antifungal activity, phytoalexins also possess antibacterial properties.
Rishitin, for instance, significantly decreased the viability of Erwinia atroseptica cells. To
enhance the fungitoxicity of phytoalexins, the design and synthesis of more potent phytoalexin
derivatives are being explored.

Engineering of Phytoalexins and Role in Plant Defense Mechanisms

Genetic approaches involving gain- or loss-of-function have been instrumental in
understanding the role of phytoalexins in plant-microorganism interactions. These approaches
provide both direct and indirect evidence of the significance of phytoalexins in plant defense
mechanisms.
Gain-of-Function Genetic Approaches: Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
1. Stilbene Phytoalexins: The introduction of single genes, particularly stilbene synthase

(STS), responsible for the production of the grapevine phytoalexin resveratrol, has shown
increased disease resistance. For example, introducing grapevine STS genes into tobacco
conferred higher resistance to Botrytis cinerea. This approach has been extended to
various plants including alfalfa, rice, barley, wheat, tomato, papaya, and Arabidopsis,
resulting in resistance to different pathogens.
2. Other Phytoalexin Genes: While limited, genetic manipulations involving other
phytoalexin biosynthetic genes have been performed. Transformation of soybean hairy
roots with genes like peanut resveratrol synthase 3 (AhRS3) and resveratrol-O-
methyltransferase (ROMT) resulted in resistance to Rhizoctonia solani. Overexpression
of isoflavonoid-7-O-methyltransferase in alfalfa increased resistance to Phoma
medicaginis.
Loss-of-Function Genetic Approaches:
1. Role of Phytoalexins: Mutants with impaired phytoalexin production consistently
showed increased susceptibility to pathogens. For instance, mutants with reduced pisatin
levels in pea roots were more susceptible to Nectria haematococca. Suppression of
isoflavone synthesis in soybean resulted in lower disease resistance to Phytophthora
sojae.
2. Deficiency in Phytoalexin Accumulation: Loss-of-function alleles of genes encoding
enzymes in the flavonoid biosynthetic pathway led to deficiencies in phytoalexin
accumulation and increased disease susceptibility. For example, the yellow seed1 gene
mutations in sorghum led to a deficiency in 3-deoxyanthocyanidin and heightened
anthracnose disease symptoms.
3. Phytoalexin Glycosylation: Disrupting phytoalexin glycosylation led to altered disease
resistance. Tobacco leaves with downregulated phenylpropanoid glucosyltransferase

showed reduced scopolin content and increased Tobacco mosaic virus (TMV) lesion
surfaces.
Indirect Modulation of Phytoalexins:
1. Hormone Signaling: Modulating hormone signaling pathways impacted phytoalexin
levels and disease resistance. Cytokinin overexpression in tobacco led to increased
resistance to Pseudomonas syringae, associated with elevatedArticle ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
synthesis of phytoalexins
like capsidiol and scopoletin.
2. Phosphorylation Cascades: Mutations in MAP kinases MPK3 and MPK6 in
Arabidopsis impaired camalexin production and increased susceptibility to Botrytis
cinerea.
Conclusion
Research on phytoalexins from various chemical families has yielded extensive data on
fundamental aspects of plant defense mechanisms and the regulatory processes that govern them.
This body of knowledge has led to the emergence of phytoalexin engineering as a promising
strategy for disease control. However, while there has been significant exploration of stilbene
and flavonoid phytoalexin biosynthetic genes for conferring disease resistance, research into
other phytoalexin chemical families has been limited. Efforts to understand the dynamics of
phytoalexin production in response to invading microorganisms have involved spectroscopic
methods to determine the actual concentration and nature of phytoalexins in plant tissues. Yet,
the complexity of natural interactions between plants and pathogens presents challenges in fully
comprehending these processes.
Moreover, the therapeutic potential of certain phytoalexins has driven the necessity for
large-scale production. Engineering yeast and bacteria to produce phytoalexins at an industrial
scale has been explored, although this requires customization since these microorganisms lack
the genes responsible for phytoalexin biosynthesis. Another approach involves cultivating plant
cell suspensions in bioreactors to produce phytoalexins on a larger scale. Experiments are also
being conducted to optimize the production of stilbene phytoalexins in bioreactors.Despite the
substantial progress made in phytoalexin research, many questions remain regarding their
mechanisms of action against microorganisms and the strategies these microorganisms employ to
counteract their effects. As a result, the study of phytoalexins continues to be an active and
evolving field of research, even after more than seven decades of investigation.

References
Bi, X.Q., Song, G.M., Yu, H., Zhang, Z.Q., Liu, H.X., Yang, Z.Y., Chen, Y. and Wen, J. 2022.
Changes in biochemistry and cellular ultrastructure support different resistance
mechanisms to Phytophthora sojae in nonhost common bean and host soybean. Plant
Pathology, 71, 917–926.
Liu, H.X., An, T., Zhao, Y.F., Du, X.M., Bi, X.Q., Zhang, Z.Q. 2022.Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Benzoxazines in the root
exudates responsible for nonhost disease resistance of maize to Phytophthora
sojae. Phytopathology, 112, 1537–1544.
Philippe, J., Claire, H., Marie-Alice, D., Sylvain, C., Stéphan, D., Aziz, A., and Jérôme, C. 2014.
Deciphering the Role of Phytoalexins in Plant-Microorganism Interactions and Human
Health. Molecules, 19(11), 18033–18056.
Zhang, Z.Q., Xu, Y., Song, G.M., Gao, X.Y., Zhao, Y.Q., Jia, M.Z. 2019. Phytophthora
sojae zoospores differ in chemotaxis to the root and root exudates of host soybean and
nonhost common bean. Journal of General Plant Pathology, 85, 201–210.
Zhang, Z.Q., Zhao, Y.F., An, T., Yu, H., Bi, X.Q., Liu, H.X. 2022. Maize and common bean
seed exudates mediate part of nonhost resistance to Phytophthora sojae before
infection. Phytopathology, 112, 335–344.


TOWARDS FUTURE FARMING: HOW ARTIFICIAL

INTELLIGENCE IS TRANSFORMING THE AGRICULTURE
INDUSTRY Article ID: AG-VO3-I09-40
*Deepak Reddy B, Sravanthi D, Reddy Priya P, Neelima P and Pavani T

*Corresponding Author Email ID: deepakreddyagrico.108@gmail.com
Abstract
Technology has redefined farming over the years and technological advances have affected the
agriculture industry in more ways than one. Agriculture is the mainstay occupation in many
countries worldwide and with rising population, which as per UN projections will increase from
7.5 billion to 9.7 billion in 20501, there will be more pressure on land as there will be only an
extra 4% of land, which will come under cultivation by 2050. This means that farmers will have
to do more with less. According to the same survey, the food production will have to increase by
60% to feed an additional two billion people. However, traditional methods are not enough to
handle this huge demand. This is driving farmers and agro companies to find newer ways to
increase production and reduce waste. As a result, Artificial Intelligence (AI) is steadily
emerging as part of the agriculture industry‘s technological evolution. The challenge is to
increase the global food production by 50% by 2050 to feed an additional two billion people. AI-
powered solutions will not only enable farmers to improve efficiencies but they will also
improve quantity, quality and ensure faster go-to-market for crops.
Advantage of implementing AI in Agriculture

The use of Artificial intelligence in agriculture helps the farmers to understand the data
insights such as temperature, precipitation, wind speed, and solar radiation. The data analysis of
historic values, offers a better comparison of the desired outcomes. The best part of

implementing AI in agriculture that it won‘t eliminate the jobs of human farmers rather it will
improve their processes.
 AI provides more efficient ways to produce, harvest and sell essential crops.
 AI implementation emphasis on checking defective crops and improving the potential for
healthy crop production.
Article
 The growth in Artificial Intelligence technology has strengthened ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
agro-based businesses
to run more efficiently.
 AI is being used in applications such as automated machine adjustments for weather
forecasting and disease or pest identification.
 Artificial intelligence can improve crop management practices thus, helping many tech
businesses invest in algorithms that are becoming useful in agriculture.
 AI solutions have the potential to solve the challenges farmers face such as climate
variation, an infestation of pests and weeds that reduces yields.
Impact of Artificial Intelligence in Agriculture

AI technology is rapidly rectifying the problems while recommending specific action that is
required to overcome the problem. AI is efficient in monitoring the information to find solutions
quickly. Let‘s see how AI is being used in agriculture to improve results with a minimal
environmental cost. By implementing AI can identify a disease with 98% accuracy. Thus, AI
helps farmers monitor the fruit and vegetable by adjusting the light to accelerate production.

Forecasted Weather data

AI in an advanced way is helping the farmer to remain updated with the data related to
weather forecasting. The forecasted/ predicted data help farmers increase yields and profits
without risking the crop. The analysis of the data generated helps the farmer to take the
precaution by understanding and learning with AI. By implementing such practice helps to make
a smart decision on time Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Monitoring Crop and Soil Health

Utilizing AI is an efficient way to conduct or monitor identifies possible defects and
nutrient deficiencies in the soil. With the image recognition approach, AI identifies possible
defects through images captured by the camera. With the help of Al deep learning application are
developed to analysis flora patterns in agriculture. Such AI-enabled applications are supportive
in understanding soil defects, plant pests, and diseases.
Decrease pesticide usage
Farmers can use AI to manage weeds by implementing computer vision, robotics, and
machine learning. With the help of the AI, data are gathered to keep a check on the weed which
helps the farmers to spray chemicals only where the weeds are. This directly reduced the usage
of the chemical spraying an entire field. As a result, AI reduces herbicide usage in the field
comparatively the volume of chemicals normally sprayed.
AI Agriculture Bots
AI-enabled agriculture bots help farmers to find more efficient ways to protect their crops
from weeds. This is also helping to overcome the labor challenge. AI bots in the agriculture field
can harvest crops at a higher volume and faster pace than human laborers. By leveraging

computer vision helps to monitor the weed and spray them. Thus, Artificial Intelligence is
helping farmers find more efficient ways to protect their crops from weeds.
Final thoughts
Today AI-powered technologies are used for solving several industries‘ purposes. AI is
being utilized in sectors such as finance, transport, healthcare, and now in agriculture. AI is
Article
helping the farmers to monitor their crops without the need to invigilate ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
personally into the farm.
Many startups and enterprises are looking forward to AI development in agriculture. AI is
redefining the traditional pattern of agriculture. The future of AI in agriculture is way ahead in
offering radical transformation with advanced approaches.


ANIMAL HEALTHFULNESS:
OCCUPATIONAL KEY ISSUES
HEALTH HAZARDS AND
OF WORKERS
CHALLENGES UNDER FIELD CONDITIONS

Sehajpal Singh Dhillon, Bhawanpreet Kaur, CS Mukhopadhyay and Simarjeet Kaur*
Guru Angad Dev Veterinary and Animal Sciences University, Ludhiana, Punjab, India
*Corresponding Author Email ID: simarsharma08@gmail.com
Abstract
Maintaining the health of animals under real-world conditions presents a myriad of critical
concerns and obstacles. This abstract delves into the pivotal aspects and prevalent challenges
associated with animal health in practical, non-laboratory settings. The discussion encapsulates
various facets of this topic, exploring issues ranging from disease prevention to nutritional
requirements. The intricate interplay between environmental factors, management practices, and
animal well-being forms a central theme. This abstract aims to shed light on the complex
dynamics that define animal health in field conditions, offering insights and perspectives
essential for the effective management of livestock and wildlife populations
Keywords: Animal, Health, Populations, Livestock, Humans
Introduction
Animal health and well-being are crucial variables in increasing livestock output, benefits
for farmers, and keeping disease-free companion animals. Sudden onset of disease or occurrence
of epidemics/endemics/pandemics/emerging diseases bears a direct impact on productivity, and
thereby profitability, vis-a-vis animal and/or human health. Animal health research is evolving,
as are the expectations of sponsors and research organizations. A rising number of users discover
such research through the prism of the threats and risks that conventional and emergent animal
diseases offer to human health.
Humans, pets, livestock, and wildlife depend on each other and the global environment
— and are all threatened by climate change. Diseases once found only in tropical areas have

migrated north. Even Arctic-dwelling species are facing new health threats. In Africa, outbreaks
of Ebola in humans have been linked to large numbers of deaths among gorillas living nearby,
and these animals could benefit from human vaccines under development. One theme that
permeates all these stories is that animals and humans are in this together, and health researchers
would do best to take a holistic view
Lurking Issues in Animal Health Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
It has been evident that animal farmers are constantly facing challenges due to commonly
occurring infectious and emerging diseases, many of which are zoonotic in nature. In the present
discussion, some of the important factors contributing to the animal health due to infectious
diseases has been discussed:
1. Economic concerns for a variety of diseases that have an impact on the economic viability of
livestock farms and animal-producing industries.
2. Zoonoses, infectious or parasitic diseases transmitted from animals to humans, whether
contagious (for example, tuberculosis, brucellosis, influenza viruses), vectorial (Rift Valley
fever, Lyme disease), or food-borne (BSE, toxic food poisoning); antibiotic resistance; and traces
of medicine in animal products.
3. Environmental difficulties related to agricultural effect; this includes the release of xenobiotics
into the environment (medicine residues).
4. Animal welfare issues, which are directly tied to regulatory developments in this domain.
Diseases cause misery and anguish, and one of the criteria used for recently suggested animal
welfare evaluation techniques is the lack of such symptoms.
5. Antimicrobial Resistance (AMR): The misuse and overuse of antibiotics in animals
contribute to the rise of antimicrobial resistance.
6. Livestock Disease Outbreaks Disease outbreaks in livestock, such as foot-and-mouth
disease, can lead to economic losses and impact food security.
7. Aquatic Animal Health Health challenges in aquatic animals, like farmed fish, can affect
aquaculture production and sustainability.
Predominants of Animal Health
Animals supply humans with food, so keeping them healthy is critical to avoiding
foodborne infections. Animals play a crucial part in the environment, and their health can disrupt
nature's balance. Animal health is crucial for research purposes since it has enabled several

medical advancements. Finally, because many people consider their pets to be family members,
they must remain healthy for the sake of their owners.
Healthy animals, according to animal medication makers in India, can result in the following:
1. Reduces reliance on antibiotics
2. Increased agricultural output, including an increase in the number of offspring
Article
3. Safer food supply for everybody, resulting in fewer infections and ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
negative effects on
consumers
4. Has a considerable reduction in environmental effect
Challenges to Animal Health
When it comes to animal health, there are numerous problems. One of the most difficult
tasks is preventing diseases from transferring from animals to humans and developing effective
therapies for diseases that affect both animals and humans if this occurs. Finally, maintaining a
balance between human activity and animal populations is difficult.
Food Security and Nutrition: Animals are a primary source of protein and essential nutrients
for human diets.
Disease Prevention and Public Health: Zoonotic diseases can transfer from animals to humans,
leading to pandemics.
Ecosystem Balance: Animals contribute to pollination, pest control, nutrient cycling, and overall
ecosystem health.
Biodiversity Conservation: Healthy animals contribute to diverse ecosystems, enhancing their
resilience and adaptability.
Economic Stability: Livestock and agriculture industries rely on healthy animals for
productivity and economic growth.
Research and Medicine: Animal research contributes to medical advancements and treatments
for human diseases.
Climate Resilience: Certain animal species play roles in climate resilience through ecosystem
services.
Cultural Value: Animals hold cultural and aesthetic significance in various societies.
Education and Conservation: Studying animal health promotes environmental education and
responsible stewardship.

The economic loss of Animal Health

Animal health is critical to the economy for a variety of reasons. Healthy animals can
produce more offspring, which leads to increased economic activity, Furthermore, healthy
animals can convert food into valuable products like milk and meat more efficiently. Also,
animal health helps prevent the spread of disease to humans.
One World, One Health" approach Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
The "One World, One Health" approach is essential in the sense that "the only way to
prevent all of these new hazards (zoonotic) is to adapt the existing systems of health governance
at the global, regional, and national levels in a harmonized and coordinated manner," but "the
concept "One World, One Health" should not serve as a pretext for dangerous initiatives such as
attempting to achieve economies of scale based on purely theoretical notions worthy of a
sorcerer's apprentice.
One Health Day is a global observance marked by educational and awareness activities
promoting the One Health concept. This initiative urges students to conceive and execute
projects that embrace One Health principles. These projects can then be submitted to a yearly
competition recognizing outstanding student-led efforts in four global regions. Contemporary
health issues often exhibit intricacies, cross-border implications, multiple influencing factors,
and the involvement of various species. When tackled solely from medical, veterinary, or
ecological perspectives, the creation of enduring mitigation approaches becomes improbable.
Key Principles of the One Health Approach:
1. Collaboration: The approach encourages collaboration and communication among
professionals from different sectors, including human health, animal health, and
environmental science.
2. Holistic Perspective: It recognizes that the health of humans, animals, and the
environment are interconnected and that the well-being of one can impact the others.
3. Prevention: One Health emphasizes proactive measures to prevent and control disease
outbreaks at their source, reducing the risk of spillover to other species.
4. Research and Surveillance: It promotes integrated research and surveillance systems to
detect and respond to emerging diseases and health threats.

5. Policy and Advocacy: One Health advocates for policies that consider the health of all
three domains, fostering a more comprehensive and effective approach to health
management.
Recent References and Resources:
1. World Health Organization (WHO) "One Health" Page: The WHO provides
Article
resources and publications related to the One Health approach, ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
including its importance
in addressing global health challenges.
2. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) "One Health" Page: The CDC
offers information on how the One Health approach is applied to address zoonotic
diseases and other health threats.
3. Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) "One Health" Resources: FAO provides
publications and reports on the implementation of the One Health approach in the context
of food security and agriculture.
4. Academic Journals: Search for recent articles in academic journals like "One Health,"
"EcoHealth," and "Frontiers in Veterinary Science" to find research and case studies on
the One Health approach.
5. Academic Databases: Use databases like PubMed and Google Scholar to search for
recent research articles, reviews, and studies related to the One Health approach.
6. International One Health Conferences: Attending or reviewing materials from
conferences focused on One Health can provide insights into recent developments and
case studies.
Acknowledgments
The authors thankfully acknowledge the team for their support. All authors read and approved
the manuscript.
References
Mackenzie, J. S., & Jeggo, M. (2019). The One Health approach—Why is it so important?
Tropical medicine and infectious disease, 4(2), 88.
Collignon, P. J., & McEwen, S. A. (2019). One health—its importance in helping to better
control antimicrobial resistance. Tropical medicine and infectious disease, 4(1), 22.

Ma, W., Bicknell, K., & Renwick, A. (2020). Production intensification and animal health
expenditure on dairy farms in New Zealand. Journal of Dairy science, 103(2), 1598-
1607.
Brès, P. (2020). Impact of arboviruses on human and animal health. In The Arboviruses: (pp. 1-
18). CRC Press.
Article
Bonilla-Aldana, D. K., Dhama, K., & Rodriguez-Morales, A. J. (2020). ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Revisiting the one health
approach in the context of COVID-19: a look into the ecology of this emerging disease.
Adv Anim Vet Sci, 8(3), 234-237.
Ramanujam, H., Thiruvengadam, K., Singaraj, R., & Palaniyandi, K. (2022). Role of abattoir
monitoring in determining the prevalence of bovine tuberculosis: A systematic review
and meta‐analysis. Transboundary and Emerging Diseases, 69(3), 958-973.
Holzer, K., Wareth, G., El‐Diasty, M., Abdel‐Hamid, N. H., Hamdy, M. E., Moustafa, S. A., ...
& Beyer, W. (2022). Tracking the distribution, genetic diversity and lineage of Brucella
melitensis recovered from humans and animals in Egypt based on core‐genome SNP
analysis and in silico MLVA‐16. Transboundary and Emerging Diseases, 69(6), 3952-
3963.
core-genome SNP analysis and in silico MLVA-16. Transbound Emerg Dis. 2022
Nov;69(6):3952-3963. doi: 10.1111/tbed.14768.


MORINGA CULTIVATION
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTHFOR GREEN
HAZARDS FODDER
OF WORKERS

*Dr.T.Sumathi, Dr.J.E Adeline Vinila, Dr.B.Muralidhran and Dr.M.Kumar

Horticultural College and Research Institute, TNAU, Coimbatore -641003
Tamil Nadu, India
*Corresponding Author Email ID: sumathihort@gmail.com
Introduction
Moringa‖, is a multi-purpose shrub/tree used by human beings for their food and
medicine since centuries. It is known as ―Miracle tree‖ as its food is rich in protein, minerals and
vitamins. It belongs to the family Moringacea, genus – Moringa with 14 species. The most
important species are Moringa oleifera and M. stenopetala. It is commonly known in India as
sahjan, muga, munga, muringakkai, muringakkaya, munnakaya, nuggekai, sajane dauta,
saragavo, shevaga, drumstick, horse radish tree etc. It is traditionally cultivated as a backyard
plant or in orchard and pods & leaves are used for vegetable purpose. Moringa can produce
green fodder for livestock like any other perennial multi-cut fodder crop. It is fast growing deep
rooted plant tolerant to drought conditions. Moringa crop fodder comprises of soft leaves & non-
woody stem. It is highly nutritious, palatable and has pleasant aroma. It has potential to produce
enormous biomass and promises to be the plant of the future in ensuring year round green
fodder availability for animals. It is known to be devoid of any known anti-nutritional factors
and has insignificant tannin content. Compared with other conventional feedstuffs, it has a very
high biological value and considerable potential for adoption as food for humans as well as a
ruminant fodder resource.
Origin and nature
Moringa originated in sub-Himalayan tracts of the Indian sub-continent. It is a fast
growing, evergreen, deciduous medium sized perennial tree of about 10 m to 12 m height. The

bark has whitish-grey colour and is surrounded by thick cork. Young shoots have purplish or
greenish-white bark. Flowers are yellowish creamy white and sweet smelling. The matured fruit
is a hanging capsule of 20-45 cm size having 15 to 20 dark brown globular seeds of 1 to 1.2 cm
diameter.
Nutrient composition
Article
Moringa fodder is rich source of nutrients for dairy animals. OtherID:than
AG-VO2-I08-07
protein and
minerals it is also a very good source of pro-vitamin A, vitamin B, vitamin C & E, some
carotenoids and sulphur containing amino acid like cysteine & methionine. Green fodder of
moringa crop harvested at 2 to 3 months‘ interval contains Dry Matter (16.63%), Crude Protein
(15.82%), Ether Extract (2.35%), Crude Fibre (35.54%), Total Ash (7.61%), Silica (1.02%),
Calcium (0.8%), Phosphorus (0.28%), Magnesium (0.51%), Potassium (1.43%), Sodium
(0.24%), Copper (8.78 ppm), Zinc (18.05 ppm), Manganese (35.57 ppm) and Iron (474.25 ppm).
Propagation
Moringa can be propagated through seeds as well as stem cuttings. However, seed is the
most reliable and quick method for propagation of Moringa crop. In India, public sector
institutions developed few vegetable purpose varieties viz. KM 1, Dhanraj, KDM 1, PKM 1 and
PKM 2 which can also be grown for fodder cultivation.
Package of cultivation practices

• For moringa cultivation black, laterite, deep sandy to sandy loam soils with soil pH 6.5 to 8.0
are ideal. Fields with more than 30 cm deep soil tilth, good percolation & drainage facility and
free from infestation of perennial weeds like Cyprus rotundus, Cynodon dactylon, Parthenium
hysterophorus are suitable for moringa cultivation.
• Moringa cultivation should not be taken in waterlogged and poorly drained soils as in rainy
season, crop is completely destroyed.
Moringa can be sown during spring and autumn seasons as it ensures good germination and
proper establishment of seedlings. Moringa sowing must be avoided during rainy season to
prevent seedling damages due to excess moisture and water stagnation in fields.
Article
Land is prepared by giving deep plough using Disc, Reversible or M.B. ID: followed
plough AG-VO2-I08-07
by 2-3
harrow or cultivator ploughings and thereafter followed by proper levelling.
Moringa being a perennial crop, deep ploughing ensures proper root penetration in soil.
• Apply 10 tons of farm yard manure or 3 tons of vermi-compost per hectare 15 days before
sowing.
• Moringa crop requires 150 kg nitrogen, 60 kg phosphorus, 40 kg potash, 30 kg sulphur and 10
kg zinc sulphate for one hectare land. Single Super Phosphate (SSP) and Ammonium Sulphate
may be used for meeting phosphorus, nitrogen and sulphur requirements.
• Apply 30 kg nitrogen and full dose of other chemical fertilizers before sowing and mix well in
soil. Apply remaining nitrogen in equal split doses first after 45 days of planting and subsequent
15 days after each cutting.
• Apply full dose of organic and inorganic fertilisers every year to get optimum fodder
production and faster vegetative re-growth.
• Soak the seeds in water overnight. Treat the seed with Trichoderma viride or Carbendazim
fungicide @ 5 to 10 gram/kg of seed before sowing. It hastens the germination and protects
against root fungal diseases.
• Sow 100 kg/ha Moringa seed in one hectare. In a well prepared field, open shallow furrows at
30 cm spacing, sow one seed at 10 cm spacing 3-4 cm deep in soil. Cover the seed properly with
soil after sowing.

• Apply Pendimethalin @ 1.25 litre/ha just after sowing as pre-emergence herbicide followed by
hand weeding/hoeing at regular 25 -30 days interval during cultivation period to ensures proper
weed control.
• First irrigation may be given just after sowing and second irrigation one week after sowing to
ensure proper germination in field. Rest of the irrigations at 15 -20 days internal as per crop
need. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
• Apply bio-pesticide like neem seed kernel extract (NSKE) @ 5 % solution on crop to control
insect –pest infestation like leaf eating caterpillar during spring and summer season.
For organic fodder production of moringa, crop may be irrigated with animal shed waste water or
bio-gas plant slurry. This practice will not only meet the fertilizer requirement of Moringa crop
but also keep the crop free from insect-pest attack and check damages from wild animals.
Harvesting & Yield
Crop is ready for first harvest at 85-90 days after sowing. Harvest the crop at 30 cm
above ground level to ensure optimum fodder production, better regeneration & long term
establishment of crop. Harvesting earlier than 85- 90 days may lead to thin & weak stem, poor
regeneration and higher mortality. Subsequent cuttings can be taken at 60 days interval at 5 to 6
feet crop growth.

 After each cutting, apply 30 kg nitrogen fertiliser per hectare and irrigation is applied to crop
for quick re-growth. Give light hoeing to control weeds in inter row spaces.
• Moringa gives green fodder yield of around 100-120 ton/ha/year.
Feeding
Moringa green fodder is to be chaffed in to small pieces of 2-3 cm size through manual or
power chaff cutter for feeding to dairy animals. 15-20 kg chaffed greenArticle
fodderID:
ofAG-VO2-I08-07
moringa can be
fed daily to one animal after mixing it with dry or other cereal green fodder
Advantages
Drought tolerant and source of perennial fodder.
• Rich in nutrients like crude protein, minerals & vitamins.
• Propagated through seeds and vegetative means.
• Used by human beings as well as livestock.
• Higher biomass production potential


FREEZINGOCCUPATIONAL
PLANT TISSUES: CRYOPRESERVATION
HEALTH HAZARDS OF WORKERS OF
DIFFICULT-TO-STORE GERMPLASM
*V. Thiruvengadam
Agricultural College and Research Institute, Tamil Nadu Agricultural University,
Kudumiyanmalai – 622104, Tamil Nadu, India
*Corresponding Author Email ID: thiruvengadam.v@tnau.ac.in
Introduction
Plant genetic diversity plays a major role in agriculture for wider adaptability of crop
species to changing environments and resistance to biotic and abiotic stresses. Conservation of
plant genetic resources helps to conserve plant genetic diversity for the crop improvement in
order to meet out food and nutritional security (Govindaraj et al., 2015). Many national and
international crop based institutes have created different types of gene banks to avoid the loss of
potential germplasm of their target crops. Among the ex situ conservation strategies, seed gene
bank is the most popular and economical method of germplasm conservation. However, this
method is not applicable to crops that do not produce seeds or with recalcitrant seed and also to
plant species that are propagated vegetatively.
Cryopreservation, the storage of biological material at ultra-low temperature (−196°C) in
liquid nitrogen, is most preferred approach for long-term conservation of vegetatively propagated
germplasm. During the cryopreservation, all biochemical activities are significantly reduced and
biological deterioration are temporarily stopped thus facilitating storage of tissues for unlimited
time period. It is best achieved either submerging the samples directly in the liquid nitrogen at a
temperature of -196°C (liquid phase) or exposing above the liquid at temperature between -
140°C and -180°C (vapour phase).
Cryo-conservation methods and principles
Classical method
The classical cryopreservation techniques involve slow cooling in a programmable

freezer to a defined prefreezing temperature (- 4˚C) followed by plunging in liquid nitrogen. The
material, after treatment with cryo protectant mixture to a certain period of time, was slowly
cooled (from 0.1 to 0.5 °C/min) so that ice is formed in the extracellular spaces. Depending upon
the rate of cooling and pre freezing temperature, most or all intracellular water is removed that
will avoid the detrimental intracellular ice formation upon subsequent immersion of specimen in
Article
liquid nitrogen. In order to avoid recrystallization in which ice melts and ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
reforms larger and more
damaging crystal size, rapid rewarming was performed (Benson, 2008). The classical approach
to cryopreservation is most successful with protoplast culture, cell suspensions and callus
cultures. It is not much useful in shoot tips and mature zygotic and somatic embryo cultures that
comprise mixture of cell sizes and types (Withers and Engelmann, 1997).
New Vitrification methods
Vitrification is the freeze avoidance mechanism which works on the principle of
dehydration that helps in cells or tissues to withstand of freezing temperature. Vitrification is the
formation of a glass-like, noncrystalline solid at the freezing point of an aqueous solution.
Vitrification involves treatment of the culture with higher concentrations of cryoprotectants. The
main advantage of vitrification is that controlled-rate cryostats are not required, thus the time
needed for cooling is reduced. Complete vitrification eliminates concern for the potentially
damaging effects of intra- and extracellular crystallization. At sufficiently low temperatures, a
highly concentrated cryoprotective solution becomes so viscous that it solidifies into a
metastable glass. The goal is to achieve a sufficiently high concentration of solutes to prevent the
solution from freezing into crystalline ice when cooled and to ensure its transition into the
amorphous or glassy state. Vitrification method has widely been extended to plant cells.
Pre growth
The pregrowth technique provides the samples which are cultivated in the presence of
cryoprotectants, then directly immersion in liquid nitrogen for freezing. The pregrowth technique
has been developed for Musa meristematic cultures (Panis et al., 2002). In pregrowth-desiccation
procedure, the explants are pregrown in the presence of cryoprotectants followed by air
desiccation to avoid the crystallization of tissue water during freezing that turns to a stable glassy
state (Zang et al., 2001) that impart both desiccation (Bruni and Leopold,1991) and freezing
tolerance (Suzuki et al, 2005) and plasma membrane stability (Fujikawa et al., 1999).

Air desiccation
Air desiccation is the simplest method in cryopreservation which does not involve
complicated treatments both before and after immersion in liquid nitrogen. Here the excised
embryos or embryonic axes are desiccated to critical moisture content in the air current of the
laminar flow or over silica gel (Dumet et al., 1993) in closed containers before freezing them
rapidly by direct immersion in liquid nitrogen. Desiccation in sterile Article ID:resulted
silica gel AG-VO2-I08-07
in more
precise and reproducible dehydration conditions.
Encapsulation dehydration
The encapsulation dehydration protocol in cryopreservation was first developed by Fabre
and Dereudde (1990) for Solatium shoot tip cryopreservation. This protocol has been used for
cryopreservation of a wide variety of plant germplasm. Encapsulation dehydration technique is
based on successive osmotic and evaporative dehydration of plant cells. In this method, the
explants are suspended in calcium free liquid basal medium with 3-5% sodium alginate alone or
with sucrose at the level normally used in the culture medium or more (Gonzalez-Benito et al.,
1999) and dispensed into calcium chloride solution (0.1 M). The beads thus formed were
pregrown in sucrose enriched liquid medium and partially desiccated and then frozen rapidly in
liquid nitrogen. Sakai et al. (2000) modified the procedure by the addition of glycerol along with
sucrose into the alginate matrix. The optimum water content for the sample survival after
cryopreservation following encapsulation dehydration method ranged from 15-25% depending
on the species. Encapsulation dehydration avoids the use of harmful cryoprotectants as compared
to other methods (Shibli et al., 2001). Survival and regrowth of the cryopreserved plant material
is dependent on preculture duration and residual water content (20%-28%) after desiccation.
Vitrification
In solution based vitrification procedure, the explants are sufficiently dehydrated and
cryoprotected with vitrification solution before immersion in liquid nitrogen. Plant vitrification
solution (PVS-1 to PVS-4) series developed by Sakai and his group is being widely used by
many workers (Sakai and Engelmann, 2007). PVS1 was employed for cooling asparagus cell
suspensions (Uragami et al., 1989). The most commonly used vitrification solutions are glycerol
based ones such as Plant Vitrification Solution 2 (PVS2) and 3 (PVS3). The vitrification
solutions commonly contain penetrating and non-penetrating cryoprotectants that aid in
dehydration of samples. It also avoids cytotoxicity and protects cells from crystallization of

remaining water molecules. The treatment duration for explant with PVS is highly critical for
plantlet recovery after cryopreservation (Kartha and Engelmann, 1994). The various steps
involved in vitrification procedure are preculture, loading, dehydration of explants with a
vitrification solution, cooling and warming, unloading and recovery growth. Among various
loading solutions tested, a mixture of 2 M (18%) glycerol plus 0.4 M (14%) sucrose was very
Article(Sakai
effective in inducing tolerance to dehydration by vitrification solution ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
et al, 1991).
Optimizing parameters like duration and temperature of exposure to vitrification solution for
dehydration avoiding chemical toxicity or excessive osmotic stress are the keys to success in
vitrification method. Removal of the toxic vitrification solution (unloading) is necessary to avoid
the detrimental osmotic shock when transferred directly to the standard medium after
cryopreservation and also in reducing the cytotoxicity of the remaining cryoprotectants (Kim et
al., 2005). Complete vitrification eliminates the potentially damaging effect of intra and
extracellular crystallization and produces high level of cell survival (Benson, 2004). As a simple
and very effective approach, vitrification technique has been successfully employed for complex
tissues like meristems, somatic embryos and shoots tips of various species (Sakai and Engelmann
2007).
Encapsulation vitrification
Encapsulation vitrification combines encapsulation and vitrification steps involved in
cryopreservation (Hirai and Sakai, 1999). This procedure is suitable for small sized explants
where the difficulties in handling large number of samples are avoided. In Wasabi shoot tips
following encapsulation vitrification, 30% higher recovery percentage over encapsulation
dehydration method has been reported by Matsumoto et al., (1995). Here the shoot tips after
preculturing with 0.3 M sucrose was encapsulated in alginate beads (3-4mm diameter), loaded
with a mixture of 2 M glycerol plus 0.4 M sucrose for 30 min and then dehydrated with PVS2
solution in a 100ml glass beaker on a rotary shaker (100 rpm) for 70 to 100 min at 0°C.
Thereafter the shoot tips were suspended in PVS2 solution which is plunged in liquid nitrogen.
After rewarming at 40°C in a water bath, the PVS2 solution is drained from the tubes and the
beads washed in 1.2 M sucrose solution. The encapsulated shoot tips were transferred onto
solidified Vi MS medium.

Droplet vitrification
The droplet freezing technique was originally designed for in vitro shoot tips of potato
(Schafer- Menuhr et al., 1996). Shoot tips were treated with 10% DMSO (dimethyl sulfoxide)
solution and frozen ultra rapidly in a droplet of this solution that is placed on a small aluminium
foil, transferred into a cryovial and plunged into liquid nitrogen. The main interest of this
Article
technique is the possibility of achieving very high cooling/warming rates ID:
dueAG-VO2-I08-07
to very small
volume of cryoprotective medium in which the explants are placed. Olive embryogenic cultures
renewed embryogenesis after cryopreservation using the droplet vitrification method for 60 min
dehydration period with PVS2. A long term (7-8 weeks) sucrose preculture had a significant
effect on the initial response of the cultures, allowing protection to cells against the toxic effects
of the vitrification solution and resistance to cell dehydration.
Conclusion
Cryopreservation has emerged as an important biotechnological tool for storing wide
range of plant germplasm especially those which are difficult to store due to large size, high
moisture content, high desiccation freezing sensitivity (recalcitrant) and those propagated
vegetatively and endangered plant species. Even though the initial inputs for cryogene banking
are high, its maintenance requires minimal resources. Therefore it is cost effective and requires
limited space. Cryopreservation is also employed in in vitro propagation systems based
onsomatic embryogenesis, to avoid somaclonal variation and loss of embryogenic potential that
can occur during long-term maintenance of actively growing embryogenic cultures.
Cryopreservation is also be utilized for virus eradication (cryotherapy) as demonstrated in Musa
spp. (Helliot et al., 2002).
References
Govindaraj, M., Vetriventhan, M., & Srinivasan, M. (2015). Importance of genetic diversity
assessment in crop plants and its recent advances: an overview of its analytical
perspectives. Genetics research international, 2015
Benson, E. E. (2008). Cryopreservation of phytodiversity: a critical appraisal of theory &
practice. Critical reviews in Plant sciences, 27(3), 141-219
Withers, L. A., & Engelmann, F. (1997). In vitro conservation of plant genetic resources. In
Agricultural biotechnology (pp. 75-106). CRC Press

Panis, B., & Lambardi, M. (2006). Status of cryopreservation technologies in plants (crops and
forest trees). The role of biotechnology in exploring and protecting agricultural genetic
resources. FAO, Rome, 61-78
Bruni, F., & Leopold, A. C. (1991). Glass transitions in soybean seed: relevance to anhydrous
biology. Plant Physiology, 96(2), 660-663.
Article
Suzuki, M., Akihama, T., & Ishikawa, M. (2005). Cryopreservation ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
of encapsulated gentian
axillary buds following 2 step-preculture with sucrose and desiccation. Plant cell, tissue
and organ culture, 83(1), 115-121.
Fujikawa, S., Jitsuyama, Y., & Kuroda, K. (1999). Determination of the role of cold acclimation
induced diverse changes in plant cells from the viewpoint of avoidance of freezing injury.
Journal of Plant Research, 112(2), 237-244.
Dumet, D., Engelmann, F., Chabrillange, N., & Duval, Y. (1993). Cryopreservation of oil palm
(Elaeis guineensis Jacq.) somatic embryos involving a desiccation step. Plant Cell
Reports, 12(6), 352-355
Fabre, J., & Dereuddre, J. (1990). Encapsulation-dehydration: a new approach to
cryopreservation of Solanum shoot-tips. Cryo Letters.
González-Benito, M. E., Martín, C., Iriondo, J. M., & Pérez, C. (1999). Conservation of the rare
and endangered plants endemic to Spain. Plant conservation biotechnology, 251-264
Sakai, A., & Engelmann, F. (2007). Vitrification, encapsulation-vitrification and droplet-
vitrification: a review. CryoLetters, 28(3), 151-172
Shibli, R., Haagenson, D., Cunningham, S., Berg, W., & Volenec, J. (2001). Cryopreservation of
alfalfa (Medicago sativa L.) cells by encapsulation-dehydration. Plant cell reports, 20(5),
445-450.
Uragami, A., Sakai, A., Nagai, M., & Takahashi, T. (1989). Survival of cultured cells and
somatic embryos of Asparagus officinalis cryopreserved by vitrification. Plant cell
reports, 8(7), 418- 421
Kartha, K. K., & Engelmann, F. (1994). Cryopreservation and germplasm storage. In Plant cell
and tissue culture (pp. 195-230). Springer, Dordrecht.
Hirai, D., & Sakai, A. (1999). Cryopreservation of in vitro-grown meristems of potato (Solanum
tuberosum L.) by encapsulation-vitrification. Potato Research, 42(1), 153-160.

Schafer-Menuhr, A., Schumacher, H. M., & Mix-Wagner, G. (1996). Long-term storage of old
potato cultivars in liquid nitrogen. Comprehensive potato Biotechnology (SM Paul
Khurana et al., eds.).
Helliot, B., Swennen, R., Poumay, Y., Frison, E., Lepoivre, P., & Panis, B. (2003).
Ultrastructural changes associated with cryopreservation of banana (Musa spp.) highly
proliferating meristems. Plant Cell Reports, 21(7), 690-698. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07


KVK GIVES IMPETUS HEALTH

OCCUPATIONAL TO DAIRY FARMING
HAZARDS AMONG
OF WORKERS
TRIBAL FARMERS OF GUJARAT

*R. F. Thakor1, B. M. Patel2 and Paresh Patel3

1
Sr. Scientist Krishi Vigyan Kendra -Valsad - Gujarat -396191
2
Programme Assistant, Krishi Vigyan Kendra -Valsad-Gujarat-396191
3
Farm Manager, Krishi Vigyan Kendra -Valsad-Gujarat-396191
*Corresponding Author Email ID: thakorkvk@gmail.com
Abstract
Dairy production is considered to be an important tool for self-employment and socio-economic
transformation of rural folk, especially for small farmers, landless labor‘s, educated unemployed
youth. It provides substantial employment opportunities and supplementary income to the rural
farmers. Livelihoods options are shrinking in rural areas in general more so in eco-fragile
regions, such as drought, desert prone, hilly areas and tribal dominated districts. Hence it is more
imperative to transfer the technologies to the door step of tribal farmers in the field of feeding,
breeding and health care management of livestock. Apart from the capacity building through
vocational training, Krishi Vigyan Kendra assessed many technologies which solve the location
specific problems of cattle owner. Feeding cattle with balanced diet and Sync protocol treatment
has reduced inter calving period. Acceptance of artificial insemination technology has increase
the productivity of indigenous animals. California Mastitis treatment provides safeguard against
mastitis disease. All these technologies lead to increase per capita milk production.
Keywords: Breed improvement, California Mastitis Test, Heat synchronization protocol,
Artificial Insemination.
Introduction
The dairy sector is still characterized by small-scale, scattered and unorganized milch
animal holders, inadequate and inappropriate animal feeding and health care, inadequate basic
infrastructure procurement, transportation, processing and marketing of milk and lack of

professional management are some of the key constraints causes the low productivity of milk.
Krishi Vigyan Kendra (KVK), is an integral part of the National Agricultural Research System
(NARS), aims at assessment of location specific technology modules in agriculture and allied
enterprises, through technology assessment, refinement and demonstrations. Gujarat Vidyapith
KVK, Valsad situated in southernmost tip of Gujarat is tribal dominated hilly area having
Article
undulating land with steep slopes. About 69 per cent agriculture is rainfed. ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Livestock production
play vital role in the economy of the tribal dominated district. With a view to boost dairy farming
Vigyan Kendra carried out wide-range of extension activities such as skill training, technology
assessment through On Farm Testing, method and result demonstrations etc. has produced the
tangible impact on dairy farming in the district.
Dissemination of technology
Short and long duration skill oriented vocational programs on dairy management was
conducted by the KVK- Valsad through which the interventions listed below were taken up to
the door step of farmers.
Technology assessed and extrapolated
 Multi cut perennial fodder grass variety
 Artificial insemination
 Automatic timely drinking water supply system
 Prevention of mastitis (California mastitis test)
 Heat synchronization protocol
 Feed supplement (Mineral mixture, Calf starter, Enriched paddy straw with Urea
treatment
Nutri rich Fodder - varietal demonstration
Field day on Demo plot

A fodder demonstration unit having different high yielding varieties of perennial grasses
such as NB-21, APBN, Co-1, Co-2, Co-3 and Co-4, BNH-10 etc. having salient features like
profuse tillering, non-lodging, high crude protein content, broad green leaves, less water
requirement and less content of oxalate were developed at KVK farm which serves as mother
plant nursery. KVK laid down demonstrations in 147 ha area covering more than 4500 farmers
of 278 villages. The area under the variety increase by two folds in subsequent years following
Farmer- lead-Farmer approach. Improved fodder varieties gave an average yield of 180-210
t/ha/year under moderate management practices. It saves cost of cultivation as it is perennial in
nature and helpful to cure the deficiencies developed as a result of malnutrition caused by the
poor feeding.
Breed improvement through Artificial Insemination
To improve livestock production, introduction of improved cattle breeds is necessary. In
this context, artificial insemination activity has been initiated by KVK with the help of
Vasudhara milk cooperatives and state dept of Animal Husbandry. An artificial insemination
(AI) centre was established at KVK to provide door-to-door AI service in surrounding villages.
KVK scientist treated more than five thousand cows (HF- 2710), Jersey (505), Desi cows (615)
and buffaloes (522) during last ten years. Capacity building of as many as 142 para vet AI
workers .Trained para vet AI workers act as catalytic change agents in the village. As a result of
intensive efforts cent percent cross breed milking animals of the district were treated with the AI
technology. It has increased the productivity of indigenous animals at large.
F1 generation F2 generation
Automatic water delivery system for cattle
Scarcity of water is one of the the major hurdles in the development of dairy farming in
the district. Availability of drinking water is utmost important to improve the dry matter intake
,improve health and the milk production especially at time of heat stress. KVK introduce water
bowl technology to facilitate continuous supply of clean drinking water for cattle.
Automatic water delivery system installed by the farmer

Technology details
• Stored water flows gravitationally from over head tank fitted at appropriate height above
the manger through the PVC pipe of about 1 inch diameter.
• The other end of the pvc pipes attached with the water control valve that fitted
horizontally with the bowls.
• The bowls are fitted on the wall of manger between two animals. The second water bowl
fitted at the same level and at equal distance.
• Maximum 10 bowls can be operated at a time with one water control valve. Thus
maximum 20 animals can be watered at the time.
• Due to gravitational force, water flows with pressure from the overhead tank that fills the
bowl automatically.
Regular cleaning of water bowl can be done by removing water through outlet valve.
Water Tank
Water level control valve Water Bowl
Platform
U pvc pipe
Manger wall Outlet valve
Floring
Diagram of automatic water delivery system for cattle

Cost of the technology

The total cost of installation of the system for 4 cattle goes to Rs.15000. System
composed of water tank of 500 liters capacity @ Rs.7.00 per lit (Rs.3500/-), one master bowl
with valve (Rs.2500/-), two water bowl (food grade ABS material) @Rs.2500 (Rs.5000/-) and
UPVC pipe, fitting accessories, labour and transportation etc. (Rs.4000/-). Expected life of the
system is about 20 years. The technology was popularized by KVK.Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
In subsequent years 750
farmers of 86 villages of the district adopted the technology as it easy to operate, saves water and
time. It also improves milk production and reduced drudgery.
Prevention of Mastitis (California Mastitis Test)
Due to unhygienic condition of cattle shed over 25-30 per cent of the cattle population
of the district found to falls in sub clinical stage of mastitis. It is the most common disease
leading to economic loss in dairy farming. The California Mastitis Test (CMT) is a diagnostic
tool to aid in the quick diagnosis of mastitis in dairy cows, it detects the presence of subclinical
infections at the beginning of or during lactation. A four-well plastic paddle is used, one for
each quarter of the cow to be tested. After discarding fore milk, a little milk drawn into each well
from individual quarter. An equal volume of test reagent is to be added, and gently agitated. The
reaction is scored on a scale of 0 (mixture remains unchanged) to 3 (almost-solid gel forms),
with a score of 2 or 3 being considered a positive result. A special reagent for the test is marketed
under the name 'CMT-Test', was used.
Treatment
The positive case of CMT tested cattle was treated with Tri sodium citrate 10 grams
orally per day for 10 days to 30 days until the positive cases converted into negative after 30
days. CMT test positive milk sample animal treated with antibiotics or Mastafat powder 50
grams orally per days for 6 days. After interventions cent per cent cattle‘s were completely cured
from the subclinical mastitis.
KVK randomly surveyed 06 villages and collected milk samples of more than 700 cattle
involving 350 livestock owners. Off the 743 samples as many as 359 milk samples found to be
infected in first round by mastitis. After treatment as explained above, 260 were cure completely.
It indicates that the technology is immense useful for cattle owners.

Heat synchronization protocol

Poor feeding management mainly due to unavailability of green fodder and extravagant
use of paddy straw has caused malnutrition to a large extent. The length of period from
parturition to first estrous varies greatly in cattle and is influence by malnutrition. The inter
calving period has been increased from 16-18 months to 22-24 months. If the calving interval is
Article
more, the total number of calving in her life time will be decreased thus ID:higher
causes AG-VO2-I08-07
economic
losses. Use of heat synchronization protocol ever advancing technology that available for cattle
producer getting cow to come into heat and at the same timed AI can be done. Technology is
useful in minimizing calving interval.
KVK selected 106 anestrous cattle from Seven villages and treated with synchronization of heat
treatment. After treatment (90 days) 80 cattle found positive and only 13 found negative. It
indicates that heat synchronization protocol proved to be very effective treatment to reduced
inter calving period.
Conclusion
Dairy sector not only supports the tribal economy but also employs rural households. Poor
and landless farmers actively engage in dairying as a vital source of income. The area under the
green fodder perennial grass variety increase by two folds following Farmer- lead-Farmer
approach. Feeding cattle with balanced diet and Sync protocol treatment has reduced inter
calving period. Adoption of AI technology has increase the productivity of indigenous animals.
Availability of drinking water increased dry matter intake thus improved health and milk
production. Reduction in incidence of mastitis from 30 to 10 per cent due to CMT treatment and
sanitation of cow shade. Milk yield increased from 3.5 to 5.28 liters per day per cattle.
Acknowledgement
We acknowledge the financial support of Vasudhara milk cooperative and Tribal Sub Plan
Department Valsad.


GLORY OF
OCCUPATIONAL GUINEA
HEALTH GRASS
HAZARDS OF WORKERS

1
Umabalan, J., 2*V. Krishnan, 2S. Thirumeni, 2M. Tamilzharasi 1B. Umasankari, B.,
1
A. Harivignesh, 1Maddu Geethanjali and 1S. Samuel Raj,
1
U. T. of Puducherry - 609603
2
Faculty, Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru College of Agriculture and Research Institute, Karaikal,
U. T. of Puducherry-609603
Corresponding Author Email ID: anurathakrishnan66@gmail.com
Introduction
As the world's population continues to surge, so does the demand for animal-derived
products, particularly meat and dairy. To meet this ever-growing need, optimizing livestock
production becomes paramount. A crucial aspect of raising healthy and productive livestock lies
in their diet Guinea grass plays a remarkable forage plant that has been gaining recognition for
its exceptional qualities in feeding livestock. Forages are used as cut fodder, grazed pastures or
also as harvested as seed. Due to higher adaptability, it is easy to acclimatize in different areas.
Guinea grass (Magathyrsus maximus) is a forage grass grown in most soil types provided with
well drainage. As they are grasses, it belongs to Poaceae. They are grown round the year under
assured irrigation. It is highly palatable and excellent quality tropical grass used as fodder for
ruminants in grazed pastures and in cut and carry systems. One of the primary reasons behind the
burgeoning popularity of Guinea grass is its impressive nutritional profile. It boasts high protein
content, an essential component for animal growth, muscle development, and milk production.
Origin and distribution
Guinea grass is native to tropical Africa, but is now widely cultivated throughout the
tropics and subtropics as a fodder. It naturally grows in open grasslands, usually river banks.

It is the oldest grass introduced in India. But it was introduced into West Indies before 1756, for
the production of bird seed rather than forage. It reached Singapore in 1876 and Philippines in
1907 and is now distributed throughout South – East Asia (Rhodes et al., 2021). In India, it is
grown almost all the states except the north east region where Punjab is the major guinea grass
growing state. In Orissa, it is grown in both central and coastal areas.
Putative parents
Green panic (Megathyrsus maximus var. pubiglumis) is a moderately-sized plant (usually
about 1.5 m tall) with large leaves and seed-heads. Its leaves are usually pale green in colour and
its flower spikelets are usually finely hairy. Megathyrsus maximus var. infestusis also considered
as its related species.
Guinea grass is a tall, erect perennial, 1-2.5 m high; an extremely variable species,
loosely to densely tufted and shortly rhizomatous. Root is primarily seminal root replaced by
fibrous adventitious root, rooting at the lower nodes. Stem is erect or geniculately ascending
culm; stout, glabrous but with bearded nodes. Leaf blades are linear to narowly lanceolate,
blades to 70 cm long and 3 cm wide, glabrous to sparsely hispid with scabrous trichomes; leaf
sheaths mostly shorter than the internodes, papillose-hirsute becoming glabrous; ligules truncate
and erose with dense cilia behind the ligule 4-5 times as long as the ligule, 3-4 mm long.
Inflorescence is a diffused terminal open panicle, 20-45 cm long; branches slender, scabrid;
oblong or pyramidal, with secondary branches well developed and flexuous. The spikelets are
oblong, blunt or acute, rounded on the back; spikelets long-pedicellate, glabrous; first glume one-

fourth to one-third as long as spikelet; second glume and sterile lemma nearly equal to each other
and exceeding fruit. Fruit is a caryopsis 2.7 mm long, greenish white, transversely rugose.
Guinea grass is a facultative apomict. The amount of sexual reproduction generally varies from
1-5 per cent. This is an often cross pollinated species.

Cultivated types of Guinea grass:

Tall/medium (TM) type: tussock, mostly >1.5 m in flower; robust perennials (sometimes
annuals or short-lived perennials), 1.5‒3.5 m tall, with stems to about 10 mm diameter. Leaf
blades glabrous to hairy, 40‒100 cm long, 1‒3.5 cm wide, tapering to fine point. Panicle, 12‒45
cm long, and 12‒25 cm wide, spikelets 2.5‒3 mm long; 7,00,000 ‒ 2 million seeds/ per kg. It is
commonly referred to as "guinea grass" or "giant guinea grass". Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Short (S) type: tussock, mostly <1.5 m in flower; perennials, 0.5‒1.5 (1.8) m tall, stems to about
5 mm diameter. The Leaf blades are glabrous to hairy, to 1.4 cm wide. Panicle is 18‒20 cm in
long and 15‒18 cm wide, spikelets 2.5‒3.5 mm long; 1.5 million seeds per kg. They are
commonly referred to as "panics".
Ecology:
Guinea grass grows in most soil types with drainage facility, moist and fertile soils
although some varieties are tolerant to low fertility and poor drainage. It is tolerant to low pH
and high Al3+ saturation. Mostly grown in areas of annual rainfall of 1000 mm (Tall types) to
800 mm (short types). They are drought tolerant for a period of 4-5 months and can also tolerate
short term flooding. They seated in most soil types with drainage facility, moist and fertile soils
although some varieties are tolerant to low fertility and poor drainage.
Cultivation practices:
Guinea grass can be grown by using seed and vegetative materials likes rooted slips. A
seed rate of 3-4 kg/ha or 40,000 rooted slips for better sole crop stand and 20,000 rooted slips in
inter cropping have been found optimum. A well-prepared, weed-free seedbed is required for
good establishment. A seedling of 20-25 days old nursery or rooted slips at the spacing of 50 cm
x 50 cm is optimum for sole stand. In intercropping it may be planted of 150 cm row to row and
50 cm plant to plant. On 30th day after germination, first hoeing and weeding have been done.
Irrigation is provided at an interval of ten days depending upon the soil condition. After each cut,
nitrogen is applied as top dressing at a rate of 25 kg N/ha. Earthling up has to be done once in
three harvests. Plant protection is generally not needed. Harvest the slips at regular interval. First
cut to be given after 75- 80 days of germination or 45 days after planting of slips. Subsequent
cuts at intervals of 45 days. Storage fed to cattle as green fodder or ensilaged. Yield of green
fodder as 350tonnes /ha per year in 8 cuts.

Uses of Guinea grass

1. It is used as a long term pasture under fertile soil Condition
2. It is ideal for cut-and-carry fodder grass
3. Suited to Agroforestry due to shade tolerance.
4. Suitable for making silage and hay
5. Well eaten by all classes of grazing livestock Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
6. Suitable for feeding fish in Vietnam.

7. It prevents soil erosion, since it provides rapid ground cover.
8. Guinea grass is used as a sorbent for cleaning up diesel spills in water (Khalid et al., 2023).
Forage quality of Guinea grass:
As Green fodder: Green fodder has crude protein 12 – 14%, crude fiber 30%, 0.15 – 18 % of
phosphorus, 0.6 – 0.8% of calcium and 0.07 – 12% of sodium. It has dry matter digestibility
from 64% (2weeks regrowth) to 50% (8 weeks regrowth). The rich protein content and
digestibility of this grass contribute to faster growth rates and enhanced conversion of feed into
animal products. This translates to more efficient and sustainable livestock production, an
outcome that aligns with modern agricultural demands (Heuzé and Tran, 2020).
As Pasture: For use as long term pasture and grazing the plant height must be above 35 cm. A
resting period between two grazing is necessarily been given and the waiting period is for
regrowth of two to five leaves per tiller.
As Hay and Silage: For hay and silage making guinea grass must be cut before or during
anthesis. Guinea grass has good texture and it is possible to mix grasses of different ages for
making silage without affecting the quality.
Toxicity: It causes fatal colic if eaten too wet or in excess. Due to oxalate accumulation causes
hypercalcemia (stone formation) and hyperparathyroidism (big head) in horses. Excess feeding
may cause hepatotoxicity that may cause photosensitization. The affected animals may be fed
with chlorophyll free diet and kept in darkness for few days till recovery.
Advantages of Guinea grass
1. Guinea grass is very leafy and highly relished by all livestock.
2. Guinea grass is a high quality and nutritive fodder grass feed.
3. High production potential next to Bajra-Napier hybrid grass.
4. It is highly palatable and readily eaten by all livestock

5. It is suited to grazing, cut-and-carry system as well as for hay making

6. Guinea grass is drought tolerant and can withstand short spell of drought period.
7. It can be grown in companion with Desmanthus (Velimasal) and other forage legumes
8. It can tolerate cold temperature, light frost as well as low soil pH.
9. It is a shade tolerant forage grass and can be grown near farm house area.
Article
10. It is the quality roughage containing 8-10 per cent crude protein and 30 perID: AG-VO2-I08-07
cent crude fiber.
Limitations of guinea grass:
1. Guinea grass requires fertile soil.
2. It is intolerant of water logged condition.
3. It cannot tolerate heavy grazing.
4. It becomes stemmy, if not cut frequently.
5. A major weed menace in sugarcane fields as it can grow well in shaded condition.
6. Excess consumption may cause hepatotoxicity and hyperthyroidism, especially in horses.
Conclusion
As the global demand for animal products continues its upward trajectory, the
significance of sustainable and efficient livestock production cannot be overstated. Guinea grass
stands out as a beacon of hope in this pursuit; due to its exceptional nutritional content,
adaptability, and positive environmental impacts position it as a cornerstone in modern livestock
feeding strategies. Incorporating Guinea grass into existing livestock systems not only enhances
productivity but also supports the well-being of both animals and the environment. By
harnessing the potential of this remarkable grass, livestock farmers are championing a more
resilient, productive, and sustainable future for agriculture. In the ever-evolving world of
agriculture, where innovation is the driving force, Guinea grass emerges as a timeless symbol of
the fruitful synergy between nature and science. As research and knowledge continue to unfold,
the full extent of this grass's potential is yet to be fully realized, promising exciting prospects for
livestock farmers and the industry at large.The nutritive values, the perenniality, and the adaptive
potentials of guinea grass are the criteria providing an advantage, when compared to many other
forage crops.
References
Heuzé V. and Tran G. 2020. Guinea grass (Megathyrsus maximus). Feedipedia, a programme by
INRAE, CIRAD, AFZ and FAO.https://www.feedipedia.org/node/416

Khalid, F.E., Zakaria, N.N., Azmi, A.A,; Shaharuddin, N.A., Sabri, S.; Khalil, K.A., Gomez-
Fuentes, C., Zulkharnain, A., Lim, S. and Ahmad, S.A. 2023. Guinea Grass (Megathyrsus
maximus) Fibres as Sorbent in Diesel Bioremediation. Sustainability, MDPI, vol. 15(5),
pages 1-17.
Rhodes, A.C., Plowes, R.M., Goolsby, J.A., Gaskin, J.F., Musyoka, B., Calatayud, P.A.,
Article
Cristofaro, M., Grahmann, E.D., Martins, D.J. and Gilbert, L.E., ID: The
2021. AG-VO2-I08-07
dilemma of
Guinea grass (Megathyrsus maximus): A valued pasture grass and a highly invasive
species. Biological Invasions, 23, pp.3653-3669.


EXTRACTION, PROCESSING, GRADING, STORAGE, VALUE

ADDITION, UTILIZATION AND MARKETING OF LAC
M. Packialakshmi* and Rajput Nikhil Balu

1
Assistant Professor (Forestry), Vanavarayar Institute of Agriculture, Pollachi- 642 103.
2
Research scholar, Forest College and Research Institute, Mettupalayam 642 301.
*Corresponding Author Email ID: mpackialakshmi16@gmail.com
Introduction
Lac is a resinous exudation from the body of female scale insect. Lac is the only known
commercial resin of animal origin. The word lac is derived from the Sanskrit word Laksha,
which represents the number 100,000. It was used for both the lac insect (because of their
enormous number) and the scarlet resinous secretion it produces. It is the hardened resin secreted
by tiny lac insects belonging to a bug family. To produce 1 kg of lac resin, around 300,000
insects are needed. Lac insect is a minute crawling scale insect which inserts its suctorial
proboscis into plant tissue, sucks juice, grows and secretes resinous lac from the body. Its own
body ultimately gets covered with lac in the so called Cell. Lac is secreted by insects for
protection from predators.
Kingdom : Animalia
Phylum : Arthropoda
Class : Insecta
Order : Hemiptera
Suborder : Sternorrhyncha
Superfamily: Coccoidea
Family : Kerriidae
Genus : Kerria
Species : K. lacca

Life cycle of Lac Insect

The Life cycle of lac insect takes about six months and consists of stages,
Egg, Nymph, Instars, Pupa and Adult. The lac insects has an ovoviviparous mode of
reproduction. Female lays 200-500 ready to hatch eggs, i.e. the embryos are already fully
developed in eggs when these are laid. The emergence of nymph is called swarming, and it may
Articlesoft
continue for 5 weeks. The nymphs crawl about on branches. On reaching ID: succulent
AG-VO2-I08-07
twigs,
the nymphs settle down close together at rate of 200-300 insects per square inch. At this stage,
both male and female nymphs live on the sap of the trees. They insert their suctorial proboscis
into plant tissue and suck the sap. After a day or so of settling, the nymphs start secreting resin
from the glands distributed under the cuticle throughout the body, except mouth parts, breathing
spiracles and anus. The resin secreted is semi-solid which hardens on exposure to air into a
protective covering. The nymphs moult thrice inside the cells before reaching maturity. The
duration of each instar is dependent on several factors, viz. temperature, humidity and host plant.
Distribution
In India Lac cultivated in region of Bihar, Eastern districts of M.P, parts of Bengal,
Eastern Maharashtra, Northern Orissa, Assam, U.P. Small quantities of lac are produced also in
Andhra Pradesh, Tamil Nadu, Karnataka and Rajasthan. The leading producer of lac
is Jharkhand, followed by the Chhattisgarh, West Bengal, and Maharashtra states of India.
Host Plants
Major Host Plants
The major host plants preferable for Lac cultivation viz., Zizyphus mauritiana Butea
monosperma, Schleichera oleosa
Minor Host Plants
The minor host plants that can be used as an alternate viz., Acacia catechu, Acacia nilotica,
Shorea talura, Ficus cunia, Ficus glomerata, Grewia spp and Zizyphus xylopyrus
Strains of lac insects
There are two strains of lac insects and they are the Kusmi strain and the Rangeeni strain.
The kusmi strain lac produces Superior quality lac in small quantity and feeds on Schleichera
oleosa. The Rangeeni strain produces Average quality lac and feeds on Butea monosperma and
Zizyphus mauritiana

Lac Cultivation
Traditional method of Lac cultivation
The traditional method of Lac is obtained from same tree, under continuous self-
inoculation process and it involves heavy hacking of branches without giving rest to trees. Here
there is no pruning and no rest to the tree and the yield obtained is very less and poor in quality
Improved methods of Lac cultivation Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
The improved method of lac cultivation was developed by Indian Lac Research Institute,
Namkum, Jharkhand. The main aim is to get maximum benefit in a Sustained manner. The
improved methods of lac cultivation involve the following steps:
The Coupe System is followed by Pruning and Inoculation later followed by the Collection and
storage of the lac
Coupe system
In the coupe system, the whole area is divided into number of coupes and one coupe is
inoculated fully. After reaping the matured lac, another fresh coupe is taken for inoculation. This
facilitates Renewal and Fleshing of new shoots in the harvested coupe. Thus, by sustained
method harvest is obtained without declining the yield
Pruning
The lac larvae feed on the cell sap by inserting their proboscis in the tender twigs. The
proboscis can only be inserted in the tender young off-shoots. For this before inoculation,
pruning of lac host plants is necessary. The branches less than an inch in diameter are selected
for pruning. Branches half inch of less in diameter should be cut from the very base of their
origin. But the branches more than half inch diameter should be cut at a distance of 1 ½ inch
from the base.
Inoculation
Inoculation is a process where healthy, matured brood lac is used for Inoculation
immediately. Brood lac sticks of 15 – 30 cm length are tied to the branches for Full Inoculation.
It is tied in such a way that maximum contact is established between brood lac and branches.
Brood lac should be kept in branches for minimum period to prevent danger of Insects. Correct
quantity of brood lac is used. Heavy inoculation leads to higher mortality whereas low
inoculation leads to Poor yield. Tree should be completely inoculated covering all branches.
Self-inoculation is avoided.

Precautions taken during Artificial Inoculation

Fully mature and healthy brood twigs, free from pest infestation and disease should be
taken. Brood twig or seed twig meant for inoculation should be used immediately after crop
cutting and should not be kept for a long time. To prevent falling of seed twig, tying of seed twig
should be done securely on the upper surface of branches. It will ensure full contact for quick
and easy crawling of nymphs from seed twigs to host twigs. Generally,Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
for better inoculation, 3-4
seed twigs should be tied at one place of host twig. If the brood twig is taken from a particular
host plant year after year, it may deteriorate the quality of lac production. Therefore, alteration of
both brood and host is preferred for better quality of lac and proper nutrition of the nymphs.
Humid weather may prevent swarming of nymph from brood. Hence, room-stored seed lac twigs
may be heated to 200°C to induce swarming prior to tying. Cultivation of Kusmi in place of
Rangeeni and vice versa should be avoided.
Time of Inoculation
Each strain of lac insect (Rangeeni and Kusmi) yields two crops a year: Kartiki and
Baisakhi in case of Rangeeni, and Jethai and Aghani in case of Kusmi. The inoculation time of
different strains is different. For Kartiki June/July; for Baisakhi October/November; for Aghani
July and for Jethai is January/February.
Lac Crop
The lac insects repeat its life cycle twice in a year. There are actually four lac crops since
the lac insects behave in two ways either they develop on Kusum plants or develop on plants
other than Kusum. The lac which grows on non-Kusum plants is called as ―Rangeeni lac,‖ and
which grows on Kusum plant is called as ―Kusumi lac. Four lac crops have been named after
four Hindi months in which they are cut from the tree. They are as follows:
Rangeeni Crop
(i) Katki: Lac larvae are inoculated in June-July. Male insect emerges m August-September.
Female give rise to swarming larvae in October-November and the crop is reaped in
Kartik (October and November).
(ii) Baisakhi: Larvae produced by Katki crop are inoculated in October-November, male
insects emerge in February-March, females give rise to swarming larvae m June-July,
the crop is reaped in Baisakh (April-May).

Kusmi Crop
(i) Aghani: Lac larvae are inoculated in June-July, male insect emerges in September,
female give rise to swarming larvae in January-February and crop is reaped in Aghan
(December, January).
(ii) Jethoi: The larvae produced by Aghani crop is inoculated in the month of January-
February, male emerges in March-April, female give rise toArticle ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
swarming larvae in June-
July and the crop is 4 reaped in the month of Jeth (June-July).
Swarming
It is most important stage of lac cultivation. Following tying, the nymphs swarm from
brood and migrate to tender and succulent twigs of host plant to infest them. The time of
swarming can be noted by the colour change of the eggs. At the time of hatching, the eggs
become orange coloured. Following swarming of nymphs, the hollow cavities left in the cell get
covered with- wax. Thus, it is an indication that swarming has taken place.
Phunki Removal
The operation pertains to the removal of brood lac twigs used for inoculation purposes,
and the used-up brood lac after complete emergence of lac nymphs from female cells is called
phunki removal. Ordinarily, the emergence of lac nymphs from the brood lac ceases after three
weeks. The phunki lac is then scrapped off from the brood lac to avoid emergence of enemy
insects. Phunki bundles are pulled down from the host trees with the help of pole mounted
phunki hook or by climbing on trees
Harvesting of Lac
Harvesting is the process of collection of lacs from the host trees. It is done by cutting the
lac encrusted twigs when it is matured. Harvesting can be done in two ways:
(i) Immature Harvesting: In this case lac is collected before swarming. Lac, thus obtained,
is called ‗ARILAC‘. The lac insect may be damaged at the time of immature
harvesting which would cause population destruction of lac insects and may result in
great economic loss to cultivators. However, in case of Palas lac (Rangeeni lac), this
type of lac was found to give better quality of production. So immature harvesting is
encouraged only for this lac.
(ii) Mature Harvesting: When lac is collected after swarming. The lac, thus obtained is
called ‗Mature Lac‘. For mature lac harvesting, it is very important to know the exact

date of emergence and swarming of nymphs. A simple visual method is adopted for
this purpose. A yellow spot develops on the posterior side of the female lac cell
toward crop maturity. Gradually the spots spread forward until it covers half of the
cell. Cutting of twigs for harvesting can be done at any time between the stages while
the yellow spot occupies one-third to one-half of the cell area. Sometimes, it is
desirable to wait till the emergence of first new nymphs. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Harvesting Time
In accordance with different inoculation time, harvesting time for different crops are also
different. The Kartiki crop is harvested in October/November: Baisakhi in May/June; Aghani in
January /February and Jethwi in June/July
Measures taken during Harvesting
Only mature crops should be harvested. Immature/arilac cutting should be avoided except
in Palas lac. A moderate crop is said to be the one from which nymph will emerge in 7-10 days.
So the crop should be harvested within the above said days prior to nymphal emergence. If self-
inoculation is not required, then the entire crop may be reaped. In case of Rangeeni crop, only
the lac encrusted twigs are cut, while in case of Kusum crop, reaping should be accompanied
with pruning. The brood sticks harvested, should be utilised for inoculation as soon as possible.
If needed, storage should be done in shaded, well ventilated room. Harvesting of lac crop at
maturity can prevent the crisis of brood lac to a large extent without affecting the quality of lac
Scraping and Processing of lac
The scraping of lac from twig is done by knife, after which they should not be exposed to
sun. The scraped lac is grinded in hard stone mills. The unnecessary materials are sorted out In
order to remove the finer particles of dirt and colour, this lac is washed repeatedly with co ld
water. Now at this stage it is called as ―Seed lac‖ and is exposed to sun for drying. Seed lac is
now subjected to the melting process. The melted lac is sieved through cloth and is given the
final shape by moulding. The final form of lac is called ―Shellac‖. Colour or different chemicals
may be mixed during melting process for particular need
Lac Cultivation in India
India and Thailand are the two major producers of lac. The main lac producing states in
India are Chhattisgarh, Jharkhand, Madhya Pradesh, West Bengal, Uttar Pradesh, Orissa,
Maharashtra and Gujarat. The cultivation of lac is at present mainly confined to the conventional

lac hosts trees of Palas, Ber and Kusum. At present total annual average production of stick lac
in India is approximately 20-22 thousand tons which forms the raw material for lac industries.
Chhattisgarh ranks first among the states followed by Jharkhand, Madhya Pradesh Maharashtra
and West Bengal. These five states contribute around 95 % of the national lac production. Nearly
75-80% of the finished product is exported and only a small portion nearly 20 to 25 % is
consumed within the country. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Importance of Lac culture in India

With increasing universal environment awareness, the importance of lac has assumed
special relevance in the present age,
1. Eco-friendly
2. Biodegradable
3. Self-sustaining natural material
Since lac insects are cultured on host trees which are growing primarily in wasteland areas,
promotion of lac and its culture can help in eco-system development as well as reasonably high
economic returns. It is a source of livelihood of tribal and poor inhabiting forest and sub-forest
areas.
Value addition of Lac
Lac Dye
Lac Extract - is a red dye extract from the scale insect Laccifer lacca. It is found
throughout India, south east Asia, Nepal, Burma, Bhutan and south China, the insect is found
both both in the wild and cultivated. The female lac insects invade host trees (mainly fig and
acacia) and the insect secretes a resin that contains the red dye. The resin is harvested from the
branches and is known as stick lac. There are two primary components, the resin and the dye.
Dyeing the colorant is separated from the resin - it is then referred to as lac extract The resin is
also used to make shellac and in the past was the main component in 78 rpm records.
Shellac
Lac purified by heating and filtering and usually in thin orange or yellow flakes is called
as Shellac. The major objectives of shellac is to refine the crude form of lac and to remove the
Dye, Animal remains and other Impurities.

Properties of Shellac
The Properties of shellac include, they are insoluble in water and soluble in Organic
Solvents, they are comparatively harder among gums, elastic in nature and hence assure the
shape of moulding, it has adhesion property and shellac is resistant to electricity
Manufacture of Shellac
Shellac is manufactured by a melting process which involves four steps.
1. Cleaning
2. Grading
3. Extraction of Shellac
4. Sheet Lac Formation
Cleaning
In the cleaning process, lac is separated from the Broken Twigs, Stones and other grit
materials. It is achieved through Sieving and Winnowing. The cleaned lac is ground in a Stone
mill and it is further washed to get a good lac.
Grading
Based on Size, cleaned grain is classified as Large, Medium and Fine grade Lac
Extraction of shellac
The Lac is extracted by charging it into a Cotton Bag which is 10m long and 5cm in
diameter. This bag is stretched and rotated in front of the fire to melt the lac. After melting the
lac, the bag is twisted so that the melted lac is squeezed out
Sheet Lac formation
The Exudated Lac is spread over an inclined porcelain cylinder (25cm diameter and 1m
long) filled with warm water. This Lac is stretched to form a Sheet. These sheets are allowed to
dry for Hardening up then broken into pieces. The remained Lac in the tank is allowed to set
hard. This is utilized for making garment and button shellac
Bleaching process
In the bleaching process, Lac is dissolved in Aqueous Sodium Carbonate @ 90 – 100 ° C.
The Dissolved materials are treated with Sodium Hydrochloride solution. The Bleached Lac is
reclaimed from the filtered solution with sulphuric Acid. The precipitated bleached lac is then
filtered and washed from water for removal of acid and dried

Industrial uses of Dewaxed Bleached Shellac

The Dewaxed bleached shellac is used as a coating of fruits and vegetables, coating in
tablets & capsules, coating in confectionary, coating in aluminum foil and paper, coating in
cosmetic industry.
Solvent process
It is known that shellac can be separated by means of suitable Article
solventsID:from
AG-VO2-I08-07
the wax and
lac-dye which accompany it in stick-lac and the byproducts of the shellac industry. The wax is
soluble in hot alcohol or acetone, and the solution be allowed to cool to deposit the wax, a
solution containing shellac with a very small proportion of the lac-dye is obtained
Uses of Shellac
The shellac is used as a Raw material in Moulding and Gramophone industries. It is used
as a Component in Varnishes, Polishes, Sealing Waxes and Electrical Instruments
Recent advances in Lac cultivation
All the promising lac hosts present are big trees which take 5-15 years to come before
attaining inoculable stage. It was thought that lac cultivation could be easier and even integrated
to general agriculture if some quick growing bushy host would be available. With this objective,
few germlines of Flemingia spp were brought from ICRISAT, Hyderabad for testing its potential
as lac host. Out of ten germlines, Flemingia semialata emerged to be outstanding in lac
production. It is a member of family Leguminosae. Multiplication is done through seed and the
flowering takes place in the month of November and seed matures in March/ April. Lac
cultivation starts one year after transplanting. The host is much more succulent than other bushy
hosts and dry matter percent ranges between 24-29% (Ghosal et al, 2016). Therefore, it has
proved its suitability as a good lac host. It responds very well to fertilizer application. A dose of
25-5-30 g N, P2O5 and K2O and 1050 kg lime/ha is recommended for acid soils of Jharkhand.
Fertilization can increase stick lac production up to 69%.


OCCUPATIONAL
CULTIVATION HEALTH HAZARDS
PRACTICES OF WORKERS
OF BETELVINE

J.E. Adeline Vinila1* T.Sumathi2 and B.Muralidharan3 M.Kumar4

1 ,3& 4
Teaching Assistant, Horticultural College and Research Institute,
2
Assistant professor, Horticultural College and Research Institute,
Tamil Nadu Agricultural University, Coimbatore, Tamil Nadu, India
*Corresponding Author Email ID: vinivinila@rediffmail.com
Introduction
Betelvine leaves have a strong pungent aromatic flavor and are widely used as
masticatory. Mature leaves are used for chewing with smeared hydrated lime, arecanut, clove,
cardamom, clove, fennel etc. Betel chewing is
considered as a good and cheap source of dietary
calcium. Betal oil has several medicinal properties
and leaves also have religious importance.
Botanical Name - Piper betel
Family - Piperaceae
Origin: Betelvine is a perennial creeper and native of Malaysia.
Composition:
Moisture 85.4%, protein 3.1%, fat 0.8%, carbohydrate 6.1%, fibre 2.3%, minerals 2.3%,
reducing sugars 0.38%, to 1.46% and all vitamins and Iodine also. It also contains almost all
amino acids. The aromatic value is determined by the nature of oil content in leaf. Oil content
varies from 0.7 to 2.6% the oil consist of phenols and terpens.
Climate:
Betal vine thrives best under cool humid tropical condition with considerable humidity
and regular supply of moisture in the soil is essential.

It flourishes in areas with a rainfall of 225 to 475 cm. Under unsuitable climatic condition, it is
cultivated by providing protection on sides and tops by raising live hedge of quick growing
plants and bamboo thatches.
Soil:
Well drained fertile clay loamy soil rich in organic matter and with good drainage facilities
are suitable. It does not tolerate saline and alkaline conditions Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Varieties:
Karpurakodi, Kallarkodi,Karpuri, SGM 1, SGM (BV) - 2, Vellaikodi, Pachaikodi,
Sirugamani 1, Anthiyur kodi, Kanyur kodi and Bangla type are under cultivation
Season
November - December and January – February is optimum for cultivation.
Seeds and sowing
The vines are propagated by terminal stem cuttings obtained from past year growth having
length 30 to 45 cm, each cutting should contain 3-5 nodes. Cutting obtained from the top
portions of the vines are easy to root and hence best for planting. On an average 1, 00,000
cuttings are required for planting one hectare. Cutting with vigorous apical buds and nodal
adventitious roots are selected and planted at the base of the live
supports, which are to be planted 4 to 5 months earlier. About
2500 to 3500 shade will require to plant one hectare area. When
the cuttings sprout and creep along, they are tied to the support.
The vines penetrate roots when they come in contact with
standard.
Vines/hectare
Row spacing
Single vine Double vine
20 cm 50,000 1,00,000
30 cm (1 ft) 30,000 60,000
45 cm (11/2 ft) 22,500 45,000
Preparation of field
The cultivation of betel vine is highly specialized and need intensive care.

Considerable efforts are made to adopt a suitable layout, since betel vine is sensitive to soil and
climatic conditions it needs proper maintenance of soil moisture, soil aeration and sufficient
humidity. The field is prepared to a fine tilth and beds of 2 m wide are formed to a convenient
length. Provide drainage trenches of 0.5 m width by 0.5 m depth in between two adjoining beds.
Plant the seeds of the live supports i.e. Agathi (Sesbania grandiflora) in long rows. About 750
banana suckers are planted at the edges of the beds, which are used,Article ID:the
for tying AG-VO2-I08-07
vines on the
live support and for packing the betel leaf. When the Agathi plants reach 4 m height, they are
topped off for maintaining the height.Where betal vine is cultivated as mixed crop in arecanut
plantations drainage channels are made between every two, three or four rows of arecanut
depending of soil type.
Irrigation
Irrigate the field immediately after planting and afterwards once in a week.
Aftercare
Sets establishes within 3 weeks. The first leaf comes within a month. From this time,
it requires constant cutting by expert hand. Following operations are required to be carried out
Training of the live standards
Before the establishment of vines, the side branches of Agathi trees upto a height of 2 m
are removed for early creeping of the vines.
Training of the vines
Training is done by fixing the vine at intervals of 15 to 20 cm along the standards loosely
with the help of banana fibre. Training is done at every 15 - 20 days interval depending upon the
growth of vines.
Lowering of vines
Under normal cultivation, the vines grow to height of 3 m in one year period. When they
reach this height their vigour to produce normal size leaf are reduced and they need rejuvenation
by lowering during March - April. After the vine is lowered, the tillers spring up from the nodes
at the bends of the coiled vines at the ground level and produce many primary vines. Irrigation
should be given after each lowering.
Manuring
Apply 150 kg N/ha/year through Neem cake (75 kg N) and Urea (75 kg N) and 100 kg
P2O5 through Super phosphate and 30 kg Muriate of potash in three split doses first at 15 days

after lifting the vines and second and third dose at 40 - 45 days intervals. Apply on beds shade
dried neem leaf or Calotropis leaves at 2 t/ha and cover it with mud (2 t in 2 split doses).
OCCUPATIONAL N
HEALTH HAZARDS P WORKERS
OF K
Time of application
(kg/ha)
Basal dressing 37.5 100 50
Top dressing @ 3 split doses 112.5 0 0
Plant protection
Pests
Scale insects
Select scale-free seed vines. Spray Chlorpyriphos 20 EC 2 ml/lit when one or two scales are
noticed on the basal portion of the stem/leaves. Direct the spray solution to the basal portion of
the vines. Spray NSKE 5 % or Malathion 50 EC 1 ml/lit.
Mites (Sevvattai)
Mites can be controlled by spraying Wettable sulphur 50 WP @ 1 g/lit or Dicofol 18.5 EC
0.5 ml/lit.
Sooty mould (Aphids)
To control aphids spray Chlorpyriphos at 2 ml/lit on Agathi leaves. Clip off excess Agathi
leaves.
Mealy bugs
Mealy bugs can be controlled by spraying Chlorpyriphos 20 EC at 2 ml/lit or Dimethoate 30
EC 2ml/lit. Concentrate the spray towards the collar region.
Nematode
Application of Neem cake at 1 t/ha or shade dried Calotropis leaves @ 2.5 t/ha can be
applied to soil for controlling the nematode populations. Soil application of Bacillus subtilis
(BbV 57) or Pseudomonas fluorescens @ 10 g / vine for the control of root knot nematode and
quick wilt of betel vine
Diseases
Phytophthora Wilt
Integrated method for the management of Phytophthora wilt.
 Select well matured (more than 1 year old) seed vines free from pest and diseases.

 Soak the seed vines for about 30 minutes in Streptocyline 500 ppm or Bordeaux mixture
0.5 %.
 Apply 150 kg N/ha/year through Neem cake (75 kg N) and Urea (75 kg N) and 100 kg
P2O5 through Super phosphate and 30 kg Muriate of potash in 3 split doses first at 15
days after lifting the vines and second and third dose at 40 - 45 days intervals. Apply on
Article
beds, shade dried neem leaf or Calotropis leaves at 2 t/ha and cover it ID:
withAG-VO2-I08-07
mud (2 t in 2
split doses).
 Drench Bordeaux mixture 0.25% in basins formed around the vine at monthly intervals
starting from October – January, three times soil drench and six times spray from June -
July.
 During winter season avoid frequent irrigation.
 Remove the affected vines away from the garden and burn them.
 Application of Trichoderma viride @ 5 g/vine.
Bacterial leaf spot, blight and bacterial stem rot
Spray Streptocycline @ 400 ppm + Bordeaux mixture @ 0.25% at the time of first disease
symptoms appear. Continue spraying at 20 days intervals. Always spray the chemical after
plucking the leaves.
Anthracnose (Theechal)
Spray 0.2 % Ziram or 0.5% Bordeaux mixture after plucking the leaves after the first
appearance of the symptom. The variety Karpoori is susceptible to the disease.
Powdery mildew
Powdery mildew can be controlled by spraying 0.2% Wettable sulphur after plucking the
leaves.
Harvesting and Yield
Harvesting of leaves starts from 6 months to 18 months after planting depending of soil,
varieties, Once harvesting starts it continues almost every d ay each
vine is picked thrice or four times in a year. The crop yield is less
in first year, maximum in middle and less towards and. On an
average 75 lakh to 100 lakh leaves/ha/year are obtained. The picked
leaves are washed cleaned, counters and sorted in different grades
according to size, colour, texture and maturity and their chewing quality.


LI-FI: A NEWHEALTH
OCCUPATIONAL ERA TECHNOLOGY
HAZARDS OF WORKERS

*Pranav Raj
Research scholar, Dept. of Soil Science And Agriculural Chemistry
*Corresponding Author Email ID: pranav.40raj@gmail.com
Introduction
Li-Fi (Light fidelity) it is a new technology evolving from his ancestor‘s name Wi-Fi you
can say that, Li-Fi is lies in between the range of visible light (4×10 14-8×1014) while compared to
wi-fi which is from the radio wave range (0-4×1010) Fq/Hz.
Li-Fi is a VLC, visible light communication technology, it was developed by the team of
scientists of the University of Edinburg and deals with transfer of data through illumination by
taking fibre out of optics and sending data through a LED light bulb that changes in the intensity
faster than a human eye can trace.

Here, the data transfer is directly depends on the LED if it is on then the data will be transferred
and vice-versa. Sophistication of data transfer can be made with the help of visible light
communication tech. Till now it was implemented through white LED bulbs only but teams at
the University of Oxford and the University of Edinburgh are focusing on parallel data
transmission by using multiple LEDs or array of LEDs, where each LED transmits a different
stream of data. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
A Way of communication.
INCEPTION OF LI-FI
In a TED global demonstration done by Haas, where he got 10mbps of speed which was
increased to 123mbps after a month which was done with the help of light blocking which leads
to the blockage of video content retained by the projector. Decreasing bandwidths and faster data
rates are major factors leading to further exploration of this utilitarian technique.
COMPARISON BETWEEN CURRENT & FUTURE WIRELESS TECHNOLOGIES
Technology Speed Data density
Wireless(current)
Wi-Fi-IEEE 802.11n 150 Mbps *

Bluetooth 3 Mbps *
IRDA 4Mbps ***

Wireless(future)
WiGig 2Gbps **
Giga-IR OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH
1Gbps HAZARDS OF WORKERS
***
Li-Fi >1Gbps ****
APPLICATIONS ON LI-FI

Conclusion
Possibilities for future utilization are abundant. Every light bulb can be converted into li-
fi signal receptor to transfer data and we could proceed toward the cleaner, safer, greener and
brighter future. As we know that the airways are getting clogged day by day Li-fi can offer a
genuine and very efficient alternative. Li-Fi is enabled by advanced digital transmission
Article
technologies. Optical cell networks based on Li-Fi are the link between ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
future energy efficient
illumination and cellular communications. They can also harness unregulated, unused and vast
amount of electromagnetic spectrum and can even enable ever smaller cells without the need for
new infrastructure. The issues of shortage of radio frequency can be tackled easily with only
limitation being that it works in direct line of sight of light. There are no dead ends to technology
and science. Now both light and radio waves can be used simultaneously to transfer data and
signals.


MECHANICAL AND HERBICIDE

OCCUPATIONAL WEEDOFMANAGEMENT
PRACTICES IN DRUM-SEEDED RICE CROPPING

SYSTEM Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Raja Narasimha.M1,Krishnam Raju, S2 and Venkata Reddy. I3

1
SMS (Agro meterology), Dr.K.L.Rao Krishi Vigyan Kendra, Garikapadu-521175
2
Programme Coordinator, Dr.K.L.Rao Krishi Vigyan Kendra, Garikapadu-521175
3
SMS (Agricultural Extension), Dr.K.L.Rao Krishi Vigyan Kendra, Garikapadu-521175
*Corresponding Author Email ID: narasimharajamannem32@gmail.com
Introduction
Rice ( oryza sativa) belongs to poaceae family and it is the worlds leading crop,cultivated
over an area of about 155 million hectares with a production of about 596 million tonnes. In
terms of area and production it is second to wheat. It provides about 22 percent of the worlds
supply of calories and 17 percent of the proteins.India has the largest area (43.8 million hectares)
followed by china and Indonesia.India ranks second with 131 million tonnes of paddy next to
china.It is grown in almost all the states of india and majorities in. Andhra Pradesh,Telangana,
Uttar Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, Bihar, Orissa, , Assam, Tamilnadu, Kerala, Punjab, Maharashtra
and Karnataka and contribute to total 92% of area and production.
ECONOMIC IMPORTANCE OF RICE
 Rice is primarily a high energy food. It is staple food of about 2/3 population of world.
 It contains less protein than wheat and in milled rice it is usually 6-7%. The biological
value of its protein is high.
 Rice grain contains as much B group vitamins as wheat.
 Rice bran is used as cattle and poultry feed and oil extraction.
 Global rice bran oil production varies from 1-1.4 million tonnes of which india accounts
for 0.7-0.9 m tonnes.

 Rice hulls can be utilized in manufacturing insulation materials, cement, card board and
as litter in poultry keeping.
 Rice straw canOCCUPATIONAL
be used as cattle feed as well asHAZARDS
litter duringOF
winter season.
HEALTH WORKERS
Importance of Drum Seeded Rice
Drum seeding technique involves direct seeding of pre-germinated paddy seeds in drums
made up of fibre material to dispense seeds evenly in lines spaced atArticle
20*10ID:
cmAG-VO2-I08-07
(or) 25*10 cm
apart in puddled and levelled fields. About 35 to 40 kg paddy seed/ha is soaked overnight in
water and allowed to sprout. Care should be taken not to delay sowing as seeds with long shoot
growth are not suitable for drum seeding. The sprouted seed is air-dried in shade briefly (<30
minutes) prior to sowing for easy dispensing through the holes in the drum seeder. Excess water
in puddled field is drained out ensuring the soil surface is moist. Drums are filled with sprouted
seeds (3/4th full) and pulled across the field maintaining a steady speed for evenly sowing.
Number of drums could vary between 4 and 8 with number of lines sown ranging from 8 to 16 in
one pass. Irrigation water should not be applied for 2-3 days after sowing to allow rooting and
anchoring to soil. However, heavy rainfall immediately after sowing is likely to wash away the
newly sown seeds. As the seedlings grow, water level in the field can rise for better weed
control. Intermittent irrigation is given till the panicle initiation stage. Where weed problem is
severe, herbicide is applied within 1-2 days after seeding and if necessary, a second application
is given 30-35 days later. Line sowing permits operation of modified conoweeder (width
between wheels reduced to 15 cm instead of 25 cm) between the rows in the same direction
adopted for drum seeding. Drum seeding in one ha area can be completed in 5 to 6 hours time by
three persons compared to transplanting operation which requires about 30 to 40 man days. This
technique can help in saving seed, water, labour requirement apart from improving productivity
because of line sowing (spacing of 20 cm between rows) and early maturity of crop (by 7-10
days). Drum seeding reduces the cost of cultivation as it does away with the requirement for
raising paddy nursery and transplanting thereafter. The technique fits into contingency planning
as it provides flexibility in timing of sowing in lands prepared using irrigation water or
immediately after receipt of monsoon rains with a crop variety of suitable duration to fit into the
left over season.

Benefits of Drum Seeded Rice

 Seed saving is achieved with the equipment as compared to traditional method.
 Uniformity in seed sowing
 Uniformity in plant spacing
 Proper aeration to each hill
 Line sowing is done with the equipment that promotes use of mechanical weeders
 Produce more no.of tillers per hill
 Reduce transplantation input cost
 Early crop harvesting 2 weeks compared to traditional transplanting
 Reduce input cost.
PROBLEMATIC WEEDS IN DRUM-SEEDED RICE CROPPING SYSTEM
Echinochloa colona
Echinocloa crus-galli
Grassy weeds
Cynodon dactylon
Panicum spp

Leptochloa chinensis
Chloris barbata
Ammania baccifera
Cyanotis axillaris Broad leaf weeds
Monochoria vaginalis
Commelina benghalensis Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Phyla nodiflora
Ruellia tuberose
Cyperus rotundus
Cyperus difformis Sedges weeds
Cyperus iria
Fimbrystylis milliacea
Mechanical Weed Mangement Practices In Drum-Seeded Rice Cropping System

 Proper puddling operation
 Land leveling
 Manual cono weeder operation
 Mechanized cono-weeder operation
 Manual weeding
 Proper solarization

Herbicide Weed Management Practices In Drum-Seeded Rice Cropping System

A Herbicide is a chemical used to control/kill some targeted weeds/ unwanted plants.
When we talk of herbicides,we mean chemical warfare against weeds to the extent of killing or
severely stunting these, dependind upon our objective. Herbicides can be employed to control
weeds as the emerge from the soil to eliminate weed crop interference even at a very early stage
Article ID:
of crop growth. Herbicides bring about longer lasting control of perennial AG-VO2-I08-07
weeds and brushes
than is possible with any physical control method.Many modern herbicides can translocate
considerably deep in the underground system of weeds and damage them.
Pre emergence herbicide
Herbicides that are applied soon after planting of a crop are called as pre emergence
herbicides.
Post emergence herbicide
Herbicides that are applied after the emergence of crop as well as the weeds without
harming of standing crop.
Benefits of using Herbicides
 Fewer labour problem
 Greater possibility of farm mechanization
 Easier crop harvesting
 Lower cost of farm produce.
 Reduces weed intensity competition
 Reduces pests and diseases incidence.
Pre Emergence Herbicides Post Emergence Herbicides

Butachlor@ 125 ml/Acre Bispyrabic sodium@ 80-100 ml/ Acre
Pretilachlor @600 ml/Acre Pyrazosulfuron ethyl @ 80grams/Acre
Anilophos@ 500ml/ Acre Metsulfuron methyl 10% + Chlorimuron ethyl
10%@ 120ml/ Acre
Benthiocarb@1.25 ml/Acre Triafomone 20% + Ethoxysulfuron 10% 60-80
grams/ Acre.

 For control of grassy weeds spray Pyrazosulfuron ethyl@80grams/Acre.

 For control of Broad leaf weeds spray Metsulfuron methyl 10% + Chlorimuron ethyl
10%@ 120ml/ Acre.
 For control of Grassy, Broad leaf and sedges weeds spray Triafomone20% +
Ethoxysulfuron 10% @ 60grams/ Acre.
Conclusion
Adopting od Herbicide management in Drum seeded rice may reduces the weed
infestation and reduces the input cost as compared to traditional transplanting and improves the
more no.of tillers/hill behalf of line sowing proper aeration will formed uniformity and pests and
diseases incidence will reduce automatically and yield may improves.
References
Alam M, Ali MR, Rabbani MA, Khan ABMMH. Design and development of a drum seeder.
Journal of Progressive Agriculture. 2006; 17(2):203-212.
Alam M, Sarker S, Momin MA. Profitability of rice production using drum seeder. Journal of
Bangladesh Agricultural University. 2007; 5(1):135-144. International Journal of
Ecology and Environmental Sciences www.ecologyjournal.in 394 3.
Ali, M.N., Prerna, Sah, A., Kumari, G., Izhar, T., Alam, P. and Lakra, R.K. (2018). Influence of
herbicides on growth and profitability of transplanted rice (Oryza sativa L.) in Jharkhand.
Journal of Pharmacognosy and Phytochemistry SP1: 401-404.
Dixit A, Manes GS, Singh A, Singla C, Dhaliwal IS and Mahajan G. 2010. Evaluation of direct-
seeded rice drill against Japanese manual transplanter for higher productivity in rice.
Indian Journal of Agricultural Science80(10): 884-887.
Kumar, J., Singh, D., Singh, B., Singh, R., Panwar, S. and Gupta, A. K. 2013. Sowing time and
weed management practices to enhance yield of directseeded rice. Indian Journal of
Weed Science 44(4): 207-209.
Kumaran, S.T., Kathiresan, G., Murali, A.P., Chinnusamy, C. and Kumar, S.V. 2015. Efficacy
of new herbicide (bispyribacsodium 10% SC) against different weedflora, nutrient uptake
in rice and their residual effects on succeeding crop of green gram under zero tillage.
Journal of Applied and Natural Sciences7(1): 279-285.

Rao PP and Goud VV. 2007. Experiences of SRI adoption/ promotion in India: a review. pp.
128-129. In: Papers and Extended Summaries of the 2nd National Symposium on SRI in
India – Progress and Prospects (Eds. Gujja B, Goud VV, Kumar RM, Rao PP, Prasad CS
and Shib S), 3-5 October 2007, Agartala, Tripura.
Singh LK, Devi SR. Economic evaluation for different level of agricultural mechanization in
Manipur. Indian Journal of Hill Farming. 2016; 29(2):130-139.Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Singh RD, Edwin B and Veeramani P. 2006. Power Weeder - an effective tool in SRI [Abstract].
In: Abstracts of the National Symposium on SRI – Present Status and Future Prospects,
17-18 November 2006, ANGRAU, Hyderabad, Andhra Pradesh.
Singh RD, Singh B, Singh KN. Evaluation of IRRI Pantnagar bullock-drawn, six row paddy
seeder. Agricultural Mechanization in Asia, Africa and Latin America. 1983; 14(3):15-
20.
Vaishya, R. D. and Tomar, S. K. 2000. Weed control in puddled seeded rice (Oryza sativa L.)
with herbicides. Indian Journal of Agronomy 45(2): 334-337.


DAMINI AOCCUPATIONAL
MOBILE- APP TO KNOW
HEALTH TIMELY
HAZARDS ALERTS
OF WORKERS
FROM LIGHTENING
*Raja Narasimha.M1,Krishnam Raju, S2 and Venkata Reddy. I3

1
2
3
Introduction
The Damini lightning app was launched by the IITM- Indian Institute of Tropical
Meteorology, and ESSO- Earth System Science Organization, under the Ministry of
Earth Science. This lightning app was launched by the Vijay Bhatkar, eminent scientist and
chancellor of Nalanda University, on the occasion of 57th Foundation Day Celebration at
IITM in Pune.
It took two months for the IITM to develop this app and they handed it over to the
respective state government. According to scientists, this app will be more effective when
the disaster management teams from various districts and states engage in spreading

awareness about the app so that people will get to know the importance of the app and start
using the app to protect themselves from lightning.

Damini a Mobile App
Damini gives early warnings on lightning to the users on the basis of their location.
This app alerts the users of lightning near them by sending a GPS notification. The Damini
lightning app gives warning about the lightning to the users by about 30 to 45 minutes in
advance. The Damini lightning alert application designed to give warning to the user about
the lightning on basis of the their location. The users can also view the lightning which
occurred within 5 mins to 15 minutes on the map of the app. The IITM the autonomous
institute in Pune, under the Minister of Earth Sciences has installed lightning location
network with about 48 sensors in different states across the country and which are
connected to central processing unit at IITM Pune.
The 48 sensors are mostly installed in the Himalayan foothills and North- Eastern
states which usually experiences lightning strikes. This network provides exact information
about the lightning strikes and the thunderstorm paths with the help of sensors which are
installed in various areas. This app tracks the lightning and provides the app users the exact
information of current lightning strike locations and also about the impending lightning
strike locations around 35 to 40 square km distance of user.
This lightning also gives general information about the lightning strikes to the users
and also gives the lists of precautions that should be taken during the lightning strikes. As of
now the app can send warning messages only in two languages that is Hindi and English. It
is said that later on more languages will be added to it. Lightning strikes is one of the major
problems in our country. It is one of the maximum casualties in our country. Every year
around 2,500 loose their life‘s due to the lightning strikes. According to official data
between the year 1967 to 2019 lightning strike had killed more than 100,000 people in our
country. The Damini app has been developed to ensure the safety of people during the
lightning strikes. This app can help in preventing deaths by sending them alerts of the
lightning strikes. To protect yourself from lightning strikes you can download the app in
your phone. It‘s a free app which can be downloaded from Google app store. The name

of the app is Damini: Lightning Alert, app size is 3.1M and this can be installed on any
android device running version is 4.2.
Flexibility
The app is flexible for integration with YouTube and other media for better understanding
and use.
Integration with other apps
The app is integrated with popular social media and messaging platforms such as
WhatsApp and Facebook and instagram for easy sharing and discussion among farmer
groups. The Lightening alerts from Damini can be instantaneously shared via WhatsApp
and facebook, thus widening the reach of the timely lightening alerts.
Easy feedback
A novel feature of this app is the rating system by which users can provide feedback about
the Location specified Lightening alerts. The app offers a simple way to link back feedback
from farmers to the DAMU. The lack of such a feature was a key shortcoming in the existing
dissemination channels.

Conclusion
Damini app is a farmer friendly app it can be installed easily in the android mobile phone
to know the timely location specific Lightening
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTHalertsHAZARDS
informationOF
in particular
WORKERS area to protects
crops and livestocks and common people.
https://www.tropmet.res.in/118-prjct_news
https://indianexpress.com/article/india/when-lightning-strikes-iitms-new-app-will-ensure-
you-are-a-safe-distance-away-5451902/
https://www.livemint.com/science/health/explained-why-lightning-strike-deaths-are-
increasing-in-india-each-year/amp-11630637330697.html


WATER MANGEMENT
OCCUPATIONAL ANDHAZARDS
HEALTH HERBICIDE WEED
OF WORKERS
MANAGEMENT IN MAIZE CROPPING SYSTEM

*Raja Narasimha.M1,Krishnam Raju, S2 and Venkata Reddy. I3

1
2
3
Introduction
Maize ( Zea mays L) is the second most important cereal crop in the world in terms of
production.because of having highest genetic yield potential popularity is known as queen of
cereals. In India,it is the third most important food crop after rice and wheat. It is grown nearly
9.26 m ha with production of 23.67 mt with average productivity of about 2.57 t/ha compared to
the world average productivity of 4.97 t/ha. The predominant maize growing states that
contribute more than 80% of the total maize production are Andhrapradesh(20.9%)Karnataka
(16.5)Rajasthan (9.9%)Maharastra (9.1%)Bihar (8.9%)Uttarpradesh (6.1%), Madhyapradesh
(5.7%)Himachal Pradesh ( 4.4%).
Water Management
Water requirement of maize crop is about 480-600 mm of water during its life cycle.
1. Maize crop is sensitive to both moisture stress and also excessive for moisture,also hence
regulate irrigation according to the requirement.
2. Ensure optimum moisture availability during the most critical phase (45 to 65 days after
sowing) otherwise yield will be reduced by a considerable extent.
3. Moisture stress at early growth stages results in delayed tasseling and silking.

Critical stages of irrigation in maize cropping system.

1. Seedling stage
2. Knee high stage
3. Tasseling stage
4. Silking stage
5. Dough stage Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Ridge and furrow method of irrigation

Stage No. of Days after sowing
irrigation
Heavy soils
Germination & establishment 1 After sowing, Life irrigation - 4th,day
Vegetative 2 25th, 36th day
Flowering 2 48th, 60th day
(Irrigate copiously)
Maturity phase 2 72nd, 85th day
(Control irrigation)
light soils
Germination & establishment 2 After sowing, Life irrigation-4th ,12thday
Vegetative Phase 3 22nd ,32nd & 40th day
Flowering phase 3 50th ,60th & 72nd day
(Irrigate copiously)
Maturity phase 2 85th , 95th day
(Controlled irrigation)

Herbicide Weed Management

In Irrigatedand Rainfed situations of Kharif and Rabi seasons Maize is heavily infested
and problematic with weeds from sowing time to harvest. This is because of frequent rains in
kharif and continuously irrigation in rabi season several weed seeds are germinating and the
growth of weeds is more severe problems are facing especially grassy weeds. Maize crop is
Article
sensitive to weed competition during early growth period during the slow ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
growth in the first 3-4
weeks. Critical period of weed competition is upto 40-45 DAS. Due to weeds infestation crop
yields may losses upto 45-60 percent.
A Herbicide is a chemical used to control/kill some targeted weeds/ unwanted plants.
When we talk of herbicides,we mean chemical warfare against weeds to the extent of killing or
severely stunting these, dependind upon our objective. Herbicides can be employed to control
weeds as they emerge from the soil to eliminate weed crop interference even at a very early stage
of crop growth. Herbicides bring about longer lasting control of perennial weeds and bushes than
is possible with any physical control method.Many modern herbicides can translocate
considerably deep in the underground system of weeds and damage them.
This is very effective in certain cases and has a great scope provided that chemicals are
cheap, efficient and easily available. The chemicals used for weed control and which suppresses
or destroy the growth of weeds are called as herbicide. These either help in killing the weeds or
inhibiting the growth. Herbicides which can prevent weed establishment during the first six
weeks are very useful in maize.
Common weed flora in maize crop are:
 Echinocloa colona
 Elusine indica
Grassy weeds
 Cynodon dactylon
 Digitaria sanguinalis
 Panicum colonum
 Ageratum conyzoides
 Galinsoga parviflora
 Phyllanthus niruri Broad leaf weeds
 Commelina benghalensis
 Polygonum dichotumiflorum

 Aeschynomene indica
 Cyperus rotundus
Sedges
 Cyperus esculentus
 Cyperus iria

Pre emergence herbicide: Herbicides that are applied soon after planting of a crop are called as
pre emergence herbicides.
Post emergence herbicide: Herbicides that are applied after the emergence of crop as well as
the weeds.
Benefits of using Herbicides

 Fewer labour problems
 Greater possibility of farm mechanization
 Easier crop harvesting
 Lower cost of farm produce
Pre Emergence Herbicides Post Emergence Herbicides

Atrazine@ 800-1200 grams/Acre Tropomizone 30 ml + Atrazine 400 grams/
Acre
Simazine @ 400 grams/Acre 2-4 D Sodium salt 500 grams/ Acre
Metolochlor @ 700 grams/Acre Tembotrione 115 ml+ Atrazine 400 grams/
Acre
Pendimethalin @ 1.0 L/Acre
 For control of both Broad leaved and grassy weeds: spray Tembotrione 115 ml+
Atrazine 400 grams or / Tropomizone 30 ml + Atrazine 400 grams/ Acre.
 For control of Broad leaved weeds spray 2-4 D Sodium salt 500 grams/ Acre at 2-3 leaf
stage

Before application of herbicide
After application of herbicide

Conclusion:
Efficient weed management and water management will reuce cost of cultivation with
improvement of better crop growth and yield beside weed management will helps to reduce the
labour for manual weeding and also to control of pests and diseases.

References
Ankush Kumar, M.C. Rana, Neelam Sharma and S.S. Rana. 2017. Effect of Post-Emergence
Herbicide -Tembotrione on Yield, Soil Dehydrogenase Activity and Its Phytotoxicity on
Maize (Zea mays L.) under Mid Hill Conditions of Himachal Pradesh.
Int.J.Curr.Microbiol.App.Sci. 6(8): 2297-2303. doi:
https://doi.org/10.20546/ijcmas.2017.608.270. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Djaman, K. and Irmak, S., 2012. Soil water extraction patterns and crop, irrigation, and
evapotranspiration water use efficiency of maize under full and limited irrigation and
rainfed settings. Transactions of the ASABE, 55(4), pp.1223-1238.
Igbadun, H.E., Salim, B.A., Tarimo, A.K. and Mahoo, H.F., 2008. Effects of deficit irrigation
scheduling on yields and soil water balance of irrigated maize. Irrigation Science, 27(1),
pp.11-23.
Rana M.C., Shivani Chand, S.S. Rana and Narender Sankhyan. 2016. Effect of time and method
of post-emergence application of atrazine on nutrients depletion by weeds in maize.
Himachal Journal of Agricultural Research. 42(1): 82-86.
Rana SS, Badiyala Dinesh, Sharma Neelam, Kumar Rajinder, Patha nia Pawan. 2017. Impact of
Tembotrione on Weed Growth, Yield and Economics of Maize (Zea mays L.) under Mid
Hill Conditions of Himachal Pradesh. Pesticide Research Journal. 29 (1): 27-34.
Shivani Chand, MC Rana and SS Rana. 2016. Effect of time and method of post-emergence
atrazine application in controlling weeds in maize. International Journal of Advances in
Agricultural Science and Technology . 3(6): 49-59.


POTENTIAL STRATEGIES AND FUTURE REQUIREMENTS

FOR PLANT DISEASE MANAGEMENT UNDER A
CHANGING CLIMATE
Dr.D.H.Tandel*, R.L.Joshi and Sandhya G.

*Associate Professor, Department of Plant Pathology, N.M.College of Agriculture,
Navsari Agricultural University, Navsari-396450, Gujarat
*Corresponding Author Email ID: dannytandel@yahoo.co.in
Introduction
Current evidence suggests a rise in global mean surface temperatures leading to a
generalized global warming This is thought to be the result of emissions of so-called greenhouse
gases, although natural climate variability may have contributed to recent global warming as
well. Depending on future emissions scenarios, atmospheric CO 2 p.p.m. (A2 emissions scenario)
at the end of this century (380 p.p.m. currently to between 500 (B1 emissions scenario) and 800
concentration is estimated to increase from about 380. A temperature increase of about 1·1–
3·5°C, dependent on the emissions scenario applied in model is possible. However, temperature
projections are greatly influenced by the climate model used. This has particular relevance to
plant diseases, since projection of moisture-related variables, such as leaf wetness duration, as
well as temperature, is an important requirement for the occurrence and spread of most foliar
diseases. In general, optimal temperature conditions may compensate for reduced canopy
wetness and vice versa. Pathogen spore germination and infection of the host plant often require
close to 100% relative humidity. These moist conditions usually occur during overnight dewfall.
Optimal temperature for pathogens at this time is particularly important. Under temperate
climatic conditions, night-time minimum temperatures are expected to increase more than
daytime maximum temperatures.
By 2050, global grain demand will double as a result of population growth. There will be
limited arable land available, particularly in areas most affected by population growth, because

different sectors are competing for land use. Thus, increasing crop productivity is a major
challenge. However, neither planting more productive crops nor cultivating more land area
where possible can solely meet the need for more food if yield losses from pests and diseases
remain at current levels or even further increase. Therefore, improvements in plant disease and
pest control are needed in order to reduce both pre- and postharvest yield losses. Solutions to
pest and disease problems must be specifically tailored to location, Article
crop andID:the
AG-VO2-I08-07
type of pest.
They must also consider existing standards for reduced human and/or agroecosystem exposure to
agricultural contaminants such as heavy metals, mycotoxins, plant protection products (PPPs),
and harmful microorganisms. Hence, the challenge will be to find a balance between public
demand for a reduction in PPP use and the need to efficiently control harmful diseases
potentially driven by changes in climate. In view of global population growth, climate change is
regarded as a threat to global food production and security. Higher global temperatures, altered
precipitation regimes and increases in the frequency of extreme events, particularly in regions
expected to suffer greater heat and water stress as a result of projected climate change, raise
concerns among the scientific community, the public and policy makers. Both climate change
and climate variability are relevant drivers for plant disease epidemiology. Potential effects of
inter-annual climatic variability on plant disease development were addressed in an earlier
review. Shifts in climatic seasonality may result in alterations of the synchrony between crop
phenology and disease or pest patterns. Ignoring such effects of altered coincidence and/or
shifted escape may bias disease or pest forecasts. In addition, changes in climate or climatic
seasonality may modulate host susceptibility/resistance responses to pathogens. Projected
atmospheric and climate change will thus affect the interaction between crops and pathogens in
multiple ways.
The main climatic drivers for changing the environmental fate and behaviour of PPPs are
rainfall seasonality and intensity, and increased temperatures. The translocation and degradation
of PPPs are likely to be variable and difficult to predict, because there are conflicting effects of
various environmental factors on the fate of PPPs. In addition to the use of appropriate
fungicides, preventive plant protection measures may become particularly important to control
plant disease incidence and severity under projected climate change. Integrated, biologically
balanced crop management and protection will provide appropriate tools to adapt to potentially
altered conditions in the future. The scope of the present review is to compile and discuss

strategies for plant disease management under a changing climate, focussing on fungal plant
pathogens in agriculture and horticulture. Information on viral and bacterial diseases is available
elsewhere. This review will provide a brief overview of important strategies used for plant
disease management and how these may be influenced by future climate changes.
Plant disease management tools affected by climate change
Article
Plant disease control through host-plant resistance and fungicide ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
treatment makes a major
contribution to both climate-change mitigation and sustainable crop production systems to ensure
global food security. Particularly in high-input production systems, greenhouse gas emissions
can be decreased by greater nitrogen use efficiency by a healthy crop. Disease management
strategies may require adjustments under climate change.
Agronomic practices
Agronomic practices such as crop rotation, soil tillage, fertilization, liming and irrigation
play an important role in preventing or reducing the risk of diseases. The impact of such
agronomic practices on diseases is known to be large and likely to be more influential within a
shorter time than the long-term climatic changes, which renders them efficient tools to
counterbalance the potential increases in disease risks. In general, farmers first of all have to
select the optimal site for their crop species and may introduce new crop species that would
benefit from climate change and elevated levels of atmospheric CO 2. Besides the likely benefits
from planting new crop species, there is a risk that newly introduced crops will be accompanied
by new pathogens. Enhanced diversity in cropping systems may reduce the risks of diseases that
otherwise, in monoculture, would become more severe as a result of climate change. For
example, late blight (Phytophthora infestans) epidemics in potato (Solanum tuberosumdays
earlier when the preceding crop was potato than when it was another crop. This emphasizes the
importance of crop rotation, including the integration of cover crops and intercropping, in
reducing specific disease risks associated with expected climate change. Changing planting
and/or harvest dates of annual crops and short-lived perennials can be an effective, low-cost
option to render the crop less vulnerable to pests and diseases or adverse abiotic conditions.
However, the practicability of changing planting and/or harvesting dates is dependent on region,
cultivar, magnitude of climate change, and market situation. Under certain circumstances,
delayed planting as an avoidance strategy against pathogens may become less reliable under

climate change, for example, if in temperate climates mild conditions prevail in autumn and early
winter.
Planting of cultivar mixtures and intercropping (e.g. potatoes and faba beans, Vicia faba)
might be another way to reduce disease risks, for example, by slowing down epidemic rates,
thereby facilitating disease control with fungicides, such as shown for late blight in potatoes.
More research is needed to evaluate the usefulness of cultivar mixturesArticle ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
and intercropping to cope
with potential disease risks associated with changing climate. Management of overwintering
pathogens in crop residues left on the field is one important agronomic practice. Many residue-
borne plant diseases caused by necrotrophic pathogens can be managed through crop rotation
and other agronomic practices designed to reduce inoculum levels. Crop residue management for
disease control has gained importance with the expansion of conservation agriculture. More
powerful methods should be developed to impede saprotrophic colonization of crop residues by
pathogens in order to decrease the carry-over of inoculum between cropping seasons. Increased
water use in agriculture as a result of warmer temperatures, longer growing seasons and
increased summer drought may occur. Increased water supply and fertilizer application may also
be needed to support greater plant growth and development resulting from the CO 2 fertilization
effect. Pathogen aggressiveness may also be favoured as a result of increased plant canopy
density, which could result in increased fungicide applications. Increasing PPP application could
lead to more transfer of PPPs to soil and groundwater. Soil solarization prior to planting is a non-
chemical, physical disease-control method for soil disinfection using plastic mulches. Typical
target pathogens are soilborne and include Verticillium dahliae, Sclerotium rolfsii, Rhizoctonia
solani and Fusarium species. Soil solarization fits the concept of IPM, although it has
disadvantages, such as its non-selectivity and therefore its detrimental effects on beneficial
organisms, including antagonists of soilborne plant pathogens. The longer the treatment period,
the higher the pathogen-killing rates and the deeper the effectiveness of soil solarization
becoming shorter. However, in regions where global warming is associated with reduced rainfall,
effectiveness of soil solarization might be lower, as dry soils provide reduced efficacy, unless
irrigation will be applied.
Host-plant resistance and pathogen aggressiveness
Host-plant resistance involves the use of cultivars that are able to resist or tolerate
pathogen attack. The use of resistant or tolerant cultivars is easy, cheap, environmentally sound

and effective, unless pathogens overcome the resistance. Expression of plant resistance is
determined by the interaction between genetic factors in the pathogen and the plant, and the
environmental impact represented by cultural practices and climate.
Exposure to unsuitable environmental conditions can cause loss of resistance. For
example, disease resistance can be temperature-dependent, as in the case of phoma stem canker
Article
(Leptosphaeria maculans) of oilseed rape, where resistance is expressed ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
at 15°C but not at 25°C.
There is a need for improved resistance of oilseed rape to phoma stem canker, which is favoured
at increased temperatures. Therefore, strategies for breeding cultivars with improved resistance
to pathogens may need to include trials in countries with a warmer climate that represent
predicted climates in currently cooler latitudes. Inversely, a rice bacterial blight resistance gene
was reported to benefit from high temperature. This is also true for some resistance genes in
wheat against the rust fungi Puccinia recondita and Puccinia striiformis. However, there is
evidence for increased aggressiveness at higher temperatures of isolates
of P. striiformis demonstrating that wheat rust fungi can adapt to and benefit from warmer
temperatures to cause severe disease in previously unfavourable environmental conditions. These
adapted isolates are also challenging the effectiveness of disyears to breed a new disease-
resistant cultivar ease resistance genes which operate at higher temperatures. Disease resistance
is also affected by other environmental factors, such as duration of leaf wetness, nutrient status
(e.g. nitrogen fertilization), soil type and availability of water. Thus, temperature is not
necessarily the sole and single most important factor affecting disease resistance. Typically, it
takes more than 10, so breeding programmes must be planned and started well in advance of
serious disease problems or be based on minor genes which are expected to be more durable.
Changes in atmospheric composition and climate may influence host–pathogen interactions and
host resistance through numerous types of morphological and physiological alterations, such as
stomatal morphology and physiology, increases in rates of net photosynthesis, papillae
formation, silicon accumulation at appressorial penetration sites, carbohydrate accumulation in
leaves, increased cuticular waxes, additional epidermal cell layers, increased fibre content,
reduced nutrient concentration and modified production of resistance-related enzymes such as
rubisco. For example, enhanced aggressiveness of powdery mildew (Erysiphe cichoracearum)
on Arabidopsis thaliana under elevated CO2 was recently shown. Infected leaves were altered in
stomatal density, guard cell length and trichome numbers compared with non-infected

leaves. Elevated CO2 alone or in combination with O3 consistently decreased downy mildew
(Peronospora manshurica) in soybean (Glycine max), but increased septoria brown spot
(Septoria glycines). The reduction in downy mildew may have been the result of accelerated
soybean leaf senescence, and hence a reduced susceptible period, caused by elevated
O3 concentration. This study was conducted in a FACE (free air carbon enrichment) facility
Article
under field conditions, allowing realistic disease assessment because ID:were
plants AG-VO2-I08-07
exposed to
natural pathogen inoculum and microclimatic conditions. Such studies focusing on
CO2 concentration allow researchers to assess the concurrent effects of variability in temperature
and precipitation. These studies should be extended to more plant–pathogen systems.
In summary, future plant disease management strategies should include resistance
breeding approaches for broad adaptation to multiple environments. Breeding for resistance
against several pathogens should be combined with breeding for tolerance to abiotic stresses
such as drought and heat. However, when several plant diseases occur at the same time, multiple
host-plant resistance may not be sufficient and needs to be supported by integration of other
plant protection methods, such as crop rotation and the use of spatial and temporal crop diversity.
Fungicides
Costs of PPP application were influenced by temperature and precipitation in the USA.
They found that more rainfall increased average costs per acre for PPP application in corn,
cotton, potatoes, soybeans and wheat, whereas warmer weather increased PPP application costs
in corn, cotton, potatoes and soybeans, but decreased the cost in wheat.
Fungicides are used to control pathogenic fungi and oomycetes. They may have
additional beneficial side effects on the physiology of the plant, resulting in enhanced general
stress resistance and higher yield. Predominantly, fungicides are applied foliarly or in seed
dressings. There are only few reports on how fungicide treatments may be affected by climate
change. Most authors have focused on precipitation patterns, whereas the temperature
dependency of fungicide efficacy is rarely addressed. Extreme temperatures may affect the
efficacy of PPPs, including fungicides, or increase their phytotoxicity. In contrast, there are few
preliminary studies available on whether and how climate and atmospheric changes may affect
herbicide efficacy, particularly related to elevated CO 2 assumes that weed control with
herbicides may become less effective or more expensive because elevated CO 2 may alter leaf
characteristics such as leaf and cuticular thickness, stomatal density and stomatal conductance,

finally leading to reduced herbicide uptake. Chemical control of weeds will still be possible with
climatic changes or rising CO2 concentrations, but additional sprayings or increased doses may
be necessary. The higher temperature (15 vs. 10°C) reduced the efficacy of fungicides (seed
treatment) to control loose smut (Ustilago nuda) of barley (Hordeum vulgare). Such studies may
help to elucidate the potential effects of global warming on fungicide efficacy.
Article
Changes in temperature, rainfall, wind speed, soil/air moisture ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
and light conditions can
influence the effectiveness of PPP applications. These environmental factors may alter fungicide
dynamics in the soil and on/in the foliage, including uptake, degradation and volatilization.
Precipitation during the post-application period is particularly critical. It may either improve
fungicide distribution or deplete the fungicide layer on the foliage, altering the fungicide‘s
efficacy. More frequent rainfall events projected for the northern latitudes during winter and
spring may trigger more frequent fungicide applications, because of the difficulty of keeping
contact fungicides on the plant canopy. The introduction of fungicides with a greater rainfastness
might help to reduce this problem. Uptake, translocation and mode of action of systemic
fungicides could be negatively affected by plant morphological responses, such as smaller
stomatal openings or thicker epicuticular waxes on the leaves, in response to elevated CO 2 and/or
increased air temperature. This may reduce or slow down the uptake rates of systemic fungicides,
although increased plant metabolic rates at warmer temperatures could increase fungicide uptake.
Optimizing the timing of fungicide application can be a simple way to increase fungicide
efficacy. For example, applying fungicide early in the morning to folded, wet leaves in peanut
(Arachis hypogaea) improved spray deposition in the lower canopy, thereby increasing stem rot
control (caused by Sclerotium rolfsii) and crop yield.
Farmers, advisors and researchers in temperate regions facing a rise in temperature could
learn from fungicide application principles in tropical countries. However, most PPP
performance data are generated in North America and Europe and extrapolated to tropical
countries, where much less research on PPPs is done. For specific fungicides, data have been
gained in laboratory experiments and do not necessarily represent field conditions. The fate of
PPPs in the tropics follows distinct patterns. In general, high temperature and humidity seem to
favour degradation and volatilization of the active ingredients. Nonetheless, warm and humid
conditions may increase the efficacy of most PPPs, because penetration through plant tissues
may be easier and the uptake of active ingredients faster. Data are lacking on whether this

enhanced PPP uptake would generally increase or reduce the effectiveness of fungicide
applications. Climate change may also affect the phytotoxicity of PPPs. How far these general
principles can be applied to fungicide treatments in temperate regions under climate change is
unknown. Even under temperate climatic conditions, foliar uptake of PPPs is a complex event
steered by clearly more than one factor or mechanism. For a specific active ingredient, foliar
uptake varies greatly depending on adjuvants, plant species, cultivars,Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
environmental conditions,
and management practices. On the other hand, foliar uptake can be increased to a certain degree
by minimizing volatilization of PPPs, because the penetration process competes with the
volatilization process. Measures that minimize volatilization of PPPs include appropriate (i)
physicochemical characteristics of the active ingredient, (ii) formulation of the product, (iii)
timing of PPP application related to prevailing environmental conditions, (iv) application dose,
(v) distribution of PPPs on the leaf surface, and (vi) application technology. In summary, current
knowledge is scarce and does not allow predictions of future alterations in PPP foliar uptake
processes.
More fungicide sprays could be necessary to control diseases as effectively as under
present management practices. For example, simulation studies showed that under the most
severe climate-change scenario, two additional fungicide treatments might become necessary to
manage downy mildew (Plasmopara viticola) in grapevine (Vitis vinifera) as a result of the
projected temperature rise in the northwest of Italy by the end of this century. A potential
adaptation response to future climate change may require farmers to pay more attention to the
management of initial downy mildew infections. The prediction of more severe epidemics was
related to more favourable temperature conditions during the months of May and June. Disease-
promoting effects of increasing temperatures overruled disease reduction through reduced
precipitation. Therefore, the costs for downy mildew management would increase in future
scenarios, unless product costs will be lower. In contrast, cercospora leaf spot disease incidence
and severity in red bud (Cercis canadensis) and sweetgum (Liquidambar styraciflua) trees were
greater in years with above-average rainfall. In years with above-average temperatures, disease
incidence decreased significantly. Fewer fungicide treatments may be needed for control of
phoma stem canker (Leptosphaeria maculans) in oilseed rape (Brassica napus) in Scotland in the
2020s and 2050s, because simulations suggest that this disease will cause less yield loss, indeed,
fungicide use may no longer be economically justified. In contrast, fungicide treatments in

southern England may become essential to maintain yields of oilseed rape, because increased
temperatures could considerably increase the yield losses from phoma stem canker and minimize
the benefits of potential yield increases by increased atmospheric CO 2. These yield losses are
predicted to be greatest for susceptible cultivars, suggesting that in the absence of improved
resistance to phoma stem canker there will be an even greater need for precisely timed fungicide
Article
sprays to control this disease. The above-mentioned examples suggest thatID:the
AG-VO2-I08-07
adaptation of
fungicide use under climate change will be specific for the disease/crop pathosystem and
location. These specific relationships will also determine whether higher or lower associated
costs will result for the growers.
Biological control with antagonistic organisms
Biological control agents (BCAs) may be effective either upon introduction by
application or through strengthening their natural occurrence. In general, their effectiveness
requires specific, conducive environmental conditions. If appropriate temperature and moisture
are not consistently available, BCA populations may fail to reduce disease incidence and
severity, and may not recover as rapidly as pathogen populations when conducive conditions
recur. There is little information on the potential effects of projected climate change on
biological control methods to manage plant diseases. The few available results focus on below-
ground composition and dynamics in the microbial community, which of course can be
important for both below- and above-ground plant health. In general, the impact of antagonists
may be modified by various interaction factors, such as plant species, soil type, soil temperature,
moisture and nutrient availability. It is not well understood how naturally occurring antagonists
of pathogens may change if populations of microorganisms would shift under changed
temperature and moisture regimes. In some cases, antagonistic organisms may thereby out-
compete pathogens, whilst in other cases, pathogens may be favoured.
Vulnerability of BCAs will be higher under climate change, because if climate variability
becomes greater it would impose difficulties on the survival and activity of applied antagonists.
On the other hand in spite of potential problems when applying BCAs research efforts must be
strengthened to develop biocontrol measures with more tolerance to variable conditions. This,
however, is not a new challenge, as this has been a perpetual requirement for successful
biocontrol since the discovery of the first BCAs.

Integrated pest management (IPM)

Plant pathology research and extension work have emphasized the integration of diverse
control strategies in an IPM framework, the early foundations of which were laid by
entomologists. IPM is an ecosystem-based strategy that focuses on long-term prevention of pests
or their damage through a combination of methods such as biological control, use of resistant
cultivars, habitat management and cultural practices. PPPs are Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
used following thorough
monitoring and based on established economic damage thresholds. Integrated crop management
(ICM) adds to IPM components such as soil tillage, nutrient supply and water management in
order to develop sustainable production systems.
There is potential for an overall increase in the number of outbreaks and northward
migration of a wide variety of pathogens in the northern hemisphere as a result of global
warming. Educational outreach efforts and other tools, such as appropriate pathogen diagnostics,
will need to be intensified and updated to keep pace with the changing disease situation. Disease-
forecasting models are needed for more pathogens and with further improved quality to be used
to guide farmers. Such prediction tools may allow farmers to respond in a timely and efficient
manner with PPP applications. A frequent review of IPM recommendations is necessary to
minimize negative environmental and economic impacts associated with the likely increase of
PPP use, including fungicides.
Quarantine
Some pathogens may be more harmful in a new environment. Avoidance of pathogen spread
through quarantine may become more difficult for authorities as novel or invasive pathogens
may be transferred more frequently with imported plant products or by air-stream drift. There
will be new opportunities for crops and cultivars to be introduced in regions and locations where
they have not been grown before, but effective systems, such as diagnostic tools, must be in
place to detect and follow invading pathogens and monitor their behaviour under such altered
conditions. Use of climate matching tools and geographical information systems may assist
quarantine agencies in determining the threat posed by a given pathogen in different regions
under current and future climate shifts.
Outlook
It is probable that climate change will significantly influence plant disease management,
degradation and uptake of PPPs, average external costs of PPP use and their environmental

distribution and toxicity. A particular challenge is the effective dissemination and use of known
but currently underutilized techniques. For example, significant contributions can derive from
better field monitoring of diseases and pests, improved timing of PPP application and better
systems for delivering PPPs to their targets. This includes in situ and ex situ conservation of
genetic diversity in crop species, including their wild relatives, in order to increase the
Article
availability of genes to breed for resistance to existing and new pathogens andID:
to AG-VO2-I08-07
abiotic stresses.
The requirement to breed new cultivars with more durable resistances within shorter time periods
will possibly give biotechnological approaches a key role in crop adaptation to changing climate.
Accumulation of minor genes and race-non-specific resistance to pathogens by conventional
breeding programmes will remain equally important to achieve durable resistance in diverse
environments. Preventive plant protection measures may become particularly important under
climate change. These may include greater heterogeneity in cropping systems that reduce disease
risks, use of superior cultivars resistant and/or tolerant to abiotic and biotic stress, and reliable
tools for forecasting pathogen occurrence in order to respond in a timely manner to plant
pathogens.
The precise prediction of pathogen responses to climate change will be limited by a lack
of comprehensive, current multi-factor and multi-species data and, moreover, by the diversity
and adaptability of pathogen populations. Given the many interactions between ecosystem
processes, human influences, environmental conditions, pathogen populations and their potential
for adaptation, long-term predictions will remain particularly difficult. This similarly applies to
predictions of future changes in plant disease management strategies. Disease-forecasting models
based on weather data can help to identify the meteorological factors (and the time period) which
are significantly correlated with disease. These types of disease-forecasting models can be
combined with general circulation models in order to simulate future scenarios of disease
epidemics, although most general circulation models operate on larger scales of resolution.
Down-scaling climate models can contribute to bridge this gap. Nevertheless, the challenge
remains to consider the variability in disease epidemiology . Based on future scenarios of disease
epidemics, disease management practices can be suggested and/or improved.
Large-scale projections of disease risks based on climatic conditions can also be used to
identify priorities for research. Likewise, projections are also essential to provide strategic
guidance for industry and government policy for adaptation to climate change so that national

agricultural production is able to meet future demands of food security. Projections may suggest
that, unless there is effective control of a certain disease available, it may be necessary to move
future production of a certain crop from the south to the north (northern hemisphere), from the
north to the south (southern hemisphere) or from lowlands to uplands of a certain region or
country, in order to escape the detrimental effects of temperature rise . In contrast, it should be
Article
noted that besides potential risks, there are also potential gains associated ID:expected
with AG-VO2-I08-07
climate
change. Agricultural systems have shown considerable adaptability to climate through
management changes. This adaptability also provides a high likelihood that significant climate
shifts may be buffered. Moreover, there may be some gains from fewer frosts, altered
precipitation patterns, CO2 fertilization, and longer growing seasons. For example, global
warming may favour the use of soil solarization practices in horticulture, using plastic mulches
over moist planting beds, known to control soilborne pathogens such as Verticillium
dahliae and Fusarium spp.
Conclusion
It has evolved a large set of powerful tools to adapt crop production and crop protection
to the local climatic situation and changing economic constraints. This has resulted in constant
adjustments to conditions differing from region to region, year to year, and within a season. In
addition, the ongoing, yet accelerating progress in agricultural technologies, mainly new
cultivars, novel PPPs and agrotechnical innovations, has constantly required significant
adaptations of the production systems by farmers, with increased yields and higher revenues
being the main drivers. The same tools and adaptability are needed and can be utilized to cope
with the climate change currently in question. Therefore, climate change does not represent a
completely novel challenge to agriculture, although the situation may be more difficult if new
crops are introduced into areas where they have not been grown before and/or if climate change
promotes invasion of pathogens which are novel for a certain region. Nonetheless, there is a clear
requirement for consistently utilizing, adapting and improving crop protection strategies and
tools and enhancing the relevant knowledge base. Improved understanding of the drivers of
disease cycles, epidemic development and host responses will continue to be a fundamental
prerequisite to enable farmers and advisors to predict and manage diseases under changing local
conditions. Consequently, diverse, flexible and resilient crop production systems will be needed,
even more than today,that can cope more readily with conditions in a changing environment.


SOYBEAN (NRC-37): A PROMISING IMPROVED

VARIETYOCCUPATIONAL
TO AUGMENT HEALTH HAZARDS OF WORKERS
SOYBEAN PRODUCTIVITY IN
TRIBAL AREA
*Dr. V. K. Poshiya , Dr. M. V. Tiwari and Prof. Nikhil Chodhary

Krishi Vigyan Kendra, Navsari Agricultural University, Dediapada (Narmada)
*Corresponding Author Email ID: kvkdediapada@nau.in
Name : Mr. Gambhirbhai Maheshbhai Vasava

Village : At & Po: Nani bedvan, Talkua: Dediapada,
Age : 28 years old
Education : up to 10th std.
Land holding : Total 4 Acre 2 (Irrigated) +2 (un irrigated)
Technology Module
Improved Varieties : NRC-37
Seed Rate/ha : 50 kg
Carbendazim + Thiram (1+2 gm/kg seed) and Bio- fertilizers
Seed Treatment :
like Rhizobium (1 L/acre), PSB (1 L/acre), KMB (1L/acre)
Sowing Time : last week of June to first week of July
Spacing (cm) : 45-60 cm X 2.5 cm
3 times immediately after sowing, Flower initiation, pod filling
Irrigation with stages :
mostly required. 30 DAS and 45 DAS.
Moisture Use of Broad Bed Furrow Planter for sowing (removal of excess
Conservation : water through furrow during heavy rain & also irrigation in
Practices Followed furrow during less rainfall

20:80:40 NPK kg/ha, 40 kg of Sulphur as Gypsum 220 kg/ha as

Volume:
Fertilizer02 Issue No: 08
Application :
basal.
Insect/pest Neem oil 1500 ppm @ 50ml/pump and use of Pheromone traps
OCCUPATIONAL
: HEALTH HAZARDS OF WORKERS
Management Practices @5/ha for leaf folder and pod borer.
Hand weeding and thinning operation done after 30DAS. Pre
Weed Control Articlea.i./ha
: emergence (PE): Pendimethalin @ 1.0-1.5 ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
in 500-600
litre of water.
Harvesting : 95-110 DAS
Existing Cropping
: Sole crop only.
Systems
Farming situation
Soybean (Glycine max L. Merril) is the world‘s most important seed legume, which
contributes to 25 % of the global edible oil, about two-thirds of the world‘s protein concentrate
for livestock feeding. Soybean is now predominantly grown as rain fed crop in vertisols and
associated soils with an average crop season rainfall of 900 mm.
Climatic vulnerability
Soybean grow best where the daytime temperature averages between 60 0F to 700F (16 -
21 0C). Soybean is not frost-tolerant. In Narmada district have two agro climatic zones. South
Gujarat Zone II, AES-I (Dediapada, Sagbara, Garudeshvar & Nandod) with Rainfall: 1000-1250
mm and Middle Gujarat Zone III, AES-IX (Tilakwada) with Rainfall: 900-1000 mm.
Problems identified
The non-availability of good quality seeds of high-yielding varieties in the desired
quantities in the district. In Rabi and summer season, it has been observed that scarcity of
irrigation water at later stage is one of the major reasons for low productivity. Besides, poor
economic statuses of the tribal farmers inhibit them to purchase major input like fertilizers as
well as to perform important operation timely. Not only that, unseasonal rainfall at harvesting
stage of Kharif crops, high temperature in October-November also major reason for delay in
sowing of Rabi crops. Mostly pulses and oilseeds crop were found wilt and root rot in our
district.

Technological intervention in brief

The rain fed crops grown by the tribal farmers are drilled paddy, sorghum, pigeon pea
and other pulses either single crop, mixed or intercrops. They grow paddy to fulfil food need of
the family as rice is the staple food in the tribal region. In case of oilseeds/pulses generally; our
farmers cultivated Soybean, Groundnut like oilseed crops and Pulses like Pigeon pea, Chickpea
as sole. This was affected by wilt and root rots most common in ourArticle ID:Therefore,
district. AG-VO2-I08-07
under
demonstration of NMOOP and NFSM; we were selected bio-pesticides. As well as bio fertilizers
NAUROJI liquids like Rhizobium, PSB and KMB for crop growth.
We were selected pseudomonas spp. and Trichoderma spp. liquid as bio component in our
CFLDs. Moreover, to that we were gave biofertilizers like Rhizobium, PSB and KMB
manufactured from our NAU, Navsari products which fulfilled the requirements of nutrients for
proper growth of the crops. We were also utilized our unique product which is NOVEL organic
liquid micronutrient prepared from Banana pseudo stem. This all input given to farmers during
our CFLDs.
Efforts made by KVK / methodology followed
In view of this, Krishi Vigyan Kendra decided to organize Cluster Front Line
Demonstrations under NMOOP in adopted villages of Narmada district. Soybean variety NRC-
37 was selected under CFLDs from the year 2017-18 to 2022-23. The farmers‘ preferred
varieties of soybean generally JS-335, GS-2, and mix seed of soybean which is considered as
check plots to compare the yield potential of variety under CFLDs i.e. NRC-37.
Sr No. of
Year Name of activity No. of activity
No participants
On campus training 9 393
Off campus training 13 282
2017-18 to FLD visit 31 253
1
2022-23 Group meeting 16 284
Diagnostic visit 28 215
Field days 11 408

These demonstrations were organized in an area of 80 ha. with the involvement of 200 farmers.
The selected farmers were trained for the scientific cultivation of soybean prior to conduct the
CFLDs. As in tribal areas, the technical know -how of the farmers is very poor. Therefore, it was
decided to conduct method demonstration about the scientific method of seed treatment and
simultaneously other concepts were included time to time in the training and other activities.
FLD on soybean- NRC-37

soybean growth stage Field day program
Field visit
Output, Outcome and Impact of the Intervention

Output
Most of the farmers in Narmada district preferred to grow soybean varieties like JS-335
and old variety. Whereas, we were given improved variety like NRC-37 with bio fertilizers (like
Rhizobium, PSB, KMB), banana pseudo stem liquid (NOVEL), botanicals like Neem oil
(1500ppm) and bio pesticides (like Trichoderma, Pseudomonas). Among all the farmers Mr. Mr.
Gambhirbhai Maheshbhai Vasava obtained 19.6 Q/ha yield of soybean with improved
technology module ie Seed of Improved variety NRC-37, Sowing method with proper distance
(45 x 10 cms) with row to row, Seed treatment (Carbendanzim @3 gm/kg seed), Recommended
dose of fertilizers (20:40:00 NPK kg/ha).
Outcome
The yield of soybean during previous years was to the tune of 1012 to 1505 kg/ha only.
Whereas, the highest yield was observed in the demonstration field of Mr. Gambhirbhai Vasava

with the variety of NRC-37 i.e (19.8 Q/ha) which clearly indicated the superiority and suitability
of variety.
Specific Technology Yield Gross Gross Net B:C

(q/ha) cost income
Article ID:income ratio
AG-VO2-I08-07
(Rs/ha) (Rs/ha) (Rs/ha)
Previous yield with local variety 14.2 26350 47817 21467 1.81
Yield after adoption of cultivar NRC-37 19.6 26900 63063 36163 2.34
% Increase in Demonstration plot 38.03
Impact
Mr. Gambhirbhai Maheshbhai Vasava fetched more prices in the market as compared to
others (Rs. 5 more per one kg). Not only had that he enriched himself about the difference
between the characteristics of improved varieties which demonstrated under the CFLDs.
Soybean (NRC-37) having special features like Non-shattering, white colour flower and presence
of hairs on pods which led to low insects -pests attacks. As well as required less water and
having early maturity, higher fodder yield as compared to local variety.
As a result, this variety horizontally spread in 12 villages covering 205 farmers in 80 ha.
during these four years. Because of live contact, constant follow up, motivation and good
communication of Scientists with the farmers and significant result, this technology is getting
momentum among the tribal farmers of Narmada district. The standard of living of the farmers
who benefitted by this technology has also been increased.


GROWING GREENER WITH GIS: A COMPREHENSIVE

LOOK AT PRINCIPLE, COMPONENTS, FUNCTIONS AND
ITS APPLICATIONS IN AGRICULTURE
*N. Anthony Kiranmai

Assistant Professor, Dept. of Agronomy, School of Agricultural Sciences,
MallaReddy University, Secunderabad, India
*Corresponding Author Email ID: anthonykiranmai19@gmail.com
Introduction
Geographic Information Systems (GIS) represents a pivotal technology at the intersection
of geography, data science, and agriculture. In an era where precision and efficiency reign
supreme, GIS has emerged as a powerful tool that revolutionizes the way we perceive, analyse
and manage agricultural landscapes. By seamlessly integrating spatial data, satellite imagery and
advanced mapping techniques, GIS empowers farmers, researchers, and policymakers to make
informed decisions that optimize crop production, resource management and environmental
sustainability. This transformational technology opens the door to a new era of precision
agriculture, where every acre is seen not just as soil and crops, but as a dynamic, data-rich
ecosystem awaiting exploration and enhancement.
Principle of GIS
Geographic information system is tool for handling geographic (spatial and descriptive)
data. It is an organized collection of computer hardware , software, geographic data and the
personnel designed to efficiently capture , store, retrieve, update, manipulate, analyze and
display all forms of geographically referenced information according to the user defined
specifications. We can visualize the real world as consisting of much geography such as
topography, land use, land cover, utilities, soils, crops, forests, water bodies, streets, districts and
so on. Data on different aspects of these geographies are stored in GIS files or data layers.
Spatial data used in GIS deal with location, shape and relationship among features whereas the

descriptive data deal with the characteristics of the features. While maps form one type of format
for geographically referenced information, descriptive data may be visualized as the elements
representing reality in an information system.
It is important to remember that a GIS does not hold maps or pictures, it holds only a
database. Thus the database concept is central to a GIS and this is the main difference between a
Articlegraphic
GIS and a computer mapping system which only produces good ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
outputs. A
contemporary GIS incorporates a database management system (DBMS). So the GIS have
become a tool to visualize, model, analyze and query the database. The addition of geography
not only adds value to an information system, but also adds its potentiality for exponential
increases in scope, scale and functionality.
Components of GIS:
1. Hardware: This includes the physical devices like computers, servers, GPS receivers,
and mobile devices used to collect, store, and process geographic data.
2. Software: GIS software is used to create, analyze, and visualize geographic data.
Examples include ArcGIS, QGIS, and Google Earth.
3. Data: Geographic data is at the core of GIS. It includes spatial data (coordinates, maps)
and attribute data (information about locations). Data can be collected through surveys,
satellites, or digitization.
4. People: Skilled individuals such as GIS analysts, cartographers, and data scientists are
essential for effectively using GIS technology.
5. Methods: GIS employs various techniques for data analysis, visualization, and modeling.
This includes spatial analysis, geostatistics, and remote sensing.
6. Procedures: Standardized workflows and procedures are used to manage and process
geographic data. This ensures consistency and accuracy in GIS projects.
7. Networks: GIS often involves connecting to data sources or services through networks,
such as the internet or intranet, to access and share geographic information.
8. Standards: Geographic data standards ensure interoperability and consistency in GIS
data and applications. Common standards include those for data formats and metadata.
9. Maps: Maps are a fundamental output of GIS. They help visualize and communicate
geographic information effectively.

10. Users: End-users interact with GIS systems to retrieve information, make decisions, and
solve spatial problems.
Information storage:
The information stored within a GIS can be divided into two distinct categories.
Spatial data:
Article
The first category includes spatially referenced information that canID:
beAG-VO2-I08-07
represented by
points (i.e., well locations or sampling points), lines (i.e., river and road networks), and polygons
(i.e., fields, soil delineations, or land use classes). This information is referenced to a geographic
coordinate system and is usually stored in either a raster (grid-cell) or vector (arc-node) digital
format.
Attribute data:
The second type of information stored in a GIS is attribute data or information describing
the characteristics of the spatial feature. For example, attribute data for a soil map unit could
include the predominant soil series, soil drainage class, and texture of the surface soil horizon.
Spatial data representation:
Spatial or geographic data can be represented by visual elements like points, lines and
areas. The ability to visualize the data is one of the characteristics which make geographic data
processing so powerful. This is done by linking the geographic data to the visual data elements
(point, line, areas) which compose the picture. The visual data elements can be modeled and
structured in two basic ways, namely raster and vector.
Raster:
Raster is a term which comes directly from digital display. A raster is an area on a scanning
line which can be individually illuminated. Raster data represent a point, a line or an area as a
matrix of values. The size of the cell determines the resolution of the display. A raster database
requires that all the values or entities be defined by a single raster or group of raster. The size of
the cell defines the resolution of the database as well as the display.
Vector:
Vector is the second graphic or visual data model. A vector model defines graphic elements
using basic geometry, namely a quantity which has magnitude and direction, represented by a
directed line the length representing the magnitude and whose orientation in space represent the
direction.

Spatial objects:
In an automated environment, there must be a mechanism to locate and describe the
geographic phenomena. In a GIS, geographic features are abstracted to become points, line or
polygons. A point is an elemental unit, a line is made up of a string of points and a polygon is
made up of a line or a series of lines.
Points: Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
A point is a single coordinate (x, y) representing a geographic feature that is too small to be
seen as an area. If it is an isolated object, such as a light house, it has no geometric property. It
only has the property of location, which is defined by its coordinate. In an ARC/INFO database,
a point is numbered and stored with a single coordinate(x, y) denoting its location and series of
attributes describing its characteristics. Each of a map feature is represented as a record in the
database. A point has a coordinate location and attributes which are stored in the point attribute
table.
Lines:
Lines representing linear features are usually stored in the ARC/INFO database with
descriptive attributes as well as a string of coordinates(x, y). Every line is stored as an arc and
has two end points called nodes. Generally a line begins or ends where it meets another line.
These kinds of connections are defined by arc-node topology. Each arc has a string of
coordinates and attributes which are stored in the arc attribute table. These attributes include the
geometric property of length and the topological properties of connectivity and adjacency (from
–node, to node).
Polygons:
In polygon coverage we have all three types of spatial objects. As before, the nodes define
the ends of arcs and the boundary of each polygon is defined by a list of connecting arcs. In order
to assign descriptive attributes, each polygon must have a label point (a point feature within a
polygon as opposed to a point feature by itself). Polygon attributes are stored in the polygon
attribute table. Polygons are identified by label points and their boundaries are defined by a
series of connected arcs and nodes. Boundary arcs possess certain properties on either side (left
polygon, right polygon) and at either end (from node, to –node). All polygons have the geometric
properties of area and perimeter and the topographic property of containment. These properties
and relationships are stored in several related data files. There is one to one relationship between

a polygon in a coverage and record in the polygon attribute table. Because space is infinite, there
will always be an outside or universal polygon which defines the space extending beyond the
area under study.
GIS functions
Data input functions:
Article
These functions are required to convert the data from the existing formID:
to AG-VO2-I08-07
the form that is
suitable for use in the GIS. Georeferenced data are normally obtained from paper maps, table of
attributes and associated attribute data, air photos and satellite imageries. Paper maps convey
locations by graphic symbols (points, lines and polygons) and the attributes by color, symbol and
pattern. But the GIS conveys locations by graphic symbols (points, lines and polygons),
establishes and retains spatial relationship mathematically following the logic of topology.
Data management functions:
These functions include those needed for the storage and retrieval of data from the GIS
database. The GIS has the capability to read the data in a flexible and logical manner, to search
and identify specific items or attributes, and to display this information in a spatial context.
While GIS possesses many other capabilities that contribute to the functionally of the system as a
whole, the query, retrieval and display functions specially give the system its practical value and
superiority over other methods of handling multiple data set problems.
Data manipulation and analysis functions:
These functions determine the information that can be generated by the GIS.
Manipulation of spatial data:
Often it becomes necessary to transform some of the original spatial data sets into a
geometry which is better manageable, accurate and consistent with the other data sets already
present or to be encoded in the system. These transformations are needed since the available data
sets are rarely consistent in scale, projection, spatial, accuracy, orientation and coverage.
Map overlays:
Map overlays function creates new map layers with an existing one. In this process
features of each coverage are intersected to create new output features. Attributes from the input
layers are also combined in the overlay process to describe new output features.
Map dissolve:
Map dissolve function deletes the boundaries between adjacent polygons having the same

attributes values for a specified feature. Dissolve operation also retains only the required
features by clipping the unwanted polygons from the map.
Buffers:
These polygons created around points, lines and polygons (either within or without).
Buffering function finds applications in zoning and impact assessment. For example, a 10
ArticleaID:
kilometer buffer around the site of a construction aggregate (representing AG-VO2-I08-07
point buffer) may
represent the economic and environmentally sound transport zone. A 200 meter line buffer along
the river course may represent the protected zone where cutting trees should be prohibited as an
erosion control measure. Similarly a polygon buffer representing 5-10 minutes walking distance
from a proposed city park is an useful planning application.
Data output functions:
The GIS output or reporting functions are more concerned with the quality, accuracy and
ease of operation rather than the capabilities available in the system. The outputs (reports) may
be in the form of CRT display, maps, listings, data files or text in hard copy and so on. CRT
display during interactive data processing and map development is an important operational
requirement. Paper map outputs helps in practical field use, distribution, convention and
compatibility. Listings are required for supporting lists or statistical tables for reporting purposes.
Similarly digital data file storage and transfer using tapes, disks and telecommunications media
has presently assumed an important archive output requirement.
Application of GIS in Agriculture
Agricultural activities are spatial and the need to place site-specific information in a spatial
and long-term perspective would require special models that can be used to calculate spatial
variation in crop growth and monitor variations in trend with a time scale appropriate for guiding
decisions. GIS could play a significant role in agronomy at several levels due to the fact that it
can be used to study the nutrient status of individual fields to arrive at specific requirements for
external application of nutrients (Senthurpandian et al., 2010). Melakeberhan (2002) reported
that the use of GIS in precision agronomic practices helps to manage the information intensive
environment in crop production by combining site-specific (within field) management with
computer software modelling for analyses and interpretation of varying inputs and outputs.
As opposed to farmers‘ typical manual adjustment, GIS helps farmers to manage with-in
field variable rate application, which results from spatial variation in crop yields within a field

(Bullock et al., 2002). Hence, GIS enhances the assessment and understanding of variations in a
field crop. Bullock et al., (2002) reported GIS can be used to assemble many layers of
information such as soil nutrients, elevation, moisture content and topography to produce a map
to show which factors influence crop yield. They also reported that the yield can then be
estimated or used for future reference and the economic inputs and outputs can be calculated
Article
based on anticipated yield. This will have a huge potential for saving costs ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
spent on over applied
fertilizers that otherwise could have been used on another field. According to Hartkamp, (1999),
applications of GIS have grown from primarily hydrological applications in the mid-1980s to the
current wide range of applications in agronomy and natural resource management research.
Examples of GIS applications in agronomy and natural resource management research
include: atmospheric modelling (Lee et al., (1993) climate change, sensitivity and/or variability
studies (Rosenzweig,1990., Wei,1994 and Beinroth, 1998), characterization and zonation
(Bouman et al., 1994 and Aggarwal,1995), hydrology, water quality, water pollution
(Mamillapalli,1996 and Corwin and Loague,1996), soil science (Burrough,1986 and Manchanda
et al., 2002) and spatial yield calculation regional, global (Haskett et al., 1995 and Karthikeyan et
al., 1996) and precision farming (spatial yield calculation) (Hoogenboom,1993 and Booltink and
Verhagen,1997). Several studies have been reported on the application of GIS on cultivation
practices of various crops (Rao et al. 1995, Osborne et al., 2002 , Adams, 2002, Deosthali et al.,
2005 and Rao, 2007 ).
Senthurpandian et al., (2010) reported that application of GIS to fertility management of
Soils planted to tea where digitized Maps of the soil pH, potassium, phosphorus and organic
matter were prepared using the Arc MAP software. According to them, it would be beneficial for
tea growers in those locations for calculating fertiliser requirements. They have reported that
measures may be required to reduce to a desired level the pH of fields having pH > 5.5. A
geodatabase was developed using GIS mapping. This was to provide soil quality monitoring
based on data of agrochemical soil survey in order to monitor land cover/soil quality changes
between periods of soil survey (Kokhan et al., 2013). In their work, ArcGIS was employed for
mapping soil quality and it was reported that soil data can easily be handled and analysed using
ArcGIS because they are spatial in nature. It was also reported that there was no significant
changes in humus and easily hydrolysable nitrogen content within the period between the last
two soil agrochemical surveys. Setia et al., (2012) used a GIS-based decision support system to

establish potentials and limitations of different soils for crop production, while Gandomkar
(2009) employed GIS in soil erosion control where the factors and elements affecting erosion
were studied by analysing numerical maps of different parts of a basin.
Conclusion:
In essence, GIS in agriculture provides a sophisticated lens through which we can view
the intricate dance of factors that influence farming. It enables us to Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
understand the nuances of
soil variability, precisely target irrigation to parched fields, detect early signs of pest infestations
from aerial imagery, and even assess the impact of climate change on crop yields. As the global
population swells and the demand for food intensifies, the role of GIS becomes increasingly
indispensable. It empowers growers to maximize productivity while minimizing the
environmental footprint, a critical balance for the sustainability of our planet and the food
security of future generations.
Furthermore, GIS applications in agriculture extend beyond the farm gate. They facilitate
supply chain management, enabling efficient logistics and distribution of agricultural products.
They also aid in land-use planning, supporting decisions about where to allocate resources for
cultivation and where to preserve natural ecosystems. In this era of data-driven decision-making,
GIS has evolved into a transformative force, reshaping the agricultural landscape and offering a
glimpse into a future where smart farming practices ensure a bountiful harvest for all, in
harmony with the Earth's ecosystems.
References
Adams ML, Norvell WA, Philpot WD, Peverly JH. Spectral detection of micronutrient
deficiency in 'Bragg' Soybean. Agronomy Journal. 2000; 92: 261–268.
Aggarwal PK. Uncertainties in crop, soil and weather inputs used in growth models: Implications
for simulated outputs and their application. Agricultural Systems. 1995; 48: 361–384.
Beinroth FH, Jones JW, Knapp EB, Papajorgji P, Luijten J. Evaluation of land resources using
crop models and a GIS. In: G. Y. Tsuji et al. (eds) Understanding options for agricultural
production. 1998; Kluwer Academic Publication, Dordrecht, Netherlands, pp. 293–311.
Booltink HWG, Verhagen J. Using decision support systems to optimize barley management on
spatially variable soil. In: M. J. Kropff et al. (eds) Applications of systems approaches at
the field level. Systems approaches for sustainable agricultural development. 1997;
Kluwer Academic Publication, Dordrecht, Netherlands, 6, pp. 219–233.

Bouman BAM, Wopereis MCS, Riethoven JJ. The use of crop growth models in agro-ecological
zonation of rice. SARP Research Proceedings of DLO Research Institute for Agro-
Biology and Soil Fertility. 1994; Wageningen Agricultural University and IRRI, Manila,
Philippines.
Bullock DS, Lowenberg-DeBoer J, Swinton SM. Adding value to spatially managed inputs by
Article ID:
understanding site-specific yield response. Agricultural Economics: TheAG-VO2-I08-07
Journal of the
International Association of Agricultural Economists. 2002; 27: 233–245
Burrough PA. Principles of geographical information systems for land resource assessment.
1986; Oxford University Press, New York.
Corwin DL, Loague K. Applications of GIS to the modelling of non-point source pollutants in
the vadose zone. 1996; SSSA, Madison, WI, SSSA Special Publication No. 48.
Deosthali V, Akmanchi A, Salunke C. Soybena agriculture in India, A spatial analysis.
Transactions of the Institute of Indian Geographers. 2005; 27: 13–13.
Gandomkar R. Using GIS in Soil Erosion Control (Case study: Mousa Abad Basin, Isfahan,
Iran). GIS Ostrava, Ostrava, January 25–28, 2009.
Hartkamp AD, White JW, Hoogenboom G. Interfacing geographic information systems with
agronomic modelling. Agronomy Journal. 1999; 91: 761–772.
Haskett JD, Pachepsky YA, Acock B. Use of the beta distribution for parameterizing variability
of soil properties at the regional level for crop yield estimation. Agricultural Systems.
1995; 48: 73–86.
Hoogenboom G, Lal H, Gresham DD. Spatial yield prediction. Paper. 1993; ASAE, St. Joseph,
MI, 93–3550.
Karthikeyan R, Hoogenboom G, McClendon RW. Regional yield forecasting using crop models
and GIS: A conceptual framework. Paper. 1996; ASAE, St. Joseph, MI, 96–5010.
Kokhan S, Moskalenko A, Shkvir I. GIS mapping for soil quality evaluation. 2nd International
Conference of Informatics and Management Sciences (2013), March 25–29, 2013.
ICTIC, Kyiv, Ukraine.
Lee TJ, Pielke RA, Kittel TGF, Weaver JF. Atmospheric modelling and its spatial representation
of land surface characteristics. In: M. F. Goodchild et al. (eds) Environmental modelling
with GIS. 1993; Oxford University Press, New York, pp. 108–122.

Mamillapalli S, Srinivasan R, Arnold JG, Engel BA. Effect of spatial variability on Basin scale
modeling. In: Proceedings of International Conference/Workshop of Integrating GIS and
Environmental Modeling, 3rd edition. Santa Fe, NM. 21–25 January. 1996; National
Center for Geographic Information and Analysis, Santa Barbara, CA.
Manchanda ML, Kudrat M, Tiwari AK. Soil survey and mapping using remote sensing. Tropical
Ecology. 2002; 43(1): 61–74. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Melakeberhan H. Embracing the emerging precision agriculture technologies for site-specific

management of yield-limiting factors. Journal of Nematology. 2002; 34(3) :185–188.
Osborne SL, Schepers JS, Francis DD, Schlemmer MR. Detection of phosphorus and nitrogen
deficiencies in corn using spectral radiance measurements. Agronomy Journal. 2002; 94:
1215–1221.
Rao BRM, Ravishankar T, Dwivedi RS, Thammappa SS, Venkataratnam L, Sharma RC, Das
SN. Spectral behaviour of salt affected soils. International Journal of Remote Sensing.
1995; 16: 2125–2136.
Rosenzweig C. Crop response to climate change in the southern Great Plains: A simulation
study. Professional Geography. 1990; 42: 20–37.
Senthurpandian VK, Jayaganesh S, Srinivas S, Palani N, Muraleedharan N. Application of
geographic information system to fertility management of tea soils of Anamallais. Asian
Journal of Earth Sciences. 2010; 3: 136–141.
Setia R, Verma V, Sharma P. Soil informatics for evaluating and mapping soil productivity index
in an intensively cultivated area of Punjab, India. Journal of Geographic Information
System. 2012; 4: 71–76.
Wei Y, Hoogenboom G, McClendon RW, Gresham DD. Impact of global climate change on
crop production at a farm level. Paper. 1994; ASAE, St. Joseph, MI, 94-3523.


FARMERS’ VARIETIES
OCCUPATIONAL AND
HEALTH REGISTRATION
HAZARDS OF WORKERS

*Dr.A.Thanga Hemavathy1 and Dr.R.Vinoth2

1
Associate Professor (PBG), ADAC&RI, Trichy, Tamil Nadu
2
Teaching Assistant (PBG), IOA, TNAU, Kumulur, Trichy, Tamil Nadu
*Corresponding Author Email ID: hemavathy.tnau@gmail.com
Introduction
Farmers‘ variety is a variety which (i) has been traditionally cultivated and evolved by
the farmers in their fields; or (ii) is a wild relative or land race or a variety about which the
farmers possess the common knowledge. By PPV&FRA. Farmers‘ variety is evolved from land
race (mixture of all sorts) or folk variety (heterogenous population) by continuous selection to
become more uniform and distinct.
Registration of Variety
 Under the Protection of Plant Variety and Farmers Right Act (PPV & FRA), any variety
that satisfies the definition of varieties and fulfill the criteria of Distinctiveness,
Uniformity and Stability (DUS) can be registered.
 Any breeder can apply for a plant variety certificate and get an exclusive right to produce,
sell, market, distribute, import or export the plant variety for a period of 15 years if it is a
crop and 18 years if it is a tree or vine.
 For this purpose, a National Register of Plant Varieties is maintained at Delhi under
PVP&FR Authority, which contains the list of all plant varieties that have been
registered.
 Though registration is optional, it is necessary to those who wish to get an exclusive
monetary right to a ―new variety‖ or ―extant variety‖ or ―farmers‘ variety‖ or ―essentially
derived variety‖ developed by them.

 Varieties have been invited for registration from 20 th May 2007 by the PVP&FR
Authority.
The need for Registration of Farmers’ Variety
 In India, seeds of traditional varieties are freely exchanged amongst farmers. They are
viewed as community heritage and not considered to be anyone‘s private property.
 But, due to the implementation of Registration of Varieties under the PPV & FRA, it is
possible that the farmers who have cultivated and saved the traditional varieties for
generations may be deprived of them by anybody.
Registration of Farmers’ Variety
 The Farmers‘ Variety can be registered similar to the New Variety or Extant Variety if
they fulfill the criteria of DUS.
 It is necessary to collect sample seeds of traditional varieties, identify the confirm them
through morphological characteristics for registration.
 Public or private agencies can arrange to collect the local varieties and register them as
Farmers‘ variety. Government departments, Universities, private agencies, village
community, farmers organization or individual can register a farmers‘ variety.
 Farmers should act as facilitators and inform the officials about traditional varieties in
their area and provide seed samples.
 Application with full details of the variety, uniqueness, ownership and authorization
should be submitted to the PVP Authority.
 The required quantity of pure seed should be supplied at the time of application for
conducting DUS tests.
 The fee for conducting DUS test (Rs.20,000 for rice) is free for farmers‘ Variety. Other
fees include Rs.200 for application form and Rs.5000 for registration certificate. Further,
annual fee for maintenance and renewal fee for continuance after 6 years have to be paid.
 The details of registered varieties will be published in the Plant Variety Journal of India
as a Gazette.
 Farmer‘s variety can get six years initially and on demand fifteen years of total protection
period from the date of registration.

Benefit sharing
 The individual or community possessing ownership of Farmers‘ variety are entitled for
recognition and reward from the National Gene Fund if that material has been used as
donors of genes in other varieties registered.
 If the Farmers‘ Variety is used as donors in any commercial variety, the benefit of the
Article ID:
variety will be shared to the farmer or community who have conserved andAG-VO2-I08-07
registered it.
 For this purpose, any breeder applying for registration shall furnish the information
regarding the use of genetic material conserved by any tribal or rural families in the
development of such variety. If the breeder has willfully and knowingly concealed such
information, the application will be rejected for registration.
 On behalf of any village or community, any person may file claim to the contribution of
the people of that village or community in the development of any variety.
 The quantum of benefit will depend on the extent and nature of use and commercial
utility of the variety.
 If the Authority is satisfied that such village or local community has contributed
significantly to the evolution of the variety, it shall grant benefit to be paid to the village.
 The compensation granted shall be deposited by the breeder of the variety in the Gene
Fund for payment to the community.
Protection of innocent farmers against infringement of law
 If a farmer unknowingly violated the protection of registered variety and proves it, he is
not punishable under this act.
 A farmer or village community is exempted from any fee for any proceedings before the
Authority. They need not pay any fee for inspection of any document or for obtaining a
copy of any order in the Court.


NUTRI OCCUPATIONAL
KITCHEN GARDEN FOR HEALTHY
HEALTH HAZARDS LIFE
OF WORKERS

Rajeshwari Desai* and Geeta Channal**

*Senior Scientist, AICRP-WIA (FRM), **Senior Scientist, AICRP-WIA (Extn) and
University of Agricultural Sciences, Dharwad - 580 005 ,Karnataka, India
*Corresponding Author Email ID: rajeshwarimanohardesai@gmail.com
Introduction
Growing of fruits and vegetables at the backyard of house or any available space in the
home compound by using kitchen waste water is Kitchen garden. It is also known as Home
garden or Nutrition garden or Nutri kitchen garden. It is popularly known as ‗Kai tota‘ in
kannada is a vegetable garden. The vegetable crops and fruits are grown in the backyard of a
house to meet the daily requirement of the family. It is intended for continuous supply of fresh
vegetables for family consumption. Nutri kitchen garden aims at nutritional security of the
family, creating provision for supplementary income, proper utilization of backyard area and
enhancing scope of participation of rural household women in horticultural activities.
The scientific intervention including improved crop varieties, choice of crop, crop
rotation, proper irrigation and drainage facilities, recycling of nutrients by vermi composting, bee
keeping, crop rotation, use of organic/ botanical insect-pesticides, weed control and value
addition of surplus produce of kitchen garden will ensure household food and nutritional security
of families.
Planning and arrangement
Location:
A good kitchen garden should be in the backyard or compound of the house for
convenience. It is better if the kitchen garden is located in the direction where the use of kitchen
water can be made easily.

The soil should preferably be loam or sandy loam. It should be well drained, not too acidic and
well supplied with organic matter and nutrients. Proper exposure of plants to light is essential for
better growth and development of the plants.
Size :
The size of a kitchen garden depends on the number of persons to be supplied with
vegetables and also availability of space. By succession cropping Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
and intercropping, 250 sq
metres land may be used to supply the vegetables for a family of five members.
Selection of vegetable crops:
The Short stature tree crops like papaya, banana, drumstick, curry leaf, etc. should be
planted near homestead boundary in such a way that they should not hinder the efficiency of sun
loving vegetable crops. The vegetables like radish, amaranthus, cabbage, cauliflower, brinjal,
tomato, chilli etc. require open sunny space especially morning sun for better growth. Therefore,
the vegetable plots should be prepared in eastern side. The partially shady area can be used to
grow shade loving crops such as elephant foot yam, pine apple, ginger, turmeric, arrowroot etc.
The creepers and climbing vegetables like bitter gourd, country bean, vine spinach, bottle gourd,
cucumber, snake gourd, ridge gourd, pumpkin, ash gourd, spine gourd and yams can be
judiciously planted along the fencing or in the beds with raised platforms. The rainy season
vegetable crops, root and tuber crops be planted on ridges.
Soil management :
Rich, well drained, loamy soil is the best for growing vegetables. The surface should not
have depressions where rain or irrigation water may accumulate. Most of the vegetables do best
in slightly acidic soils.
Manure :
During preparation of land, the manure should be thoroughly incorporated in the soil to a
considerable depth. The basal dose of the fertiliser to the concerned crop may be mixed in the
soil at last harrowing and the top dressing is done as and when recommended for the crop.
Compost pits or vermi compost units :
Install one Rhino vermi bed at the corners of the garden at rear end near the perennial
plot. Use all available organic waste like crop residues, kitchen wastes, livestock wastes, weeds
and farm generated organic waste for making compost. Snake gourd, ridge gourd, pumpkin,

bottle gourd etc. can be grown near the pits and trained on trellis or pandals erected above the
compost pit.
Planting/sowing :
The vegetables viz., cauliflower, cabbage, knolkhol, tomato, brinjal, chillies and onion do
well when transplanted. The soil should be in excellent physical condition if plants are to be set
in it. The sufficient moisture content should be present in the Article
soil andID: if
AG-VO2-I08-07
possible, the
transplanting should be done in cloudy weather or in the evening in order that the plants may
have the opportunity to recover before being exposed to strong sunshine. The sowing of above
seeds may be done right in time in the nursery and later the seedlings may be transplanted in
main plots. Vegetables like peas, beans, cucurbits, carrot, beet root, okra, cluster bean and green
leafy vegetables are sown directly in the field. The distance and depth of seeds should be
maintained according to crop. Fruit plants and vegetable crops such as drumstick & curry leaf
can be planted during monsoon (June-July) only
Irrigation:
The plants should be irrigated regularly. Flow irrigation is however, more desirable than
hand watering. Develop paths and irrigation channels in such a manner that they reach each part
of the garden.
Harvesting :
Harvest the produce in the backyard as per the daily requirements of the family. The
surplus produce can be harvested at appropriate stage and sold out in the local market to fetch
some additional income. Some vegetables can be utilized for value addition like jam, jelly, sauce,
pickles and chips.
Fence:
Farmers can grow live fence or erect barbed wire fence or GI net fence based on their
requirement and affordability. The creepers and climbing vegetables like bitter gourd, country
bean, bottle gourd, cucumber, snake gourd, ridge gourd, pumpkin, ash gourd, spine gourd and
yams can be judiciously planted along the fencing.
The perennial plants can be grown along the fencing at one side at the rear end so that
their shade does not affect the growth of other seasonal crops. The tree crops like guava, papaya,
banana, lemon, drumstick, curry leaf, custard apple etc. can be grown in the perennial plots.

Cropping pattern and crop rotation:

The judicious utilization of land, labour, nutrients, water and other natural resources
can be done by growing more than one crop in a bed in a year. The selection of the vegetables
can be made according to season, choice of the family members and local market demand. The
crop rotation can be followed to maintain the soil health. The rotation with leguminous crops
(Ex: Beans, peas, groundnut)is ideal to maintain soil health. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
The following Table describes the kitchen garden crops, their season/sowing time, methods
of planting, duration and spacing
Crops Season/ sowing Method of Duration (Days) Spacing (cm)

time planting
Vegetables
Bhendi Throughout year Dibbling 90-110 60X30
Amaranthus April-July Broadcasting 25-30 -
Palak Oct-Dec Line sowing 75-80 20X10
Garden pea Oct-Nov Transplanting 90 45X30
Brinjal June-July Transplanting 160-165 75X60
Sept-Oct
Chilli June-July Transplanting 210-240 45X30
Sept-Oct
Cauliflower Sept-Oct Transplanting 150-160 60X45
Carrots Sept-Nov Dibbling 105-120 30X15
Radish June-July Dibbling 90-105 30X15
Oct- Nov
Tomato June-July Transplanting 120 60X60
Oct- Nov
French beans Sept- Nov Sowing 100 45X20
Pumpkin June-July Sowing 135-180 250X200
April-May
Ridge gourd June-July Sowing in pits 125 100X150
April-May along the fence
Bitter gourd June-July Sowing in pits 140-150 100X150
Bottle gourd June-July Sowing in pits 135 100X150
Cucumber June-July Sowing in pits 120 60
Feb-March along the fence
Ash gourd June-July Sowing in pits 140-150 300
along the fence
Onion Sept- Nov Transplanting 145-150 30X10
Garlic Oct- Nov Dibbling 9-100 15X10

Cow pea June-July Sowing 55-80 45X15

April-May
Tuber crops
Greater yam May-June Tuber in pits HAZARDS
210-240 90X90
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH OF WORKERS
Elephant foot May-June Tuber in pits 180-210 90X90
yam
Calocassia May-June Tuber in furrows 150-180 60X45
Sweet potato July-August Vine cutting 110-120 Article ID:60X20
AG-VO2-I08-07
Potato Oct-Nov Tuber in Ridges 70-90 50X20
Tree Crops
Drumstick June-July Limb cutting Perennial 400
Custard apple June-July Grafts Perennial 500
Guava June-July Gotte Perennial 500
Banana June-July Suckers Perennial 150
Lemon June-July Gotte Perennial 400
Mango June-July Grafts Perennial 500
Papaya June-July Seedlings Perennial 150
Types of kitchen garden

1. Tyre Garden
The use of old/used tyres of any size for gardening purpose is called as Tyre garden. Cut
the tyre to remove the inner rims on both sides. Place it on the ground to form a circle and fill it
with soil and manure. The tyre garden can be used to grow herbs like rosemary, fruits like
strawberry and vegetables like kales.
2. Simple drip irrigation garden
A simple drip irrigation garden can be established using plastic containers and a wall (or
a pole). The best containers would be 5-litre jerry cans. The cans are cut in such a way they
would be easy to fix on the wall or a pole and placed vertically one above another. At the top of
the cans, a water-holding container with a hole at the bottom – from which water would drip
when the cover is open – is erected and operated.
3. Micro Garden
The micro garden is simple to develop and best suited for city dwellers with nothing
much than a balcony to grow food. It involves use of plastic containers like buckets to carry soil
and manure. One can hang the buckets from the balcony ceiling or just arrange the buckets on
the floor. The micro garden is watered regularly based on the crop‘s water needs.

4. The multi storey garden

Sacks and nets are used in this type of garden. The holes with diameters measuring about
3cm are made on the sack. And it filled with soil mixed with manure. Ballast (or medium sized
stones) are stacked at the centre of the sack to form a midrib through which watering will be
done. The sack is pulled up until it is full and upright. The vegetables – especially spinach and
Article
green collard (sukuma wiki) – are transplanted from a nursery into the holesID:
onAG-VO2-I08-07
the wall of the
sack and a few at the top.
5. Food robe garden
The food robe garden is a vertical farm that combines micro-gardens and a vertical
wooden structure designed to mimic shelves. The food robe structure needs to be erected by a
professional who would ensure it is strong enough to carry the weight of several micro gardens.
The height inside the shelves is determined by the natural height of the species grown.
6. Cone Garden
The shape of the garden gives it its name. The garden has rings of soil compacted
together and held into place by a thick and strong plastic sheet. Each ring is smaller in diameter
than the ring below it. The cone garden is ideal for a backyard kitchen garden as it would need
slightly larger space to set up. Also, because it is bulky, the cone garden is erected directly on the
soil surface. It looks like a steep hill with circular terraces. On each terrace, one can choose to
plant a different species creating a collage that would both be a food source and aesthetically
pleasing.
7. Moist bed garden
Some plants need in moist soils to grow best. For example, arrow roots and sweet
potatoes. Apart from these, the species of collard greens and cabbages also do well in a moist
bed garden. The bed is constructed with impermeable plastic bags – preferably dam liners – that
hold in the moisture; allowing the plants to take up most of it. A moist bed garden is watered
regularly to make sure that the soil is always wet.
8. Staircase Garden
It is another variant of a vertical kitchen garden. A staircase garden is constructed using
wood to create ‗staircases‘ on which pails, wooden boxes, basins and similar micro gardens can
be placed and arranged neatly. The staircase garden allows one to use little space for more food
production.

9. Hanging gardens
The hanging gardens can be set up using any type of container. The waste water /juice
bottles can be also be used as the container. They are cut lengthwise to expose a larger surface
area for the growth of the plants . The watering is done twice a week. As the hanging containers
are small in size they should not over crowded as this would stunt the crop due to competition
for nutrients. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Advantages of kitchen garden

1. Ensures availability of fresh and nutritious organic fruits, vegetables, roots and tubers to
meet the balanced nutritional requirement of the families.
2. Helps in augmentation of family income by sale of excess produce in local market
3. Increase in knowledge level of farmers for the cultivation of diverse fruits, vegetables,
roots and tuber crops.
4. Proper utilization of backyard land space leading to clean and healthy environment near
the home.
5. Reuse and recycle of household waste water and kitchen waste towards cultivation of
plants in kitchen garden.


A REVIEW ON BAEL TREE,

OCCUPATIONAL HEALTHITS MYTHOLOGY
HAZARDS AND
OF WORKERS
MEDICINAL USES
*J. P. Lyngdoh Pale

M.Sc. in Horticulture (Fruit Science), North Eastern Hill University,Shillong-793022,
Meghalaya, India.
*Corresponding Author Email ID: 18jennypale@gmail.com
Abstract
Bael fruit (Aegle marmelos) belonging to the family Rutaceae is called by many names in
India viz., Bengal-quince, golden apple, and stone apple. The plant originated from Eastern
ghats and central India. It is indigenous to Indian subcontinent and mainly found in tropical and
sub-tropical regions. The tree is also found as a wild tree, in lower ranges of Himalayas up to an
elevation of 500 meters. The plant has great importance in the environment as it acts as climatic
purifier releasing greater percentage of oxygen in comparison to other trees. Bael is known in
India from pre-historic times and has a great mythological significance also. It is considered as
sacred plant in the Hindu faith, along with coconuts, cannonball trees, and jamun. The plant has
been mentioned in Sanskrit language and is acknowledged as the a ―promising and divine tree‖
in Hinduism. the tree is another form of Lord Kailashnath [Purohit 2004]. The plant is also
sacred to Parvati and is the Vilva rupra, one of the Praticas, or nine forms of Goddess Kali. Bael
(Aegle marmelos) is an important plant of India and is beiing used as a medicinal and food item
since 5000 B.C. The tree is aromatic, and all the parts like leaves, roots, barks, seeds and fruits
are medicinally important. The tree has been found to have numerous medicinal properties that
serves as a health benefit to both human and animals.
Keywords: Bael tree (Aegle marmelos), mythology and medicinal uses
Introduction
Bael fruit (Aegle marmelos) belonging to the family Rutaceae is called by many names in
India viz., Bengal-quince, golden apple, and stone apple. There are also various synonyms of

Bael in Hindi such as (Bel, bael, sripal); Sanskrit (Bilva patra, sriphal, shivadruma, Shivapala);
Telugu (Maredu); Bengali (Bel); Gujrati (Bil); Kannada (Bilpatra, kumbala, malura); Tamil
(Kuvalum); Thai (Matum and mapin); Cambodia (Phneou or pnoi); Vietnamese (Baunau);
Malayan (Majapahit); French (Oranger du Malabar); Portuguese (Marmelos); Java (Modjo) [27].
Bael tree has its origination from Eastern ghats and central India. It is indigenous to
Article
Indian subcontinent and mainly found in tropical and sub-tropical regions. ID:tree
The AG-VO2-I08-07
is also found
as a wild tree, in lower ranges of Himalayas up to an elevation of 500 meters. Bael is also found
growing along foothills of Himalayas, Uttaranchal, Jharkhand, Madhya Pradesh and the Deccan
Plateau and along the east coast [33]. The plant is bestowed with a natural gift to tolerate the
extremes of high temperatures and during minimum soil moisture regime by shedding its leaves
during summer. It can also be successfully grown in saline, sodic and sandy wastelands provided
the soil is treated with gypsum and pyrite before plantation. The extent of hardiness of bael
plants under Thar desert have been observed that the plant even after being buried under sand for
2-3 months are capable of rejuvenating itself and can tolerate salinity up to 9 dsm-1. However,
well-drained sandy loam soil is ideally suitable for bael orchards. The plant has great importance
in the environment as it acts as climatic purifier releasing greater percentage of oxygen in
comparison to other trees [27].
World Health Organization has listed over 21000 plants species used around the world
for medicinal purposes. In India, about 2500 plants species belonging to 1000 genera are being
used in Indigenous system of medicines [33]. The majority of medicinal plants are higher in
flowering plants representing about 158 families. The plant contains various phytochemicals like
alkaloids, tannins, essential oils, gums, resins, coumarin, polysaccharide that makes it useful in
many ailments. Its nutritional aspect is much more significant as compared to other fruit. It has
numerous crucial therapeutic applications like antifungal, analgesic, anti-inflammatory,
antipyretic, hypoglycemic, anti-lipidemic, and immune-modulatory, anti-proliferative, wound
healing, anti-fertility and insecticidal [27].
Bael is known in India from pre-historic times and has a great mythological significance
also. It is considered as sacred plant in the Hindu faith, along with coconuts, cannonball trees,
and jamun. Worshippers offer bael fruit and leaves in honor of Shiva, the country‘s famous blue-
skinned deity responsible for death and destruction. The plant is often grown near the temples
and also in houses of the people.

The aim of this review is to know the mythological, medicinal uses and nutritive values
of Bael tree.
Mythology of Bael:
Bel Patra, a name called in Sanskrit language is acknowledged as the a ―promising and
divine tree‖ in Hinduism. The sacred plant is offered to Lord Shiva. The beautiful explanation of
Article
the significant of worshipping the Bel Patra was explained by Shiva ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Purana. According to
Puranas, Lord Shiva bestows all wishes on anyone who devotedly presents a trifoliate bel Patra
to the Shivling. The Bel Patra leaf is said to absorb Shiva's energy, and when it is offered to the
lord, the worshippers take some of it home with them. Bathing beneath the Bel Patra tree's roots
is equivalent to bathing in all of the universe's holy waters, making one holy and divine. Further,
Bel-Patra offerings signify giving up one's tamas, rajas, and sattva—the three facets of one's
nature.
According to Hindu mythology, the tree is another form of Lord Kailashnath [30]. The
plant is also sacred to Parvati and is the Vilva rupra, one of the Praticas, or nine forms of
Goddess Kali. It is incumbent upon all Hindus to cultivate and cherish this tree and it is sacrilege
to cut it down [14]. The mentions of the plant have also been found in ancient Indian scriptures
such as Yajur Veda and Mahabharata.
In the Yajur Veda, the mention of bael tree has been traced to Vedic times (C 2000 B.C.–
C 800 B.C.). Mention of bael in Yajur Veda and also in early Buddhist and Jain literature (C 800
B.C. – C 325 B.C.), describing various methods of ripening of the bael fruit along with some
other fruits [20,29]. During ‗Ramayana‘ period, the bael fruit was known and its trees were
reported to be growing in ‗Chitrakuta‘ hills and ‗Panchvati‘. In the ‗Upavana Vinod‘ a Sanskrit
treatise on silviculture [26] and in the ‗Brihat Samhita‘ mention had been made of bael fruit and
as the legend goes, in the forest, the Lord Rama performed religious rites by offering various
fruits including bael [2]. Bael fruit has been portrayed in painting of Ajanta Caves along with
other fruits [29]. Like many other species of Rutaceae family, bael also has fragrant flowers. It is
believed that bael tree act as indicator plant for tracing of underground water [34, 35].
Medicinal Uses of Bael:
Bael (Aegle marmelos) is an important plant of India. According to the historical records,
Bael is used as a medicinal and food item since 5000 B.C. [8] and known to human beings even
when writing the famous Sanskrit epic-poem Ramayana [32]. Bael is mentioned in the renowned

book Charaka Samhita, a comprehensive compilation of all the essential ayurvedic information,
which identified bael as a necessary item in ayurvedic medicine [32]. The tree is aromatic, and
all the parts like leaves, roots, barks, seeds and fruits are medicinally important [24]. Fruits,
leaves, bark, roots, and seeds are used in ayurvedic and folk medicine systems to treat various
ailments [8, 24] and to have many bioactive compounds isolated of it [2, 17].
Articlediarrhea,
The herbal medicinal preparations of bael are used to treat chronic ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
dysentery,
peptic ulcers, laxative for as stringency, and respiratory ailments [8]. The medicinal properties of
herbal preparations of bael are tested using animal models such as rats, rabbits and mouse
[1, 3, 4]. The fruits, leaves, and other parts of the tree have been found to possessed both
phytochemicals and numerous pharmacological values. Extracts of leaves are efficient to treat
ulcers, abscess, backache, vomiting, cuts, weakness of heart, acute bronchitis, blood sugars,
diarrhea, dropsy, beriberi, injuries caused by animals [16]. Leaves are also used as a veterinary
medicine for wound and fodder for animals and stimulation of denervated nictitating membrane
in anesthetized cats [15]. Leaves and callus extract of A. marmelos prepared in methanol
revealed to possess highest antidiabetic potential among the various other extract evaluated [6].
Alcoholic root extracts cure hypoglycemia [28]. It is also used in dog bite, gastric troubles, heart
disorders, anti-amoebic, rheumatism [36]. Intestinal propulsion in the rats could be reduced by
the application of extract of bael fruit prepared in methanol. The root bark is used in remission of
intermittent fevers, fish poison, remedy for heart palpitation and melancholia [18].
There are other reports showing the medicinal values of Bael viz., anti-asthmatic effect
[4], anti-cancer activity [11], anti-fertility activity [20], anti-genotoxic activity [23], anti-
hyperglycemic activity [10,31], ant-inflammatory activity [5, 13], anti-microbial and anti-viral
activity [7, 9], cardioprotective activity [13], diuretic activity [34], radioprotective activity [19],
ulcer healing potential [12], wound healing activity [21]. Besides, these reports, Insecticidal
activity [25], Anti-lipid peroxidative activity [22] Antioxidant property [37] have also been
reported.
Conclusion:
It is evidence that bael being an under-utilized plant has many potentials for various
purposes that needs to be exploit for innovative utilities. The capability of the plant to possess
many health-benefits, i.e., from the roots to the leaves shows its significant to mankind.

Nowadays, where researchers are equipped with modern scientific technologies technologies are
best suited to harness maximum potential of the plant.
Reference:
1. Agarwal, R., Gupta, S. K., Srivastava, S., Saxena, R., & Agrawal, S. S. (2009). Intraocular
pressure-lowering activity of topical application of Aegle marmelos fruit extract in experimental
animal models. Ophthalmic Research, 42(2), 112-116. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
2. Aiyer, A. K. Y. N. (1956). The antiquity of some field and forest flora of India. Banglore
Printing and Publishing Co. Ltd, Banglore.
3. Arseculeratne, S. N., Gunatilaka, A. L., & Panabokke, R. G. (1985). Studies on medicinal
plants of Sri Lanka. Part 14: toxicity of some traditional medicinal herbs. Journal of
Ethnopharmacology, 13(3), 323-335.
4. Arul, V., Miyazaki, S., & Dhananjayan, R. (2004). Mechanisms of the contractile effect of the
alcoholic extract of Aegle marmelos Corr. on isolated guinea pig ileum and tracheal chain.
Phytomedicine, 11(7-8), 679-683.
5. Arul, V., Miyazaki, S., & Dhananjayan, R. (2005). Studies on the anti-inflammatory,
antipyretic and analgesic properties of the leaves of Aegle marmelos Corr. Journal of
Ethnopharmacology, 96(1-2), 159-163.
6. Arumugam, S., Kavimani, S., Kadalmani, B., Ahmed, A. B. A., Akbarsha, M. A., & Rao, M.
V. (2008). Antidiabetic activity of leaf and callus extracts of Aegle marmelos in rabbit. Sci Asia,
34(3), 317-321.
7. Badam, L., Bedekar, S., Sonavane, K. B., & Joshi, S. P. (2002). In vitro antiviral activity of
bael (Aegle marmelos Corr) upon. J. commun. Dis, 34(2), 88.
8. Baliga, M. S., Bhat, H. P., Joseph, N., & Fazal, F. (2011). Phytochemistry and medicinal uses
of the bael fruit (Aegle marmelos Correa): A concise review. Food Research International,
44(7), 1768-1775.
9. Baliga, M. S., Thilakchand, K. R., Rai, M. P., Rao, S., & Venkatesh, P. (2013). Aegle
marmelos (L.) Correa (Bael) and its phytochemicals in the treatment and prevention of cancer.
Integrative cancer therapies, 12(3), 187-196.
10. Chakrabarti, B., Mallick, C., & Battacharya, S. (1960). Studies on the green leaves of Aegle
marmelos and Piper nigrum on the glucose and cholesterol levels of blood in diabetes mellitus.

11. Costa-Lotufo, L. V., Khan, M. T. H., Ather, A., Wilke, D. V., Jimenez, P. C., Pessoa, C., ...
& de Moraes, M. O. (2005). Studies of the anticancer potential of plants used in Bangladeshi folk
medicine. Journal of ethnopharmacology, 99(1), 21-30.
12. Das, S. K., & Roy, C. (2012). The protective role of Aegle marmelos on aspirin–induced
gastro-duodenal ulceration in albino rat model: a possible involvement of antioxidants. Saudi
Article ID:
journal of gastroenterology: official journal of the Saudi Gastroenterology AG-VO2-I08-07
Association, 18(3),
188.
13. Dhankhar, S., Ruhil, S., Balhara, M., Dhankhar, S., & Chhillar, A. K. (2011). Aegle
marmelos (Linn.) Correa: A potential source of Phytomedicine. J Med Plant Res, 5(9), 1497-
1507.
14. Dhiman, A. K. (2003). Sacred plants and their medicinal uses. New Delhi: Daya Publishing
House.
15. Gaur, R. D. (1999). Flora of the District Garhwal, North West Himalaya. Transmedia.
16. George, K. V., Mohanan, N., & Nair, S. S. (2003). Ethnobotanical investigations on Aegle
marmelos (Linn.) Corr. JOURNAL OF ECONOMIC AND TAXONOMIC BOTANY, 27(1), 29-35.
17. Gupta, A. K., & Tandon, N. (2004). Reviews on Indian medicinal plants.
18. Gutiérrez, S. P., Sánchez, M. A. Z., González, C. P., & García, L. A. (2007). Antidiarrhoeal
activity of different plants used in traditional medicine. African Journal of Biotechnology, 6(25).
19. Jagetia, G. C., & Venkatesh, P. (2005). Radioprotection by oral administration of Aegle
marmelos (L.) Correa in vivo. Journal of environmental pathology, toxicology and oncology,
24(4).
20. Jain, A., Katewa, S. S., Chaudhary, B. L., & Galav, P. (2004). Folk herbal medicines used in
birth control and sexual diseases by tribals of southern Rajasthan, India. Journal of
ethnopharmacology, 90(1), 171-177.
21. Jaswanth, A., Loganathan, V., & Manimaran, S. (2001). Wound healing activity of Aegle
marmelos. Indian Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 63(1), 41-44.
22. Kamalakkannan, N., & Stanely, M. P. P. (2003). Effect of Aegle marmelos Correa.(Bael)
fruit extract on tissue antioxidants in streptozotocin diabetic rats.
23. Kaur, P., Walia, A., Kumar, S., & Kaur, S. (2009). Antigenotoxic activity of polyphenolic
rich extracts from Aegle marmelos (L.) Correa in human blood lymphocytes and E. coli PQ 37.
Records of Natural Products, 3(1), 68.

24. Kintzios, S. E. (2006). Terrestrial plant-derived anticancer agents and plant species used in
anticancer research. Critical reviews in plant sciences, 25(2), 79-113.
25. Kumar, R., Kumar, A., Prasal, C. S., Dubey, N. K., & Samant, R. (2008). Insecticidal activity
Aegle marmelos (L.) Correa essential oil against four stored grain insect pests. International
Journal of Food Safety, 10, 39-49.
Article
26. Majumdar, C. P. (1935). Upvana-Vinoda (A sanskrit literature on ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
arborihorticulture)
Published by The Indian Research Institute, Calcatta.
27. Mali, S. S., Dhumal, R. L., Havaldar, V. D., Shinde, S. S., Jadhav, N. Y., & Gaikwad, B. S.
(2020). A systematic review on Aegle marmelos (Bael). Research Journal of Pharmacognosy
and Phytochemistry, 12(1), 31-36.
28. Ohashi K, Watanabe H, Ohi K, Arimoto K, Okumura Y (1995). Chemistry let. 881.
29. Om, Prakesh (1961). Food and Drinks in Ancient India. Munshi Ram Manohar Lal. Orient
Book Sellers and Publishers, Delhi.
30. Purohit, S. S., & Vyas, S. P. (2004). Aegle marmelos Correa ex Roxb.(Bael), medicinal plant
cultivationa scientific approach. Agrobios, Jodhpur, 498-504.
31. Rao, V. V., Dwivedi, S. K., Swarup, D., & Sharma, S. R. (1995). Hypoglycaemic and
antihyperglycaemic effects of Aegle marmelos leaves in rabbits. Current Science, 69(11), 932-
933.
32. S. K. Roy and R. N. Sing, ―Bael fruit (Aegle marmelos): a potential fruit for processing,‖
Economic Botany, vol. 33, no. 2, pp. 203–212, 1979.
33. Sharma, P. C., Bhatia, V., Bansal, N., & Sharma, A. (2007). A review on Bael tree.
34. Singh, R. N., & Roy, S. K. (1984). The bael. ICAR, New Delhi, India.
35. Tewari, D. N. (1999). Medicinal plants for health care. YOJANA-DELHI-, 43, 8-11.
36. Veerappan, A. K. S., & Renganathan, D. (2000). Cardiotonic effect of Aegle marmelos Corr.
On amphibian heart in situ preparation. In Proc. 6th Internet World Congress for Biomed. Sci
(Vol. 104, pp. 309-317).
37. Vimal, V., & Devaki, T. (2004). Linear furanocoumarin protects rat myocardium against
lipidperoxidation and membrane damage during experimental myocardial injury. Biomedicine &
pharmacotherapy, 58(6-7), 393-400.


AGRI-TOURISM: A CROSSROAD
OCCUPATIONAL OF TOURISM
HEALTH HAZARDS OF WORKERS AND
AGRICULTURE FOR INCOME GENERATION IN
MAHARASHTRA Article ID: AG-VO3-I09-58
*Dr. L. R. Tambade
Head & Senior Scientist, Krishi Vigyan Kendra (KVK), Mohol, Solapur (M. S.) - 413 213, India
*Corresponding Author Email ID: lrtambade@gmail.com
Abstract
Agri-tourism can be defined as a form of commercial enterprise that links agricultural production
and/or processing with tourism to attract visitors onto a farm, ranch, or other agricultural
business for the purposes of entertaining and/or educating the visitors while generating income.
Agro-Tourism gives farmers an opportunity to earn extra income; it helps redistribute economic
resources in the country from cities and increases the chances of rural people getting income.
This generated the large no of visitors for the farm area. The purpose of Agri-tourism is to
acquaint onset with agricultural products including entertainment. The Maharashtra state is
pioneer for development and promotion of Agri-Tourism. At present there are more than 350
Agri-Tourism centres spread across the 30 districts of Maharashtra, the pioneer districts are
Pune, Solapur, Nashik, Nagpur, Kolhapur, Ratnagiri, Sindhudurg, Thane, Sambhaji Nagar, Jalna,
Dhule, Jalgaon etc. In Single Solapur district more than 35 seasonal and 18+ permanent agri-
tourism centres are running and earning yearly net profit from Rs. 2.5 lakhs to 25 lakhs with
generation of employment to 3-9 youth per centres. Agri-tourism is upcoming as a innovative
way of enhancing farming income, sale their produce at higher price and generation of
employment to greater extent. Farmers of Maharashtra maintaining good standard of household
and farm hygiene, ensuring a heart-warming experience for tourists. Tourists can buy farm-fresh
/ value added produce in the goodness of nature, enjoy farming with a difference where new
ideas for growth can be cultivated. It also helps tourists to understand the process of food
production, the life of rural masses and cultivate relationship and better understand their needs.

The output of more than 738 Agri-tourism centres in Maharashtra are seen that the
farmers are selling the produce / value added products at higher prizes than APMC rates, creation
of jobs for family members or even locals, it opens a venue of sharing farming experiences to
urban peoples and bring some real food home. Also the visits are exceeded more than 5.43 lakhs
per year with turnover of more than Rs.40.75 crore . Hence the public and private stakeholders
should support the Agri-tourism as a new paradigm. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Key words: Agri-tourism, entrepreneurship, outcome
Introduction
Agri-tourism is a niche and an emerging market segment of the tourism industry. The
agri-tourism market globally was valued at $42.46 billion in 2019 and is expected to reach
$62.98 billion by 2027, registering a Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) of 13.4%
between 2020 and 2027.The first Agri-tourism centres was started in Australia 70 years ago.
Maharashtra is pioneer in starting agri-tourism centres as a new way of farming. Agri-Tourism
gives farmers an opportunity to earn extra income; it helps redistribute economic resources in
the country from cities and increases the chances of rural people getting income. This
generated the large no of visitors for the farm area. The purpose of Agri-tourism is to acquaint
onset with agricultural products including entertainment. The Maharashtra state is pioneer for
development and promotion of Agri-Tourism. At present there are more than 738 Agri-
Tourism centres spread across the 28 districts of Maharashtra, the pioneer districts are Pune,
Solapur, Nashik, Nagpur, Kolhapur, Ratnagiri, Sindhudurg, Thane, Sambhaji Nagar, Jalna,
Dhule, Jalgaon etc. Also the visits are exceeded more than 5.43 lakhs per year with turnover of
more than Rs.40.75 crore. In Single Solapur district more than 35 seasonal and 18 + permanent
Agri-tourism centres are running and earning yearly net profit from Rs. 2.5 lakhs to 25 lakhs
with generation of employment to 3-9 youth per centres.
Agri-tourism is an innovative agricultural activity related to tourism and agriculture
both. It has a great capacity to create additional source of income and employment opportunities
to the farmers. Maharashtra is one of the major tourist centre in the India and there is large
scope and great potential to develop agro-tourism. The outcome of agri-tourism centres are viz.
farmers are selling the produce / value added products at higher prizes than APMC rates, creation
of jobs for family members or even locals, it opens a venue of sharing farming experiences to

urban peoples and bring some real food home. Hence the public and private stakeholders should
support the agri-tourism as a new paradigm.
Objectives: OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH HAZARDS OF WORKERS

The objectives of this paper are follows:
 To study the concept of agri-tourism.
 To assess the Scope and importance of Agri-tourism in Maharashtra.
 Status of Agri-tourism in Maharashtra
Importance
Agriculture is the most important occupation in the India including in the Maharashtra.
But, today it becomes unprofitable due the irregular monsoon, prices fluctuations of Agro-
products and some internal weaknesses of the agriculture sector. Hence, there is need to do
some innovative activities in the agriculture, which will help to farmers, rural people. Urban
population is increasing day by day in the Maharashtra, today the urban people‘s world is
restricted in the closed door flats, offices, clubs, television, video games, spicy fast food,
computer, internet, and so on. They can see nature only on television or screen of the
computers. More over some people living in the cities do not have relatives in villages and
they never visited or stayed in village. These people want to enjoy rural life but there is
problem of such type of facilities. Hence, it is opportunity to the farmers for the development
of the agro-tourism centers and it serves him and create additional income source.
Data Use:
The scope of the study is limited to examine the benefits and applicability of Agri-
tourism business in Maharashtra. The study includes concept, benefits and status of this
innovative way of farming as well as it includes appropriate framework regarding to establish
the agri-tourism centers in the Maharashtra. The present study was conducted
On the agri-tourism is based on online and offline secondary data. The data has been
furnished from the related articles, research papers, Projects of Agri -tourism r e po r t s and
some data has been furnished from the Websites of the government of India and
Maharashtra, as well as agri-tourism centers. The secondary data has also taken from B.Sc.
Agri Projects of Open Agril Study Centre,(YCMOU) KVK, Solapur

Concept of Agro-Tourism:
A term ‗Agri-Tourism‘ is a new face of tourism. An agri-tourism is farm based
business that is open to the public. These specialized agro-tourism destinations generally offer
things to see, things to do, and produce or gifts to buy, and are open to the public. Agri -
tourism is defined as ―Travel that combines agricultural or rural settings with products
Article ID:
of agricultural operations – all within a tourism experience‖. According to AG-VO2-I08-07
Mr. Pandurang
Tavare (ATDC, Pune) - ―Agro-Tourism is that Agri-Business activity, when a native farmers
or person of the area offers tours to their agriculture farm to allow a person to view them
growing, harvesting, and processing locally grown foods, such as coconuts, pineapple, sugar
cane, corn, or any agriculture produce the person would not encounter in their city or home
country. Often the farmers would provide a home-stay opportunity and education‖. Agri-
Tourism and Eco-Tourism are closely related to each other. Eco- Tourism provided by the
tour companies but, in the agro-tourism farmers offer tours to their agriculture farm and
providing entertainment, education and fun-filled experiences for the urban people.
Agro-tourism is a way of sustainable tourist development and multi-activity in rural
areas through which the visitor has the opportunity to get aware with agricultural areas,
agricultural occupations, local products, traditional food and the daily life of the rural people,
as well as the cultural elements and traditions. Moreover, this activity brings visitors closer to
nature and rural activities in which they can participate, be entertained and feel the pleasure of
touring.
Tradition becomes the integral part of Agro tourism:

Traditionally farmers of the Solapur district generally sowing the Millet – Sorghum for
their house hold purpose. When the Year-head of Sorghum is in Hurda stage (Milk dough stage)
the farmers invites his friends, relatives, neighbors at his Sorghum farm and feed them with
roosted sorghum grains. There is a traditional method of roasting the year-heads by making small
pit and burning dried cow-dung‘s leaves & sticks. The year-head grains have particular test due
to the specific way of roasting. With this different chatnies, fruits were also served. KVK
Solapur gave stress to the newly formed Agro tourism centers to highlight the service of Hurda
Party. Thus, the tradition becomes the attraction point of Agro tourism Centers.

Requirements for Agro-Tourism Centers :

Infrastructure Facilities:
• Accommodation facilities at same place or alliance with nearest hotels.
• Farmhouse, which has the rural look and feel comfortable along with all minimum
required facilities.
• Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Rich resources in agriculture namely water and plants at the place.
• Cooking equipments for cooking food, if tourists have interested.
• Emergency medical care‘s with first aid box.
• The well or lake or swimming tank for fishing, swimming
• Bullock cart, cattle shade, telephone facilities etc
• Goat farm, Emu (Ostrich bird) farm, sericulture farm, green house, etc.
Facilities Be Provided
• Offer authentic rural Indian / Maharashtra food for breakfast, lunch and dinner.
• Farmers should offer to see and participate in the agricultural activities.
• Offer an opportunity to participate in the rural games to the tourist
• Provide information them about the culture, dress, arts, crafts, festivals, rural
traditions and also give possible demonstration of some arts.

• Offer bullock cart for riding and horse riding, buffalo ride in the water, fishing
facility in your pounds or nearest lake.
• Offer f r u i tOCCUPATIONAL
s , corns, groundnuts, sugarcane and other agro-products as per
availability
• Show local birds, animals and waterfalls etc and give authentic information about
them.
• Arrange folk dance programme, Shekoti folk songs bhajan, kirtana, lezim dance,
dhangari gaja, etc.
The place of agro-tourism centre must be easy accessible by roads and railways.
Tourists want to enjoy some historical and natural tourist places along with the agro-tourism.
Hence, the centre should be developed near of these tourist places. It is more beneficial to both
tourist and farmers. The places which are already tourist centres like Mahbaleswara,
Panchgani, Nashik, Jotiba, Narshinghvadi, Pandharpur, Akkalkot, Konkan etc. These are the
better places for the development of agro-tourism. Other than these places farmer can develop
their centers in any affordable places.
Benefits of Agro-Tourism Centers:

Agro-Tourism has the potential to change the economic face of traditional
Agriculture. The benefits of agro-tourism development are manifold. It would bring many
direct and indirect benefits to the farmers and rural people. Some of the benefits are following.
 Employment opportunities to the farmers including farm family members and youth
 Additional income source for the farmers to protest against income fluctuation.
 Cultural transformation between urban and rural people including social moral values
 Farmers can improve their standard of living due to the contacts with urban people.
 Benefits to the urban people, they can understand about the rural life and know about the
agricultural activities. It support for rural and agricultural development process.
Agro-Tourism Potential and status in Maharashtra:
Maharashtra is the third largest state of India, both in area and population. It is located
on the west coast of India with a 720 km long coastline along the green Konkan region.
Nestled in the Western Ghats and the Sahyadri mountain ranges have several hill stations and
water reservoirs with semi-evergreen and deciduous forests. There are many tourist centers in

Maharashtra which are the supporting natural environment for the agro- tourism centers in
Maharashtra. Although, Maharashtra has a total 22368 thousand hector area under the
agriculture and 36122 thousands of livestock (cow, buffalos, goats etc.). Principal crops
include rice, Jowar, Bajra, wheat, pulses, turmeric, onions, cotton, sugarcane and several oil
seeds including groundnut, sunflower and soybean. The state has huge areas, under fruit
cultivation of which mangoes, bananas, grapes, and oranges etc. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Maharashtra is blessed with a rich and diversified cultural heritage. The state has several
communities belonging to different religions, and a number of festivities colours the culture
of Maharashtra with the spirit of exuberance. Some of the popular festivals that are
celebrated in Maharashtra are Diwali, Ganesh Chaturthi, Gudhi Padwa, Dasara, Nag
Panchami, Gokul Ashtmi, Narali Pournima, Pola, Makar Sankranti, Banganga Festival
and Holi etc. More than 4.11 core (43 percent of total) population is living in the urban areas of
the Maharashtra, which will become a customer of the agro-tourist centers located in the rural
areas. Other than nature and culture there is an enough road and rail connectivity in urban rural
areas to travel in rural Maharashtra. Maharashtra abounds in numerous tourist attractions
ranging from ancient cave temples, unspoiled beaches, ancient forts and monuments, forests
and wildlife, unique hill stations, pilgrimage, centers, and a rich tradition of festivals, art and
culture.
About 738 + such locations have been identified by ATDC in Maharashtra as rural agri-
tourist destinations. Thus all the districts in Maharashtra have a tourism potential. Some
following notable factors are helpful to the agro-tourism in Maharashtra. During the year 2017-
18 more than 10.50 lakhs tourist visited the agri-tourism centers of all district of Maharashtra
state.
Conclusions and Policy Implications:
Maharashtra has a great potential to the development of agro-tourism, because of
natural conditions and different types of agri products as well as variety of rural
traditions, festivals. More than 45 percent of population live in the urban areas and they want
enjoy rural life and to know about the rural life. It is a good opportunity to develop an agro-
tourism business in Maharashtra. But there is a problem of low awareness about this business
in the farmer and problem of the finance and proper view in the farmers of the Maharashtra.
Agro-tourism is upcoming as a innovative way of enhancing farming income, sale their produce

at higher price and generation of employment to greater extent.

Farmers of Maharashtra maintaining good standard of household and farm hygiene,
ensuring a heart-warming experience for tourists. Tourists can buy farm-fresh / value added
produce in the goodness of nature, enjoy farming with a difference where new ideas for growth
can be cultivated. It also helps tourists to understand the process of food production, the life of
rural masses and cultivate relationship and better understand their needs.
The output of more than 738 Agri-tourism centres in Maharashtra are seen that the
farmers are selling the produce / value added products at higher prizes than APMC rates,
creation of jobs for family members or even locals, it opens a venue of sharing farming
experiences to urban peoples and bring some real food home. Also the visits are exceeded more
than 5.43 lakhs per year with turnover of more than Rs.40.75 crore . Hence the public and
private stakeholders should support the Agri-tourism as a new paradigm.
References
Dennis M. Brown and Richard J. Reeder, ‗Agri-tourism Offers Opportunities for Farm
Operators‘2004, U.S.A.
Dev, Mahendra S. (1996), Agricultural Policy Framework for Maharashtra: Issues and
Options, Proceeding/Project Report No. 21, July 1996, Indira Gandhi Institute of
Development Research, Mumbai.
Dora Ann Hatch,(2006) Agri-tourism: A New Agricultural Business Enterprise
Community Rural DevelopmentMartha Glass, North Carolina Department of Agriculture and
Consumer Services ‗Suggest ions for helping you start an agrit ourism venture‘
November 2004.
Taware Pandurang ,Director Sales & Marketing, Agri Tourism Development Corporation, Pune
India ‗Agro-Tourism: Innovative Income Generating Activity For Enterprising Farmers‘
Taware Pandurang, Director – Marketing A.T.D.C., Pune, Agri – Tourism: Innovative.
Supplementary Income Generating Activity For Enterprising FarmersTourism Policy of
Maharashtra – 2006.
Maharashtra Krsihi Prayatan (Agri Tourism) Vistar Yogana 2007.
Statistical Abstract of Maharashtra State (2006-07), Directorate of Economics and
Statistics, Planning Department, Government of Maharashtra, Mumbai.
www.agritourism.in www.ncagr.com.


SUCKING PEST OF MULBERRY

OCCUPATIONAL AND ITSOFMANAGEMENT
PRACTICES
*G. Swathiga, E. Arasakumar and C.N. Hari Prasath

Forest College and Research Institute, TNAU, Mettupalayam, Tamil Nadu, India
*Corresponding Author Email ID: swathiga.g@gmail.com
Introduction
Mulberry (Morus spp.) is a perennial foliage plant with deep roots that grows quickly and
produces a lot of biomass. It serves as the silkworm, Bombyx mori L.,'s primary dietary source.
Mulberry leaf quality is affected by a number of variables, including variety, agronomic
techniques, and abiotic elements (Krishnaswami et al. 1970). Despite all of these precautions,
diseases and pest damage might occasionally cause the nutritional values to decline. Because
mulberry leaves are available all year round, the plant is more vulnerable to different diseases
and pests. On mulberry trees, pest species of over 300 insect and non-insect species have been
identified. Defoliators and sap suckers are two of the few pests.
According to the frequency of the problem, mulberry sucking pests are divided into major
and minor categories. Mealy bug, thrips, and spiralling whiteflies are among the major sucking
pests. Minor sucking pests include jassids, scale insects, and mites, which are not insects.
Govindaiah et al. reported that incidence of mealy bugs (19.21%), thrips (17.18%), whiteflies
(12.62%), jassids (9.08%), and scale insects (8.24%) was recorded by Govindaiah et al. in 2005.
Sucking pest of mulberry

Papaya Mealy bug – Maconellicoccus hirsutus
The papaya mealy bug is regarded as a significant, common, worldwide sucking pest.
This pest has a broad variety of alternative hosts, including ornamental, wood, and wild plants,
and it is very common in tropical areas. This insect frequently feeds on multiple things.

Papaya mealy bug affected garden

Pink mealy bug - Paracoccus marginatus
It is native to southern Asia and has spread to other parts of the world like Africa and
more recently to North America and Caribbean. In India, the occurrence of this pest was reported
in Murshidabad district of West Bengal.
Pink Mealy bug C. montrouzieri feeding on pink

mealybug
Damage and symptoms
The nymphs consume sap by sucking it off fragile leaves and stems. Because of the
curling of the leaves, shortening of the internodes, and thickening of the stem, the affected apical
shoots have a bunchy look. In India, this symptom is referred to as 'Tukra'. Due to the formation
of fungus on the honeydew generated by the mealy bug, black sooty mould appears in the
afflicted region during the early stages of an infestation. Due to the pest's impact on slowed plant
growth and decreased nutritional value of the leaves, mulberry production suffers both
quantitative and qualitative losses.
Management practices
 Cut off the infected apical shoots, then burn or submerge them in soapy water to kill
them.
 In the proximity of mulberry gardens, do not grow mealy bug alternate hosts.
 12–15 days after pruning, spray 0.05% dimethoate (36% EC) on the plant. 20–25 days is
the safe period for silkworms. To prevent a recurrence of the pest during the mulberry
plants' development period throughout the summer, a second dose of 0.2% DDVP (76%
EC) sprayed 10 days after the initial spray is crucial. The safe time is 15–17 days.
 Release two split doses of 500 adult Scymnus coccivora or 250 adult Cryptolaemus
montrouzieri, respectively, per acre per year, separated by a six-month period.
Thrips - Pseudodendrothrips mori
Thrips were discovered to be the most prevalent species throughout the globe. Thrips are
a pest that are native to the northern hemisphere and are very oligophagous. Thrips have evolved
into a prevalent and frequent pest of mulberry. Thrips have been found to be a pest of 21 species
(46.67%) of agricultural crops.
Damage and symptoms
Adults and nymphs are mostly found on the underside of leaves. They extract the plant
sap by puncturing the epidermis of mulberry leaves with their lacerating mouthparts. They
produce saliva during the laceration process, which causes the sap to congeal and create white
streaks at first, followed by silvery blotches intermingled with tiny black specks of thrips faeces.
Thrips affected plants with stunted growth

This symptom aids in separating P. mori damage from that brought on by other mulberry
pests. The silvery areas turn brown and compress when the leaf tissue beneath the epidermis

dries up. In severe situations, severe drying of the leaf tissues causes the leaves to curl, shrink,
stiffen, and eventually fall. In badly impacted gardens, stunting, leaf curling, and deformation are
also visible. The economic features and cocoon yield are negatively impacted when silkworms
are fed mulberry leaves that have been harmed by thrips.
 After harvest, the mulberry field should be properly cleaned toArticle
get rid ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
of any thrips larvae
by cutting off little side branches, dead leaves and weeds.
 The mulberry crop is regularly ploughed and dug, which helps expose the thrips pupae to
the hot sun and their natural predators.
 The population of thrips can be decreased effectively with water jetting or sprinkler
irrigation.
 Frequent irrigation aids in raising pupal mortality in the soil, which lowers thrips
emergence.
 15 days after pruning, spray 0.1% Dimethoate 30% EC (3ml/litre). The safe time is 20 to
25 days.
 A week after the insecticide spray, release 500 S. coccivora adults or 1000 Chrysoperla
eggs per acre.
Spiraling whitefly - Aleurodicus disperses
Spiralling white fly considered as a major pest in mulberry because its occurrence was
occasional and damage was less. However, it has recently developed into a significant pest that is
seriously harming mulberry in south India. In West Bengal, the two main species of white flies
that were reported in 1999 are Dialeuropora decempuncta and Aleuroclava pentatuberculata.
A recent significant D. decempuncta outbreak was observed on mulberries in the Wayanad
district of Kerala during 2011. However, it has been proven that D. decempuncta has severely
infested mulberry gardens in the Mandya and Mysore districts since 2009 during periodic
surveys on mulberry insect pests. The Central American and Caribbean islands are the natural
habitats of Aleurodicus dispersus.
Damage and Symptoms
The whitefly's adults and nymphs continue to live in colonies beneath the leaves. The
profusion of white, waxy, flocculants substance that all stages of the pest secrete is easily
dispersed by the wind, which is bothersome. Through the use of a thin stylet, spiralling whiteflies

feed on plants, causing defoliation, curling, and chlorosis as well as stunted development. These
insects' honey dew will fall on the upper surface of the lower leaves, where it will serve as a
medium for the growth of the fungus known as "sooty mould," Capmodium sp.
Mulberry plants affected with Spiraling whiteflies

This, in turn, prevents adequate light from reaching the cytochrome tissues of the leaves,
interfering with the photosynthetic process. The sooty mould may also elevate leaf temperature
and increase thermal absorption, which would decrease leaf efficiency and worsen nutritional
quality.
 Install yellow sticky traps at a density of 75 per acre and remove and destroy the
contaminated leaves.
 Without using any chemical insecticides, spraying a powerful jet of water into the
afflicted mulberry garden will aid in bringing the pest population down below the point
of economic injury.
 Spray 0.15% DDVP 76% EC (2 ml/litre) one week after the first spray and 0.05%
Dimethoate 30% EC (1.5 ml/litre) about 15 days after pruning (safe period 20–25 days).
 Release S. coccivora @ 500 adults or Chrysoperla @ 1000 eggs / acre, a week after the
insecticides spray.
 Two parasitoids namely Encarsia quadeloupae and Encarsia haitiensis are known to
parasitise A. dispersus in India.

 An egg predator Axinoscymnus puttarudriahi was identified and it could also be used to
destroy the pest in egg stage itself.
Conclusion OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH HAZARDS OF WORKERS
The sucking pests are more dangerous and harm the apical section of the leaf, which
hinders further growth and worsens the biochemical components of the leaf, which ultimately
impacts the production of high-quality raw silk. Since sucking pestsArticle ID:harm
severely AG-VO2-I08-07
crops, it is
essential to implement adequate management strategies at the appropriate stage of the mulberry
crop's development.


MAGNETIC FIELD AND

OCCUPATIONAL ITS APPLICATION
HEALTH IN DAIRY
HAZARDS OF WORKERS
PROCESSING OPERATIONS
*Subhash Prasad
Assistant Professor, College of Dairy Science, Kamdhenu University, Amreli, India
*Corresponding Author Email ID: Subhashprasad85@gmail.com
Introduction
An environment friendly intervention approach for milk and dairy products that is suited
for prolonging shelf life. Despite the fact that milk is sterilised inside the udder, it can be
contaminated by numerous types of bacteria during and after milking, such as mastitis caused by
bacteria including Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus uberis, and Coliform spp. (Meng -xiang
et al, 2005). High hydrostatic pressure (HHP), pulsed electric fields (PEF), oscillating magnetic
fields (OMF), and irradiation are a few strategies gaining from the Dairy industry. Magnetic
fields have recently been utilised to get rid of germs because they hinder bacteria that cause food
spoiling (Frankel and Liburdy, 1995). High intensity magnetic fields of moderate frequency
might be utilised to kill or otherwise inactivate microorganisms in non-conductive environment.
When exposed to an oscillating magnetic field, bacteria in milk and food are destroyed with
relatively short time treatments in the form of pulses, resulting in no apreciable temperatura rise
in final products. The milk and food are sterilised without any discernible change in nature,
either due to the production of plasma or the inclusión of chemicals.
Basics of magnetism and magnetic field:-
Magnetism is the phenomena that occurs when materials exert an attracted or repulsive
force on other materials. The origin of magnetism is found in electron orbital and spin
movements, as well as how electrons interact with one another. Understanding how materials
respond to magnetic fields is essential for applying various forms of magnetism. According to
their magnetic field reactions, materials are typically classed as diamagnetic, paramagnetic, or

ferromagnetic. A hidden force field surrounds a magnet. A magnetic field is an area of magnetic
force that radiates from a permanent magnet. Moving charged particles form magnetic fields: in
electromagnets, electrons flow through a wire coil attached to a battery; in permanent magnets,
spinning electrons within the atoms generate the field.
The magnetic field produced around a magnetic source can be defined by measuring the
Article
force the field exerts on a moving charged particle, such as an electron or ID:
an AG-VO2-I08-07
ion. A charged
particle (q) entering a magnetic field (B) at a certain relative speed (v) experiences a magnetic
force (F) given by :
_____________________________________________________(1)
The unit of magnetic field is newton-second per coulomb-metre (or newton per ampere-metre)
and it is called Tesla (T). Static magnetic fields (SMF) and oscillating magnetic fields (OMF) are
two types of magnetic fields. For SMF, field intensity is constant throughout time, but for OMF,
it is administered in the form of constant amplitude or declining amplitude sinusoidal waves. A
magnetic field can also be homogenous or heterogeneous. In a homogeneous magnetic field, the
field intensity (B) is uniform across the region contained by the magnetic field coil, but in a
heterogeneous field, B is nonuniform, with intensities dropping as one moves away from the
centre of the coil (Pothakamury et al., 1993).
Generation of magnetic fields:-
When an electric current travels through a coiled wire, it creates a magnetic field. The
magnetic field is strongest near the coil. The stronger the field, the more wire loops there are, the
larger the cross-section of each loop, and the greater the current flowing through the wire.
Magnetic fields capable of inactivating microorganisms vary from 5 to 50 T. Magnetic flux
levels of 5-50 Tesla (T) are required for microorganism inactivation. OMF of this density can be
generated by using superconducting coils, coils with produce DC fields and coils energized by
the discharge of energy stored in a capacitor (Gersdorf et al. 1983). Magnetic field intensities of
up to 3 T can be generated by inserting iron in the coil. Therefore, above 3 T, iron cores reach
magnetic saturation and air-core coils are then used to attain higher intensities. Magnets with
superconducting coils need then to be used to generate magnetic fields of up to 20 T.
Effects of magnetic fields on living cells and food components:-
The biological effects of weak magnetic treatments are mostly attributable to the
treatment's impacts on medium characteristics, physicochemical properties of cell membranes,

biological macromolecule structure, and free radicals. Magnetic fields can have a favourable
biological impact by changing medium properties, cell shape, structure, and enzyme activity.
According to the effect of magnetic fields on organisms, magnetic fields are classified into
different intensity levels: weak (<1 T), strong (1–5 T) and ultra-strong (>5 T). Strong magnetic
fields kill microorganisms.
The use of static and pulsating magnetic fields as microbial inactivation techniques has
been investigated. When exposed to a magnetic field of the order of the geomagnetic field or
more, certain motile, aquatic bacteria orient and travel along magnetic field lines. When the local
magnetic field's direction is reversed while magnetotactic bacteria are travelling, they do a "U-
turn" and continue migrating in the same direction relative to the local magnetic field. By
exposing magnetotactic bacteria to a powerful magnetic field pulse that is directed opposite to
the ambient field, the cells' preferred migratory orientation in the magnetic field may be reversed.
Magnetosomes are intracellular structures composed of magnetic iron mineral crystals enclosed
by a phospholipid membrane found in all magnetotactic bacteria (Gorby et al., 1988). Variations
in these compounds' structure and chemical composition have been found to influence bacterial
surface charge. A magnetic field in a food system may be able to generate an ion current from
one site to another. In turn, ion transport may occur across both sides of cell membranes, opening
and closing voltage sensitive membrane channels and initiating electroporation processes. The
biological effects of magnetic fields are more evident in the presence of a continuous background
magnetic field, such as that of the earth, and correlate with the cyclotron resonance frequency of
ions (Coughlan & Hall 1990).
Magnetic field parameters, electrical resistivity, microbiological kind and development
stage, duration, or temperature, among other factors, all influence the effect of magnetic field
treatments on microbial inactivation. Magnetic fields may either encourage or impede the
development and reproduction of microorganisms. In general, pulsed treatments of 5 to 50 T and
frequencies ranging from 5 to 500 kHz lower the number of microorganisms by at least 2-log
cycles (Hoffman 1985). Most organic and inorganic molecules are diamagnetic, making them
more vulnerable to magnetization in vacuum. Free radicals and compounds containing transition
elements, on the other hand, are paramagnetic, which means they are less influenced by a
magnetic field in vacuum than they are under normal conditions (Mulay, 1964).

Mode of Action
 Loosening bonds between ions and Protein
 Damage to Calcium and Magnesium ions (tissues and organs)
 .Breakdown of Covalent bonds in DNA.
 Magnetic Field: Stimulate or inhibit growth and reproduction of microorganism and High
Intensity Magnetic Field (HIMF) affects membrane fluidity. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
According to the hypotheses provided on the method of interaction and interaction sites, cell
membranes and certain cellular organs may be the venues for receiving these waves (Shabbir et
al., 2020). Ion fluctuations and bipolar molecule rotation, which are affected by the frequency
and amplitude of the produced electrical field, can cause changes in ion transport inside the cell
and alter cell activity. Furthermore, the lactose pathways are entirely open at these frequencies,
altering the pace of development and latency (Purnell et al., 2017).
Application of magnetic fields in dairy processing operations:
Oscillating magnetic fields can be used to stabilise either solid or liquid meals. Solid
meals are preserved with OMF by sealing them in a plastic bag, whereas liquid foods can be
pushed via a conduit. The product is subjected to 1 to 100 pulses in an OMF with frequencies
ranging from 5 to 500 kHz at temperatures ranging from 0 to 50 °C for total exposure periods
ranging from 25 to 100 ms. Higher frequencies are less efficient for microbial inactivation and
tend to heat the meal (Barbosa-Cánovas et al., 1998).
Pasteurization and other Treatment of milk and milk products:
A technique was employed to treat milk, resulting in a drop in bacterial counts from
25000 to 970 CFU/ml at a field intensity of 12 Tesla; also, magnetic milk provides power and
vitality to weary persons (Maes et al, 2000). The steady technique of magnetization of milk is
accomplished by placing a magnetic in a container containing milk for 4-6 hours. The resulting
amplified milk can be used to treat illnesses, stimulate sexuality, protect food quality by reducing
heat damage, and improve milk characteristics (Miyakoshi, 2005).
Microorganisms in food have been shown to be inactivated when exposed to OMFs at
intensities more than 2 T (Hoffman 1985). A single 5-50 T pulse at a frequency of 5-500 kHz
decreased the number of microorganisms by two log cycles. The method might be used to
pasteurise food by putting the sample in a magnetic field and magnetising it. The author
described the use of OMF to control particular spoilage microorganisms in selected food items

such as (i) milk with Streptococcus thermophilus, (ii) yoghurt with Saccharomyces cerevisiae,
(iii) orange juice with S. cerevisiae, and (iv) Brown 'N Serve roll dough with bacterial spores.
These studies also indicated that the temperature increase during the magnetic field is almost
negligible (maximum 2°C), and the reduction of microorganisms ranges between 1.4 and 3.6 log
cycles.
Article ID:
The best initial magnetic field strength range is 5 to 50 Tesla, however anyAG-VO2-I08-07
value between
2 and 100 would suffice. In general, increased electrical conductivity of diseased materials
necessitates less magnetic strength to kill the bacteria. For thorough sterilization, foods with low
electrical conductivity must be subjected to 10-100 oscillation sequences.
Efficient separation of iron and stainless steel particles from liquids and powder:-
Smaller portions can be separated from liquids such as milk, butter, or whey than from
powders. Metal particles in milk powder are so minute that they cannot be detected by a metal
detector. Goudsmit provides strong magnetic separators capable of capturing these tiny particles
from a distance of 30 µm.
Isolation and Separation of Protein by Magnetic Technique:-
Isolation and separation of certain molecules is widespread in practically all disciplines of
biosciences and biotechnology. Several strategies have been utilised to accomplish this purpose.
Recently, there has been a surge in interest in the development and deployment of magnetic
separation methods that use tiny magnetic particles. The evaluated magnetic approaches for
protein and peptide separation and purification (Safarik and Safarikova, 2004).
Magnetic Resonance Imaging:-
Because of its non-invasive and non-perturbing nature, magnetic resonance imaging
(MRI) is a unique tool for real-time and in-situ measurements, making it suited for quality
monitoring of food items.
Conclusions
Magnetic fields have yet to receive complete commercial adoption as an alternative milk
and milk product processing method, partly due to uneven results on microbial growth and death
kinetics. Furthermore, there is a considerable shortage of knowledge about the subject and
machinery development. Using superconducting technology, magnetic fields might be useful and
advantageous for biomass production at a regulated growth rate. However, great progress has
been used for pasteurization and other Treatment of milk and milk products, Efficient separation

of iron and stainless steel particles from liquids and powder, Isolation and Separation of Protein
by Magnetic Technique and Magnetic Resonance Imaging in dairy industries.
References
Barbosa‐Canovas, G., Schaffner, D., Pierson, M., & Zhang, Q. (2000). Oscillating magnetic
fields. Journal of Food and Science, 65, 86-89.
Article
Coughlan, A. & Hall, N. (1990) How magnetic field can influence your ions?ID:
NewAG-VO2-I08-07
Scientist 8(4),
30.
Frankel, R. B. and Liburdy, R. P. (1995). Biological effects of static magnetic fields. In:
Handbook of Biological Effects of Electromagnetic Fields. Polk, C. and Postow, E. (Ed).
2nd Ed. CRC Press. Boca Raton, FL.
Gersdorf, R., deBoer, F.R., Wolfrat, J.C., Muller, F.A., Roeland & L.W. (1983) The high
magnetic facility of the University of Amsterdam, high field magnetism. Proceedings
International symposium on High Field Magnetism. Osaka, Japan. 277-287
Gorby, Y.A., Beveridge, T.J. & Blakemore, R.P. (1988) Characterization of the bacterial
magnetotsome membrane. Journal of Bacteriology 170, 834-841.
Hofmann, G.A. (1985) Deactivation of microorganisms by an oscillating magnetic field. U.S.
Barbosa-Cánovas, G.V., Gongora-Nieto, M.M., & Swanson, B.G. (1998) Nonthermal
electrical methods in food preservation. Food Science International 4(5), 363-370.
Maes, M.; Collier, S.; Vandoninck, P.; Scarpa, L.; Verschaeve VITO. (2000). Cytogenetic effects
of 50 Hz magnetic fields of different magnetic flux densities. Vol.21, Issue8, pages 589-
596.
Meng -xiang,G.; Le,M.; Kangquan,G. (2005). Intense pulsed magnetic field on the bactericidal
effect of milk and its nutritional composition studies of the impact of Sterilization effect
of pulsed magnetic field and its influence on milk nutrient components journals - Journal
of Agricultural Engineering core Transactions of The Chinese Society Of Agricultural
Engineering, 03
Miyakoshi, J. (2005). Effects of static magnetic fields at the cellular level. Prog Biophys Mol.
Mulay, L.N. (1964) Basic concepts related to magnetic fields and magnetic susceptibility.
Biological effects of magnetic fields (M.F. Barnothy, ed.). Plenum P>ress, New York,
Vol. 1, pp. 33-55.

Pothakamury, U.R., Barbosa-Cánovas, G.V., & Swanson, B.G. (1993) Magnetic-field

inactivation of microorganisms and generation of biological changes. Food Technology
47(12), 85-93.
Purnell, G., James, C., & James, S. J. (2017). The effects of applying oscillating magnetic fields
during the freezing of apple and potato. Food and Bioprocess Technology, 10(12), 2113-
2122. http://dx.doi. org/10.1007/s11947-017-1983-3. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Safarik, I., Safarikova, M. (2004) Magnetic techniques for the isolation and purification of
proteins and peptides BioMagn. Res. Technol. 2(7), 1–17
Shabbir, M. A., Ahmed, H., Maan, A. A., Rehman, A., Afraz, M. T., Iqbal, M. W., Khan, I. M.,
Amir, R. M., Ashraf, W., & Khan, M. R. (2020). Effect of non-thermal processing
techniques on pathogenic and spoilage microorganisms of milk and milk products. Food
Science and Technology, 41(2), 279-294.


EMPLOYMENT GENERATION
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTHTHROUGH BLACK GOLD
HAZARDS OF WORKERS

*Dr.M.V.Tiwari, Er.V.K.Tripathi and Prof.V.K.Poshia

Krishi Vigyan Kendra, Navsari Agricultural University, Dediapada, Narmada,
Gujarat, India
*Corresponding Author Email ID: mvtiwari@nau.in
Introduction
Kokilaben Sureshbhai Vasava attended the farmer‘s shibir on organic farming organized
by KVK. She got excited about rearing earthworms and preparing vermicompost. She interacted
with the SMS of KVK on different occasion. She admitted that having only one acre of land.
Soils are poorly fertile and thus applying higher doses of chemical fertilizers. It has increased the
cost of cultivation. However situation started changing when she enrolled his name for training
programme on vermicompost preparation in 2020-21.
Name : Kokilaben Sureshbhai Vasava
Village : Khopi, Ta: Dediapada, Dist-Narmada
Age : 40 years
Education : MA.B.P.ed
Land holding : 22 acres
Technology: Vermicompost production from farm waste.

Role of KVK:
Seven days skill oriented vocational training programme on vermicompost preparation
was organized especially for the farm women having marginal land and desired to opt for
composting farm waste using vermiculture. In which participants were taught about collection of
dried leaves and other bio mass, spreading the bio mass in layers over the soil, application of
worms, water application to maintain humidity, collection of readyArticle ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
compost, etc. KVK also
provided all the participants – One vermibed 12×4×2 ft with 2 kgs of Eudrilus eugeniae spp of
worms. Kokilaben started small unit of vermicompost preparation on her farm.
training on vermicomposting Vermicompost ready for sale
The Success:
She had initiated with 04 beds in 2020-21 and produced 1600 kg compost. Now a day she is
able to managed 08 beds of vermicompost in a cycle, producing more than 55qu. of vermi

compost per annum. She is the leading vermicompost producers earning average Rs. 30000/-
year from this business usually she sale out vermicompost (Ru.6-7 kg) during last two years.
Economic analysis of vermicompost production:
Sr. Year Bed Total Total Total cost Net return
No. filled vermicompost income incurred (Rs.)
Nos. production kgs. (Rs.) Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
including
labour (Rs.)
1. 2021-2022 08 55 qtl. 30,000 5000 33,500
Outcomes :
Kokilaben Sureshbhai Vasava formed a group of 20 women of the same village. KVK
trained them and provided them vermibed and worms were given by Kokilaben. Today more
than 17 units are successfully producing vermicompost and are earning very good additional
income.


AUGMENTED REALITY
OCCUPATIONAL AND HAZARDS
HEALTH VIRTUALOF REALITY
WORKERS IN
FOOD PROCESSING
Amuthaselvi, G* and M. Balakrishnan**

*Assistant Professor & ** Professor & Head
Department of Food Process Engineering, AEC&RI, TNAU, Coimbatore, India
*Corresponding Author Email ID: g.amuthaselvi@gmail.com
Introduction
Virtual reality (VR) is characterized as a computer-generated stimulation of the entire
world, whether it be a situation or a real-life environment. Its major goal is to have the user
experience the stimulated environment in real life while also engaging one or more senses. To
have a real-world experience. Currently, visual stimuli that are shown on a screen through
specialized or stereo displays predominates in the majority of VR experiences. In addition to
auditory signals like sound coming from speakers or headphones, tactile stimuli like haptic touch
or controller are used to supplement the visual information. The mixing of real-world (RW) and
computer-generated data is the focus of the specialized area of computer research known as
augmented reality (AR).
Augmented reality (AR) is different from Virtual Reality. Since, AR basically overlays
the digital information in the real world on the time and environment, whereas VR totally
transforms the whole environment into a virtual world . Computer and electronic technology are
both used in virtual reality. information technologies, including simulation technology and
others. It incorporates numerous connected pieces of knowledge. Technology to create a digital
image of the actual scene and environment. For experiential learning, exploratory learning,
operational learning, observational learning, and other types of learning, it can produce virtual
learning. Context and three-dimensional space are crucial for improving learners' experiences
and spatial perception. A virtual learning environment can successfully supplement or mimic the

actual teaching situation, arouse students' appetite for information, and provide them with a
sensory experience that differs from that of regular classrooms.
The term "virtual reality learning environment" refers to a virtual learning space
produced by VR technology that expands the physical learning space, transcends time and
location restrictions, allows for repeated operation and practice, as well as the ability to try and
Article
fail in order to give students a more comprehensive learning experience and ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
learning resources.
Unlimited operations and experiments are supported by virtual reality learning environments,
which can successfully address the existing challenges in experiment, practice, and other
teaching connections. The virtual reality learning environment features great fidelity and three-
dimensional visual properties.
Different approaches exist for learners to interact with the environment, other learners,
learning resources, and learning content. Situational learning is a type of learning that takes place
in a virtual reality learning environment. Situational teaching and learning can be done by both
teachers and students. The term "virtual reality learning environment" refers to a virtual learning
space produced by VR technology that expands the physical learning environment and
transcends the boundary. A virtual learning environment is one that uses virtual reality.
To give students a deeper learning experience and learning resources, technology can
operate and practice frequently, try, and make mistakes. Unlimited operations and experiments
are supported by virtual reality learning environments, which can successfully address the
existing challenges in experiment, practice, and other teaching connections. The virtual reality
learning environment features great fidelity and three-dimensional visual properties.
Learning is a type of learning that takes place in a virtual reality environment.
Situational teaching and learning can be done by both teachers and students. The distinctive
qualities of virtual reality offer learners a better learning environment. The interaction of students
with their surroundings, with other students, and with learning tools can encourage the
development of critical thinking in students.
Augmented Reality (AR) 's advantages for the food business
Customers want new, inventive foods that are safe, have shorter lead times, and are of
higher quality. Therefore, in order to overcome these problems and remain competitive, the food
industry should adopt Industry 4.0 technology as soon as possible. Learning about customer
trends and providing them with fresh food products quickly can yield more advantages. Although

it is not a novel strategy, the complexity of food processing makes it challenging and it is
expanding extremely quickly. The growth of AR has, however, provided the food industry with
numerous chances to address some of the problems and help them maximize the profitability of
their operations. It facilitates relationship formation with minimal resources and interaction with
improving the creation of new food products.
Article
Depending on whether it is a minor or major product, developing ID: food
a new AG-VO2-I08-07
might take
anywhere from six months to five years. the introduction of a whole new product or the
modification/substitution of an item within a recipe. To stay competitive and hold onto their
market share, the majority of food producers introduce one to three new food products each year.
Due to the time and resources invested, product development is typically expensive in the food
industry. Similar to its use in engineering, augmented reality (AR) technologies [32] can be
applied in the food industry to address issues with product realization and pave the way for a
variety of fascinating new paradigms. For instance, AR can be applied to sensory science, such
as food structure and texture, biometrics, and sensory augmentation and enhancement of sensory
perception .
To visualize any potential problems and provide a low-cost solution, product developers
can also utilize augmented reality to create a virtual product and analyze it in a real-world food
production environment. To cut expenses and as a tool to interact in a real-world or simulated
environment, AR can be utilized in the early stages of food product development. By altering
specific aspects of the food product, such as its size, quality, color, texture, and consumer
acceptability and evaluation, it can also add more prominent qualities.
Augmented reality technology
By enabling users to "see the real world with virtual objects superimposed upon or
composited with the real world," as described by Azuma in 1997, augmented reality (AR)
technology modifies a user's visual experience of the physical world in real-time. While there are
many different definitions of augmented reality technology (Höllerer & Feiner, 2004; Liao,
2016, 2019), most academics concur that real-time superimposition is the key feature that defines
augmented reality. Real-time superimposition is frequently performed in modern AR
applications by employing the camera of a mobile device to recognize the user's immediate
environment, over which digitally produced images are then immediately superimposed (Athsani
& Kalaboukis 2012; Yim et al., 2017; Oh & Bailenson, 2017). Consumers can now interact with

augmented reality technology using a variety of tools (including stationary PCs and headsets),
but the vast majority access augmented reality through mobile devices.
Although customers can use a variety of devices (including stationary PCs and headgear) to
interact with augmented reality (AR) technology today, the vast majority access AR applications
on mobile devices (such as smartphones or tablets). Such applications often employ either the
Article
device's rear-facing camera (to project visual content into the user's ID: location)
current AG-VO2-I08-07
or the
device's front-facing camera (to project visual content onto a user's face, such as make-up or
personal accessories). Regardless of the format, technology is often employed to enhance, enrich,
or complement the immediate physical environment with more visual data.
Changing eating behaviour
The perceived amount of food ingested and indirect indications like high blood sugar levels and s
tomach distension help people determine whether they are satisfied.Due to the impact of the envi
ronment, this type of estimation is not always precise. Scientist conducted studies in psychology
and economics suggested that a number of environmental elements, including the size of the plat
e or packaging, the type of food, and the eating context or surroundings, could influence eating b
ehaviors.This implies that by modifying some contextual conditions, AR may be a possible techn
ique to change how satisfying eating and it was suggested that food servings may be visualized v
ia HMD based AR and then altered to appear greater than they actually are. Their findings
showed a connection between changing users' visual perceptions of food size and food consump
tion. More specially, the larger than real increased size decreased meal consumption.
An interactive system to subtly affect beverage satisfaction and to limit beverage consumption
by inducing a volume perception illusion using augmented reality (AR) technology.
Food traceability
The need for more sophisticated/intelligent food packaging functions that can detect, sense,
record, communicate, and trace, facilitating the extension of shelf life, enhancement of food
safety and quality, while also providing necessary information for customers, has been
prompted by recent changes in business requirements, health regulations, and technological
advancements. Food traceability is crucial for consumer protection since it reveals pertinent
information and clearly identifies the product's provenance.By overlaying the pervasive digital
information (such nutrition facts) in the real environment, mobilebased AR is becoming more
and more popular for food packaging.

Customers can now use a smartphone's camera to access a reality extension that provides
comprehensive information about the food product's origin and composition .Another example is
To combine optical character recognition and augmented reality to assist users in determining
the halal status of food products (such as meat) in response to growing concerns about how to
confirm the halal certification of food products.The users that were recruited thought this
application was simple to use and helpful for ensuring customers of theArticle ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
reliability of the halal
certification.
Retail applications
Food businesses are using interactive augmented reality (AR) more frequently to
improve the shopping experience for their customers in both physical locations and online store.
Electronic digital menus with a variety of interactive features increased consumer enjoyment and
prompted them to place larger orders more quickly.The appealing Domino Pizza ordering app is
a good illustration of this since it enables consumers to expedite and personalize the ordering
process by choosing the toppings and bases, which allows them to see the pizza come to life in
front of their eyes.As a result, some restaurants used AR retail apps based on markers to
integrate immersive real- time and digitize the retail customer experience . A different research
study to look at how consumers' intentions to buy food change based on the viewing mode
(3D vs. AR).With interactive capabilities like zooming in and out or 360degree rotation, 3D is a
common display style that enables customers to evaluate a product from various angles on a
white background.
Theserved dishes (a salad and a burger) in this study were presented utilizing a smart device app
in 3D and augmented reality (AR) mode, where the dish was visualized as superimposed on
participants' physical surroundings in the tablet camera view.
As a result of inducing mental simulation of the eating process, results showed that AR depiction
of a served dish increased purchase intention when compared to 3D mode.
Conclusion
Augmented Reality and Virtual Reality is in order to engage students' thoughts and fully
pique their interest in learning, virtual reality technology is employed to create a virtual
learning environment where they can participate actively in class.Second, the main performance
of immersion teaching provides experience support for agricultural students' deeper learning,
interaction provides emotional support for agricultural students' deeper learning, and imagination

provides situational support for agricultural students' deeper learning in the virtual learning
environment.Strangely, virtual reality technology encourages the development of advanced
thinking in agricultural expertise. A type of psychological activity or higherlevel cognitive
capacity that takes place at a higher cognitive level is known as higher-order thinking.
References
Article
Jackey J.K. Chai , Carol O‘Sullivan , Aoife A. Gowen , Brendan RooneyID: AG-VO2-I08-07
c, Jun-Li Xu .
Augmented/mixed reality technologies for food: A review .Trends in Food Science &
Technology 124 (2022) 182–194.
Sandeep Jagtapa,, Prateek Saxena , Konstantinos Salonitis, 2021. Procedia CIRP Enhancing new
food product development (Food 4.0: Implementation of the Augmented Reality Systems
in the Food Industry. 104 : 1137–1142).
Yuying Wang . 2022. The Influence of Virtual Reality Technology on the Cultivation of
Agricultural Students. Hindawi Mobile Information Systems.
Naritomi, S., & Yanai, K. (2020). Calorie Captor Glass: Food calorie estimation based on actual
size using HoloLens and deep learning. In Proceedings - 2020 IEEE conference on
virtual reality and 3D user interfaces, VRW (pp. 819–820).


SOIL CONDITIONERS
OCCUPATIONAL FOR
HEALTH SUSTAINABLE
HAZARDS OF WORKERS
AGRICULTURE
1*
Vijayakumar, M and K. Sivasabari2
1
Asst. Prof. (SS&AC), Agricultural College and Research Institute, Kudumiyanmalai- 622104,
Pudukkottai, Tamil Nadu
2
Asst. Prof. (SS&AC), Amrita School of Agricultural Science, Coimbatore-642109
*Corresponding Author Email ID: vijayagri1985@gmail.com
Introduction
Due to the intensive use of fertilisers, soil degradation has become a global problem,
leading to the depletion of organic matter and soil fertility. Meanwhile, the intensification of
agriculture accompanied by urbanisation and industrialisation has drastically accelerated the
waste generation rate. For instance, coal mining produces wastes in a large quantity globally, the
majority of which end up in landfills or dump into storage dams. Accordingly, sustainable food
production is driving global innovations to better utilise various waste materials to make value-
added products, such as soil conditioners. Soil conditioners are materials that contain essential
nutrients to improve the physical, chemical, and/or biological properties of soil, which ultimately
lead to improved plant growth and development and make nutrients more readily available in the
soil. Soil conditioners benefit food production through the control of soil degradation,
improvement of soil-air-water relations, and amendment of soil drainage and soil aggregation to
reduce soil compaction and overcome water repellence. Soil conditioners not only improve the
availability of nutrients for crops but also increase the competitiveness against weeds and
defence against pests and diseases.
Classification of soil conditioners
Soil conditioners can be classified based on their origin and composition. The origin of
materials is either natural or synthetic, whereas the composition of soil conditioners may be
organic or inorganic.

a. Organic soil conditioners

Materials derived from living organisms (e.g., plants and animals) make up organic soil
conditioners. Organic materials as soil amendments have been widely used to improve the
properties of soil and plant growth. Organic soil conditioners can be applied to improve
the infiltration and water retention, promote aggregation, enhance microbial activity, and
Article
increase resistance to crusting and compaction of soil with soil organic ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
matter (SOM). A few
examples of organic conditioners include crop residues, manures, peat, biochar, bone meal,
blood meal, coffee grounds, compost tea, coir, sewage sludges, farmyard manure, and sawdust.
b. Inorganic soil conditioners

Inorganic soil conditioners are either mined or manufactured by-products, occurring
naturally or synthetically to improve the soil physical properties, thereby enabling the successful
utilization of soil and water resources. Gypsum, lime, limestone, pyrites, crushed rocks, fly ash,
sulphur, zeolites, dolomite, phosphogypsum are some examples of inorganic soil conditioners,
which can be applied to adjust soil acidity and ameliorate soil quality as most of them are
alkaline materials abundant in Si, Ca, K, and Mg.
c. Synthetic soil conditioners
Polymers are typical synthetic soil conditioners and can be applied cost-effectively at a
low rate. The compounds are long-chain, polymeric, and organic materials with a very
high molecular weight that bind soil particles together and form aggregates. Minor amounts of

linear and cross-linked polymers can be used as effective stabilizing agents for improving soil
water holding capacity because of their low cost and great efficiency in avoiding seal formation,
infiltration rate reduction, and soil erosion.
d. Other soil conditioners
Other industrial wastes, enzymes, microorganisms, and activators are examples of other
Article
soil conditioners. Many industrial by-products can be useful for ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
sustainable agricultural
productions.
Method of producing soil conditioner pellets
Efforts have been made to study the production of solid soil conditioner pellets,
especially from waste materials. In general, the pelletization from agricultural waste involves six
steps:
(1) Collection of organic wastes from various locations (agricultural fields, gardens, animal
farms, etc.);
(2) Composting;
(3) Size reduction in a ball mill or crusher;
(4) Blending and impregnation of desired microbial culture;
(5) Pelletization; and
(6) Drying and bagging
A similar procedure can be adopted to pelletise inorganic waste materials without the
need for composting. The pellets/granules should have sufficient strength for handling during
packaging, transportation, and storage.

Agricultural applications of soil conditioners:

1. Soil properties
Plant-based by-products play a central role in recycling essential plant nutrients,
sustaining soil fertility and reducing the toxicity of some heavy metals, which lead to increased
yield with the proper dosages of the by-products. As a typical organic soil conditioner, biochar
Article
directly increases the soil's pH and OM. At the same time, it decreases theID:bulk
AG-VO2-I08-07
density and
extractable salt content in soil and increases nitrate availability. Soil amendment using biochar
from rice (Oryza sativa) husk, corn (Zea mays) cob, and tobacco (Nicotiana tabacum) by-
products with organic fertilisers (e.g., compost and chicken manure) improved SOM and
the soil's physical properties. Biochar can potentially enhance soil properties, soil health with
microbial abundance, and biological nitrogen fixation, hence, improving agro-ecosystem
sustainability in plant production.
Farmyard manure is also a valuable organic waste to be used as a soil conditioner, which
contains substantial amounts of nutrients as biological soil fertilisers. Sheep manure-based
organic conditioners with gypsum and polymer increased the saturated hydraulic
conductivity (HC) in the 0–10 cm layer of saline-sodic soil. Digestate is the nutrient-rich
effluents remaining after the anaerobic digestion of organic materials (e.g., food waste and
manure), produced both by acidogenesis and methanogenesis. Digestate has been excellent
fertiliser with reduced emissions of CH4 and N2O.
2. Plant growth and development
Higher rate of granular and powdered seaweed-amended soil increased overall growth
with earlier flowering and fruiting in the field, accompanied by higher levels of proteins in leaves
and vitamin C and lycopene in fruits. SMC could be a good alternative growing medium for
tomato and cucumber (Cucumis sativus) in a greenhouse. Dry manure pellets improved tomato
plant height and growth rate, especially at 15% to 50% of the soilless media, utilising the
manure-based nutrients for plant growth.
Poultry litter pellets were applied as organic fertiliser to promote maize (Zea mays)
growth, supplying nutrients from the pellets. Compost-ash granules were found to increase the
key nutrients except for nitrogen (N) upon their application to Italian rye-grass (Lolium
multiflorum), better utilising the wastes as soil conditioners in sustainable plant production. The
total maize dry matter was enhanced using polymeric natural and synthetic soil conditioners with

improved water retention ability. The growth of chickpea (Cicer arietinum) plants was promoted
using a SAH. In addition, the effectiveness of PAMs on the soil moisture retention and growth of
plants has been extensively examined.
Conclusion
Soil conditioners derived from waste materials can be made in pellets, which can quickly
Article ID:
hydrate and interact with the soil-water matrix, releasing essential nutrients AG-VO2-I08-07
slowly due to the
mineralisation of organic nutrients (e.g., N, K) and organic matter (OM) to the soil. This
improves the physico-chemical and biological properties of the soil for sustainable agriculture.
Through this review, we suggest the co-pelletisation of agricultural waste with coal waste for
producing soil conditioner pellets eco-friendly with the selection of appropriate binders. The
pellets can slowly release nutrients to the rhizosphere of the soil upon the absorption of soil
moisture. This will enhance the plant growth and development towards sustainable food
production through the amelioration of soil physico-chemical and biological properties. The use
of waste materials can mitigate the potential risks and threats to the environment and human
health.
Reference
Mohammad Babla , Utsab Katwal , MiingTiem Yong , Soheil Jahandari , Maroun Rahme, Zhong
Hua Chen, Zhong Tao. 2022. Value-added products as soil conditioners for sustainable
agriculture. Resources Conservation and Recycling, Vol. 178: 1-54.


ECONOMICOCCUPATIONAL
IMPORTANCE OF AGROFORESTRY
HEALTH SYSTEM
HAZARDS OF WORKERS

*V.David Chella Baskar1 and Ashita2

1
Assistant Professor-Rani Lakshmi Bai Central Agricultural University
2
Research Scholar-Bundelkhand University
*Corresponding Author Email ID: davidbaskar@gmail.com
Inroduction
Forest farming plays a crucial role in our society and the environment. It offers a
sustainable and profitable alternative to traditional agriculture methods, as it combines the
cultivation of high-value crops with the conservation of natural resources. The complexity of
food provision quantification highlights the importance of agroforestry and forest farming-based
systems (Farooq et al., 2022). Agroforestry and forest farming systems often go unnoticed and
their benefits are not well understood. By reviewing the research limitations and focusing on
targeted research in forest-based systems, we can maximize the benefits, productivity, enterprise,
and sustainability of forest farming practices. Forest farming provides a comprehensive and deep
understanding of the impacts of climate change on food provision across different landscapes.
Moreover, forest farming plays a significant role in conserving biodiversity.
Not only does forest farming provide economic benefits, but it also contributes to the
conservation of essential ecosystem services. One of the key benefits of forest farming is its
environmental impact. Forest farming promotes biodiversity by integrating trees or shrubs into
agricultural systems. This integration not only provides habitat for various species but also helps
to improve soil health, prevent erosion, and enhance water infiltration. Additionally, forest
farming helps to mitigate climate change. By sequestering carbon and reducing greenhouse gas
emissions, forest farming contributes to the overall efforts of combating climate change.
Furthermore, forest farming offers social benefits to farming livelihoods. In many documented

cases, tree-based systems in agroforestry and forest farming have proven to be more productive,
sustainable, and culturally attuned compared to treeless alternatives. These systems provide
farmers with a diversified income by incorporating high-value crops alongside traditional
agricultural practices. The benefits of forest farming extend beyond just economic and
environmental aspects. It also plays a crucial role in preserving cultural practices and traditions
associated with farming. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Overall, forest farming is an important and valuable practice that combines

environmental conservation, economic benefits, and the preservation of cultural practices. In
today's rapidly changing world, the significance of accurate weather forecasts cannot be
overstated. Forest farming is a practice that encompasses both economic and environmental
benefits. Forest farming is not only beneficial for farmers but also for the wider society and the
planet as a whole.
The importance of forest farming lies in its ability to promote productivity, enterprise,
and sustainability within the agricultural sector. By integrating trees or shrubs into agricultural
systems, forest farming increases overall productivity by diversifying the crops grown and
maximizing land use. This not only provides farmers with a more stable and diversified income
but also contributes to food security and resilience in the face of climate change. Forest farming
also plays a vital role in sustainable land management by improving soil health and preventing
erosion. Furthermore, the sequestration of carbon by trees in forest farming systems helps to
mitigate climate change. Forest farming also offers numerous environmental benefits. These
include the preservation of biodiversity, the protection of watersheds, and the provision of
habitat for wildlife. In addition to the environmental and economic benefits, forest farming also
holds social significance. By incorporating traditional farming practices and preserving cultural
traditions, forest farming helps to maintain the social fabric of rural communities. The practice of
forest farming is essential for the sustainability and well-being of both the ecological and social-
economic systems.
Forest farming is the practise of intentionally cultivating edible, medicinal, or decorative
specialty crops beneath natural or planted woodlands that are managed for both wood production
and understory crop production. These woodlands may be native or they may have been planted.
It does not include the practise of wildcrafting, which is another name for the collection of
naturally occurring plants from native forests. People who own forests and woodlands, as well as

people who grow nuts, sugar maples, herbs, and other plants, may find opportunities to make
money through forest farming.
Over the course of the past two millennia, but particularly over the course of the last two
centuries, the overarching economic theme in human-forest relationships has been one of value
abstraction and increasingly intensive management. Since the beginning of human history,
Article
people have relied on forests for a wide range of goods, services, and ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
advantages. They have
improved upon and expanded upon the values that forests make available as a result of rapid
economic growth and changes in technology.
People can benefit in many ways from the presence of forests. Usefulness can be derived
from a tree's leaves, branches, stem, bark, fruits, seeds, and roots, among other parts of the plant.
The wood, timber, raw materials, vegetables, and fruits that can be harvested from forests all
contribute significantly to the economy. The timber is put to use in the building industry as well
as the furniture industry. Papermaking cannot happen without the use of wood in any capacity.
Numerous goods are manufactured with the rubber that is obtained from cutting down trees.
Even organic waste can have a significant economic impact.
Every year, millions of trees are cut down so that humans can continue to meet their ever-
increasing demands. In order to ensure the survival of the millions of species that are directly
reliant on the health of our planet's forests and other green spaces, we have no choice but to take
preventative action.
Therefore, on the economic front, there are two types of benefits associated with forests,
and these are known as direct benefits and indirect benefits. For instance, the percentage of the
country's total income that comes from the country's forests is gradually climbing higher. In the
fiscal year 1970-1971, the contribution of India's vast forest resources to the country's overall
gross domestic product was approximately 0.86 percent. It started out at 1.2 percent in 1980-
1981 and eventually reached 1.8 percent in 1990-1991. All of the direct benefits are accounted
for by the forest resources, which contribute somewhere in the neighbourhood of 2.9 percent to
the gross national product of the whole country. In addition, the country's forests are responsible
for the maintenance of approximately 179 million cattle, 58 million buffaloes, and 120 million
other types of livestock. It is estimated that 500 different species of animals call this forest their
home.

Because of the presence of forests, there are approximately 15 lakh people who are
working full-time jobs in the forest industry. These people are employed as woodcutters,
sawyers, Carters, and craftsmen, as well as in other related forest industries. They are also homes
for the submerged class in the country; for example, there are approximately 38 lacs of tribals
that found homes in various forests. They are also homes for the indigenous people of the
Article
country. The number 10,000 is regarded as an ecologically significant ID:as
as well AG-VO2-I08-07
economically
significant component of the forest environment. There are approximately 5000 different species
of wood, out of which only 450 are commercially valuable. These 450 species of wood are
utilised specifically for the extraction of acetic acid, methyl alcohol, acetone, specific oils, and
valuable drags such as sulphonamide and chloroform. About 93 percent of the country's total
volume of timber is made up of non-coniferous trees, while only 7 percent of the country's
timber is made up of coniferous trees. This results in the total volume of timber in the country
being approximately 85,696 M3.
The forest modifies the climate in such a way that it raises the relative humidity of the air,
which in turn causes an increase in the amount of precipitation that falls on the ground. This is
one of the indirect economic benefits. The forest not only maintains a continuous floor for the
water in the river but also regulates the supply of water needed for sustainable feeding of
offspring as well as a reduction in the severity of floods.

This forest also channels the land by protecting it from the harmful effects of erosion and
climate access, which, in the end, performs as a valuable and more expressible service that
generates revenue than those rendered by the defence force of the country. This forest also
channels the land by protecting it from the evil of erosion and climate access. Since the humans
and the tunnel in the soil are consumed by a variety of worms, insects, and other miniature
ArticleofID:
organisms that serve as food sources, the soil is able to provide a portion theAG-VO2-I08-07
plants' dietary
needs. Forests, by virtue of their ability to cover the entire land with their canopies, also serve as
a natural defence against aerial assault.
Significance of Forest Farming
The economic value and utility of your forest can be increased through forest farming,
which also has a number of positive effects on the surrounding environment. If you are managing
your forest with the end goal of harvesting timber at some point in the future, forest farming can
provide a supplementary income that can be earned more frequently while the time for the trees
to mature. The following are some examples of products derived from forests that you might
want to consider cultivating and harvesting:
 Woods used for handicrafts and specialised applications, such as those used for carving,
aromatics, mulch, and basketry materials
 Products of the forest that can be consumed as food, such as ferns, mushrooms, nuts,
fruits, and sap
 Herbs that are used for medicinal and botanical purposes, including ginseng, goldenseal,
and black cohosh
 Plants that are used for decoration, such as ferns and galax.
Conclusion
The improvement of wildlife habitat and the development of an ecosystem that contains a
greater variety of species are both potential environmental benefits of forest farming. Many
people have found that engaging in forest farming enhances their personal enjoyment and
appreciation of their forests, as well as their ability to manage their timber resources effectively
because it requires them to spend more time in their forests.


IMPORTANCE OF ENVIRONMENTAL
OCCUPATIONAL SCIENCE
HEALTH HAZARDS OF WORKERSAND
FORESTRY
*1S.Abisha, 1V VAkash Kumar and 2Dr.P.Anbarasan

*1
B.Sc.(Hons)Agriculture 3rd Year, School of Agricultural Innovations and Advanced Learning
(VAIAL), Vellore Institute of Technology - Vellore, Tamil Nadu
2
Assistant Professor and Head, Department of Agricultural Extension and Economics, School of
Agricultural Innovations and Advanced Learning (VAIAL), Vellore Institute of Technology –
Vellore, Tamil Nadu
*Corresponding Author Email ID: abishasivakumar2020@gmail.com
Abstract
Environmental science and forestry encompass a wide range of topics and research areas aimed
at understanding and managing the interactions between human activities and the natural
environment. It involves the study of ecosystems, biodiversity, climate change, pollution,
conservation, and sustainable resource management. Researchers in this field employ various
methods and techniques to gather data and analyze environmental processes. The goal is to
develop strategies and policies that promote environmental protection, mitigate the impacts of
human activities, and ensure the long-term sustainability of our natural resources. Environmental
science and forestry play a crucial role in addressing global environmental challenges and
shaping a more sustainable future for our planet.
Introduction
In an era defined by heightened environmental awareness and the pressing need for sustainable
resource management, the realms of environmental science and forestry have emerged as
keystones in our global journey toward a greener future. As we stand at the nexus of scientific
innovation and ecological preservation, the interplay between these two disciplines becomes not
only paramount but also profoundly intricate.
"Forests are the lungs of our land, purifying the air and giving fresh strength to our people."
— Franklin D. Roosevelt

This article delves into the impact of climate change on forests, the importance of biodiversity
for forest ecosystems, the role of forests in mitigating air pollution, the challenges of sustainable
forest management, the latest advances in environmental science.
The Significance of Environmental Science and Forestry
Environmental Science:
This serves as the foundation for understanding the intricateArticle
web ofID:interactions
AG-VO2-I08-07
that
define ecosystems. It provides insights into the dynamics of natural processes, pollution impacts,
and the effects of human activities on the environment. Through systematic research and
analysis, environmental science offers the following contributions:
Preserving Ecosystems:
Environmental science identifies the various components and functions of ecosystems,
enabling us to comprehend the delicate balance that sustains life.
Mitigating Climate Change:
Environmental science is pivotal in understanding the causes and consequences of
climate change. It investigates greenhouse gas emissions, temperature shifts, and other climatic
patterns, which informs policy decisions and initiatives aimed at reducing carbon footprints and
enhancing climate resilience.
Forestry:
Forestry focuses on the sustainable management of forest resources and ecosystems. It
acknowledges that forests are intricate ecosystems that provide a multitude of ecological,
economic, and social benefits. Forestry's contributions include:
Ecosystem Preservation:
Forestry emphasizes responsible practices that maintain ecosystem health. It addresses
issues such as deforestation, habitat fragmentation, and invasive species, ensuring that forest
ecosystems remain intact and resilient.
Climate Change Mitigation:
Forests act as carbon sinks, absorbing carbon dioxide from the atmosphere. Sustainable
forestry practices, like afforestation and reforestation, enhance carbon sequestration, contributing
significantly to global efforts to combat climate change.
In their unique ways, both environmental science and forestry play indispensable roles in
preserving ecosystems, conserving biodiversity, and mitigating climate change. By combining

their insights and approaches, these disciplines synergistically contribute to the broader goal of
ensuring a sustainable and harmonious coexistence between humans and the natural world.
The impact of climate change on forests:
Rising temperatures and shifting weather patterns driven by climate change have cast a
profound shadow over the world's forests. As temperatures soar, these vital ecosystems face
intensified stress, manifesting in increased susceptibility to pests,Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
diseases, and wildfires.
Disruptions in seasonal cycles and water availability further challenge the resilience of forests,
affecting tree growth and altering species compositions. The impact is far reaching forests, once
stalwart carbon sinks, now teeter on the edge of becoming sources of carbon emissions,
exacerbating the very climate change they strive to mitigate. Urgent global action is imperative
to safeguard the invaluable services and biodiversity that forests provide in the face of this
escalating climatic crisis.
Intersection of Environmental Science and Forestry: Fostering Holistic Ecological

Management:
Environmental science and forestry converge in a synergistic partnership, channeling
their collective expertise towards a holistic approach to ecological management.

Ecosystem Dynamics:
Environmental science offers insights into the intricate interplay of environmental factors
shaping forests, while forestry practices consider these dynamics when managing forest
resources. Together, they ensure the sustainability of ecosystems.
Biodiversity Conservation:
Environmental science identifies critical habitats and species, Article
guidingID: AG-VO2-I08-07
forestry efforts to
protect biodiversity hotspots. Forestry, in turn, implements strategies that maintain diverse
ecosystems, promoting resilience against environmental stressors.
Sustainable Resource Use:
Forestry practices informed by environmental science promote responsible resource
utilization, preventing overexploitation and habitat degradation.
Emerging Trends in Environmental Science and Forestry: Shaping Tomorrow's Landscape
1. Technological Advancements:
 Environmental Science: Remote sensing, drones, and satellite imagery allow for precise
monitoring of ecosystems. Big data analytics and AI facilitate complex environmental
modeling and prediction.
 Forestry: Precision forestry leverages drones and sensors for accurate forest inventory
and health assessment. Advanced GIS tools aid in sustainable land-use planning.
2. Policy Developments:
 Environmental Science: Increasing focus on global agreements like the Paris Agreement
drives governments to prioritize emissions reduction and sustainability.

 Forestry: Growing recognition of the role of forests in climate change mitigation leads to
policies promoting sustainable forest management and afforestation.
3. Innovative Conservation Strategies:
 Environmental Science: Ecological restoration gains momentum, with emphasis on
restoring degraded habitats and reintroducing native species.

 Forestry: Agroforestry and urban forestry combine conservation and resource

production, addressing both ecological and societal needs.
Future Implications:
These trends hold transformative potential for the future of environmental science and forestry:
 Integrated Decision-Making: Technological tools enable data-driven, holistic
approaches to ecosystem management, ensuring well-informed decisions.
 Resilient Ecosystems: Restoration and innovative strategies enhance ecosystem
resilience against climate change impacts, safeguarding biodiversity.
 Sustainability: Policy advancements drive sustainable practices, positioning forests as
key allies in climate change mitigation and resource management.
Real-World Environmental Science and Forestry Success Stories:
1. Great Green Wall Initiative:
 Success: The Great Green Wall is a massive afforestation project across Africa's Sahel
region. It aims to combat desertification, restore degraded land, and promote sustainable
land use. It has led to the planting of millions of trees, improved soil quality, and
increased biodiversity, benefiting local communities.
 Challenges: Funding, community engagement, and climate variability pose challenges.
Some tree species struggled to adapt to changing conditions.

 Lessons: Community involvement and selecting appropriate native species are essential
for success.
2. Yaeda Valley Project, Tanzania:
 Success: This project combines environmental science and forestry to protect the Yaeda
Valley's ecosystem and indigenous Hadza people. By involving the Hadza in

Articlepreserves
conservation efforts and providing alternative livelihoods, the project ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
biodiversity and traditional knowledge.

 Challenges: Balancing conservation with cultural preservation, addressing external
pressures like tourism, and navigating land tenure issues.
 Lessons: Recognizing indigenous rights and integrating traditional knowledge are vital
for sustainable conservation.
3. Forest Landscape Restoration in Costa Rica:
 Success: Costa Rica's Payment for Environmental Services (PES) program incentivizes
reforestation and sustainable land use. It has increased forest cover, improved water
quality, and sequestered carbon.
 Challenges: Ensuring equitable distribution of
benefits, dealing with market fluctuations for
ecosystem services, and preventing monoculture
plantations.
 Lessons: Incorporating economic incentives and
involving local communities foster effective and
long-term restoration.
Conclusion
In the symphony of nature, environmental science and forestry harmonize to compose a
resilient future. Their alliance, revealed through technological strides and conservation strategies,
underscores their pivotal roles. As we reflect on successes like the Great Green Wall and
agroforestry innovations, challenges remind us of the delicate equilibrium we seek. Looking
ahead, these fields hold transformative potential, amplified by data-driven insights and policy
dynamics. As we stand at this juncture, a collective responsibility beckons. Let us rally for
environmental conservation and responsible forestry practices, nurturing a world

where harmony between humankind and nature flourishes. It's a melody we craft together,
ensuring a legacy of sustainability for generations to follow.
References
Clin Pharmacol Ther. Author manuscript; available in PMC 2016 Jun 1. Published in final edited
form as: Clin Pharmacol Ther. 2015 Jun.
https://www.fao.org/3/v6530e/V6530E06.htm
James J. Gilroy, Julie L. Lockwood, First published: 07 May 2016.
Carbon Tanzania. ‗Carbon Tanzania Yaeda Valley Annual Report 2017-2018: Reducing
emissions from deforestation and forest degradation in the Yaeda Valley, northern
Tanzania.‘ 2018.
Alejandra Morán-Ordóñez a b, Virgilio Hermoso b d, Alejandra Martínez-Salinas c, Accepted 9
February 2022
Facing an Uncertain Future: How Forests and People can Adapt to Climate Change Jan 2008,
Bruno Locatelli, Markku Kanninen, Maria Brockhaus, Heru Santoso
Ecosystem-based adaptation to climate change: what role for policymakers, society and scientists
Dec 2009, Raffaele Vignola, Bruno Locatelli, Celia Martínez-Alonso, Imbach Pablo
Global Forest Resources Assessment 2005 (FRA 2005)


DIFFERENT APPROACHES IN SOIL TEST BASED

NUTRIENT MANAGEMENT IN INTEGRATED FARMING
SYSTEM Article ID: AG-VO3-I09-66
*D. V. Naveen, V. Venkatachalapathi, Channakeshava, S and Srinivasareddy, S

College of Sericulture, Chintamani, Chickkaballapur (D), Karnataka, India
*Corresponding Author Email ID: dvnaveena@gmail.com
Introduction
Integrated Farming system is defined as unique and reasonably stable arrangement of
farm enterprises that the household manages according to its physical, biological, economic and
socio-cultural environment in accordance with the household‘s goals, preferences and resources.
Conceptually it refers to a set of components that are interrelated which interact among
themselves. At the center of the interaction is the farmer exercising control and choice regarding
the type and result of interaction. It is a resource management strategy to achieve economic and
sustained production to meet diverse requirement of farm household while preserving resource
base and maintaining a high level of environmental quality.
It encompasses integration of farm enterprises such as cropping systems, animal
husbandry, fisheries, forestry, sericulture, poultry etc for optimal utilization of resources bringing
prosperity to the farmer. Farm as a unit is to be considered and planned for effective integration
of the enterprises to be combined with crop production activity, such that the end-products and
wastes of one enterprise are utilized effectively as inputs in other enterprise. Farming system
should be based on sound scientific principles which include efficient recycling of farm and
animal wastes, minimization of risk, complementary combination of farm enterprises for
optimum utilization of all resources, minimizing nutrient losses, maximizing the nutrient use
efficiency, efficient cropping system and crop rotations, maximize productivity and profitability,
increased input use efficiency by use of end products from one enterprise as input in other
enterprise thus attaining ecological balance.

Soil testing:
Soil testing is any chemical or physical measurement that is made on the soil. It is
considered as useful tool for making fertilizer recommendations for various crops and cropping
sequences as well as for reclamation of problem soils. The term is restricted to mean rapid
chemical analyses to assess the available nutrient status of a soil and broadened to include
ArticleofID:
interpretations, evaluations and fertilizer recommendations based on results AG-VO2-I08-07
chemical analyses
and on several other considerations. Kanwar (1971) stated ―soil testing is a key weapon in the
armory of a soil scientist and an agronomist for advisory work on judicious fertilizer use.
Goswami (1986) stated that soil testing is the practical application of soil science to crop
production.
Soil testing probably started in some form or another as soon as man became interested in
how plants grow. Liebig (1840) as having been early worker in the soil testing field and from his
time (1850) to until the early 1920‘s little progress was made. Dyer (1894), Hilgard (1911) and
Burd (1918) had made significant contributions to soil chemistry. Late 1920‘s and early 1930‘s
significant contributions to soil testing were made by Bray (1929), Hester (1934), Morgan
(1932), Spurway (1933) and Truog (1930). Since the late 1940‘s soil testing has been widely
accepted as an essential tool in formulating a sound lime and fertilizer program.
Objectives of soil testing:
Soil fertility evaluation for making fertilizer recommendations for specific fields and
farming situations. Prediction of likely crop responses to applied nutrients. Classification of soil
into different fertility groups for preparing soil fertility maps of a given area. Assessment of the
type and degree of soil related problems like salinity, sodicity, acidity etc., and suggesting
appropriate reclamation measures. The success of soil testing depends among other things on the
methodology adopted and interpretation of test results.
Suitability of methods for soil testing:
A suitable method is the one which satisfies following three criteria. It should be fairly
rapid so that the test results can be obtained in a reasonably short period. It should give accurate
and reproducible results of a given sample with least interferences during estimation. There
should be a significant relationship between test values and the crop uptake.

Steps in soil testing:

Collecting the soil samples. Preparation of soil samples, determining the available
nutrients, interpreting the analytical results, fertilizer recommendations. Soil sampling is perhaps
the most vital step in analysis. Since a very small fraction of the huge soil mass of a field is used
for analysis, it becomes extremely important to get a truly representative soil sample.
Soil test based nutrient management: Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Evaluation of soil fertility and making fertilizer prescriptions for sustained crop
production is of importance in scientific farming. Considerable progress has been made to
understand the contribution of soil and fertilizer in crop nutrition and the influence of nutrient
levels and management on crop productivity and nutrient use efficiency. Soil testing to assess the
nutrient supply capacity provided an opportunity for practical solutions to nutrient management.
Soil test based recommendations will be useful only when it is based on important factors like
soil, crop, variety, fertilizer and management interaction for a given soil condition. The soil test
based crop response (STCR) project of ICAR provided the right impetus to understand the
variability in the soil and crop with practical solutions to enhance nutrient use efficiencies
narrowing down to each farm or field.
Modern approaches of fertility evaluation mainly focused on increasing the fertilizer use
efficiency. In many approaches, yield of crop is related to response to added fertilizer based on
soil test value and is expressed as:- Yield = f (crop, soil, climate and management).
Approaches in soil test based nutrient management:
1. Soil analysis and correlation approach:
Conducting pot culture studies, yield responses plotted against soil test values and soils
grouped into low, medium and high. In this concept, it is not possible to indicate how much
fertilizer to be added to get economic response.
a. Correlation of Soil Tests for Available Phosphorus and Potassium with Crop Yield
Responses to Fertilization (O. H. Long and L. F. Seatz)
Separate yield responses to applied P and K were correlated with soil tests for P&K on 72
experiments with corn, 18 with cotton, 35 with small grains, 28 with legume hays and 11 with
permanent pastures. Sodium perchlorate in N/10 perchloric acid was the extracting agent. Two
methods of approach were used in showing the degree of correlation. One method is concerned

with ―prediction accuracy‖ at only the lower values of soil P or K. The other method is
concerned with the regression curves and correlation coefficients for the experiments as a whole.
b. Soil Test Calibration Evaluations for Phosphorus on Upland and Pima Cotton
(A. S. Thelander and J.C. Silvertooth)
Numerous field experiments were conducted at a wide range of sites in Arizona from
1988 through 1999 involving phosphate (P) fertilization of cotton. A Article
total ofID:
21AG-VO2-I08-07
site-years were
used to study the effects of P on both Upland (G. hirsutum L.) and Pima (G. barbadense L.)
varieties. The purpose of these experiments was to evaluate University of Arizona (UA) soil
fertility guidelines with respect to soil test results (NaHCO3 extractable P) and to possibly fine-
tune or calibrate these guidelines in relation to soil test P, applied P, and yield for common
Arizona soils used in cotton production.
2. Agronomic approach: Based on field crop response trials with graded nutrient levels on
farmers‘ fields optimum levels of nutrients are worked out (AICARP)
3. Soil fertility cum soil survey approach:
Information of soil fertility and soil survey would be considered for making
fertilizerrecommendations based on soil units such as series, association and types. This is an
improved method over agronomic approach.
4. Critical soil test level approach:
This approach is mainly for less mobile nutrients like P and K and is widely accepted and
known as International Soil Fertility Evaluation and Improvement Programme. The technique
involves gcreen house studies, critical limit determination and ultimately field verification trials.
5. Mitscherlich and Bray approach:
This approach involves 3 mathematical expressions – linear, exponential, quadratic
model. The latter two are applicable to immobile nutrients such as P, K, Ca and Mg while linear
model is applicable to mobile nutrients such as nitrates and borates. Biologically, exponential
expression has merit over others. Exponential never reaches maximum and fail to indicate toxic
level or decrease in yield due to excess nutrients. Straight line function is best fit for high fertile
soils.
6. Foliar diagnostic approach:
This method can be used as a supplementary to soil testing. Tissue tests are performed on
cell sap which has limitations. Most plant recommendations are based on critical level of

sufficiency. In recent times foliar diagnostic approach is contested. But, soil test remains an
excellent pre-plant practice and critical nutrient level (CNL) is a good guide for scheduling
fertilizer application to plant crop.
Recent research seems to be in favour of nutrient ratios rather than CNL approach.
Hence, diagnosis and recommendation integrated system (DRIS) seems to have an edge over the
elements / Hawaian crop log approach. Elwali and Gascho (1984)Article
pointedID:out
AG-VO2-I08-07
that DRIS is
suitable for successive ratoons as foliar diagnostic technique is a better guide to fertilizing cane.
They obtained higher cane and sugar yield when the fertilizer dose was based on DRIS rather
than soil test values or CNL approach. DRIS are nutrient ratio and is better suited to
micronutrients as there is antagonism (P-Zn) or synergism (S-N). The DRIS indices may be
positive or negative but, their sum is always zero. The most negative index indicates the nutrient
most required and positive index least required. An index close to zero suggests that nutrient
concerned is present in adequate supply. The nutrient balance index (NBI) is a measure of
balance among nutrients. Then, NBI is obtained by adding the values of DRIS irrespective of
sign. The larger the value of NBI, the greater is the imbalance among the nutrients.
Budget method approach:
It involves four steps - Estimation of potential yield from plant available water status,
calculation of N needed to obtain that yield, soil N inventor and calculation of N fertilizer rate.
This method is used for recommending fertilizer N for dry land farming.
Basic cation saturation ratio approach:
For optimum crop growth best ratio of basic cations and best total base saturation are
assessed. The steps are selection of cation base saturation on ratios, estimation of CEC and
estimation of Ca, Mg and K requirement.
Recently a different approach to giving advice on fertilizer recommendations, the BCSR
(Base Cation Saturation Ratio) method is being offered in the UK. Judged by its title, this system
should be concerned only with the four ―base cations‖, calcium (Ca), magnesium (Mg),
potassium (K) and sodium (Na). But in practice it is often suggested that additional analyses be
carried out to provide a ―soil audit‖.
The underlying concept of the BCSR system is that there is an ideal ratio for the readily
extractable base cations, Ca, Mg, K and Na, in soil. Additionally there is also an ideal ratio
between the total of these four base cations and the total cation exchange capacity (CEC) of the

soil. The total CEC includes the four base cations plus mostly hydrogen (H) but including any
other elements present as cations, the amounts of the latter are usually very small in most UK
soils used for agriculture and are disregarded.
Inductive Approach:
This approach aims at eliminating influence of the three of the four factors in the yield
Article
equation, viz. crop, climate and management by choosing one field ID:which
over AG-VO2-I08-07
elaborate
treatments are super-imposed to obtain crop responses for correlating with soil test values
artificially created by differential fertilizer treatments. From the statistically significant multiple
regression equations, simple relationships between soil test and fertilizer doses are derived for
maximum and economic yields. These results can be extended to soils of similar nature.
Targeted Yield Approach:
It established the theoretical basis and experimental proof to Truog's (1960) concept of
fertilizer prescription for desired crop yields based on available nutrient status of the soil. The
basis is that for obtaining a given yield, a definite quantity of the nutrients must be taken up by
the crop. Once this requirement is known for a given yield, the requirement of fertilizer can be
estimated taking into account the efficiency of soil available nutrients and that of the fertilizer
nutrient.
Integrated Approach for Soil Test Crop Response Correlation:
It is well recognized that physical, chemical and biological characteristics of soil besides
available nutrients also affect the crop yields for improving the interpretation. This concept is of
special significance in making fertilizer recommendations for compacted soils, saline soils and
for dry farming conditions.
Sufficiency Levels of Available Nutrient Approach:
This concept is based on a general mathematical expression of the law of diminishing
returns where increase in yield of a crop per unit of available nutrient decreases as the level of
available nutrient approaches sufficiency. This approach implies that (i) levels of available
nutrients range in a group of soils from insufficiency to sufficiency for optimum growth of
plants, (ii) that amounts of nutrients removed by suitable extractants will be inversely
proportional to yield increases from added nutrients, and (iii) that calibrations have been made
for changing the levels of available nutrients in the soil by adding fertilizer.

Targeted Yield Approach and Crop Production Strategies:

The targeted yield concept can be effectively used for making general food grain
production projection for increased and efficient fertilizer use. It has been reported that high
response ratio (response yardstick) was obtained from targeted yield follow up trials due to the
value of soil testing in enhancing fertilizer use efficiency.
Soil test based fertilizer recommendation for fixed cost of investment:
Targeted yield based fertilizer recommendations can be more effectively made for a
farmer based approach.
Fertilizer recommendation for targeted yield and maintenance of soil fertility:
Maintenance of soil fertility can easily be attained by choosing appropriate yield targets
and fertilizer use practices
Integrated approach for soil test crop response correlation:
By quantifying the physical properties, available soil moisture and other such soil
parameters along with soil test values, the reliability of soil test interpretation can be further
enhanced. It was observed that yield predictions improved when physical parameters such as
clay content, bulk density, oxygen diffusion rate and resistance to penetration were considered
along with available nutrients in the model. The utility of such concept is of special significance
in making fertilizer recommendations for compacted soils, saline soils and for dry land farming.
Guidelines for nutrient Management:
Nitrogen
Role:
Nitrogen promotes rapid growth and affects all parameters that contribute to yield. Crop
N status is closely related to rate of photosynthesis and crop production. Sufficient N supply to
the crop increases the demand for other nutrients such as P, K and other micro and secondary
nutrients which are required for full expression of yield potential.
Deficiency Symptoms:
Soils with very low soil organic matter content (e.g., <0.5% organic C), coarse-textured
acid soils, soils with poor indigenous N supply (e.g., acid-sulfate, saline, P-deficient, poorly
drained and alkaline and calcareous soils poor in soil organic matter). Low soil N supply and
insufficient application of mineral N fertilizer could lead to N deficiency. The affected plants are
stunted and yellowish green or yellowing of the older leaves or whole plants N supply from the

soil, most of the time, is not sufficient to support higher yields of modern varieties. N deficiency,
therefore, is common in all major rice-growing areas resulting in significant yield responses to
fertilizer N in all low land soils in India are deficient in N-supply and support not more than 3.0
t/ha of cereal grain production without nutrient application.
Toxicity symptoms:
Article
Excess N causes lodging, delays maturity, induces spike let sterility ID:reduces
and AG-VO2-I08-07
tolerance
to pests and diseases.
Nitrogen management practices:
Depending on the season, duration of variety and site characteristics, split application of
N (2-4) to match crop N demand at transplanting rice @ 30-50 % of recommended dose, rest top
dressed at tillering and 3-5 days before panicle initiation in equal proportion is recommended.
Use of nitrification inhibitors:
Since nitrates are easily leached and lost by denitrification, the retardation of the
nitrification of ammonium containing or ammonium producing fertilizers by using nitrification
inhibitors in rice fields subjected to intermittent flooding helped in increased NUE. Chemical NI
as well as indigenous materials such as neem and karanj cakes has been successfully used. Also
some slow release nitrogen materials like urea-form, isobutylidene diurea as well as coated
fertilizers such as sulphur coated urea, lac coated urea etc., have been used to reduce nitrogen
losses.
Nitrogen management in cropping systems:
The fertilizer need of a crop in a system is strongly influenced by the preceding crops and
the amount of fertilizers applied to them. Therefore, for efficient nutrient management in
cropping systems, a quantitative evaluation of the role of the preceding crops and the residual
effect of nutrients applied assumes great importance. All field crops significantly respond to
fertilizer N. while the direct effect of N on the crops is most important, the carry over residual
effect is generally negligible because of its loss through various pathways and incorporation in
the slowly available soil organic fraction. The inclusion of legumes in crop sequences have been
identified as important agro techniques to increase the efficiency of directly applied N and also
the productivity of the succeeding crops.
A short duration leguminous green manure crop like Sesbania raised during intervals
between two main crops can assimilate N and thereby conserve it in the soil. The green manure

crop may be incorporated into the soil for recycling the conserved N to the succeeding crop. This
practice often benefits the succeeding crop by saving at least 30-35 kg of its total fertilizers N
requirements.
Reduce or avoid early N application when high quality organic materials or composts are
applied or in soils of high N supply capacity (soil OC > 2.0%). Real time N management using
Article
leaf color chart (LCC), as a guiding tool for proper timing substantially ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
improved N efficiency
and save fertilizer N to the extent of 15-30%. In areas of uncontrolled water situations (rain fed)
soil placement of N or incorporation of urea coated with neem cake or its formulations have been
very effective. Legumes in the cropping system, supplementation with available organic
manures, recycling of crop residues and use of bio-fertilizers have proven to be very efficient
substitutes for N and other nutrients with additional advantage of building soil quality.
Real time N management using LCC:
Leaf color chart (LCC) is used only for top dressing of N Read the color of top few
leaves at 7-10 days interval from early tillering to booting stage Apply fertilizer N @ 50, 75, 100
or 125 kg urea/ha as top dressing, respectively for low, medium, high, or very high response
environments each time at tillering and 3-5 days before panicle initiation stage
Phosphorous
The second most important plant nutrient, P is required for better root and shoot growth,
starch mobilization and as source of energy. P is mobile within the plant and promotes tillering,
root development, early flowering, and ripening. It is particularly important in early growth
stages. Hence all recommended P should be applied as basal dose. Phosphorous is less available
in coarse-textured soils containing small amounts of organic matter and small P reserves.
Calcareous and saline soils, and acid laterites and acid-sulfate soils (strongly P-fixing) P
deficiency reduces growth of roots and shoots; affected plants have few tillers with small, erect
and dark green leaves with purple tint. Rice requires 5-9 kg P2O5/ton of grain and recovers about
15-25 % of applied P with substantial residual effects. Depending on site characteristics, for a 6.0
t target yield/ha about 50 kg P2O5 /ha fertilizer is required at native soil productivity of 4.0 t/ha, 6
kg P2O5 per ton requirement and 25% recovery efficiency. Apply higher P dose in cold/ rabi
seasons and for legumes/ oil seed crops in rotation. Being less mobile in soils and prone to
fixation in calcareous and acid soils, the management of P needs careful consideration of total

requirement of the cropping system, temperature regimes and overall productivity. In acid soils
of < 6.0 pH use low cost phosphate rock or its mixture with SSP to economize P input cost.
Supplementing with organics, dipping of rice seedlings in super phosphate soil slurry and
use of phosphorus solubilising micro-organisms etc substantially insulate P against soil fixation,
and improve P use efficiency. Organic manures (up to 20-30 % of P dose) along with P fertilizer
prevents P fixation in calcareous, clay and acid soils Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Cultivate P efficient rice genotypes like Rasi, Vikas, IR 64 which are high yielding, early
to mid early duration group,, and suitable for rabi season. Integration of deep rooted crops like
chick pea with upland rice in the cropping sequence and / or application of P to pre kharif green
manure / grain legume crops in lowlands mobilize P and prevent from soil fixation.
Phosphorus in cropping systems:
The recovery of P by the rice is usually 8-20 %. The P that remains in the soil can benefit
succeeding crops. Phosphorus application, unlike N, is known to benefit the growth and
productivity of more than one crop in rotation. The residues of fertilizer P remains in the soil
after a directly fertilized crop have been harvested. Such residues in the soil are formed as a
result of an array of fertilizer reactions and their products. These can be expected to be in the
proportion base on their contribution to available P pools and the ability of the crops to utilize it.
Since the availability of P increase under wetland rice culture, P applied to upland crops such as
wheat, chickpea etc. can have a greater residual effect for the succeeding crop. Therefore, the
application of P fertilizer to the crops preceding rice will help increase the production and
productivity of both the crops, as observed in the rice-wheat cropping system in Punjab. The
application of the recommended dose of P to only one crop, preferably the dry season crop, could
adequately meet the P requirement of both the crops.
Potassium (K):
Potassium increases spikelet fertility and root oxidizing power, influences translocation
of sugars to the grain besides improving plants tolerance to pests and diseases. Indian soils
though show medium to high K fertility, the outflow of K by crops and cropping systems is very
high (at 20-25 kg K20/ton grain). At the current levels overall balance of K in the system is
negative in majority of the crop systems needing K application in quantities sufficient to prevent
depletion of the nutrient to acute levels. For a target yield of 6 t/ha with 4.5 t/ha average yield at
native soil fertility about 65-70 kg K2O/ha is required. Recommended sources of K are MOP

(50%) and paddy straw (50%). Half of the recommended K should be applied as basal and
remaining half at panicle initiation stage especially for hybrid rice.
SSNM for sustaining productivity of intensive rice crop system included – Average
nutrient supply potential of the soil ranged from 49-54 kg N/ha, 31-33 kg P2O5/ha and 45 -66 kg
K2O/ha. Soil nutrient supply and agronomic efficiency varied with varieties and seasons - it was
Article
higher in rabi. Nutrient requirement at estimated maximum yield of 6.2 and ID:
7.0AG-VO2-I08-07
t/ha in wet and
dry seasons ranged from 19 – 20 kg N, 10-11 kg P2O5 and 13-15 kg K2O per ton grain. Internal
efficiency (yield Vs uptake) in the linear range was 58, 354 and 115 kg grain/kg of N, P or K
uptake. INM (GM and FYM) in kharif improved rice productivity and N use efficiency
Potassium management in cropping system:
In eastern India, jute-rice-potato is a system in which potato requires a high dose of
soluble K. considering the relatively high K needs of potato, it is generally recommended that
potato receive K fertilizer on priority and other crops in sequence, including rice, may benefit
from the K residues in the following season.
Secondary and micronutrients
The strategy involves diagnosis and application of deficient nutrients. More important in
the management of these nutrients is whether to apply, if so how to apply and the timing rather
than how much to apply.
Sulphur (S):
Being a constituent of important amino acids such as cysteine, cystine, methionine and
proteins, and generally required in larger quantum for oil seed crops, the outflow of S even by
cereal crops like rice is also high (3-5 kg/ton grain). This suggests for efficient S management
considering the total S removal by a cropping system particularly in high rainfall rain fed
lowland rice systems where reports of S depletion and response to S application have been
reported. Nonuse of S fertilizers and increasing cropping intensity are also contributing to the
emerging problems of S nutrition. S sources like gypsum, phosphogypsum, ammonium sulphate,
elemental S, and organic manures / crop residues as a part of INM are recommended to supply
about 30kg S/ha per crop as efficiency of S are relatively low Coupled with these is the need to
alleviate soil problems and related secondary nutrient constraints for sustaining crop
productivity.

Zinc (Zn):
The micronutrient (Zn) is widely deficient in Indian rice soils (> 8.0 million ha) and Zinc
sulphate hepta hydrate or zinc sulphate, Zn EDTA and zincated urea are the major Zn containing
fertilizers in India. ZnSO4, on the whole, proved most effective, zinc deficiency can be corrected
with application of 11 kg Zn ha -1 to wheat and rice and 5.5 kg Zn ha -1 to maize and sugarcane.
Article
The rate of application is 22 kg Zn ha -1 for rice on sodic soil with pH 10.0.ID:
soilAG-VO2-I08-07
application of
zinc through broadcast and mixed or band placement is more effective than top dressing or foliar
application of ZnSO4 at 0.5 to 2.0 per cent concentration.
Iron (Fe):
Iron chlorosis is one of the most difficult micronutrient deficiencies to correct in the
field. Ferrous sulphate, Fe-EDTA and FYM are most commonly used for iron deficiency
correction. Foliar sprays of FeSO4 are more effective than soil application for correcting
groundnut and sugarcane chlorosis. By and large, foliar application of 10-12 kg FeSO4 ha-1 or 50-
150 kg FeSO4 soil application is adequate in most crops under different situations.
Manganese:
As of now manganese deficiency is not a major problem in India. It can be corrected by
application of salts of manganese such as MnSO 4, MnCO3 and MnCl2 to soil or foliage. Soil
application of 30-50 kg MnSO4 ha-1 is usually recommended. One per cent solution of
manganese sulphate with half the amount of lime is commonly used for spraying on deficient
crops. Manganese toxicity on acid soils can be corrected by liming.
Copper:
Copper is usually supplied through copper sulphate and copper chelates. Generally 0.25
to 0.50 per cent solution of copper sulphate, neutralized with half of the amount of lime, is used
for foliar spray. For soil application, 10-25 kg ha-1 of copper sulphate is adequate. Soils with
high organic matter may require higher rates of application upto 50 kg ha -1.
Boron:
Borax, borate and boric acid are the common sources of boron supply. In general, the rate
of application ranges from 1.0 to 2.5 kg B ha-1, depending on soil conditions and crop needs. It
can be broadcast mixed with N, P and K fertilizers and also applied as foliar spray or dust.
Molybdenum:
Ammonium molybdate is most commonly used for correcting molybdenum deficiency.

Rates of molybdenum application are very low, only 0.05 to 2.0 kg ha -1 as soil application and
0.02 to 0.03 kg ha-1 as foliar spray.
Integrated Plant Nutrient Management System (IPNMS):
INM as defined by Harmsen (1995) differs from the conventional nutrient management
by more explicitly considering nutrients from different sources, notably organic sources,
nutrients carried from previous cropping seasons, the dynamics, transformations and interaction
of nutrients in soils, interaction between nutrients, their availability in the rooting zone and
during growing season in relation to the nutrient demand by the crop. The basic concept
underlying IPNS is the maintenance of soil fertility, sustainable agricultural productivity and
improving profitability through judicious and efficient use of fertilizers, organic manures, crop
residues, bio fertilizers, suitable agrochemical practices, conservation agricultural practices and
nutrient efficient genotypes. Soil testing and assessment of productivity potential and targets for
crops and cropping system, estimation of nutrient requirements, soil nutrient supply potential and
fertilizer use efficiency besides assessment of resource base and socioeconomic background of
the farmers are essential for suggesting and practicing site specific IPNS. The system also
involves monitoring all the pathways of nutrient flows in the cropping system from all the
sources to maximize the profits. The major components of INM can be grouped into three broad
groups: organic manures, biofertilizers and inorganic fertilizer.
Organic manure:
1. In-situ organic manuring: This is the method of manuring at soil site. There are two types
of in-situ manuring: manuring by animals at site and manuring with plants at site (green
manuring).
2. Ex-situ organic manuring: Commonly available organic manures like FYM, crop
residues, poultry and sheep manure, oil cakes and other farm wastes can effectively be
used for plant nutrient supplement. Ex-situ organic resources include: Livestock and
human wastes, crop residues, tree wastes and aquatic weeds, Urban and rural wastes,
Agroindustries byproducts, Tanksilt and other locally available organic wastes.
Biofertilizers:
Biofertilizers are the products containing living cells of microorganisms that have the
ability to mobilize nutrients from non usable form through biological process. There are mainly
two types of biofertiliser are nitrogen fixing biofertilizer and phosphatic biofertilizers.

a. Nitrogen Fixing Biofertilizer: these biofertilizers add N to the soil by reducing

atmospheric nitrogen. Major types of NFB include: Rhizobium, Azotobacter,
Azospirillum, Blue Green Algae.
b. Phosphorus Solubilising Biofertilizers: Belonging to the genera Pseudomonas striata and
Bacillus polymixa and fungi to the genera Penicillium digitatum and Aspergillus
ArticlePhosphobacteria
awamoori. In India, inoculums of PSM is in market as Microphos, ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
and
Superphos.
Inorganic Fertilizers:
Nutrient needs of improved cultivars demand addition of large quantities of plant
nutrients due to their high yield potential. As such, low analysis organic manures and
biofertlizers, discussed in the preceding sections, are not in a position to meet the nutrient needs
of the crops as of now. Until all the available resources of organic manure are fully tapped, there
is need for supplementing, at least part of plant nutrients, through inorganic fertilizers.
Conclusion
Addition of nutrients through subsidiary enterprises, like poultry, fishery, sericulture etc.,
to the soil enhances soil fertility. Hence, soil test based nutrient management is the most ideal
and effective approach in IFS compared to blanket application of fertilizers and manures as per
package of practices. Management of nutrients based on soil test values in IFS reduces the
amount of chemical fertilizers added to soil and thereby it becomes more economical and
environmentally safe. No systematic work has been carried out with respect to soil test based
nutrient management in integrated farming system in the Indian context. This has to be taken up
on a war footing in the coming years.
References
A. S. Thelander and J.C. Silvertooth. 2010. Soil Test Calibration Evaluations for Phosphorus on
Upland and Pima Cotton. Arizona Cotton Report, The University of Arizona College of
Agriculture, index at http://ag.arizona.edu/pubs/crops/az1170.
K.V. RAO, Site–Specific Integrated Nutrient Management for Sustainable Rice Production and
Growth, For more Information contact: Visit Rice Knowledge Management Portal
http://www.rkmp.co.in

O. H. LONG AND L. F. SEATZ. Correlation of soil tests for available phosphorus and
potassium with crop yield responses to fertilization.
http://soilslab.cfr.washington.edu/SSSAJ/SSAJ_abstracts/data/contents/a017-03-0258.pdf
S. R. REDDY, ―Principles of Agronomy‖ Kalyani publishers, 2010.


TURMERIC HEALTH
OCCUPATIONAL BENEFITS
HEALTH FOR
HAZARDS HUMAN
OF WORKERS

*Prakash11 and Dr. Prakash Mahala2

1
Ph.D. Research Scholar, Division of Vegetable Science, ICAR-IARI Outreach Campus Indian
Institute of Horticultural Research, Bengaluru-560089, India
2
Scientist, Regional Research Station, Abohar, Department of Vegetable Science, Punjab
Agricultural University, Ludhiana, Punjab-141004, India
*Corresponding Author Email ID: prakashsingathiya1998@gmail.com
Introduction
Turmeric is a very common spice in the Indian cuisines and the raw or unprocessed form
is also used as vegetable. Since ancient times, it has been revered in Ayurveda as a miraculous
medication. It serves a significant role in religious ceremonies as well as Indian cuisine since it is
said to cleanse and purify the body. Turmeric has a specific significance in Hindu weddings, and
during the haldi ritual, turmeric paste is applied to the body to remove dead skin cells and purify
the skin. Turmeric comes in a variety of species, but Curcuma longa L. is the one that is most
often grown. It is an upright, perennial herb that may reach heights of 5 to 6 feet and is
comparable to ginger species. The modified stem, or rhizome, of the turmeric plant is its most
valuable economic component. In Ayurveda, it is also known as Haridra, Crimaghna,
Yoshitapriya, Hatavilasani, Hurdal, Kumkum based upon its use. The yellow color of turmeric is
due to the natural phenol called as curcumin.
Due to its chemical composition, curcumin has anti-inflammatory and anti-cancer

capabilities. In contrast, the tannins it contains produce antimicrobial effects. In addition to being
helpful in healing injured muscle tissues, turmeric is also used to treat digestive system disorders,
arthritis, hemorrhages, bacterial infections, and tissue blood pressure and cholesterol
abnormalities.

Additionally, turmeric powder is highly helpful in treating conditions that affect the skin,
appetite, uterus, and urinary system. The rhizomes are made up of 68.4% carbohydrates, 6.3%
protein, 3.5% mineral solids, and 5.8% essential oil. Moreover, turmeric has the vitamins B1, B2,
B3, and Curcuma caesia, a species of turmeric endemic to North-East India, is well recognized
for treating conditions including cancer, leprosy, impotence, and infertility. Despite being less
well-known, black turmeric is more advantageous and has more medical benefits than
conventional yellow turmeric. The extracted essential oil is frequently utilized in the perfume
industry and as organic insecticides.
Health benefits of turmeric:
Turmeric is utilized in both cosmetics and medications due to its many advantageous
characteristics. The following list includes many important uses.
Cough relief:
A little chunk of turmeric rhizome can be placed in the mouth and sucked to alleviate
coughing. It is useful to consume one-fourth of a spoon of turmeric in a glass of warm milk to
ease a cough with phlegm.
Helpful in dental issues:
Strong teeth and healthy gums can be achieved by brushing with a mixture of salt,
turmeric, and mustard oil.
Robust resistance against disease:
Turmeric strengthens the body's resilience to sickness and protects it from several
illnesses. Our immune system is boosted by turmeric's lipopolysaccharide component, which

also shields us from sickness. It also possesses antiviral, antifungal, and antibacterial effects. The
turmeric compound curcumin promotes the synthesis of the CAMP (cathelicidin antimicrobial
peptide) protein. The CAMP protein boosts the body's resilience when battling germs and
viruses.
Remove stains from the skin:
In addition, skin stains and spots can be eliminated using turmeric. The skin is made
clean and dry by mixing equal parts turmeric and black sesame into a paste and applying it.
Additionally useful for enhancing the radiance and freshness of the skin is a paste prepared from
milk and turmeric. Applying an almond paste, turmeric, and curd combination will erase the tan
from the skin. Additionally, turmeric functions as a sunscreen cream.
Advantageous for liver issues:
For the treatment of liver issues, turmeric is particularly helpful. Blood contaminants
are eliminated. The synthesis of enzymes that aid in the release of vesicles from the liver is
naturally increased by turmeric.
Beneficial for Cancer issues:
Recent scientific studies have shown that turmeric can treat a wide range of illnesses
and can even slow the growth of some cancers. Skin cancer and precancerous skin problems are
treated with turmeric. Internal and topical usage are both advantageous.
Women's menstrual troubles

Try consuming turmeric extract or bitters twice daily for two weeks before to the
anticipated period if you suffer from monthly menstrual cramps. Due to its antispasmodic
effects on smooth muscles, turmeric eases menstruation and stomach cramps. If not entirely
relieve them, it ought to lessen their intensity. Turmeric is a terrific complement to food and
lifestyle factors that have an impact on the menstrual cycle.
Helpful in Eye problems:
The form of eye condition known as uveitis, which is an inflammation of the uvea, the
layer of the eye between the sclera, the white outer coat of the eye, and the retina, the back of the
eye, may find curcumin to be just as efficient as corticosteroids.

Beneficial for digestive issues:

The curcumin in turmeric, when taken in the proper quantity as a culinary spice, is
highly helpful in curing stomach ulcer and irritability.
Supporting internal injury:
In the event of internal damage, turmeric is quite beneficial. Taking turmeric in hot
milk provides immediate pain and swelling relief for internal injuriesArticle
such asID:muscular
AG-VO2-I08-07
sprains.
Additionally, comfort is obtained by applying turmeric paste to the wound.
Turmeric and COVID-19:

The immune system lowers the risk of illness by defending the body against viral and
bacterial infections. A person is more susceptible to illnesses, including the corona virus, if their
immune system is weaker. The inventor of SNEC 30, Dr. Saurabh Arora of Arbro
Pharmaceutical, claimed that curcumin had immune system-boosting qualities. For many
bronchial issues, curcumin provides immediate relief.
Conclusion
Turmeric has long been valued in India as a tasty, eye-catching spice as well as an
Ayurvedic remedy to stimulate the appetite, function as a carminative, and cure dyspepsia,
gallstones, and other biliary issues. It is used as an ointment, paste, or poultice for scabies, boils,
bruises, insect bites, and other skin lesions. It is a traditional treatment in India, China, and other
Southeast Asian nations to cure asthma and colds. Menstrual issues, discomfort, epilepsy,
respiratory tract infections, bleeding, diarrhoea, jaundice, and rheumatic illnesses are just a few
of the various ailments for which turmeric is used orally. More recently, it has developed a
reputation as an anti-inflammatory drug, a therapy for hypercholesterolemia, an antioxidant, and
a cancer preventive. It is also said to protect cardiovascular and other degenerative changes of
ageing. Additionally, claims are made regarding its efficacy in treating ailments including
AIDS, cataracts, and allergies. For colour improvement and to stop oxidation, curcumin is added
to foods like butter and margarine. Turmeric is a highly prized spicy spice that has long been
used to enhance digestion and cure inflammatory diseases like dyspepsia. Turmeric and its
primary ingredient, curcumin, are also marketed as antioxidants, therapies for cancer, HIV, and
hypercholesterolemia, as well as preventatives for cardiovascular disease.


APPLICATIONS OF REMOTE
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTHSENSING INWORKERS
HAZARDS OF PRECISION
FARMING AGRICULTURE
Prabhavathi N*1 and Ratna Prasad P 2

*1 Assistant professor, KL Deemed to be university, College of Agriculture at Green Fields,
Vaddeswaram Campus, Guntur District,-522 302 Andra Pradesh, India
2
Director, KL Deemed to be university, College of Agriculture at Green Fields, Vaddeswaram
Campus, Guntur District,-522 302 Andra Pradesh, India.
*Corresponding Author Email ID: nprabhavathi@kluniversity.in
Abstract
Agriculture provides for the most basic needs of humankind food and fibre and the introduction
of new farming techniques in the past century (e.g., during the Green Revolution) has helped
agriculture keep pace with growing demands for food and other agricultural products. Precision
agriculture (PA) entails the application of a suite of such technologies to optimize agricultural
inputs to increase agricultural production and reduce input losses. Farmers throughout the world
are constantly searching for ways to maximize their returns at the time Remote Sensing,
Geographic Information Systems (GIS), and Global Positioning Systems (GPS) may provide
technologies needed for farmers to maximize the economic and environmental benefits of
precision farming. However, most farmers do not have the skills to utilize these technologies
effectively. The availability of high-resolution satellite images, i.e., spatial, spectral, and
temporal, has facilitated remote sensing in precision farming. Remote sensing in
precision farming provides the tools and technologies to evaluate data necessary for
improved farming practices and increased crop production. Data is acquired by remote
sensors mounted on satellites, unmanned aerial vehicles (UAV), aircraft, or ground -
based equipment. Some major applications of remote sensing in precision farming
include Mapping Soil Properties, Classification of Crop Species, Crop Monitoring,

Irrigation Management, Nutrient Management, Estimation of Soil Moisture, Yield

Prediction, Detection of Crop Water Stress, Mapping of Vegetation Indices, Weed
Management, Disease and Pest Management, Mapping of Crop Yield, Verifying the
Effectiveness of Variable-Rate Fertilizer, Control of Agricultural Inputs and
EvapotranspirationEstimation.
Article
Keywords: Precision agriculture; Remote sensing, artificial intelligence, GIS,ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
GPS,
Introduction
Remote sensing systems used for PA, and agriculture in general, can be classified based
on (i) sensor platform and (ii) type of sensor. Sensors are typically mounted on satellites, aerial,
and ground-based platforms. Since the 1970s, satellite products have been extensively used for
PA. Recently, aerial platforms, which include aircraft and unmanned aerial vehicles (UAVs) are
also used in PA. Ground-based platforms used for PA can be grouped into three categories: (i)
hand-held, (ii) free standing in the field, and (iii) mounted on tractor or farm machinery. Ground-
based systems are also referred to as proximal remote sensing systems because they are located
in close proximity to the target surface (land surface or plant) as compared to aerial or satellite-
based platforms. Sensors used for remote sensing differ based on the spatial, spectral,
radiometric, and temporal resolution they offer [santosh et al.,]. Spatial resolution of a sensor is
defined by the size of the pixel that represents the area on the ground. Sensors with high spatial
resolution tend to have small footprints, and sensors with large footprints tend to have a low
spatial resolution. Temporal resolution can be considered to be associated with the sensor
platform rather than the sensor itself. For example, temporal resolution for a satellite is the time
it takes to complete an orbit and revisit the same observation area. Spectral resolution of a sensor
is indicated by the number of bands captured in the given range of electromagnetic spectrum
[Nowatzki, J]. Hyperspectral images contain a large number (10s to 100s) of contagious bands of
narrow width h (<20 nm) separated by small increments in wavelength. Numerous vegetation
indices and statistical and machine learning approaches, such as deep convolutional neural
network and random forest, have been applied to reduce the dimensionality of hyperspectral data
to extract useful information on crop conditions. More recently, quantification of solar-induced
chlorophyll fluorescence (SIF) from hyperspectral images has increasingly been applied to

estimate photosynthesis, plant nutrients, and biotic and abiotic stresses such as disease and water
stress.
Some major applications of remote sensing in precision farming include:
 Mapping Soil Properties.
 Classification of Crop Species.
 Crop Monitoring.
 Irrigation Management.
 Nutrient Management.
 Estimation of Soil Moisture.
 Yield Prediction.
 Detection of Crop Water Stress.
1.Mapping Soil Properties

There is a need to map soil for sustainable management of natural resources at all
levels, whether local, regional, or national. Maps depicting crop growth, crop diseases,
weeds, crop nutrient deficiencies, and other crop conditions are required for the
operational success of Variable-rate technology (VRT). VRT makes a variation of the
rate of soil and crop inputs possible. As a result, these maps are acquired through
remotely sensed images from sensors mounted on satellites, aircraft, or the ground

2. Classification of Crop Species

Modern agriculture is getting better and better as time goes by. There is the
development of different species of crops due to the increased devices and tools which
support precision farming activities. Remote sensing techniques have been applied
globally to aid in the decision-making and classification processes for different species
of crops. Groups of crops include field crops, horticulture, viticulture, and pasture.
3. Crop Monitoring
Precision farming uses remote sensing technology to optimize agricultural inputs
to increase production and reduce losses. Farming requires information on crop
conditions frequently throughout the growing season. Monitoring crop growth is
necessary to understand the crop‘s response to the environment and develop effective
management plans. Remote sensing data in precision farming estimates the biomass for
various crops; biomass is an essential indicator of crop health and development.
4. Irrigation Management
The time and amount of irrigated water play a significant role in mitigating crop
water stress and achieving optimum growth. Remote sensing products develop and test
multiple indices and techniques necessary for irrigation management. Images of growing
plants collected by remote sensors estimate crop water requirements and their irrigation
schedule.

5. Nutrient Management
The timely and appropriate application of fertilizers is essential to optimize crop
growth and crop yields. Nutrient management is also helpful when the goal is to
minimize environmental damage caused by the loss of nutrients. Several vegetation
indices from remote sensing data measure the crop‘s chlorophyll content and
photosynthetic activity to help determine their nutrient status.
6. Estimation of Soil Moisture
Knowing the soil moisture status is necessary for efficient irrigation and
management of natural ecosystems under threats of climate change. Remote sensing data
from multiple bands, including optical, thermal, and microwave, estimates soil moisture
globally. However, microwave remote sensors have a more significant potential of
providing accurate soil moisture estimations than the other bands.
7.Yield Prediction
Remote sensing is intensively and routinely used for large-scale crop inventory
and yield predictions in precision farming. Crop yield estimation by remotely sensed
data has been conducted majorly in two ways; First, through biophysical parameters
derived from remotely sensed data And secondly, statistical or empirical relationships
developed between remote sensing derived crop par ameters
8. Detection of Crop Water Stress
Water stress is a deficiency in the water supply to crops that is detected as a
reduction in soil water content or other physiological responses.

Evaluation of crop water status is of great importance to precision farming, primarily

due to the changing climatic conditions. Remote sensing provides a wide range of data
for detecting crop water stress, improving irrigation management.
9. Mapping of Vegetation Indices
Vegetation indices are mathematical expressions that measure reflected light from
Article
the many spectral bands in ultraviolet, blue, green, red, and mid ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
-infrared portions. The
indices are helpful in the assessment of growth, vigor, and other vegetation properties
like biomass and chlorophyll. In addit ion, remote sensing techniques use these indices to
help understand Spatio-temporal variability in different plants.
10.Weed Management
Weed management involves minimizing the weed population in a farm by
ensuring their growth is under the economic injury level to the crops. Remote sensing
has been used widely for mapping weed patches in farms for conventional weed
management. Using their spectral signature, they differentiate weeds from crops, quickly
detecting weed attributes.
11. Disease and Pest Management

Pests and diseases can cause a significant loss in crop production.
and diseases from farms can better contain the conditions to avoid spreading. The remote
sensing technique helps to monitor the diseases efficiently, unlike the traditional field
scouting, which is time-consuming, requires more labor, and is prone to human error.
Remote sensors detect the conditions at the early stages of development to implement
effective and timely management plans.

12. Mapping of Crop Yield

Remote sensing systems use information and communication technologies to
generate a large volume of data needed for precision farming. Farmers worldwide are
searching for profitable ways that could help maximize their returns. Remote sensing
technology through mapping crop yields gives farmers the necessary skills to maximize
the economic benefits of precision farming. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
13. Verifying the Effectiveness of Variable-Rate Fertilizer
Emerging technologies such as remote sensing and geographical information

systems (GIS) are promising tools to optimize agricultural operations and inputs.
Precision farming uses a suite of advanced information and data analysis techniques to
verify the effectiveness of given fertilizers. Remote sensing technologies and tools
enable farmers to characterize spatial variability in fertilizers among farms and crop
fields. They also estimate the number of fertilizers, herbicides, and insecticides to be
used on a farm.
14. Control of Agricultural Inputs

Excessive agricultural inputs can cause environmental degradation such as
groundwater depletion and reduced surface flows. Also, inefficient use of resources like
fertilizers and pesticides causes loss of nutrients from plants. Remote sensing techniques

are applied to facilitate crop production through increased efficiency of inputs. The use
of these techniques makes the production system sustainable.
15. Evapotranspiration Estimation
Evapotranspiration accounts for the amount of water in the air from sources
such as plants and water bodies. It is a critical component of the hydrologic cycle and
water balance. Remote sensing data is widely used to measure evapotranspiration based
on; surface energy balance, crop coefficient, and the Penman-Monteith method.
Evapotranspiration is needed to determine crop water requirements and to schedule their
irrigation.
References
Santosh, K.M.; Sundaresan, J.; Roggem, R.; Déri, A.; Singh, R.P. Geospatial Technologies and
Climate Change; Springer International Publishing: Dordrecht, The Netherlands, 2014.
Nowatzki, J.; Andres, R.; Kyllo, K. Agricultural Remote Sensing Basics. NDSU Extension
Service Publication. 2004. Available online: www.ag.ndsu.nodak.edu (accessed on 23
September 2020)
Babaeian, E.; Sidike, P.; Newcomb, M.S.; Maimaitijiang, M.; White, S.A.; Demieville, J.; Ward,
R.W.; Sadeghi, M.; LeBauer, D.S.; Jones, S.B.; et al. A new optical remote sensing
technique for high resolution mapping of soil moisture. Front. Big Data 2019, 2, 37..
Mulla, D J.. Twenty-five years of remote sensing in precision agriculture: Key advances and
remaining knowledge gaps. Biosyst. Eng. 2013, 114, 358–371.
Khanal, S.; Fulton, J.; Shearer, S. An overview of current and potential applications of thermal
remote sensing in precision agriculture. Comput. Electron. Agric. 2017, 139, 22–32.
Babaeian, E.; Sidike, P.; Newcomb, M.S.; Maimaitijiang, M.; White, S.A.; Demieville, J.; Ward,
R.W.; Sadeghi, M.; LeBauer, D.S.; Jones, S.B.; et al. A new optical remote sensing
technique for high resolution mapping of soil moisture. Front. Big Data 2019, 2, 37


NUTRACEUTICAL AND
OCCUPATIONAL THERAPEUTIC
HEALTH VALUES OF
HAZARDS OF WORKERS
TRADITIONAL BLACK RICE

1
Anuratha, A., 2*V. Krishnan, 2R. Dhinesh, 2T. Anandhan, 2A. Premkumar,
2
D. Umamaheswari and 2M.Tamilzharasi
1
Nagapattinam district, Tamil Nadu- 611104, India
2
Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru College of Agriculture and Research Institute, Karaikal- 609603,
U. T. of Puducherry, India
Introduction
Traditional paddy varieties have long been revered for their diverse range of colours,
each offering unique medicinal properties and abundant nutritional benefits. Among these
vibrant varieties, black or purple rice, red rice, and brown rice hold a special place. Beyond its
nutritional value, different coloured rice varieties offer diverse health benefits. These landraces
have been historically utilized for their medicinal qualities, as described in ancient Indian
Ayurveda literature (Mohammed Ashraf and Lokanadan, 2017). Different coloured rice varieties
possess specific medicinal properties due to their unique bioactive compounds. For example,
black or purple rice is rich in anthocyanin, flavonoids and pro-anthocyanin, which exhibit potent
antioxidant and anti-inflammatory effects. The market demand for different coloured rice is
rising as consumers recognize their health benefits and seek unique culinary experiences.
Farmers can tap into this demand by preserving different coloured traditional paddy varieties and
offering diverse rice products (Sen et al., 2020).
Black rice are largely produced in countries like China (62%), Sri Lanka (8.6%),
Indonesia (7.2%), India (5.1%), Philippines (4.3%) and Bangladesh (4.1%) of Asia, which
contribute over 90% of black rice in the world (Muhammed et al., 2022). Black rice is the most

valuable commodity in China and it is also called as ―Forbidden rice‖ that is not to be taken by
the common people and only Emperor and the Royal families consumed black rice. It is also
called ―Fortune rice‖ as this rare rice species is exclusively eaten as a tribute food. Black rice is
also known as ―Long life rice‖ due to its numerous health benefits. Though it is commonly called
Black rice, it is actually dark purple in colour due to the presence of anthocyanin in the pericarp,
Article
seed coat and aleuronic layers that gives a purple hue and hence, it is also ID:―purple
called AG-VO2-I08-07
rice.‖
Black traditional rice varieties available worldwide
Traditional rice varieties Cultivated area
Karuppu Kavuni and Maisamba Tamil Nadu, India
Chak-hao and Kalo Bhaat, Manipur and Assam,
India
Chinakuromai, Niaw Dam Pleuk Dam, Niaw Dam Pleuk Khow, China
Kum Doi Saket, Leum Pua, Kam Med Dam and Kam Leuang Dam
Asamurasaki and Okunomurasaki Japan
Italian black rice Italian black rice
cultivated in Asia
Thai jasmine black rice. Riceberry, Malini Surin, Mamihunger Asian countries
and Jatinangor
Superiority of black rice in nutrient content

Different coloured traditional rice varieties have significantly varied levels of nutrients
that make them special for specified therapeutic uses. Their consumption is associated with
potential health benefits, particularly in reducing the incidence of non-communicable diseases.
Traditional rice varieties are known to be rich in dietary fibre, resistant starch, minerals,
carotenoids, flavonoids, and polyphenols, contributing to their nutritional value. A study by
Muhammed et al. (2022) provides insights into the nutritional content of different coloured rice
varieties.
Table 1. Nutritional content in different coloured rice per 100 gram
Coloured Carbohydra Protein Fibre Iron Zinc Anthocyanin
rice te (g) (g) (g) (mg) (mg) (mg)
Black rice 75.56 9.16 4.7 6.00 3.16 79.50
Red rice 74.40 10.53 2.0 2.44 0.05 7.90
Brown rice 76.20 7.90 2.4 0.53 0.5 1.06
White rice 77.80 6.30 0.6 0.37 0.5 0.0

Quality starch in black rice

The black rice is gluten and cholesterol free, low in fat, sugar and salt, making this rice a
boon for health conscious people. The starch of black rice contains more amylose 17.6-9.7%),
low or no amylopectin, high dietary fibre, higher gelatinization temperature (75-92 oC), mild
flavour, odourless, non-allergic and high digestibility. The glutinous black rice contains
Article ID:
amylopectin, but medium sized non-glutinous black rice has no amylopectin. AG-VO2-I08-07
Further, the starch
granules of black rice are the smallest among cereal grains (3-8 mm) with polyhedral and
irregular shapes, sharp edges and sharp angles which gives the black rice its anti-diabetic
property. Also the starch granules of black rice act as a fat mimetic in our rice diet.
Balck rice protein
Black rice contains around 9% crude protein, which is one of the highest levels in
coloured rice. The components of balck rice protein includes alkaline soluble protein like
glutelins (60%), salt water soluble protein globulin (10%), alcohol soluble protein prolamine
(25%) and water soluble protein albumin (5%). The protein contains 18 different amino acids
including many of the essential amino acids. One plate of black rice gives 10% of our daily
protein requirement.
Black rice dietary fibre
The dietary fibre of black rice contains 75% water insoluble fibre and 25% water soluble
fibre. The insoluble fibre component keeps our gut pathway constipation free and the soluble
fibre keeps our cells, tissues and organs free of toxins and free radicles. The soluble fibre helps
in managing body weight. The presence of higher levels of dietary fibre and certain polyphenols
enables black rice its hyocholestrolemic property against arthrosclerosis.
Vitamins and minerals in black rice
Black rice contains considerable level of Vitamin A precursor and highest levels of
Vitamin B and Vitamin E and hence black rice is considered as a super food for a healthy living.
Vitamin A improves our vision health, while Vitamin B aids in digestion and assimilation.
Vitamin E acts as an antioxidant and helps prevent the formation of free radicals and also prevent
clot formation in arteries of the heart. The iron content in black rice is the highest of all types of
rice and moreover the bioavailability of this iron is higher than those in vegetables. This
bioavailable iron in black rice can act as a remedy for anaemic patients. Further, black rice

contains abundant Zinc, Manganese and Phosphorous. Rice in general is low in Phosphorous, but
black rice is rich in this mineral.
Black rice fatty acids
Black rice has the highest overall saturated and unsaturated fatty acids concentrations of
all rice cultivars (5.89%). Like other rice, Black rice does not contain cholesterol. The fats are
Article ID:
mainly confined to rice bran (20%, dry basis) and as lipid bodies in aleuronic AG-VO2-I08-07
layer and bran. The
core fatty acids include linoleic, oleic and Palmitic acids.
Black rice Anthocyanin
Anthocyanins are a group of deep red, purple and blue pigments found in plants. They're
part of a larger category of plant-based chemicals called flavonoids.The speciality of black rice is
the presence of enormous amount of anthocyanin pigments than any other pigmented rice. The
high performance liquid chromatography analysis of black rice revealed the presence of seven
different anthocyanin pigments viz. Cyanidin-3-glucoside, Cyanidin-3,5-glucoside, Peonidin-3-
glucoside, Pelargonidin-3-glucoside, Cyanidin-3-arabidoside, Cyanidin-3-5-diglucoside and
Malvidin-3-glucoside. The presence of these anthocyanin pigments in the pericarp, aleuronic
layer and the seed coat, gives the dark purple hue or the black colour to black rice. Anthocyanin
acts as antioxidant that can prevent or limit the generation of reactive cell damaging free radicals.
Further, they help in improving vision health, memory, and brain body coordination, lowering
blood pressure, curing asthma, reducing inflammation and preventing urinary tract infection (Wu
et al., 2017).
Phytofactors in black rice
These phytofactors are non-nutrient plant chemicals that have a protective or disease-
preventing property. These are mainly accumulated in the pericarp and bran of rice kernel. Black
rice is rich several phytofactors or phytochemicals such as Phytosterols, Carotenoids, Phenolic
compounds and bioflavonoids. Black rice contains Gama-oryzanol, Campesterol ferulate,
Cycloartenol ferulate, Beta-sitosterol those prevent cholesterol absorption into the blood stream
and undesirable thereafter into adipocytes. Black rice also contains major carotenoid compounds
such as Lutein and zeaxanthin; traces of lycopene, carotenes and beta-carotene that support
vision health. Black rice alone have many of the Phenyl carboxylic acids viz., Para-coumaric
acid, Ferulic acid, 2,5-dihydroxybenzoic acid, Sinapic acid, Isoferulic acid, Syringic acid,
Cinnamic acid, Vanillic acid, Protocatechulic acid and hydroxybenzoic acid. These phenolic

compounds have antioxidant, antimicrobial, anti-inflammatory, and antiproliferative activities,

and play vital role in cancer prevention. These bioactive substances have high antioxidant
properties and reduce the risk of many illnesses (Ghasemzadeh et al., 2018).
Aroma compounds of black rice
Black rice has a good flavour due to the presence of many aromatic compounds that gives
Article
taste and aroma gaining consumers‘ preference. Black rice contains about 35ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
aroma compounds
that include ten aromatic compounds, six alcohol compounds, four nitrogen-containing
compounds, ten aldehydes, two terpinoids and three ketones. The speciality of black rice is that
they contain more aromatic and nitrogen-containing compounds and less alcohol, ketones,
aldehyde and terpinoid compounds than other pigmented scented rice. Black rice also contains
hexanal, 2-pentylfuran and nonanal compounds such as 2-acetyl-1-pyrroline, indole, p-xylene
and gualacol in higher concentration than white scented rice. These are responsible for the
distinctive odour of black rice.
Therapeutic advantages of black rice

1. Black rice is highly nutritious for the body and it increases the overall health and immune
system.
2. The starch of black rice is having more amylose than amylopectin and has higher gel
consistency, mild taste and odourless, non-allergenic and high digestibility.
3. The different anthocyanin pigments present in black rice protect our body against free radical
damages, slowing down aging, preventing cancer and other chronic diseases.
4. The starch granules of black rice are the smallest among cereal grains (3-8 mm) with
polyhedral and irregular shapes, sharp edges and sharp angles which make them a perfect
cosmetic dusting powder.
5. The starch of black rice act as a fat mimetics that help replace the mouth feel of fats by
contributing a greater viscosity to the liquid phase in the mouth. This gives a ghee-like flavour to
the cooked black rice.
6. Black rice has twice the amount of fibre as brown rice and helps relieve intestinal discomfort,
gastric reflux and bloating and cure chronic constipation.
7. Black rice is iron rich and aids in the formation of new red blood cells and cure anaemic
condition.

8. Black rice prevent the formation of histamine amino acid, thereby hindering histamine related
allergic reactions such as inflammation and skin irritation.
9. Black rice has very low free sugar and high fibre that can inhibit diabetes. The have low
glycaemic index and release simple sugar in a slow phase and hence avoid fluctuations in blood
sugar levels.
Article
10. Anthocyanin pigments extracted from black rice could potentially ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
suppress the growth of
tumours.
11. The presence of abundant amount of anthocyanin pigments and high amount of dietary fibre
helps to control cardiovascular health and blood pressure, decreases lipid levels, improves
glucose metabolism and body weight.
12. Consuming high fibre black rice promotes a feeling of fullness and inhibits the creation of
fatty acids in the gut. This helps in reducing obesity.
13. Ayurveda medicine considers black rice as a remedy to treat jaundice, fibroids and wounds.
14. Black rice extricates inhibit the enzymatic function of beta-glucosidase and tyrosine,thereby
decreasing the high sugar level in the body and preventing multiplication of malignant cells.
15. The aqueous extract of black rice decreases the expression of inflammatory enzymes viz.,
nitric acid synthase and cyclooxygenase-2 and as well as production of proinflamatory cytokines,
thereby increasing the production of Treg cells and decreasing nuclear factor kappa B activity,
decreased T-cells and macrophages.
Limitations of black rice

1. Being black or dark purple in colour, consumer acceptability is one major issue, even though
they possess numerous health benefits.
2. Black rice being rich in fibre, taking excess rice may cause problems like gas and abdominal
pain. Therefore, it is advised to eat black rice in moderation.
3. Elderly people may find difficulty in digestion and they can take in moderate level if their
digestive efficiency is normal.
4. Though black rice has all nutrients for growth and development of Juveniles, they usually
refuse to take due its black colour appearance.

Special attributes of some Traditional black rice varieties

1. Karuppu Kavuni: Long duration variety with 145-150 days of maturity.
This is a medium bold variety, suitable for transplanting during Samba
season of Tamil Nadu. It will grow well in alkaline and also in water
stagnated condition. It is used for Idly, Dosa and sweet food item
preparation. It is being considered as Royal food because of its special
qualities like high mineral content (K, Mg, and Zn) and medicinal
properties. It is considered as medicinal rice as it cures cancer.
2. Chak-hao: Scented glutinous rice black in colour and rich in

antioxidants, and produced in Manipur for centuries is Chak Hao or Black
Rice. Given its higher vitamin and mineral content, Chak-Hao is better than
brown and white rice. It gets its distinctive black colour from natural black
colouring pigments called anthocyanin, which also boast impressive
antioxidant activity. Chak Hao is most commonly eaten as kheer in
Manipur. An interesting fact is that Chak Hao kheer takes on a purple hue
after being cooked.
3. Kala Bhaat: Kala Bhaat is speckled black in appearance, slender

and firm. Once cooked, it produces rich purple glutinous rice. It has
a nutty or popcorn type of odour when cooked. One of our finest
aromatic, non-white varieties, Kala Bhaat has been an important part
of folk rice revival. Regular consumption of this rice can help in
detoxifying the body, prevents diabetes and protect heart diseases.
4. Asamurasaki: This is a Japanses variety of black–purple rice is a

good source of diversit y of phytochemicals and appear to have
the potential funct ional food as well as nutraceut ical
applicat ions. This rice consists of seven types of anthocyanin
pigments. This rice contains ant ioxidants lutein and zeaxanthin

both of which have a role in protecting our eyes from damaging

free radicals. Extracts of this pigmented rice is used as a natural
food colourants in bread, ice creams, liquors and yoghourts.
5. Thai black rice: Thai Jasmine Rice is cultivated mainly in Thailand and
is a popular rice of Thailand. It has a sweet, nutty flavour and has a buttery
popcorn like aroma and hence it is also called Thai Fragrant Rice. When
cooked it becomes soft and slightly sticky and perfectly fits with Thai
Cuisines and Curries. This rice has a deep black colour and usually turns
deep purple when cooked. Its dark purple colour is primarily due to its
anthocyanin content, which is higher by weight than that of other coloured
grains. It is suitable for creating porridge, dessert, traditional Chinese black
rice cake, bread, and noodles.
References
Ghasemzadeh A., Karbalaii MT, Jaafar HZ, Rahmat A. 2018. Phytochemical constituents,
antioxidant activity, and antiproliferative properties of black, red, and brown rice bran.
Chemistry Central Journal. 12(1)1-13. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13065-018-0382-9
Melin A, Tornberg ÅB, Skouby S, et al. 2016. Low-energy density and high fiber intake are
dietary concerns in female endurance athletes. Scand J Med Sci Sports. 26(9):1060-
71. doi:10.1111/sms.12516
Mohammed Ashraf, A., and Lokanadan, S. 2017. A Review of Rice Landraces in India and its
Inherent Medicinal Values -The Nutritive Food Values for Future. Inter. J. Curr.
Microbio. & Appl. Sci., 6(12): 348–354. https://doi.org/10.20546/ijcmas.2017.612.042
Muhammad Abdul Rahim, Maryam Umar, Ayesha Habib, Muhammad Imran, et al., 2022.
Photochemistry, Functional Properties, Food Applications, and Health Prospective of
Black Rice, Journal of Chemistry, vol. 21. https://doi.org/10.1155/2022/2755084
Ravichanthiran K, Ma ZF, Zhang H, et al. 2018. Phytochemical profile of brown rice and its
nutrigenomic implications. Antioxidants (Basel). doi:10.3390/antiox7060071
Sen S, Chakraborty R, Kalita P. 2020 Rice - not just a staple food: A comprehensive review on
its phytochemicals and therapeutic potential. Trends in Food Sci. & Tech., 97: 265–285.

https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tifs.2020.01.022
Thomas R, Wan-Nadiah WA, Bhat R. 2013. Physiochemical properties, proximate composition,
and cooking qualities of locally grown and imported rice varieties marketed in Penang,
Malaysia. International Food Research Journal. 20(3).
Wu, T., X. Guo, M. Zhang, L. Yang, R. Liu, and J. Yin. 2017. Anthocyanins in black rice,
Article
soybean and purple corn increase fecal butyric acid and prevent ID: inflammation
liver AG-VO2-I08-07
in
high fat diet-induced obese mice,‖ Food & Function, vol. 8, no. 9, pp. 3178–3186, 2017.


PHYTOREMMEDIATION FOR URBAN

ECOSYSTEM
1
*Anandhan, T., 1V. Krishnan, 1A. Anuratha, 2A. Premkumar, 1D. Umamaheswari and
1
M.Tamilzharasi
1
U. T. of Puducherry, India
2
Nagapattinam district, Tamil Nadu 611104, India
*Corresponding Author Mail ID: anandgene@gmail.com
Introduction
The providence of nature viz., Earth, Water, Air and Solar radiation which are the real
treasures of life, belong to none but to the human society as a whole. Every increase in the
number of Homo sapiens species has to be met out nowhere but, within this globe. Agriculture
and Industries have created substantial impact on environment causing pollution in soil, water,
air and radiation. Every second unit of India's 304 million hectares faces some kind of
ecological problem. A large per cent of drinking water provided by India's major rivers are
polluted and clean air is breathed by Indians for only two hours in the morning. Over 10 per cent
of hospital patients are victims of polluted environment.
Diverse range of pollutants viz., gases, particulate, agricultural chemicals, radioactive

materials in the atmosphere, while oil spills and soil wastes on land and water are affecting living
organism either directly or indirectly. The distrusting dimension assumed by these pollutants
cause concern in almost all countries of the world to pay serious effort to not only conserve and
improve the environment but also to prevent it from further deterioration. A solution to this
problem through chemicals means is bit costly and purely temporary and redundant. Therefore a
permanent, holistic and sustainable solution to environmental hazards exists nowhere but, within

nature. Nature is holistic and can retrieve from any extent its original tune if man realize and
utilize the God given gift the bio-resources amicably. If nature component is neglected, nature
also does the same on its part. There are botanicals right from mosses, lichens, ferns, to higher
vascular plants coming into rescue of environmental hazards for the wellbeing of human being.
Biological Pollution Indicators

A biological indicator is a living organism that always displays an indicative idea the
ecosystem‘s health status. Many species are very susceptible to pollutants existing in their
ecosystem, so if there are toxins, they might alter their anatomy, physiology, or behavior.
Millions of the biota species were detected in most habitats in our earth. The nature has provided
man not only resources for amelioration of environmental pollution but also materials to monitor
screen and prevent the speed of pollutant spread. The plant indicators described belong to higher
plants; the microbial indicators were represented by bacteria, fungi, algae, planktons, lichens,
helminthes eggs and enzymes and the animal ones were earthworms, macro-invertebrates, frogs
and toads, insects and animal toxins. Some higher vascular plants and many non-vascular plants
such as mosses and lichens respond to gaseous and particulate air pollutants at concentrations
much lower than those that elicit response in animals and man. Several pollutants, could be
perceived by certain biological indicators, each one is used to identify assured single or a
category of pollutants. These plants are used as indicators of pollutants and as a measure of their
concentration in the ecosystem (Holk and Miller, 2010).
Table 1. Plant pollution indicators useful in urban areas
Sl. Botanical name Common

Habit Application
No. (Family) name
1. Calluna vulgaris Common ling Low-growing Indicator of acid soil

or heather perennial shrub
(Ericaceae)
2. Deschampsia Hair grass Wavy hair grass Indicator of acid soil

flexuose
(Poaceae)
3. Urtica dioica Large Nettle An herbaceous Indicator of acid soil

(Urticaceae) perennial

monoecious plant
4. Salicornia Common Annual succulent Indicator of saline soil
europeae glasswort herb
(Amaranthaceae)
5. Tripolium Seashore aster Perennial Indicator of AG-VO2-I08-07

Article ID: coastal salinity
pannonicum dioecious herb
(Asteraceae)
6. Bauhinia Butterfly tree Medium General pollution indicator

purpurea evergreen tree
(Caesalpinoideae)
7. Cassia auriculata Tanner's cassia Large shrub or General pollution indicator

small tree
(Caesalpinoideae)
8. Citrus reticulata Mandarin Medium sized Responding to 5% and

Orange tree above air pollution, 10%
(Rutaceae) and above water pollution.
Sink For Urban Pollutants

Air pollution is mainly caused due to particulate and gaseous chemical pollutants.
Particulate pollutants are found in urban environment as fluorides (industries involved in
aluminum, steel, electro-chemical reduction, blast furnaces, bricks, tiles, super phosphate
fertilizers and combustion of coal etc.), lead (automobile discharge, industries involved in
insecticides, plastics, ceramics, paints and soldering etc), cement and other dust (industries
involved in cement manufacture, stone crushing, lime kilns, slate making, quarries etc),
potassium salts (potash mines), sodium chloride (ice factories), agro-chemicals (agricultural
residues let into the urban water system) and as suspended particulate matter such as smoke
(from domestic, industrial and vehicular sources). Gaseous chemical pollutants such as Photo-
chemical Oxidants (Ozone, Nitrogen dioxide, Sulphur dioxide etc.), effluent chemicals such as
halogenated aromatic hydrocarbons (pCB, pBB, TCDD etc.), and polycyclic aromatic
hydrocarbons (Anthracene, benzanthracene, benzopyrene etc.), pesticides and n-Hexane

metabolites (from leather, adhesive, lacquer, vinyl and acrylic industries) released into the
atmosphere create another dimension in polluting the urban life supporting atmosphere. There
are biological plant species that act as sink for particulate as well as gaseous chemical pollutants
(Clyde, 1971).
Table 2. Plants acting as sink for particulate and gaseous chemical pollutants
Habit Application
No. (Family) name
1. Azadirachta indica Neem tree or Tall, large Sink for particulate

Margosa tree deciduous tree pollutants
(Meliaceae)
2. Carvia callosa Karoi Under tree Sink for fine particulate

pollutants
(Acanthaceae)
3. Apium graveolens Celery Erect herb Act as sink for chemical

pollutants.
(Apiaceae)
4. Hibiscus rosa- Shoe flower Woody shrub Pollution tolerant Species.

sinensis
(Malvaceae)
5. Primula vulgaris Khapra Small woody Sink for chemical pollutants

shrub
(Primulaceae)
6. Calatropis gigiantea Madar tree Large shrub Sink for heavy metal
pollutants
(Ascelpidaceae)
7. Datura metel Thorn Apple Medium thorny Sink for heavy metal
shrub pollutants
(Solanaceae)
8. Ricinus communis Castor Perennial small Sink for dye industrial

tree pollutants
(Euphorbiaceae)

Air and Water Purifiers

Like the microbes plant species act as scavengers of air and water of urban dwellings.
The pollutants of air, water and soil cause physical, chemical and bacteriological impurities in
water and air. Physical impurities cause change in turbidity, taste, colour and odour especially
by mineralogical compounds (iron-oxide etc.) and microbial components (algal growth etc.).
Article ID:ofAG-VO2-I08-07
Chemical impurities (carbonates, bicarbonates, sulphates and chlorides calcium and
magnesium, carbonates and bicarbonates of sodium, nitrates, chlorides and flourides of sodium,
iron-oxide and manganese) cause turbidity, hardness, alkalinity, and bad taste and odour
problems. Bacteriological impurities arising in water due to pollutants end in pathogenicity. To
purify urban water resources and air plant species are available in nature.
Table 3. Plants acting as water and air purifiers

Habit Application
No. (Family) name
1. Acanthus ilicifolius Sea holly Evergreen spiny Act as a purifier in semi

shrub saline swampy lands along
(Acanthaceae) the river bed
2. Eichhornia crassipes Water hyacinth Free floating herb Can check heavy metal
contamination caused by
(Pontederiaceae) industrial effluents.
3. Barleria prionitis Black raddish Spiny shrub Act as a deodorant for the
surrounding air.
(Acanthaceae)
4. Epipremnum aureum Money plant Thick stemmed Removes harmful pollutants

climbing herb such as carbon monoxide,
(Araceae) xylene, formaldehyde, and
benzene from the
atmosphere.
5. Bauhinia racemosa Kanchnal Small tree Neutralizes bad odour by

absorbing noxious gases
(Caesalpinoideae)
6. Saraca asoca Ashoka tree Very tall Improves air quality by

dropping absorbing particulate matter

(Paplionodeae) branched tree and toxic gases

7. Alstonia scholaris Devil‘s tree
Large evergreen Removing air pollutants
tree
(Apocynaceae)OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH HAZARDS OF WORKERS
8. Syzygium cumini Jamun tree Large evergreen Absorbs toxic gases

tree like sulfur
Article ID:oxide and
AG-VO2-I08-07
(Myrtaceae) nitrogen from the air, with
various other particulate
matters.
Urban Air Coolers

The increase in concentration of carbon dioxide has yet another implication namely, the
global warming created by the urban population. The increase of one gas in the atmosphere will
set an imbalance affecting the existence of plants on one hand and the animals and man on the
other. This change brought about by man through industries, vehicular traffic, domestic
emissions etc. cause concern by reducing the proportion of oxygen and increasing the urban air
temperature. Some botanical species act as biological air coolers by providing good shade with
cooling effect, a last resort for urban people. To supplement oxygen supply of carbon-dioxide
polluted urban hell there are very many plant species that supply enormous oxygen apart from
acting as avenue trees.
Table 4. Plants acting as Biological Air coolers and Oxygen suppliers

Habit Application
No. (Family) name
1. Celtis australis Nettle wood Spreading tree A cooling species giving

tree good shade.
(Ulmaceae)
2. Ficus benghalensis Banyan tree Very large A good shade tree having
spreading tree cooling effect.
(Moraceae)
3. Ficus religiosa Peepul tree Spreading tree Releases oxygen both in

day and night (in moon
(Moraceae) light)

4. Ficus carica Fig tree Large evergreen Give coolant effect and
Volume: 02 Issue No: 08 tree enormous oxygen
(Moraceae)
5. AnthocephalusOCCUPATIONAL
Kadamb tree Medium
HEALTH sized OFLiberates
HAZARDS WORKERS good quantity of
cadamba tree oxygen.
(Rubiaceae)
6. Aegle marmelos Indian Bael Tall deciduous The tree bears fragrant
tree or Vilvum tree flowers that maintain a
(Rutaceae) soothing aura around it.
7. Bambusa bamboo Bamboo tree Tall culmed, Can tolerate atomic

robust stemmed radiations ability to release
(Poaceae) grass 35% more oxygen than
other groups of treess
8. Terminalia arjuna Arjuna tree Large evergreen Reduce air pollution by

(Combrataceae) tree with a large absorbing particulate
crown matters..
Urban Microbe Control
Noxious gases and pollutants increase various pathogens and germs causing many
diseases. As such botanicals are available to eradicate harmful germs and pathogens through
their anti-microbial vapours.
Table 5. Plant species acting as anti-microbials

Habit Application
No. (Family) name
1. Azadirachta indica Neen tree or Deciduous tree Produce anti-microbial

Margosa tree vapours.
(Meliaceae)
2. Cinnamomum Banyan tree Medium sized Nullifies microbial bad

burmanii evergreen tree odour.
(Lauraceae)

3. Citrus medica Citron Small tree Good climate purifier for

seasonal microbes
(Rutaceae)
4. Eucalyptus globulus Eucalyptus Tall evergreen Antimicrobial activity
tree tree through its essential oil
(Myrtaceae)
vapours
5. Melaleuca alternifolia Tea tree Large evergreen Antimicrobial activity of

shrub or a small its essential oil vapour
(Myrtaceae)
tree
6. Melia azerdarach Forest neem Medium Produce antimicrobial

deciduous tree vapours
(Meliaceae)
7. Madhuca longifolia Mahwa tree Large Evergreen Produce antimicrobial

tree vapours
(Sapotaceae)
8. Polyalthia longifolia Indian Fir tree Tall, large Produce antmicrobial

evergreen tree vapours
(Annonaceae)
Urban pest control

Urban pollutants that cause severe damage on water resource and dwelling habitations of
towns and cities causing spread of diseases by means of vectors, worms and pathogens. To
control insect vectors such as mosquitoes and flies, harmful germs and worms, ample number of
botanicals are available to be planted in and around the urban dwellings to overcome pest
menace.

Table 6. Botanicals in eradication of vectors and worms

Habit Application
No. OCCUPATIONAL
(Family) nameHEALTH HAZARDS OF WORKERS
1. Ocimum sanctum Holy basil Short shrub Mosquito repellant

(Lamiaceae)
2. Cymbopogon nardus Citronella Tufted grass Essential oil vapour act as

grass mosquito repellant
(Poaceae)
3. Lavandula Lavender Fragrant herb Essential oil vapour act as

angustifolia mosquito repellant
(Lamiaceae)
4. Tagetes erectus Marigold Annual herb The scent from the flowers
keeps bugs at and mosquito
(Astraceae)
at bay
5. Cocos nucifera Coconut Tall palm Root incubates bacteria that

kill mosquito larvae.
(Arecaceae)
6. Rosmarinus officinalis Rosemary Perennial herb Mosquito repellant

(Lamiaceae)
7. Mentha piperata Forest Neem Medium Mosquito repellant

tree deciduous tree
(Lamiaceae)
8. Pelargonium Scented Annual herb Mosquito-repelling plant

graveolens Geranium
(Geraniaceae)


Conclusion
The quantum of impact created on land water and air by pollution is very high. Often we
OCCUPATIONAL
notice that the increase HEALTH
in population as the HAZARDS
main drive OF WORKERS
for environment hazards. To feed the
millions, agricultural production has to be increased by any means and to provide jobs, industries
need to be developed. But just putting the ball on population explosion would not justify the
conversion of green earth to a mere earth. Moreover overcoming these pollution commitments
overnight is only a magic. Permanent and fruitful results can be achieved only by involving
nature's component which means holistic, problem solving, permanent, long term and cost
effective, oriented towards sustainability. Nature takes its own time dimension and the human
must have patience in healing the wounds of our tender earth, or otherwise human would become
patients in the near future.
References
Clyde Hil A.l. 1971. Vegetation: A Sink for Atmospheric Pollutants, Journal of the Air Pollution
Control Association, 21:6, 341-346, DOI: 10.1080/00022470.1971.10469535
Holt, E. A. and Miller, S. W. 2010. Bioindicators: Using Organisms to Measure Environmental
Impacts. Nature Education Knowledge 3(10):8.


ROLE OF ERGONOMICS
OCCUPATIONAL IN AGRICULTURE

Dr.P.K.Padmanathan*
Associate Professor, Department of Farm Machinery and Power Engineering
Agricultural Engineering College and Research Institute
Coimbatore -3, Tamil Nadu, India
*Corresponding Author Email ID: padmanathanpk@tnau.ac.in
Introduction
Human engineering or ergonomics deals with the aspect of man-machine system which
means engineering the product or machine to fit the operator. Ergonomics (ergo=work; nomos
=laws in Greek) virtually became a field of specialization recently, because now the objective is
to have maximum operational efficiency, which lead to multi-disciplinary approach. There is a
slight variation between two approaches; first approach deals mainly with integration of man-
machine system, whereas the second approach deals with welfare of the individual concerned.
Hence, ergonomics deals with the relationship between man and his occupation and
environment, particularly the application of anatomical, physiological and psychological
knowledge to the problem arising thereof. Objective of ergonomics is also to achieve a rational
use of human capabilities and to an optimum adaptation of the work situation to these
capabilities. Ergonomics, known as Man-Machine-Environment System, deals with the machine,
its operator and working environment as a complete system affecting the intended work
performance. It is sometimes known as human factors engineering or human engineering.
Ergonomics is the study of designing equipment and devices that fit the human body, its
movements, and its cognitive abilities. It deals with the physical work environment, tools and
technology design, workstation design, job demands and physiological and biomechanical
loading on the body.

Concept of Ergonomics
Human beings have always endeavoured to adapt the things they make and their
environment to their own use. The general area of human endeavour and its various facets are
known as Human factors engineering or simply Human factors, Biomechanics, Engineering
Phycology or Ergonomics. Ergonomics, the science and technology of man at work, is concerned
Article
with the natural laws of human working behaviour. It governs man ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
machine environment –
organization system, thereby aiming at improving the match between man and his working
environment through the design of work methods, equipment, physical environment and work
design in a socio-technical environment. The capacities and limitations of human beings are
adjudged in the order that the health, efficiency, safety, comfort and satisfaction are maximized.
The three factors of ergonomic products are depicted in figure.
Ergonomics is the systematic application of relevant information on human
characteristics and behaviour in the design of man-made objects, facilities and environments that
the people use in the various aspects of their lives. The role of ergonomics in the design of man-
made objects, facilities and environments is (a) to enhance the functional effectiveness with
which people can use them and (b) to maintain or enhance desirable human values in the process.
This second role is essentially concerned with human welfare. Ergonomics aims to help the
workers to work with a high standard of physiological and emotional well-being. Ergonomics is
often referred to an eternal triangle between efficiency, comfort and health.
SAFETY
ERGONOMICS
EFFICIENCY USER FRIENDLY
Three factors of Ergonomics

Role of Agriculture in Ergonomics
1. Employment in Agriculture sector
India from 1991 to 2021. The average value for India during that period was 53.74
percent with a minimum of 41.39 percent in 2019 and a maximum of 63.5 percent in 1991. The
latest value from 2021 is 43.96 percent. For comparison, the world average in 2021 based on 178

countries is 22.86 percent. See the global rankings for that indicator or use the country
comparator to compare trends over time.
(Source: World Bank, 2021)

2. Importance of Ergonomics in Agriculture
Agriculture plays a crucial role in the country‘s economy. Apart from food and raw
materials, agriculture also provides many employment opportunities to a very large percentage of
the population. Agriculture is an industry with enormous freedoms for the use of ergonomics
standards. Ergonomics in agriculture have pronounced importance because it is a
multidisciplinary science that endeavours to form a far better fit between the work and the
worker to ensure their health and safety. There are certain established ways of doing agriculture
work that leads to sustainability and it also improves work conditions for workers through a
series of smaller ergonomic steps. There are some arrays of hazards, viz. physiological,
mechanical, chemical, and environmental among agricultural workers. There will be body
discomforts in farming and many farmworkers have reported very severe pain in the lower back
while performing agricultural activities. Educational interventions should be planned for creating
awareness regarding hazards and safety in agriculture work. Ergonomically based technologies
in agriculture will provide quality life to the farmers.
Working conditions are incredibly troublesome because of extreme ecological conditions,
long working hours, exhausting work and the utilization of versatile hardware. In recent years
agriculture has been more mechanized but still, many small farm operations are done manually
such as planting and harvesting. Agricultural activities such as twisting, kneeling, forceful
gripping, carrying, stooping, bending make musculoskeletal injuries resulting in pain in the back,

neck, and shoulders as well as other areas of the body. Many ergonomically designed tools are
available in market agriculture that works more comfortably, including lifting tools, weeding
stands, and harvest carts. Some ergonomic solutions solely call for smaller or differently shaped
carrying tubs. In agriculture, ergonomically designed workstations can help in the improvement
of the health and well-being of workers. Periodically performing light strengthening and
Article
stretching exercises can also help prevent injuries. Thailand is one of the ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
famous leading sources
of farming products in the world. Automation has extended significantly during the last ten years
and also the quantity of horticultural hardware has quickly expanded. The most generally utilized
machine is a force turner which is realistic for the homestead sizes accessible and can be worked
without any problem. The majority of the force turners and other hardware were observed to be
privately made, with fewer than 5% imported. Sadly, there was no normalization in power turner
producing which prompted expanding ranchers' strain. Agriculture is being done with the help of
automated tools nowadays, and with the help of these automated tools, different individuals
perform many tasks such as planting, fertilizing, etc. The objective of ergonomics isn't just to
further develop work execution yet additionally to work on human solace just as wellbeing. The
objective of ergonomics is to plan the work environment and adjust to the physiological, mental,
and conduct capacities of labourers.
3. Benefits of Ergonomics in the Workplace
i. Health Benefits
People who work in ergonomic workplaces benefit from improved health. The effect of
ergonomics starts within the cardiovascular system and spreads to other areas. Your heart will be
healthier than it would be if you worked in a standard environment. Ergonomics can improve the
health of your employees by reducing work-related injuries, most often caused by strains and
over-exertion.
Ergonomic workstations can help you and your employees feel less tension in your body
because you‘ll adjust the workstations to fit your height. A neutral position will prevent you from
straining your eyes, neck, and back. Your legs can also benefit from better blood flow.
ii. Improved Productivity
Ergonomic workplaces are efficient workplaces. Ergonomic workstations combine
different ideas to improve workers‘ ability to complete their tasks from organizing items and
supplies to integrating computer equipment and monitors. An optimized workstation allows a

worker to focus on their task and not be distracted by discomfort or a lack of organization. The
more focused your employees are, the higher the level of productivity they can have.
iii. Improved Mental Clarity
Reducing physical discomfort and improving your posture can improve your mental
clarity and allow you to do your work more successfully. Ergonomics can also help you reduce
Article
stress and improve your concentration. When you‘re feeling comfortable, youID:
canAG-VO2-I08-07
focus better on
your work. Ergonomics helps decrease pain, strengthen muscles, and increase blood flow.
Combined, this can improve mental insight. The improved moods and focus will allow you and
your employees to be more productive and engaged in your work.
iv. Decreased Pains
Ergonomics focuses on optimizing the design of the workplace, tools, and equipment to
reduce strain on employees, minimize fatigue, and improve overall comfort and safety.
Ergonomics can also help improve posture and reduce the risk of musculoskeletal injuries, such
as back pain, by providing ergonomically designed chairs, desks, other furniture, and adjustable
workstations. By creating an ergonomically designed work environment, employers can help to
ensure that employees remain healthy and productive.
v. Eliminates Hazards
Part of creating a more productive work environment is eliminating the daily hazards that
can hurt your employees. Ergonomics contributes to identifying and eliminating hazards in the
workplace by creating work environments that are tailored to fit the user. Additionally,
ergonomics helps to create a better environment by reducing distractions, providing suitable
lighting and ventilation, and providing adjustable furniture and equipment, all of which help
eliminate potential workplace hazards, it is also a good idea to ask your employees about what
hazards they see in their environment. By asking for their input, you‘re showing interest in them.
Implementing the change will show them they‘ve been heard, which will further help with
employee engagement.
vi. Quality of Work Improves
The benefits of ergonomic workspaces range from employee well-being to the quality of
work. Aches, pains, fatigue, and other problems can affect a worker. Ergonomics can eliminate
those issues and help workers work. Additionally, ergonomics can help ensure that employees
are using the most effective tools and equipment to do their job and that they can reach and use

the tools and equipment safely. A straightforward example is the way how proper lighting can
reduce the number of mistakes that happen in a work process just by ensuring the worker can
adequately see all details.
vii. Reduce Absenteeism
Ergonomics can improve absenteeism by helping prevent workplace injuries that lead to
missed work days and creating a more comfortable working environment for employees.
Ergonomic practices can also reduce employee fatigue and stress, which can be physical or
psychological factors contributing to absenteeism. Encourage your workers to take regular
breaks, change postures frequently, and adjust their workstations to fit their body size and shape
better. Finally, promote positive health behaviors by providing resources and encouraging your
employees to maintain a healthy diet and lifestyle.
viii. Focus on Safety
Ergonomics will create a safer work environment and increase awareness. You will
remove hazards, improve workstations for less discomfort and teach your employees to update
their spaces with safety in mind. Not to mention, the health benefits that come with ergonomics
keep employees healthy at work. This will encourage safety on another level. You can keep your
work consistent and stable by providing employees with a safe environment they can thrive in.
ix. Increased Employee Satisfaction
The more you lean into the ergonomics culture, the more positive your work
environment. Ergonomics in the workplace can help improve employee satisfaction by reducing
physical and mental stress. As a result, your employees will enjoy coming to work more than
they did before, affecting those around them.
x. Lower Insurance Costs
Ergonomics in the workplace can help lower your insurance costs by reducing the risk of
employees suffering from work-related injuries and illnesses. By reducing the number of
Workers‘ Compensation claims, you could be able to save on insurance premiums. Ergonomic
improvements such as adjustable workstations, ergonomic chairs and keyboards, and improved
lighting can help reduce employee fatigue and improve your overall working environment. In
such an ergonomic work environment, your employees are less likely to become injured on the
job. In addition, implementing ergonomic policies and programs can provide you with greater
legal protection in case of a worker injury.

Conclusion
Agriculture presents tremendous opportunities for the application of ergonomic principles
in effectively reducing the serious ergonomic risk factors inherent in its operations. The rewards
of careful attention to ergonomics include higher productivity, a more efficient production
process, higher quality produce, lower labour costs, reduced worker injury, increased morale,
Article
greater job satisfaction, lower medical cost, reduced lost time, lower injury ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
absenteeism, and less
employee turnover. Through ergonomics, simple agricultural solutions can be developed in the
design and improvement of tools, the work and the work environment; and efficiency and work
output can be improved significantly. In ergonomics, the goal is not to replace workers with
high-cost machines, but to give people better tools and arrangements for doing work (Meyers,
1998). By developing simple tools, the work and work environment can be improved,
physiological workload can be reduced in agriculture and the efficiency and work output can be
improved significantly.


FRUIT CROPS AND THE EFFECTS

OCCUPATIONAL OF CLIMATE
HEALTH HAZARDS CHANGE
OF WORKERS

V.Guhan*, M.Marimuthu, S.Easwaran and P.Murali Arthanari

ICAR-KVK, Sirugamani, Tiruchirappalli District – 639115
District Agro Met Unit (DAMU)
*Corresponding Author Email ID: guhanthiran@gmail.com
Introduction
The United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) defines
climate change as "a change that is attributed directly or indirectly to human activity which alters
the composition of the global atmosphere and that is in addition to natural climate variability
observed over comparable time periods." According to projections, climate change will result in
an increase in temperature, changes in rainfall, and an increase in the frequency of severe
occurrences like heat waves, cold waves, frost days, droughts, and floods, among other things.
Climate change has a significant impact on a number of plant processes, including vegetative
development, blooming, fruiting, and fruit quality. More unexpected high temperature spells and
variable rainfall patterns, two key aspects of climate change that have broad effects on plants, are
anticipated to lower crop yield. In pomegranate and litchi, the drought decreased fruit set and
increased fruit breaking. Increased temperatures have a direct impact on photosynthesis,
changing the amount of sugars, organic acids, flavonoids, firmness, and antioxidant activity. The
post-harvest quality of potatoes was continuously impacted by the increase in atmospheric
carbon dioxide, which resulted in lower sugar content and a higher prevalence of common scab
on tubers. The production of bananas in several places was impacted by changes in rainfall
patterns and ambient temperature. In a variety of fruit crops, moisture stress and high flowering
temperatures have a significant impact on pollen and ovule quality, which in turn affects fruit set
and output. The greater temperature, which led to flower drops in both female and hermaphrodite

flowers as well as sex alterations in those flowers, is mostly to blame for the promotion of stigma
and stamen sterility in papaya. Mango, guava, litchi, and other fruits frequently lose their flowers
if low temperatures prevail when they are blossoming. Studies have unequivocally demonstrated
that a changing climate is significantly reducing the population numbers, geographic range, and
pollination activities of critical pollinator species including bees, moths, and butterflies. As fruits
grew and developed, physiological diseases including spongy tissue Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
and black tips in mangos,
fruit shattering, granulation in citrus, etc. were more common when temperatures were higher.
Climate change is causing changes in the pest ecology of some crops. Due to the heat and
humidity, fruit fly in guava, carambola, citrus, etc. is at an alarming level. Pests like beetles,
bugs, and other sucking pests, as well as illnesses like mildew, blight, etc., thrive in warm, humid
environments. The key to maintaining production should be the development of new cultivars
with better yield potential and resilience to different stressors (drought, flood, salt). One of the
goals of breeding programmes should be to improve the germplasm of significant tropical and
subtropical fruit crops to withstand heat stress. Some of the tactics to lessen the effects of
climate change include developing rootstocks that can withstand biotic and abiotic stress,
conservation horticulture, protocol for organic farming, location-specific soil and water
conservation models, etc.
Impacts of Climate Change on Fruit Crops
Impact on phenology
One of the most obvious effects of climate change is the timing of various physiological
processes, or phenology. Temperature, especially low temperatures, have a significant impact on
the induction of flowers in temperate fruits; nevertheless, genotype, photoperiod, and
temperature interact strongly to govern flowering. According to a study by (Wolfe et al.,2005)
there was an advance in spring phenology for woody perennials in the northeastern United States
from 1965 to 2001 ranging from 2 to 8 days. Other mid- and high-latitude regions have also
reported qualitatively consistent and similar phenology shifts with a warming trend. When
comparing the recent 20 years with the prior 30, an earlier date of full bloom of up to 10 days
was noted in the apple varieties "Boskoop," "Cox's Orange Pippin," and "Golden Delicious,"
which is less than the 14 days typically recorded for Germany. The increasing trends in many
trees' bloom dates show that dormancy breaking mechanisms are really altering, most likely as a
result of climate change.

Impact on patterns of blooming

Vedwan and Rhoades (2001) claim that in the Western Himalayan conditions of India,
climate fluctuations affect the pattern of blossoming and bearing, which affects fruit output and
the quality of apples. The earlier blossoming caused by the higher increase in winter and spring
temperatures (January to March) corresponds with the time of spring frost, thus there is still a
Article
risk of frost damage to apple blooms. Frost can also be the major reason ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
for weather-related crop
damage in regions with moderate climates. Apples and other fruit from temperate climates are
susceptible to spring frosts. A single incident with temperatures falling a few degrees below zero
during the bloom period is enough to harm or even destroy flower buds. Light frosts cause fruit
quality to decline, whilst heavy frosts put the crop at risk (Cutting et al., 1991).
Impact on dormancy and chilling requirement
The technique of dormancy is used by plants to shield their delicate tissue from harsh
environmental conditions. Due to the rapid pace of climate change, many temperate fruit crops
may become less adaptable in the near future, and serious production issues may also appear. For
many fruit and nut trees to be successfully cultivated for commercial purposes, a winter chilling
requirement that is unique to each tree variety must be met. under temperate fruit trees, a lack of
chilling, as under mild winter circumstances, causes an irregular pattern of bud-break and
growth. The overwinter cold needs of temperate tree fruits may eventually change due to
warming, necessitating the use of different cultivars or species. At harvest time, this process
ultimately leads to varied crop sizes and maturity stages, which can significantly lower output
and fruit quality. The melting of the Himalayan ice cover will lessen the chilling impact needed
for many horticultural crops, including apple, cherry, and others, to blossom. Very few places
with safe chilling levels were discovered to exist now for varieties like apples, cherries, and
pears that need more than 1000 chilling hours, and modelling findings suggest that almost none
will by the middle of the century.
Impact on pollination
Bees have been observed to be affected by climate change on a variety of levels,
including their pollination effectiveness. Climate change has the ability to alter every element of
agricultural ecosystems. The population of pollinating insects has significantly declined as a
result of the scenario of a changing climate. There is no fertilisation when the temperature is
either extremely low or extremely high, which affects fruit set. Insufficient freezing can impair

pollination in cross-pollinated fruits like walnuts and pistachios, which can lower crop yields.
For temperate fruits like apple, pear, plum, cherry, etc., the ideal temperature for pollination and
fertilisation is between 20 and 25 °C.
Impact on pest and disease incidence
Climate change may impact host resistance, the physiology of host-pathogen interactions,
Article ID:
and the stages and rates at which pathogens grow. Geographical distribution, AG-VO2-I08-07
population growth
rates, increased overwintering, increased generation rates, extended developmental seasons,
altered crop-pest phenology, altered insect interspecific interactions, and increased risk of
migrant pest invasion are all potential effects of climate change (Parmesan, 2007) . Along with
having a direct effect on apple output, climate change has also made some diseases and pest
infestations worse, which has led to increased yield losses.
Impact on Fruit Quality
The region now appropriate for the excellent production of the Dashehari and Alphonso
types of mango may change as a result of the temperature increase from 0.7 to 1.0 °C. A 0.2 °C
increase in temperature has the potential to significantly reduce the portions of guava that can
produce a red tint (Rajan, 2008) . Mandarin grown in the heat of the sun (35 °C) are 2.5 times
firmer than those grown in the shade (20 °C). The ripening process is delayed by decreased cell
wall enzyme activity at higher temperatures during growth and development.
Impact on Post-harvest quality
The production of sugars, organic acids, antioxidant compounds, peel colour, and
firmness are just a few of the crucial quality factors that can be expected to change as a result of
a rise in global temperature, according to (Moretti et al.,2010) Temperature variation can directly
affect crop photosynthesis. When grapes were cultivated in hot climates, their sugar content
increased and their tartaric acid levels decreased.
Approaches to Mitigate Impact of Climate Change
Dormancy avoidance
The techniques that can keep plants from going into dormancy aid in bud burst without
the need for a cold temperature. Griesbach (2007) discovered that defoliating the trees just after
harvesting might artificially induce dormancy. According to Luedeling (2011), the defoliation of
the trees allows them to restart their yearly harvest cycle without the need for cooling, and this
kind of practise has made it feasible to produce temperate fruits in nations like Kenya and India.

Bud break may be intentionally induced in apple, Japanese plum, apricot, and pear trees by a
series of treatments, such as desiccating the trees, physical defoliation of the tree, fresh watering,
and treatments to break the rest of the buds. The chemical defoliation of apples or peaches with
copper or zinc sulphate or urea promotes bud sprouting. In Mexico, delaying watering and late
pruning had a significant impact on bud break.
Manipulation of the chilling requirement of temperate fruit trees Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
The chosen tree varieties must continue to be produced for many years after being put in
the orchard. For farmers of tree crops, preparing for and adjusting to climate changes is a top
priority. Even the well-established commercial fruit kinds may perform unpredictably poorly
owing to a climatic anomaly.
Low chill cultivars
The most practical approach to the issue of insufficient chilling is this. Low cold cultivars
are quite difficult to breed, nevertheless. In order to speed up the breeding process and create
suitable cultivars for all main fruits within a fair amount of time, modern biotechnological
features in mapping the genetic determinism of chilling are necessary. For the purpose of
designing a new orchard, a reevaluation of the fruit types in light of the predicted climate
changes is essential. introduction and adaption of low chilling cultivars of crops such as apple,
peach, pear, and plum in certain lower hill and North Indian plains where they might be
produced economically (Rai et al., 2015)
Heat treatment
In temperate areas, temperature is frequently thought to have the most impact on the
phonological stages of fruit trees. Higher temperatures speed up biochemical processes,
extending the growth season and affecting the phonological stages of some plants. Different
plants have been revealed to have heat shock proteins (HSPs), and in certain situations, it has
been discovered that HSP levels rise when plants are chilled. Nine HSPs were discovered to
accumulate when the trees were subjected to a brief high temperature treatment (45 °C for 4
hours) and were in charge of causing bud break in the floral buds of the Japanese Pear
'Nijisseiki', according to (Tamura et al., 1998) Similar to this, bud burst was triggered in pear
plants when they were exposed to water at 45 °C for three hours. Chandler (1960) demonstrated
that exposing apple trees to 44–46 °C for six hours on a single day or on two consecutive days in
July, October, or November caused bud burst in the plants.

Evaporative cooling
The second method of causing bud burst involves cooling the buds using evaporative
cooling when they are in their endodormancy stage. Under moderate winter conditions,
evaporative cooling aids in lowering the bud temperature and consequently increases the number
of chilling hours necessary for efficient bud burst. It was discovered that misting plants with
Article
water to provide evaporative cooling during rest periods might hasten ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
blooming by 7 days for
'Flordagold' peaches and 'Sungold' nectarine. In order to improve bud-break and production,
Allan et al. discovered a synergistic interaction between Dormex and intermittent overhead spray
evaporative cooling during the hottest parts of the day. Evaporative cooling, which entailed the
sprinkling of water to chill fruit buds in order to delay their growth, was used by (Uzun and
Caglar., 2001) to postpone the blooming in pistachio. In Israel, overhead watering has been used
successfully to keep buds cool during the warmest parts of the day.
Conclusion
In addition to the winter chilling of fruit crops, other features of phenology, increased
prevalence of physiological diseases, and pollination failure are also impacted by climate change.
Despite growing atmospheric CO2, global warming and changed precipitation make future food
production unclear. There is currently little knowledge of the practical effects of illnesses and
pests in a hanging climate, which may otherwise affect future food security. Climate change has
an impact on productivity as well as fruit quality. The issue will worsen as a result of climate
change's impact on plant variety and region appropriateness. Since it is believed that global
warming will eventually occur, efforts should be made to alter the chilling needs of the temperate
fruit crops in various ways. A strategy based on a strategic scientific assessment of these
consequences should be quantified with adaptation and mitigation techniques under such risks to
the world's fruit output.
References
Chandler WH. Some studies of rest period in apple trees. Proc Amer Soc Hort Sci. 1960; 76:1-
10.
Cutting JGM, Strydom DK, Jacobs G, Bellstedt DU, Van Der Merwe KJ. Changes in xylem
constituents in response to rest-breaking agents applied to apple budbreak. J Amer Soc
Hort Sci. 1991; 116:680-683.

Griesbach J. Growing temperate fruit trees in Kenya. World Agroforestry Center (ICRAF),
Nairobi, Kenya, 2007.
Luedeling E, Girvetz EH, Semenov MA, Brown PH. Climate change affects winter chill for
temperate fruit and nut trees. PLoS One. 2011; 6:e20155.
Moretti CL, Mattose LM, Calbo AG, Sargent SA. Climate changes and potential impacts on
Article
postharvest quality of fruit and vegetable crops: A review. Food ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Research International.
2010; 43:1824-1832.
Parmesan C. Influences of species, latitudes and methodologies on estimates of phenological
response to global warming. Global Change Biology. 2007; 13(9):1860-1872.
Rai R, Joshi S, Roy S, Singh O, Samir M, Ch A. Implications of changing climate on
productivity of temperate fruit crops with special reference to apple. Journal of
Horticulture. 2015.
Rajan S. Impact assessment of climate change in mango and guava research. Malhotra
Publishing House, New Delhi, 2008, 54-60p.
Tamura F, Tanebe K, Itai A, Tanaka H. Protein changes in the flower bud of Japanese pear
during breaking of dormancy by chilling or high-temperature treatment. J Amer Soc Hort
Sci. 1998; 123:532-536.
Uzun M, Caglar S. The effect of evaporative cooling on pistachio bloom delay. In: Ak BE (ed).
XI GREMPA Seminar on Pistachios and Almonds. Zaragoza: CIHEAM, 2001, 219-222p.
Vedwan N, Rhoades RE. Climate change in the Western Himalayas of India: a study of local
perception and response. Climate research. 2001; 19(2):109-117.
Wolfe DW, Schwartz MD, Lakso AN, Otsuki Y, Pool RM. Climate change and shifts in spring
phenology of three horticultural woody perennials in northeastern USA. Int J
Biometeorol. 2005; 49:303-309.


AN EFFECTIVE APPROACHES
OCCUPATIONAL FOR MANAGEMENT
HEALTH HAZARDS OF WORKERS OF
SOIL BORNE PLANT PATHOGENS
*Manju Kumari
Assistant Professor (Plant Pathology), College of Agriculture, Nagaur (AU, Jodhpur),
Rajasthan, India 341001
*Corresponding Author Email ID: manjupawanda44@gmail.com
Abstract
The Soilborne pathogens caused significant losses in crop production worldwide consist of
reduced crop yield, reduced seed vigor and increase cost of cultivation. In crop growing areas,
farmers used various highly toxic chemicals for management of soil borne pathogens that is very
harmful for soil fertility. The threats of soilborne disease occur as epidemics in crop production,
high cost of chemical pesticides and development of pesticides resistance in soil borne
pathogens, global warming, new pathogens introduction and increasing concerns regarding
environmental as well as soil health are becoming progressively evident. These all factors are
impose to the use of integrated disease management approaches for soilborne pathogens in crop
production. This article reviews the effective approaches for management of soilborne plant
pathogens in crop production which includes the use of crop rotation, field sanitation, regulatory
methods, resistant cultivars/varieties, inter cropping system, soil solarization, biofumigants, soil
organic amendments, soil sterilization by heat, soil fertility and plant nutrients, chemical control
and biological control in a system-based approach and concluding with a brief outline of future
directions which might lead to the integration of described methods in a system-based approach
for more effective management of soilborne plant pathogens.
Keywords: Integrated soilborne disease management, soilborne pathogens, Crop Production.

Introduction
Soilborne diseases/plant pathogens cause major constraint in crop production specially in
legumes, oilseed, seed spices and vegetable crops and caused crop losses upto 50%–75% [1–4].
They are very difficult to control, even with traditionally management strategies. Many soil
borne pathogens Viz. Fungal, bacterial, oomycetes, phytoplasmal as well as viruses and plant
Article
parasitic nematodes, may all cause diseases. Important soilborne fungal ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
pathogens are species of
Rhizoctonia , Sclerotinia , Aspergillus, Fusarium, Verticillium (Fig-1). Important oomycete
pathogens include Downey Mildews pathogens, Albugo, Phytophthora and Pythium (Fig-1).
Important (plasmodiophorids) pathogens are species of Plasmodiophora (Fig. 1)
and Spongospora. Most of the soilborne fungi persist in soil for long periods because they
produce resistant survival sexual and asexual structures such as Acervuli, melanized hyphae,
chlamydospores, oospores, and sclerotia. Important soilborne bacterial pathogens are
Xanthomonas, Pseudomonas, Ralstonia (Fig. 1), Agrobacterium, and Streptomyces. Soilborne
viruses that affect vegetables are few in number and generally they are obligate parasites. Plant
parasitic nematodes affect plants specially vegetables by reducing plant vigor and growth.
Important plant parasitic nematodes are root knot and cyst nematodes. Among these plant
pathogens caused diseases like seedling damping-off, root blackening, root rot, stunting, wilting,
yellowing, bark cracking and twig or branch dieback, root knot, stem rot, anthracnose, wet rot,
collar rot etc. Now days the farmers, used conventional synthetic chemical fungicides and
fumigants to control these disease outbreak. These synthetic chemicals caused ecological
disturbance, human health hazards, damage to aquatic ecosystems, reduction of beneficial soil
microflora (Fungal, bacterial and nematodes bioagents ) and increase harmful pathogens
population and fungicidal resistance. Soil becoming day by day sick. So, now need to use of
some eco-friendly approaches of disease management such as the use of crop rotation, soil
solarization, intercropping, mixed cropping, use of balanced fertilizer, organic soil amendments,
flooding, fallowing, deep summer ploughing, irrigation, anaerobic soil disinfestation, soil steam
sterilization, biofumigants, resistant cultivars/varieties and biocontrol products have been
established to control soilborne diseases while maintaining the environment. Studies on disease
suppressive soils have led to the development and adoption of new approaches [3], and to a
better understanding of soil microbial community responses [4].

Rhizoctonia OCCUPATIONAL
Sclerotinia HEALTH HAZARDS
Aspergillus Fusarium OF WORKERS
Downy Mildew Albugo Candida Phytopthora Pythium
Xanthomonas Pseudomonas Agrobacterium Plasmodiophora
Fig. 1
Disease Management Methods

Sanitation:
when crop is harvested then pathogens move as soil invaders/ inhabitants with either with
seeds, in soil with crop debris, on collateral host, alternate host, weed host, as resting structure in
soil or as sexual spore like Oospores etc. for long time. Therefore, removal of plant debris, weed
host, collateral and alternate host away from growing areas and reduced pathogen population.
Sanitation includes any sort of activities removing diseased and infected plant parts to prevent
the spread of pathogens. Weeds and volunteer plants should be destroyed as they can function as
a host for pathogens as well as increase the relative humidity around the crop canopy. Exp. Root
rot, wilt, stem rot, BLB in cotton etc.
Deep summer Plowing:
It is very important management practice to control soil borne plant pathogens. In the
month of May-June, deep plow apply in soil. The pathogen surviving in soil in crop debris and in
resting structure, expose on soil surface and comes to contact with light and denature. With this
practice many soil borne pathogen loss their virulence. Exp. Root rot, wilt, stem rot, DM
pathogens.
Legal Methods:
Legal methods can be defined as any regulation, law or quarantine that prevents the
movement of a disease-causing agent by within country, region, state, or county. The long-

distance transfer of soilborne plant pathogens may occur through packing materials, containers,
plant material, seeds, plant products, soil, animals or even humans. Exp. Domestic quarantine on
Wart disease of potato and Golden nematode in Darjeeling hills, West Bengal.
Resistant Cultivars/Varieties and use of disease free planting material:
It is one of most effective tool in disease management. At the same time, the
development of resistant cultivars/varieties through plant breeding isArticle ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
an industrious and time-
consuming effort to combine resistance and desired commercial traits [9]. Also, there is not any
one plant cultivar/variety that is completely resistant to all disease threats. Control of soilborne
pathogens in tomatoes such as F. oxysporum f. sp. lycopersici, F. oxysporum f. sp. radicis-
lycopersici, Pyrenochaeta lycopersici and Meloidogyne spp., has been successful using resistant
rootstocks in grafted plants [1-2]. Some soilborne diseases such as bacterial wilt and root-knot
nematode of solanaceous vegetables and Fusarium wilt of cucurbits are managed by grafting
techniques [7].
Mixed cropping:
Grow two crop together with mixing to each other to provide adverse environmental
condition to both crop pathogens. Exp. Grow Cotton + Moong bean as a mix crop to manage root
rot disease in cotton.
Intercropping:
Intercropping are important practices that are widely emphasized around the world to
avoid the increase inoculum density of soilborne pathogens. When the farmer take
monocropping year after year, population of soilborne pathogens is increase. In intercropping
sowing two crop together in a fixed pattern not mixed to prevent the spread and dissemination of
pathogen. Exp. In wheat, mustard take as a intercrop to reduce incidence of loose smut of wheat.
Marigold as a intercrop in vegetables crops to reduce infection of soil borne pathogens and
nematode.
Crop rotation:
Aim is to provide non-host crop to pathogen. It is helps in enhanced soil fertility,
improvement of beneficial soil microflora, good soil water management and soil erosion control.
Although crop rotation is a valuable method of plant disease management, it is less effective
against soilborne pathogens that have a wide host range or produce long-living survival
structures like sclerotia, oospores or chlamydospores [9]. In many cases, cover crops are only

effective against pathogens which are surviving in soil or residing on crop residue but not against
the wind-blown or vectored, thus it is recommended to use the combination of disease-free
planting materials and crop rotation [10].
Roughing:
Removal of diseases plant from cropping area to prevent primary and secondary
infection of disease. Exp. Losse and covered smut of wheat and barley,Article ID: phyllody.
leaf curl, AG-VO2-I08-07
Soil Solarization:
This management practice first time introduced in Izarile. It is environment-friendly, pre-
planting method of using solar energy to control all harmful soil microflora that is present in soil.
It is used for short scale areas like for nursery, in green houses and poly houses. In which use of
placing transparent plastic sheets over the production bed after sufficient irrigation. The plastic
sheet then allows the solar radiation to be trapped inside to heat the upper layers of soil surface.
Soil solarization is a climate-dependent measure so, it should be adapted to those regions and
seasons which allow abundant sunshine and high temperature [1-2]. Exp. Soil borne fungi,
bacteria, nematodes, weed seed, insects controlled.
Biofumigants:
Some crops (family Brassicaceae, ) secret chemical substances by their roots, stem and
leaves [1]. They can used in soil as a soil amendment to create bio fumigation in soil and reduced
the population of pathogens. A sulfur compound, glucosinolate, is produced by Brassica crops
and releases biologically active products upon hydrolysis such as isothiocyanates (ITC), which
are found to be toxic to many soil organisms such as P. nicotianae and R. solani. This method
has been used effectively against soilborne pathogens and is widely known as biofumigation.
Soil Amendments:
Organic amendments with fym, vermicompost, neem cake, poultry manure, goat manure
and NSKE increase population Rhizobacteria, Trichoderma and Pseudomonas species, can
enhance crop production and produce plant growth regulators and chemicals such as phenols or
tannins which may have an antagonistic effect on soilborne pathogens [10]. Trichoderma Spp.
Inhibit the growth of pathogenic fungi with mycelial coiling (Fig. 2) to compete for food and
space. Pseudomonas species are iron chelating compound, they create deficiency of iron in soil
for pathogens.

Fig.2
Soil Steam Sterilization:

Soil steam sterilization is a technique to sterilize the soil by using hot steam in the open
field, high tunnels or greenhouses. First applied in Germany in 1888, it was the primary method
for disinfecting the field prior to the arrival of soil fumigants [1]. Fungi, bacteria, weeds, a few
viruses and nematodes can all be controlled using hot steam. This method involves the injection
of hot water vapors in the soil using boilers and conductors.
Balanced use of fertilizers:
Balanced use of nitrogen fertilizer reduce the secondary infection of pathogen. Excess
use of nitrogen fertilizer increase disease development. Use of potash and silicon fertilizer
reduce diseases in rice crop.
Chemical Control:
Balanced use of chemical is an effective method of controlling some soilborne diseases in
agricultural crops. Some fungicides use before sowing in soil to protect the plant from soil
borne plant pathogens. Some used as seed dressing for seed born diseases, some use in seedling
dipping for removal of nursery pathogens. Some chemicals used as broadcasting during
preparation of nursery beds to reduced inoculum of fungi like Pythium and Rhizoctonia. This
method is quick and effective can cause a pollution in the environment, health hazardous to
human and animals, toxic to aquatic ecosystems, harm pollinators and reduce populations of
beneficial microorganisms in the soil.

Biological control:
The application of biocontrol agents to the soil is an alternative to suppress soilborne
plant pathogens through parasitism, production of antagonistic chemicals, competition for the
host and nutrients, and induction of resistance in plants against disease-causing pathogens [83].
Biological control agents include Gliocladium, Bacillus, Coniothyrium, Paecilomyces,
Phlebiopsis, Pseudomonas, Rhizobium, Serratia, Streptomyces,Article
and ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Trichoderma. The
application of biocontrol agents in soil such as T. viride, T. harzianum, Pseudomonas
fluorescent and B. subtilis have been found to be effective against many soil borne pathogens
like root rot pathogens in a number of crops [1].
Flooding and Fallowing:
It is also helps in reduced soil borne pathogens to create anaerobic condition in soil and
not provide any host crop for a season or long time.
Conclusions
Soilborne plant pathogens/diseases are among the most destructive elements in crop
production and caused major yield loss. Many crops groups like legumes, oilseed, seed spices
and vegetable crops, other high-value crops and ornamentals are vulnerable to the wide range
of disease-causing organisms that either reduce the yield, aesthetics, marketability or many
aspects combined. The phase-out of many chemicals and rising awareness towards resistance
development, environmental health, and climate change required the quest for alternative
suitable management options. Many non-chemical/toxic possibilities such as crop rotation,
mixed cropping, intercropping, roughing, field sanitation, legal methods, resistant
cultivars/varieties and grafting, cropping system, soil solarization, biofumigants, organic soil
amendments, anaerobic soil disinfestation, soil steam sterilization, fallowing, flooding, soil
fertility and plant nutrients, soilless culture and biological control methods may prove costly,
low mode of action and inefficient when used alone. However, soilborne plant pathogens can
be managed below the economic threshold level when these methods are applied as a system
approach. Although the integrated soilborne disease management strategies may not eradicate
all the pathogenic organisms from the soil, it entails continuous exploration and research for
sustainable/organic crop production which will secure a sustainable and eco-friendly future for
an ever-growing population.

References
1. Milan Panth, Samuel C. Hassler and Fulya Baysal-Gurel. Methods for Management of
Soilborne Diseases in Crop Production. Agriculture 2020, 10, 16;
doi:10.3390/agriculture10010016
2. Lewis, J.A.; Papavizas, G.C. Biocontrol of cotton damping-off caused by Rhizoctonia
solani in the field with formulations of Trichoderma spp. andArticle ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Gliocladium virens. Crop
Prot. 1991, 10, 396–402. [CrossRef]
3. Mihajlović, M.; Rekanović, E.; Hrustić, J.; Tanović, B. Methods for management of
soilborne plant pathogens. Pestic. Fitomedicina 2017, 32, 9–24. [CrossRef]
4. Bolwerk, A.; Lagopodi, A.L.; Lugtenberg, B.J.; Bloemberg, G.V. Visualization of
interactions between a pathogenic and a beneficial Fusarium strain during biocontrol of
tomato foot and root rot. Mol. Plant Microbe Interact. 2005, 18, 710–721. [CrossRef].
5. Hoitink, H.A.J.; Boehm, M.J. Biocontrol within the context of soil microbial
communities: A substrate-dependent phenomenon. Annu. Rev. Phytopathol. 1999, 37,
427–446. [CrossRef] [PubMed].
6. Baysal-Gurel, F.; Gardener, B.M.; Miller, S.A. Soilborne Disease Management in
Organic Vegetable Production. 2012. Available online: https://eorganic.org/node/7581
(accessed on 7 December 2019).
7. Katan, J. Diseases caused by soilborne pathogens: Biology, management and challenges.
J. Plant Pathol. 2017, 99, 305–315.
8. Umaerus, V.R.; Scholte, K.; Turkensteen, L.J. Crop rotation and the occurrence of fungal
diseases in potatoes. In Effects of Crop Rotation on Potato Production in the Temperate
Zones; Vos, J., Loon, C.D., van Bollen, G.J., Eds.; Springer: Dordrecht, The Netherlands,
1989; pp. 171–189. [CrossRef].
9. Sullivan, P. Sustainable Management of Soil-Borne Plant Diseases; ATTRA, USDA‘s
Rural Business Cooperative Service: Washington, DC, USA, 2001; Available online:
www.attra.org (accessed on 7 December 2019).
10. Welke, S.E. The effect of compost extract on the yield of strawberries and the severity of
Botrytis cinerea. J. Sustain. Agric. 2005, 25, 57–68. [CrossRef].


DENSITY DEPENDENT
OCCUPATIONALLOGISTIC GROWTH
HEALTH HAZARDS MODEL OF
OF WORKERS
YELLOW STEM BORER
*Sujatha P, Yasodha P, Anandhi S and Chitra M

*Associate Professor (Mathematics), Agricultural College and Research Institute, TNAU
Eachangkottai, Thanjavur, Tamil Nadu, India
*Corresponding Author Email ID: sujathap@tnau.ac.in
Abstract
Food is the basic human need and enough to feed the growing population of developing
nations is one of the biggest challenges faced by modern world. The major problem faced by the
rice cultivating farmers in India is managing host of pest. The density dependent relationship in
rice stem borer and its equilibrium level is calculated the qualitative behavior of populations of
steady and equilibrium states of logistical model with harvesting stage. The pest population
density is controlled by logistic growth model. The logistic model is applied to find out the
carrying capacity, equilibrium level and its solutions.
Key words: Density dependent Logistical model, Equilibrium Point, Carrying capacity.
Introduction
In this model time varies continuously and the population is unstructured. The population
members are of homogeneous group. By using the logistic growth model, the Equilibrium levels
and maximum supportable population that is carrying capacity and the stability of equilibrium
states of the important rice pest stem borer are calculated. The borer population tends to
equilibrium level, not to economic injury level and the borer population of carrying capacity is
reckoned by using the stability condition. In biology, population growth is the increase in the
number of individuals in a population. Density-dependent processes happen in population
ecology, when population growth rates are determined by the density of a population. Since the
experiments of rice stem borer are carried out in the laboratory level, only little experimental
data and the conditions that may raise strong against weak density in a particular species.

The understanding of magnitude, causes, and correlates of variation in the strength of

density dependence are important. One of the major factors related to the strength of density
dependence is population growth rate at low density. It is based on the monotonic definition of
density dependence, which is included in single species models of population dynamics.
Density-dependent factors operate only when the population density achieves a certain
level. These factors operate most powerfully when a population Article
is largeID: AG-VO2-I08-07
and dense. The
regulation of a population by predation takes place within a predator-prey relationship, one of the
best-known mechanisms of population control. In order to model growth of biological systems
numerous models have been introduced. These variously address population dynamics, either
modeled discretely or, for large populations continuously. Others model actual physical growth
of some property of interest for an organism or organisms. A variety of growth curves have been
developed to model both unpredictable, intraspecies population dynamics and more general
biological growth. Most successful predictive models are shown to be based on the form of
logistic growth equation.
Materials and Methods
A group of single organism of the same species living in the same area is called
a population. The measure of size of a population changes over time is called the population
growth rate, and depends upon the population size, birth rate and death rate.There will be an
increase in the number of individuals in a population over time, or a positive growth rate.
However, most populations cannot continue to grow forever because they will eventually run out
of water, food, sunlight, space or other resources. As these resources begin to run out, population
growth will start to slow down. When the growth rate of a population decreases as the number of
individuals increases, this is called logistic population growth.
Fig. 1

The above graph of a population undergoing logistic population growth. This curve is a
characteristic S-shaped curve. The population grows in size slowly when there are only a few
individuals. Then the population grows faster when there are more individuals. Finally, having
lots of individuals in the population causes growth to slow because resources are limited. In
logistic growth, a population will continue to grow until it reaches carrying capacity, which is the
Article
maximum number of individuals the environment can support. The largest ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
population that can be
supported indefinitely, given the resources available in the environment is carrying capacity.
Population sizes that are less than K, the population will increase in size: at population
sizes that are greater than K the population size will decline; and at K itself the population
neither increases nor decreases. The carrying capacity is therefore a stable equilibrium for the
population, and the model exhibits the regulatory properties classically characteristic of
intraspecific competition. For the continuous time model, birth and death are continuous. The net
rate of such a population will be denoted by dN/dt. This represents the 'speed' at which a
population increases in size, N, as time, t, progresses. It describes a sigmoidal growth curve
approaching a stable carrying capacity, but it is only one of many reasonable equation that is in
the following fig.
Fig. 2
The logistic model is one of the most important for biologists and mathematicians.
The population growth rate
is not a constant is a function of the size N at time ‗t‘

is density dependent growth.
=f(N)
at the initial stage f(N) is constant and N is small.

The growth rate decrease as N increases and f(N) is a decreasing function of N

The properties of f(N) is at the first initial stages, the growth is exponential and f(N) is
constant function of N. Also the growth rate must decrease as N increases, f(N) is a decreasing
function of N.
The function f(N) satisfying these two properties is the linear function f(N)=a-bN.
Now to find the value of the parameters a & b.
The size of the population increases the birth rate b1 and the death rateArticle
d1 will ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
increases
b1=b0-bkN
d1=d0+dkN
b0 is the initial birth rate.
d0 is the intial death rate.
bk is the rate at which birth rate declines as population grows.
dk is the rate at which death rate increases due to increase in population size.
The net decrease in population size is f(N)=b1-d1
= b0-bkN-( d0+dkN)
= b0- d0-(bk+dk)N
= a-bN
Where a= b0- d0 b= bk+dk
The simple linear function f(N)=a-bN here a,b are birth and death rate of stem borer population.
=N(a-bN) is a logistic differential equation.
The rate of change of population tends to equilibrium level there would not be any further
growth.
Solve the above equation at the equilibrium level N=0 and N=a/b the case the level is zero
another one is carrying capacity.
Solution of logistic equation
=(a-bN(t))N(t)
Using the partial fraction the solution the equation logN(t)- log(a-bN(t))=at+c
Initially the population N(0)=N0
Rearrange and simplifying

put k=a/b is the carrying capacity

Different form of Logistic model equation

=N(a-bN) K=a/b carrying capacity and a=r
=rN(
Steady and Equilibrium States

A steady state of the logistic model differential equation is defined as the limiting
value of N (t) if it is exists as t becomes large.

An equilibrium state Ne of the logistic model of the differential equation N(t) satisfies the
equation =0
The logistic model =rN( Solution of the equation is at N(0) =N0
The equilibrium state are Ne1=0 and Ne2k=a/b.

The steady states of a population depend on the value of initial size N 0and two
equilibrium states N1 and N2 with N1<N2 three possibilities arise
1. Let N0<N1 and f(N)>0 in the interval (0,N1) then as t increases from t=0,N(t) increases
steadily from N0 and its maximum value isN1. This means that N(t) N1 as t So
=N1
2. Let N1<N0<N2 and f(N)>0 in (N1,N2) In this case N(t) monotonically increases from N0 at
t=0 and its maximum value is N2 so that N(t) N2 as t . Hence =N2
3. Let N0>N2 and f(N)>0 in (N2, ). It is clear that for this case N(t) increase fromN 0
without any bound as t increase from N0 without any bound as t increase and so. =
Similarly for f(N) .

Result and Discussion

Equilibrium states can be classified as ‗stable‘ and ‗unstable‘ or locally stable and
asymptotically stable. An equilibrium state of logistical differential equation is stable if for each
∊>0, there exists δ>0, such that for all t≥0
If the system moves away from the equilibrium after small displacements, then the
equilibrium is called unstable. The condition for equilibrium state to be stable is If at an
equilibrium points N=Ne of the logistic differential equation, f1(Ne) <0, then the system is stable
at that point, otherwise it is unstable.
Models for population growth in a limited environment are based on two fundamental
one is the population have the potential to increase logistically and that there is density
dependent feedback that progressively reduce s the actual rate increase. Density dependent
relationship in single species rice stem borer its equilibrium level and .In this equilibrium
level is N0> and f(N) >0 in ( ).N(t) increase form N0 without any bound as t increases
in the control condition.

References
M. P. Hassell (2001). Density –Dependence in Single-Species Population. Page no. 283-295
Insect Population Ecology. Blackwell scientific Pulications,Oxford.
C.R.Ranganathan A First course in Mathematical Models of Population Growth (With
MATLAB Programs ).
Todd Allen DeGooyer,Iowa State University,Population dynamics and management of potato
Leafhopper and other insect pests in forage systems.
ANURAG A. AGRAWAL, NORA UNDERWOOD and JOHN R. STINCHCOMBE, Ecological
Entomology (2004) 29, 521–526-Intraspecific variation in the strength of density
dependence in aphid populations.
Ecology From Individuals to Ecosystems, Begon M., Townsend C.R., Harper J.L, 2006,
Blackwell Publishing.
Johannes Miller. Mathematical Models in Biology


DISASTER RESPONSE HEALTH

OCCUPATIONAL - ROLEHAZARDS
OF NGOS, MEDIA AND
OF WORKERS
ARMED FORCES
*Dr. R. Ramesh, Smt. D. Sravanthi, Dr.P. Neelima, Dr. T. Pavani, G. Amuktamalyada,

Dr. P. Reddy Priya and Dr. B. Deepak Reddy
*Corresponding Author Email ID: rameshpphy@gmail.com
Introduction
Disaster Response is defined as aggregate of decisions and measures taken to (1) contain
or mitigate the effects of a disastrous event to prevent any further loss of life; property and/or
environment (2) restore order in its immediate aftermath, and (3) re-establish normality through
early recovery, reconstruction and rehabilitation shortly thereafter. The situation where the
impact of disaster exceeds the capacity of local communities to cope with it is called Emergency
and the response to such a situation is called emergency response. In such a situation, the priority
is always there to prevent further loss of life and reduce human suffering; accordingly it is called
humanitarian response. A response to large or complex post disaster situation requires the
cooperation of several agencies, and NGOs play an important role towards it.
The National Disaster Management Authority (NDMA) was established (2005) as the
apex body for DM in India, under the Chairmanship of the Hon‟ble Prime Minister; the State
Disaster Management Authorities (SDMAs) were established under the chairmanship of the
respective Chief Ministers; and the District Disaster Management Authorities (DDMAs) were
established under the Chairmanship of the District Collectors, Deputy Commissioners or District
Magistrates respectively and were co – chaired by the elected representative of the respective
District. In order to ensure a holistic approach involving the concerned ministries and/or

departments, mainstreaming of disaster management into their plans for disaster management has
been made mandatory.
Sections 38 (2)(a), 22(2)(j) and 30(2)(xix) of the DM Act 2005 mandate every State
Government, SEC of SDMA and DDMA respectively for collaboration with stakeholder
agencies including NGOs for the purpose of improving the effectiveness of disaster
Article ID:
management.A non-governmental organization (NGO) is any non-profit, AG-VO2-I08-07
voluntary citizens'
group which is organized on a local, national or international level. Task-oriented and driven by
people with a common interest, NGOs perform a variety of services and humanitarian functions.
Role of NGOs in Disaster Response:
Early warning and evacuation:
NGOs work closely with communities and help mobilise communities for evacuation and
taking precautions for an emerging situation. District administration would involve NGOs in
dissemination of early warning information and evacuation of communities in times of need.
Search and Rescue:
It is desirable to carry out search and rescue (SAR) operations by well –trained
specialized agencies as approved by the State and district administration. However, during the
SAR operations NGOs may coordinate with the District administration /local authorities for
administrative help in registration, disaggregated data collection and documentation of the
people evacuated.
Damage and Needs Assessment:
The district administration would coordinate and have pre agreed understanding with
NGOs for deploying teams for immediate assessment. Beyond the immediate assessment, the
NGOs would be involved in sector specific assessments and periodic in-depth assessments.
Relief and Humanitarian Assistance:
Disaster relief is the prime responsibility of the Government and the role of NGOs is to
supplement government efforts. NGOs would be involved in relief assistance as per their
mandate, available capacities and the needs of the area.
 Any non-governmental organization, registered or otherwise, or any individual working
for relief work in any disaster in any district should inform the District Disaster
Management Authority (DDMA) in writing , within one month of taking up the work ,
the details of work done by them, including financial resources spent, the names of

people assisted and the manner of assistance. If the work is of continued nature involving
rehabilitation or reconstruction, the DDMA will be informed in writing on a quarterly
basis.
 If any NGO takes up work in more than a district in a State, such written intimations will
be given to the State Disaster Management Authority (SDMA).
 Article
The DDMA or the SDMA may invite such non-governmental ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
organizations to their
coordination meetings and seek their suggestions. The NGOs will ensure that their
representatives attend such meetings and take up the work in such a manner that the relief
efforts reach all sections of the affected people in all affected areas.
Social Protection:
NGOs would plan interventions and develop mechanism for protection of the rights and
prevent further exploitation of people affected with disasters especially focusing on most
vulnerable groups. This includes psycho social support; family tracing and restoration of family
links; protection of livelihood assets; prevention of trafficking and harmful coping practices,
awareness on rights and post disaster entitlements and social welfare schemes of the
Government, technical and legal support for restoration of rights and justice.
Advocacy:
NGOs would advocate issues to different stakeholders that need their attention. The
advocacy efforts would primarily focus on authorities at different levels by helping with analysis
and information to take better decisions.
Monitoring, Evaluation and learning documentation:
The district administration would involve NGOs in real time monitoring the post disaster
situation, identifying changing priorities and enabling decision making for the same. Every NGO
taking part in Disaster Management Activities will have to document the outcomes and furnish
their reports to DDMA for record. NGOs working in the area of disaster management in more
than a State in the country will send a copy of their detailed annual reports to National Disaster
Management Authority.
Planning for early recovery:
Most NGOs exit with end of response while some continue or new organizations come
forward for early recovery and recovery efforts. The district administration would involve NGOs
in initiating the planning for recovery efforts as most of them have information and data of the

affected communities. NGOs would give entry and exit report with follow up plans to the district
administration at every level in-order to streamline and sustain the support.
Coordination during response:
Different types of coordination like NGO-NGO coordination, GO-NGO coordination and
multi stakeholder coordination is needed during recovery to avoid gaps and duplication of efforts
Article
and for optimum utilisation of resources. NGOs play an important role ID:
in AG-VO2-I08-07
facilitating the
coordination needs by working through existing Inter Agency Groups or creating mechanisms to
support and facilitate coordination.
Accountability:
Most NGOs are guided by NGOs Code of Conduct principles and minimum standards.
As part of their accountability, NGOs must work as per the local law, supplementing
Government efforts in interest of the communities.
Civil Military Coordination:
The civil administration has the prime responsibility to respond to disaster situations. In
most instances, the local administration is also affected by the disaster and/or the impact of the
disaster exceeds their managing capacity.
An effective civil military coordination for:
During preparedness: 1. Networking between agencies. 2. Developing an understanding
of each other‟s strengths and limitations and have pre agreed cooperation mechanisms in place.
3. Joint Training and Capacity building activities. 4. Developing of roaster of professionals in
respective organisations who can function as Civil Military focal points for respective
organisations. 5. Taking stock and sharing information with each other periodically and during
pre disaster season like monsoon.
During Response: 6. Nomination of focal points from Armed Forces, Civil
Administration and Civil Society Organisations at various levels in the context of the disaster. 7.
Developing an understanding of each other‟s strengths and limitations in the disaster context and
developing a common plan of action. 8. Periodic coordination meetings of all focal points
together supplemented by bilateral meetings as needed. 9. Planning exit strategies and informing
the focal point to ensure other agencies are able to cope up with the gaps on exit.
Disaster Risk Reduction: 10. Armed Forces also work in their respective areas of
operations through SADBHAVNA projects. Many of these projects and activities can be planned

along with DDMAs and local civil society organisations for disaster risk reduction in the region.
Similarly, the civil administration and Civil Society organisations can explore through respective
focal points where they can leverage greater results in their projects through SADBHAVNA
projects of Armed Forces.
NGOs not only work on their own but also work in partnership with other national and
Article ID:
international organizations, UN agencies, community based organizations, AG-VO2-I08-07
local governments,
and self help groups and government bodies.
Over the years NGOs have also come together through networks, coalitions and alliances
so as to offer value added humanitarian services, notable examples being Voluntary Health
Association of India (VHAI), Voluntary Action Network India (VANI), Sphere India, Alliance
for Adaptation and Disaster Risk Reduction (AADRR), and Confederation of Voluntary
Associations (COVA).
Local governments:
It should have considerable knowledge of the hazards to which their communities are
exposed. They must be actively involved in the design and maintenance of early warning
systems, and understand information received to be able to advise, instruct or engage the local
population in a manner that increases their safety and reduces the potential loss of resources on
which the community depends.
National governments:
National governments are responsible for policies and frameworks that facilitate early
warning, in addition to the technical systems necessary for the preparation and issuance of timely
and effective hazard warnings for their respective countries. They should ensure that warnings
and related responses are directed towards the most vulnerable populations through the design of
holistic disaster response and early warning frameworks that address the specific needs of the
related micro- and macro-level actors. The provision of support to local communities and local
governments to develop operational capabilities is an essential function to translate early warning
knowledge into risk reduction practices.
Regional institutions and organizations:
It should provide specialized knowledge and advice in support of national efforts to
develop or sustain the operational capabilities of countries that share a common geographical
environment. Regional organizations are crucial to linking international capabilities to the

particular needs of individual countries and in facilitating effective early warning practices
among adjacent countries.
International bodies: should provide support for national early warning activities and foster the
exchange of data and knowledge between individual countries. Support may include the
provision of advisory information, technical assistance, and policy and organizational support
necessary to ensure the development and operational capabilities Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
of national authorities or
agencies responsible for early warning practice.
The private sector:
The private sector has a diverse role to play in early warning, including developing early
warning capabilities in their own organizations. The private sector is also essential as they are
usually better equipped to implement Information and Communication Technology-based
solutions. The private sector has a large untapped potential to help provide skilled services in the
form of technical manpower, know-how, or donations of goods or services (in-kind and cash),
especially for the communication, dissemination and response elements of early warning.
The scientific community:
It has a critical role in providing specialized scientific and technical input to assist
governments and communities in developing early warning systems. Their expertise is critical to
analysing the risks communities face from natural hazards, supporting the design of scientific
and systematic monitoring and warning services, fostering data exchange, translating scientific
or technical information into comprehensible messages, and disseminating understandable
warnings to those at risk.
The media:
It plays an important role in improving the disaster consciousness of the general population and
in disseminating early warnings. The media can be the critical link between the agency providing
the warning and the general public.
Channels Used for Disaster Warning
Radio and Television
Considered the most traditional electronic media used for disaster warning, radio and
television have a valid use. The effectiveness of these two media is high because even in
developing countries and rural environments where the tele-density is relatively low, they can be
used to spread a warning quickly to a broad population. The only possible drawback of these two

media is that their effectiveness is significantly reduced at night, when they are normally
switched off.
After the Indian Ocean tsunami of 2004, many radio manufacturers considered
introducing new digital radio alert systems that react even if the set is switched off. In order to
trigger this alarm, a special flag integrated into the received signal from a terrestrial transmitter
or a satellite would be used and the set would automatically tune toArticle ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
the emergency broadcast
channel. The only disadvantage of this system is that to introduce a new generation of receivers
in analogue environment generally takes 5 to 10 years. With digital receivers, this would be
somewhat easier.
Telephone (Fixed and Mobile)
Telephones can play an important role in warning communities about the impending
danger of a disaster.
Short Message Service
Short message service (SMS) is a service available on most digital mobile phones that
permits the sending of short messages (also known as ‗text messages‗, ‗SMSes‗, ‗texts‗ or
‗txts‗) between mobile phones, other handheld devices and even landline telephones.
Satellite Radio
A satellite radio or subscription radio is a digital radio that receives signals broadcast by
communications satellite, which covers a much wider geographical range than terrestrial radio
signals.Satellite radio functions anywhere there is line of sight between the antenna and the
satellite, given there are no major obstructions such as tunnels or buildings. Satellite radio
audiences can follow a single channel regardless of location within a given range.Satellite radio
can play a key role during both disaster warning and disaster recovery phases. Its key advantage
is the ability to work even outside of areas not covered by normal radio channels. Satellite radios
can also be of help when the transmission towers of the normal radio station are damaged in a
disaster.
Internet/Email
The role Internet, email and instant messages can play in disaster warning entirely
depends on their penetration within a community and usage by professionals such as first
responders, coordinating bodies, etc. While these media can play a prominent role in a developed

country, where nearly half of all homes and almost all offices have Internet connections, this is
not the case in the developing world.
In many developing countries, less than 5 percent of the population uses the Internet and even
those who are users do not use it on a regular basis. In such a situation, it is difficult to expect
Internet and email to play any critical role.
GIS and Remote Sensing in Disaster Management Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
GIS can be loosely defined as a system of hardware and software used for storage,
retrieval, mapping and analysis of geographic data. Spatial features are stored in a coordinate
system (latitude, longitude, state, plane, etc.) that references a particular place on the earth.
Descriptive attributes in tabular form are associated with spatial features. Spatial data and
associated attributes in the same coordinate system can then be layered together for mapping and
analysis. GIS can be used for scientific investigations, resource management and development
planning.
Remote sensing is the measurement or acquisition of information about an object or
phenomenon by a recording device that is not in physical or intimate contact with the object. In
practice, remote sensing is the remote utilization (as from aircraft, spacecraft, satellite or ship) of
any device for gathering information about the environment. Thus, an aircraft taking
photographs, earth observation and weather satellites, monitoring of a foetus in the womb via
ultrasound, and space probes are all examples of remote sensing. In modern usage, the term
generally refers to techniques involving the use of instruments aboard aircraft and spacecraft.
As disaster management work usually involves a large number of different agencies
working in different areas, the need for detailed geographical information in order to make
critical decisions is high. By utilizing a GIS, agencies involved in the response can share
information through databases on computer-generated maps in one location. Without this
capability, disaster management workers have to access a number of department managers, their
unique maps and their unique data. Most disasters do not allow time to gather these resources.
GIS thus provides a mechanism to centralize and visually display critical information during an
emergency. There is an obvious advantage to using a map with remote sensing or GIS inputs
instead of a static geographical map. A static map is mostly analogous and is not interactive. On
the other hand, a vulnerability map with GIS input provides dynamic information with cause and

effect relationship. As shown in Figure , the visualization effect is much more effective in the
latter case.
Disaster recovery
Disaster reconstruction has to start as soon as the initial disaster cleanup has taken place.
This is a very complex endeavour, requiring a huge array of skill sets and a thorough knowledge
Article
of an everincreasing variety of techniques and equipment. A range of ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
software tools are being
used for these purposes. Thus, while the role of Information and Communication Technology in
the long-term disaster recovery process is not as apparent as it is in disaster warning, there is no
doubt that Information and Communication Technology is being used widely to expedite these
activities.
Specific Disaster Management Software
Different types of software tools are being used to gather, store and analyse data related
to disasters, not only in post-disaster conditions, but also as a long-term measure to mitigate the
risk of the disasters. One such approach is known as DesInventar. DesInventar is a methodical
way to gather and store information about characteristics and effects of different types of
disasters, particularly the ones not visible from global or national scales. This allows for the
observation and analysis of accumulated data regarding these ―invisible‗ disasters at a global or
national scale. Despite the fact that disaster preparedness has not been identified as one of the
Millennium Development Goals, it is apparent that proper mechanisms for disaster awareness
and means of disaster recovery are essential to achieving the Millennium Development Goals. In
particular, the Millennium Development Goal targets such as integrating the principles of
sustainable development into country policies and programmes, and reversing the loss of
environmental resources can never be achieved without giving due emphasis to effective disaster
management strategies.
Disaster management in India
On 23 December 2005, the Government of India enacted the National Disaster
Management Authority (NDMA), headed by the Prime Minister of India, is the Apex Body for
Disaster Management in India. The setting up of the NDMA and the creation of an enabling
environment for institutional mechanisms at the State and District levels is mandated by
the Disaster Management Act, 2005.

Disaster Management
There are no standardized rules defining the different phases of the disaster management
cycle. Different agencies use different cycles depending upon their objectives. However, while
approaches vary, it is agreed that disaster management activities should be carried out in a cycle.
The following figures illustrates the phases of the disaster management cycle, which are
described as follows: Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Disaster prevention, mitigation and preparedness

The first important steps towards reducing disaster impact are to correctly analyse the
potential risk and identify measures that can prevent, mitigate or prepare for emergencies.
Information and Communication Technology can play a significant role in highlighting risk
areas, vulnerabilities and potentially affected populations by producing geographically
referenced analysis through, for example, a geographic information system (GIS). The
importance of timely disaster warning in mitigating negative impacts can never be
underestimated. For example, although damage to property cannot be avoided, developed
countries have been able to reduce loss of life due to disasters much more effectively than their
counterparts in the developing world. A key reason for this is the implementation of effective
disaster warning systems and evacuation procedures used by the developed countries, and the
absence of such measures in the developing world.
Disaster Warning
Disaster Reduction identifies several key parties that play major roles in the disaster
management process, especially in disaster warning. The success of a warning can be measured
by the actions that it causes people to take, such as evacuation or avoiding at-risk areas. In a
disaster situation, there is no doubt that timely warnings allow people to take actions that saves
lives, reduce damage to property and minimize human suffering. To facilitate an effective
warning system, there is a major need for better coordination among the early warning providers
as well as those handling logistics and raising awareness about disaster preparedness and
management.


FRUIT BEVERAGES:
OCCUPATIONAL IMPORTANCE
HEALTH HAZARDS AND HEALTH
OF WORKERS
BENEFITS
*Sarita Agrawal
Assistant Professor (Horticulture)
College of Agriculture and Research station, Boirdadar, Raigarh, IGKV (C.G.), India
*Corresponding Author Email ID: sarita.sahu2124@gmail.com
Introduction
Fruit beverages are one of the popular categories of beverages that are consumed across
the globe. The fruit beverages and drinks are easily digestible, highly refreshing, thirst
quenching, appetizing and nutritionally far superior to most of the synthetic and aerated drinks.
In recent past the consumption of fruit based beverages and drinks has increased at a fast rate.
Fruit juices or pulp used for the preparation of these products are subjected to minimal
processing operations like filtration, clarification and pasteurization. The fruit juice or pulp, are
mixed with ingredients like sugar, acid, stabilizers, micronutrients and preservative to develop
beverages and drinks.
Two types of fruit beverages: Fermented and Unfermented
Fermented Beverages:
Fermented fruit beverage is a fruit juice which has undergone alcoholic fermentation by
yeast like (Saccharomyces cerevisae). Examples: wine, champagne, port, sherry, tokay, muscat,
perry, orange wine, berry wine, nira, cidar etc.
1.Wine: Wine is a beverage resulting from the fermentation by yeasts of the grape juice with
proper processing and addition.
a. Light wine - 7 to9% alcohol
b.Medium wine - 9 to 16% alcohol
c. Strong wine - 16 to 21% alcohol

2.Cider : Fermentation of special grade of apples which have a high tannin content of 0.1- 0.3%.
Cider apples are so chosen that their juice contain higher percentage of sugar (i.e., 12.5%) than
normal apple juice (10.5%).
3.Champagne: It is a sparkling wine, made chiefly in France, from certain varieties of grapes
such as Chardonnay and Pinot Noir. Fermentation completes in the bottle.
4.Port : It is a fortified, sweet red wine made originally in Portugal, Article
but nowID:inAG-VO2-I08-07
other countries
also.
5.Sherry : A Spanish wine, matured by placing the barrels for 3 to 4 months in sunlight, where
the temperature is as high as 54 to 60°C.
6.Perry : Wine made from pears is known as perry. Wastes, culled fruits and trimmings left
over from canning may also be used for making perry.
7.Muscat : It is prepared from Muscat grapes in Italy, California, Spain and Australia.
8.Orange wine : Orange juice is sweetened by adding sugar and then allowed to ferment. Orange
oil should not be added as it may hinder fermentation.
9.Berry wine : Wines prepared from berries like strawberry, blackberry and elderberrys.
10. Nira : It is prepared from the juice of the palm tree.
11. Feni : This is a fermented wine made from cashew apple in Goa.
12. Tokay : This is a very famous fortified wine made in Hungary.
13. Toddy: It is an alcoholic drink made by fermentation of the sap from coconut palm. It is
white and sweet. Its contain 4-6 per cent alcohol and has a shelf life of about 24 hours.
14. Banana Beer: It is made from bananas, mixed with a cereal flour(often sorghum flour) and
fermented to an orange, alcoholic beverage.
Advantages:
• support the digestive system .
• support liver health.
• Probiotic-rich foods and drinks also support oral health.
• Probiotic-rich foods helps incombatting illness and in mitigating autoimmune disease
Disadvantage:
On excessive consumption it may lead to:
• Heart problems
• Stroke

• Fatty liver disease

• Liver damage
• Mental health conditions
• Certain cancers
• Pancreatitis
Article
Unfermented Beverages: Fruit juices which do not undergo alcoholic ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
fermentation are termed
as unfermented beverages. They include natural fruit juices, sweetened, ready to serve drinks,
nectar, cordial, squash, crush, syrup, fruit juice concentrate and fruit juice powder.
A. Fruit Juice: Juices are two types
1.Natural juice: It is a juice extracted from ripe fruits and contain only natural sugars.
2.Sweetened juice: Its contain at least 85 % juice and 10 % TSS.
Fruit juice beverage: It is fruit juice which is considerably altered in composition during
preparation. It may or may not be diluted before consumption. Ready to serve (RTS) drinks,
nectar, squash, cordial, appetizer are all fruit juice beverages.
1.Ready to serve (RTS) drink: This is a type of fruit beverage which contains atleast 10% fruit
juice , 10% total soluble solids. 0.3 % acid. It is not diluted before serving hence it is known as
ready to serve drink.
2.Fruit nectar: This type of fruit beverage contains atleast 20% fruit juice or pulp and 15% total
soluble solids and 0.3 % acid. It is not diluted before serving.
3.Squash: Fruit squash consists of fruit juice or pulp to which cane sugar is added for
sweetening. contain atleast 25% fruit juice or pulp and 40 -50 % TSS. Acid 1-1.5 %. It shall not
contain class II preservative in excess of 350 ppm SO2 or 600 ppm benzoic acid. Squash is
generally diluted with water in 1:3 ratio before serving. Lime, lemon, mango, orange, guava and
pineapple squashes are commercially manufactured.
4.Fruit juice cordial: It is a sparkling, clear, sweetened fruit juice from which pulp and other
suspended substances have been completely removed. It contains atleast 25% juice, 30% total
soluble solids, acid 1.5 % and not exceeding 350 ppm SO2 or 600 ppm benzoic acid as
preservative. It is also used for mixing with alcoholic drinks. Lime and lemon are suitable for
making cardial.
5.Fruit Appetizer: Fruit appetizer is similar to fruit squash but also contains spices, condiments
and herb extract. Spices like black pepper, cumin, large cardamom, ginger along with mentha

extract and salt are used for manufacture of appetizer. They are also called as spiced fruit squash.
Plum and apricot appetizers are quite common.
B. Synthetic drinks: Synthetic drinks are prepared by using sugar, water, flavourants,
acidulents, colour etc. These drinks do not contain any fruit juice or pulp.
C. Fruit crush: Fruit crush contains minimum of 25% fruit juice or pulp, 55% total soluble
Article
solids (TSS) and not exceeding 350 ppm of SO2 or 600 ppm of benzoic acid.ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
It is diluted before
serving.
D. Fruit syrup: It is prepared by using minimum of 25% fruit juice or pulp and sweetened by
using cane sugar. It shall contain not less than 65% total soluble solids and not exceeding 350
ppm SO2 or 600 ppm benzoic acid as class II preservative.
E. Synthetic syrup: Heavy sugar syrup of 70-75 percent strength is used as the base of all
synthetic syrups, which are flavoured and coloured with artificial flavour and colours. They may
or may not contain fruit pulp or juice. Rose, sandal, almond, khuskhus, kewra sherbets/syrups are
quite common.
F. Barley water : Contains at least 25% fruit juice, 30% total soluble solids and O. 25% barley
starch and 1. 0% acid.
G. Carbonated fruit beverages: It is a ready to serve fruit juice beverage which contains
variable amount of fruit juice, sugar, acid etc and adding carbon dioxide gas. Apple juice, lime,
lemon and grape juice can be used for the preparation of carbonated fruit juice beverages. They
are prepared either by pre mix or post mix method.
H. Fruit juice concentrate: It is a fruit juice, which has been concentrated by removal of water
either by evaporation, freezing or reverse osmosis. Several products can be made from fruit juice
concentrate. Apple juice concentrate, orange juice concentrate etc are commercially prepared in
the industry.
I. Fruit juice powder: This is a fruit juice which has been converted into a free flowing powder.
They can be prepared either by freeze drying, foam mat drying or spray drying processes. They
are readily reconstituted to yield full strength fruit juice drinks.

Fruit Products Order (FPO) specifications for fruit beverages

Health benefit of Fruit Juices:

Fruit juices can be as effective as fruits and vegetables in decreasing this risk. Indeed, fruit
juices can be considered natural functional foods since, beyond their nutritional value, they can
provide other components with potential health benefits such as fiber, vitamins, minerals and
antioxidant phytochemicals (polyphenols, carotenoids, tocopherols). Consequently, dietary
guidelines recommend regular consumption of plant foods rich in non-enzymatic antioxidants
that can improve antioxidant defense by acting additively and synergistically upon the
endogenous enzymatic barrier to combat oxidative stress-related diseases.
References:
https://courseware.cutm.ac.in/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/Fermented-and-unfermented-
beverages.pdf.

http://ecoursesonline.iasri.res.in/mod/resource/view.php?id=147627.
https://www.mdpi.com/journal/beverages/special_issues/nutritional-
composition#:~:text=Indeed%2C%20fruit%20juices%20can%20be%20considered%20na
tural%20functional,vitamins%2C%20minerals%20and%20antioxidant%20phytochemica
ls%20%28polyphenols%2C%20carotenoids%2C%20tocop.
Article ID: &
Pandit, P. S, Ram, Bhani and Ahmad, Tanveer. 2014. Post harvest Technology AG-VO2-I08-07
Processing of
Horticulture crops At a Glance. New India Publishing Agency, New Delhi. Pp: 139-156.
Srivastava, R.P. and Kumar Sanjeev. 2006. Fruit and Vegetable Preservation principles and
Practices. International Book Distributing Company Lucknow. Pp:175-205


SEED
OCCUPATIONAL COATING

*K. P. Vaghasiya1 and J. R. Sondarva2

1. Assistant Professor, School of Agriculture, Dr. Subhash University, Junagadh, Gujarat, India
2. Assistant Professor, Department of Seed Science and Technology, College of Agriculture,
Junagadh Agricultural University, Gujarat, India
*Corresponding Author Email ID: khushbuvaghasiya3110@gmail.com
Abstract
The objective of seed-coating technology is to uniformly apply a wide range of active
components (ingredients) onto crop seeds at desired dosages so as to facilitate sowing and
enhance crop performance. There are three major types of seed treating/coating equipment: dry
powder applicator, rotary pan, and pelleting pan with the provisions to apply dry powders,
liquids, or a combination of both. Additional terms for coatings produced from these types of
equipment include film coating, seed pelleting and encrusting.
Keywords: Dry powder coating; Encrusting; Film coating; Seed coating Seed dressing and Seed
pelleting
Introduction
Seed coating is a method of improving the quality, plantability and ease of handling of
seeds, ultimately leading to more efficient farming and improved yields. It also has reduced
environmental risks compared to other farming practices.
What is seed coating
Seed coating is the application of materials onto the surface of seeds for the purpose of
making seeds‘ shape, size, weight and seed surface more uniform to make them easier to plant
and/or to apply active compounds that improve seed quality and protect the seed from biotic and
abiotic stress.

Types of seed coating

1.Film coating
Film coating utilises a binder which is often a polymer as a fixative to adhere active
compounds within the coating to the seed such as fungicides, insecticides or bio-stimulants.
Film coating vastly reduces harmful dust from treated seeds as well as producing a smooth
surface so that seeds flow easily through processing and sowing equipment.

Adding a colour helps in differentiating seeds. Film coating does not change the shape of the
seed. Seed film coating is also more sustainable than traditional methods like crop spraying for
the protection of seeds and seedlings in the early stages of growth.
The film coat gives a thin layer of material around the surface of the seed. The film coats
comprise materials that are carefully selected for their suitability as a carrier of active ingredients
such as plant protection products. These are responsible for a number of properties of the
coating: adherence of the components, easy flow through equipment and prevention of
unnecessary waste and potentially harmful dust emissions.
Why are seeds film coated?

Seeds are film coated for a number of reasons including effectivity of the seed treatment,
efficiency of the treatment process and for cosmetic reasons.
o Maximal crop protection
o Improving efficiency and yield
o Underlining seed quality
2. Pelleting
Pelleting surrounds the seed with a shell which increases the size and weight of the seed
and ensures a smooth, uniform shape; typically a sphere or ovoid. Pelleting seeds improves their
handling and planting efficiency. Pelleting can also incorporate active ingredients with the
benefit that the pellet composition protects the seed from contact with phytotoxic compounds.
Seeds for sowing in the nursery or the open field are pelleted to make the mechanical
seed sowing process faster and more efficient and to optimise conditions for good germination.
Seed pelleting also makes targeted application of plant protection products (PPPs) nutrients
and/or growth stimulation products possible by integrating these products into the coating. A
colour or visual effect can be added to give better seed visibility on the soil and to underline the
quality appearance of seed.
 Why are seeds pelleted?
Pelleting seeds offers the grower a way to make the sowing process faster and more
efficient and can help germination and support plant protection.

Improved sowing efficiency

In the sowing process, seeds are fed into individual cells in the sowing equipment. If the
shape of the seed is irregular, the equipment needs more adjusting and skips and doubles
are more likely to occur. Pelleting gives all the seeds a uniform size and weight which
significantly reduces this risk and results in a more precise positioning of the seeds and a
faster sowing process. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Optimised germination conditions

The coating also helps to regulate moisture uptake of seed planted in the open field and
has a beneficial effect on germination.
Plant protection
The pellet provides extra space allowing the addition of products for protection, nutrition
and healthy seedling development.
3. Encrusting
Seed encrusting is similar to seed pelleting with the primary difference being that
encrusted seeds retain more of their original shape. The seed encrusting process still increases
the size, weight and uniformity of the seed and improves their planting efficiency. The
encrusting process is usually faster and, in some cases, more economical than pelleting.
For an efficient sowing process using mechanical planting equipment, seed size and
weight need to be sufficient. Encrusting seeds also offers the option of integrating products into
the encrustment to protect the seed and stimulate healthy development and growth. And to
accentuate a seeds value, a colour or visual effect can be added. This enhances the seed‘s
appearance and also makes dark seeds more visible on the soil.
Encrusting process
Vegetable and field crops seeds are encrusted using the rotary coater. Carefully selected
coating components ensure seed safety and compatibility as well customizing the coating to the
specific requirements of the crop. The layer that is built up around the seed smoothens the seed
surface. The added weight and size can be of great benefit for some crops like carrot, onion,
sunflower and forages. After encrusting, seeds are dried. This is a delicate process and the
sensitivity of the seed is what determines the temperature and speed of drying

.
Vegetable seeds
Encrusting vegetable seeds increases the efficiency of the sowing process and improves
planting accuracy, especially when the seed shape and size is not standard. Onion and carrot
seeds, for example, are small and have an irregular shape. Lettuce seeds are also small but thin
and lightweight with a somewhat hairy surface. Encrusting standardizes the seeds‘ weight and
size and smooths out a lot of the irregularity. As a result, the sowing equipment needs less
adjustment, and it reduces the risk of skips and doubles in the planters. This allows an efficient
and accurate sowing process and seeds that are sown with the correct spacing and depth.
Compared to pelleting, encrusting is faster and, in some cases, a more economical way of
achieving these benefits.
Field crops seeds

As with vegetable seeds, encrusting field crops seeds makes the planting process more
efficient and sowing more accurate. This is not only for smaller seeds like canola and rice but
also for larger seeds like corn. Corn seeds have a very irregular shape, weight and size.
Encrusting makes them much more uniform which is a real benefit when it comes to mechanical
sowing. In other crops, like some sunflower varieties in Europe and in the USA, seeds that do not
meet certain weight norms are considered unfit to market and will not be granted certification for
export. The encrusting products, such as SunCrust Sunflower, that will add the required extra

weight. In this way, the seeds‘ value is increased because they can be sold for seed production
instead of for oil.
4. Seed Dressing
Seed dressing is the most widely used method for low dosages of active components onto
seeds. Although there are many types of equipment used for coating, the most commonly used
Article
device is the rotary coater (Figure 1). Liquids are applied onto a spinning discID:
andAG-VO2-I08-07
atomized onto
seeds that are spinning inside a metal cylinder, then the freshly treated seeds are discharged. A
wide range of active materials especially chemical plant protectants can be applied with this
method. For higher loading rates of chemical seed treatment, in particular insecticides, finishing
powders or fluency powders are added immediately after the liquid application to absorb excess
liquid. The dry finishing powders can be added into the rotary coater during operation or applied
immediately downstream with the dry seed coating equipment (Figure 1).
5. Dry Powder Coating
Dry powder application is a seed coating method used for mixing seeds with a dry
powder. The older term for this application method is ―planter box‖ treatment. Dry powders, also
known as dusts, [20] are used for fungal or bacterial treatments followed by drying
(hydration/dehydration) and seeds can have a shorter shelf-life after application [6]. This
technology can be conducted on-farm for the application of labeled treatments for the control of
a pests [9]. Dry powder application equipment and technology has evolved to allow for more
precise loading of material onto seeds. Dry powder carriers may act as lubricants to improve seed
flowability by reducing seed-to-seed friction in the planter. The most common dry powders are
talc and graphite, and recent research revealed that soy-based protein is an environmentally
friendly and cost-effective seed lubricant that improves flow and singulation during planting
without creating dust. Thus, the use of soy-based protein has the potential to reduce the risk of
negative impact on pollinators and people.
Benefits of seed coating
Reduced environmental impact
Seed coating has a number of sustainability benefits. For example, applying
antimicrobial, fungicidal and insecticidal compounds directly to seeds reduces the amount
needed to provide adequate protection. This means less potentially harmful materials are being
introduced into the environment. Seed coating further reduces the risk of exposure to plant

protection products for both workers and the environment because it dramatically reduces dust-
off of these substances. Seed coating also helps towards more efficient farming practices that
further contribute to sustainable agriculture.
Efficient planting and improved ease of handling
Mechanical planting of seeds is much more efficient when seeds are a uniform size and
Article ID:
shape, have sufficient size and weight to be easily separated mechanically, AG-VO2-I08-07
and flow readily.
Seed coating makes light seed heavier, irregular seed more uniform and reduces clumping and
dust.
Better crop establishment
An important aim of any seed treatment is ultimately improved crop establishment and
seed coating contributes to this in a number of ways. Coating seeds to give them a more uniform
shape means less skips and doubles in the drum of the mechanical sowing equipment. This
results in improved spacing of seedlings which is beneficial for plant development. It also assists
in sowing at the right depth which improves the conditions for germination. Beneficial additives
in seed coatings ensure that an accurately controlled quantity is available to the sown species and
not to neighbouring weeds.
Figure 1: The three major types of seed coating equipment: dry powder applicator, rotary coater
and drum coater used to produce five seed coatings: dry coating, seed dressing, film
coat, entrustment and seed pellet


A GRADUATE YOUTH SELF-EMPLOYED

OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH HAZARDS OFAND INSPIRED
WORKERS
THROUGH LIVESTOCK AND POULTRY REARING
Dr Monuj Kumar Doley*1, Dr S. Maibangsa1, Dr M. Neog2, Dr Neethi Baruah3 and

Shourov Dutta1
1
Krishi Vigyan Kendra (KVK), AAU, Karbi Anglong
2
Directorate of Extension Education, AAU, Jorhat
3
AAU-Zonal Research Station, Diphu
*Corresponding Author Email ID: monuj.doley@aau.ac.in
Youth profile:
Name Ms Namika Khaklary

Mother’s name Sumila Khaklary
Address of the Village-Beltola,
farmer PO Langhin
District-Karbi Anglong
State: Assam
Introduction:
India is considered as a young country, and it accounts for 28 per cent (35.6 Crores) of
the total population ranging between the ages of 10-24 years. With the increasing literacy rate in
rural areas (71%), the migration of educated youth towards cities is increasing for employment
with gradual decline trends towards agriculture and allied farm activities. There is a huge scope
to harness the potential of these youth mass towards self-employment and nation building
through attracting them towards farming.
The district Karbi Anglong is one of the most backyard districts in the state of Assam
with tribal population of 56.3 per cent (Population census, 2011). About 90 per cent of the

population preferred a non-vegetarian diet and thereby huge demand for animal source of
protein. Livestock and poultry farming is an age-old traditional practice and holds a significant
role in the rural economy, especially within tribal communities. For centuries, agriculture
farming has been an integral part of their livelihoods, culture, and traditional practices providing
sustenance, income, and nutritional support. However, despite the cultural significance and
economic importance, tribal farmers encounter various constraints thatArticle
hinderID: AG-VO2-I08-07
their productivity,
profitability, and overall well-being.
Namika Khaklary, aged 32, like most other educated fellow youth after graduation she
too was in search of a government job. In the meantime, she had to bear all the household
expenditure including study expenditure for her younger brother. She almost lost hope for a
better livelihood and was planning to move out of her village looking for work in the city. Under
routine participatory rural appraisal (PRA) and village survey under Indian Council of
Agricultural Research (ICAR) project ―Attracting and Retaining Youth in Agriculture (ARYA)‖,
she was enrolled, trained up, and informed about the different KVK activities, scope for different
agricultural activities and critical input support. After a thorough household survey, it was clear
that farming activities were mostly traditional practiced without much farm output and profitable
income in return.
Poultry Rearing
The Beltola, Langhin area under Samelangso block is a tribal populated area; demand for
meat and egg has always been very high and the demand is increasing day by day with the
increasing population. The egg productivity of local poultry is only 60-70 eggs per bird per
annum. On the other hand, local pig varieties could attain only 55-65 Kg body weight in a
marketable age of 10 months. This market potential of the locality could not yet been taped
through proper scientific intervention. Being an enthusiastic youth, Ms Khaklary has always had
a dream for self-employment through hardworking and wanted to be role model for his
community and locality. Considering her keen interest on farming, she was initially enrolled and
supported skill training programme on different aspects on scientific poultry farming such as
improved poultry varieties like Kamrupa, Vanaraja, Rainbow Rooster, layer birds, quail farming
along with marketing opportunities. With strong determination and interest towards different
livestock farming activities she was supported with dual purpose Rainbow Rooster Day old

chicks, support for deep litter housing, health care support along with timely advisories,
handholding support.
Piglet production in the Pig Breeding Brooding operation of Dual-purpose

unit established Poultry unit
Rearing of Grower pig unit Rearing of Dual-purpose Poultry
Services provided to fellow farmers through vaccination and other animal

management

As prudent, traditional livestock and poultry rearer, she fully dedicated herself to the
successful rearing of Rainbow Rooster birds with a hope to earn greater income for their family
and to become role model for the fellow farm families in the village. Gradually over a period of
time their flock size grew considerably. Over the initial few days of rearing problems aroused
concerning the health of the birds which led to casualty of a few of the birds (8% mortality of
Article
birds). However, the problems were overcome through the intervention ID:Animal
of the AG-VO2-I08-07
Scientist
of the KVK as and when necessary, with top priority. During the first year of rearing the
improved poultry species she earned a net amount of Rs 38, 692.00 (Rupees Thirty-eight
thousand six hundred ninety-two) by selling 7128 nos of eggs along with other male culled birds
during first crop by spending a period of 2-3 hours a day.
Following the successful establishment of the unit she further expanded her enterprise
towards other poultry enterprises such as quail birds and duck farming from her initial earnings.
With the expanded enterprises she could be able to earn an amount of Rs 89, 000/year by selling
live birds, fertile eggs, and table eggs @ Rs 10/egg and Rs 8/egg respectively. Seeing the success
in poultry enterprise and keen interest in expansion of farming activities, Ms Namika Khaklary
established one piggery unit with initial stock capacity of 1 Boar and 5 Sow maintaining
Hampshire and Yorkshire pig.
With continuous monitoring and supervision along with technical guidance from KVK,
Karbi Anglong, Ms Namika could establish a breeding unit for piglet production and meet
demand in the area. She further expanded her unit and became more actively involved in farming
activities. From the piggery unit, within a period of 13 months from the first crop, she could
obtain 38 nos of good quality piglets of Yorkshire, Hampshire along with crossbred piglets. The
locality has a very high market demand of piglets and could fetch a price as high as Rs 4,500.00-
5000.00 per piglet, adding to an additional income of Rs 1, 82,400.00 (Rupees One Lakh eighty-
two thousand four hundred) only). Further, with strong self-determination towards self-
employment N. Khaklary was supported with locally made hatching machine from KVK support
with hatching capacity of 70-90 eggs. This intervention further helped boosting up the
entrepreneurial mind set and thereby helping in self-sufficiency in terms of quality chicks for her
farm as well as attracting fellow farmers towards poultry as well as livestock farming for self-
employment.

The success of the entrepreneurial journey of Ms. Namika Khaklary has not only
motivated fellow educated and uneducated farmers for self-employment but also helped with
nutritional support to the household. At present, she is earning an annual income of Rs
3,28,624.00 (Rupees Three lakh twenty-eight thousand six hundred twenty-four) only.
Seeing her success in entrepreneurial unit on pig and poultry farming, many unemployed
youths are motivated and came forward and approached KVK forArticle ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
scientific and knowledge
support for multiplication of entrepreneurial unit.
Recognition:
Being a highly active, sincere, skilled youth, she has been appointed and is presently
working under the ASRLMS as Pashu Sakhi and providing helping hands to fellow farmers and
villagers towards self-employment.
Future plan
She wants to be a role model for unemployed youth through adoption of modern
agriculture farming practices in the district.
Conclusion/Lesson learnt:
Dual purpose poultry farming has proven to be a highly profitable enterprise among the
rural youth. For more popularization there is an urgent need for intensive extension activities
besides initial capital support through credit linkages. Dual-purpose poultry farming not only
helps in self-employment but also nutritional support to the farm family.


HARNESSING SOCIALHEALTH
OCCUPATIONAL CAPITAL FOR OF
HAZARDS SUSTAINABLE
WORKERS
WATERSHED MANAGEMENT
*Venu Prasad H D
Scientist, Centre for Water Resources Development and Management,
Kozhikode, Kerala, India
*Corresponding Author Email ID: venu@cwrdm.org
Introduction
Water and soil, the bedrock of our natural environment, confront an escalating scarcity
propelled by a convergence of human actions and shifting climatic patterns. Counteracting this
pressing challenge has made conserving these essential resources an unassailable priority. A
pivotal strategy that has emerged to tackle these issues is watershed management. This approach
stands as a bulwark against the degradation of water and soil, functioning as a linchpin in
upholding the ecological equilibrium of a region. Since its inception, the Government of India
(GoI) has unfurled many initiatives to amplify watershed features. Nevertheless, the efficacy of
these endeavours has been confined to specific locales, underscoring the necessity for a more
encompassing and coordinated strategy. To truly unleash the potential of watershed management
and secure resources for posterity, a robust collaboration must take root within the precincts of
watershed councils or user groups/stakeholders. This cooperative endeavour pivots on the
"Social Capital" notion, an intricate tie that binds stakeholders together. Cultivating formidable
social capital allows stakeholders to orchestrate a seamless symphony towards a shared
objective. By pooling their resources, harnessing their collective knowledge, and synergising
their endeavours, they can optimise the outcomes of watershed management. This approach not
only safeguards the vitality of water and soil but also sets the stage for a legacy of prosperity for
generations to come.
"It's not just what you know, but who you know."

Social capital refers to resources that accrue to individuals by virtue of their access to
contacts, connections, and linkages (Coleman,1988). It is the resources available to individuals
and communities through their social connections. At its core, it delves into the dynamics of
interpersonal interactions, the character of social relationships, and the norms that shape these
interactions. This concept envelops the common values, mutual give-and-take, and joint efforts
Article ID:
that have the potential to propel beneficial transformations. In essence, AG-VO2-I08-07
social capital is a
powerful catalyst for fostering positive change through collaborative endeavours.
Social capital operates across micro and macro levels and can be further classified into
structural and cognitive phenomena. At the micro level, in its cognitive form, social capital
encompasses the trust, shared norms, and communal values that bind members of a social system
together. These intangible elements facilitate cooperation and collaboration within communities.
Meanwhile, the structural form at this level is represented by local institutions or networks that
provide the infrastructure for interactions and exchanges of resources. On the other hand, at the
macro level, social capital finds expression in the institutions of the state, the rule of law, and the
governance systems that regulate society. These structural elements form the backbone of larger-
scale interactions and societal functioning. The cognitive aspect at the macro level pertains to the
collective understanding and consciousness about these institutions, rules, and governance
practices, which influence society's overall behaviour and interactions. This comprehensive
understanding of social capital underscores its multifaceted nature and significance in shaping
the dynamics of micro-level interactions and macro-level societal structures.
Social capital can be characterised as either low or high, manifesting in either positive or
negative ways, depending on the context. When social capital is low, it signifies a lack of
interaction and connectivity among members within a social structure. This limited engagement
can result in constrained social action and hinder collective efforts. Such situations often arise
when individuals are relatively detached from one another. Conversely, high social capital
emerges from stronger interconnections within a social system, which can lead to numerous
advantages for the community. This interconnectedness fosters collaboration and the sharing of
resources, potentially leading to more positive outcomes.

It is important to note that social capital is a dual-edged concept, carrying both positive
and negative implications. For example, trust – a fundamental element of social capital – can
lower transaction costs, facilitate cooperation, and create opportunities for exploitation when
misused. This nuanced understanding of social capital acknowledges its multifaceted nature and
potential to shape various social interactions, outcomes, and behaviours.
Forms of Social Capital
1. Bonding Social Capital: This form revolves around connections within a cohesive and
homogenous group. It reinforces the solidarity and unity within that particular group. Bonding
social capital nurtures a sense of trust, shared identity, and mutual support among members,
making collaboration and joint action more effective.
2. Bridging Social Capital: Social capital pertains to connections between individuals from
different backgrounds and diverse social groups. This social capital is instrumental in creating
bridges across various communities, leading to enhanced cross-cultural understanding, greater
access to information and resources, and a broader network that transcends traditional
boundaries.
3. Linking Social Capital: Linking social capital involves the connections formed between
individuals, groups, or communities with formal institutions, such as government agencies, non-
governmental organisations (NGOs), or other authoritative bodies. These connections give
individuals access to these institutions' public services, resources, and support systems. Linking
social capital is crucial for obtaining assistance, navigating bureaucratic systems, and accessing
resources beyond the immediate community.
Creating a resilient social capital within the stakeholders/groups is crucial for several
reasons:
1. Networking: Expanding one's circle of acquaintances and relationships is a fundamental way

to create social capital. Knowing more people opens collaboration, resource-sharing, and mutual
support opportunities.

2. Relationship Quality: Developing deep, meaningful, and trustworthy relationships enhances

the strength of social capital.
3. Trustworthiness:OCCUPATIONAL
Being perceived HEALTH HAZARDS
as trustworthy OF WORKERS
and reliable within your network
contributes to accumulating social capital. When others trust you, they are more likely to
collaborate and share resources.
4. Helping Without Expectation: Offering assistance and support to others without expecting
immediate reciprocation fosters a sense of goodwill and builds social capital.
5. Integrity and Reputation: Acting with integrity, maintaining a good reputation, and adhering
to ethical principles can solidify social capital. A positive reputation enhances credibility within
social networks.
6. Association and Memberships: Being part of associations, clubs, or groups provides

opportunities to interact with like-minded individuals, fostering shared interests and goals.
7. Social Roles: Holding roles within social structures, whether formal or informal, positions you
as a contributor and influencer. This involvement bolsters your social capital and leverages your
capacity for positive impact.
Social capital operates as a resource that does not fade with use but wanes through
neglect. Positive interactions foster its growth, while negative interactions hasten its decline.
Like Rome's construction, building social capital takes time, but its destruction can occur swiftly.
This capital is susceptible to erosion due to actions that diminish goodwill – including betrayal of
trust, selfishness, exclusion, violence, and deception. Maintaining social capital requires
continuous effort to cultivate trust and positive relationships, while its loss can occur rapidly
through behaviours that undermine social cohesion and mutual respect.
Social capital comprises several crucial components that shape its influence and
effectiveness:
1. Level of Trust: The foundation of social capital rests on trust. This involves assessing the
competence, compatibility, accessibility, and transparency of stakeholders, including members of
user associations, NGO facilitators, and officials from organisations like NABARD or WDP.

2. Level of Community Involvement: Community engagement is pivotal. Decisions must

incorporate consultation and collective participation, ensuring that various perspectives are
considered.
3. Level of Affinity: A sense of belonging and alignment exists on two levels. On an
interpersonal level, there's an affinity among people, association members, and the community.
Article ID: progress.
On a developmental level, there's a shared aspiration for personal and communal AG-VO2-I08-07
4. Level of Derived Benefits: Social capital generates direct and indirect advantages. Direct
benefits encompass agricultural and allied sector development, family asset growth, while
indirect benefits encompass women's empowerment, reduced migration, and fostering communal
and religious harmony.
5. Level of Collective Focus: Social capital unites stakeholders towards a collective objective.
This includes serving as a model watershed or village demonstrating effective resource
management. Social capital management is either efficiency-focused or equity-driven. The
former emphasises targeted welfare outcomes, while the latter prioritises ownership, shared
concern, and mutual confidence.
These components combine to comprehensively understand social capital's dimensions and
impact on community development and cohesion.
Principles of Social Capital:
Establishing Trust with Stakeholders:
At the heart of effective water user groups lies the establishment of trust among all
stakeholders involved. This entails cultivating a sense of collaboration and partnership among
local users, implementing agencies, and government entities. The bedrock of this trust is formed
through consistent and meaningful stakeholder consultation, which serves as the bedrock of
decision-making processes. By actively seeking and valuing the opinions and perspectives of
stakeholders, these groups can ensure that decisions are informed and representative of the
community's needs.
Inclusive Decision Making:
Empowering stakeholders by involving them in decision-making processes is paramount.
When individuals feel that their voices are genuinely heard and respected, they become more
invested in the success of water management initiatives. This inclusivity extends to
implementing the suggestions put forth by stakeholders, showcasing a sincere commitment to

fulfilling community needs and aspirations. This collaborative approach fosters credibility and a
stronger sense of ownership and participation among all involved parties.
Flexibility and Farmers' Input:
A key ingredient in the success of any user group is the flexibility to adapt strategies
based on input from farmers and local communities. By actively seeking input, these groups can
tailor their approaches to align with the specific needs and challengesArticle
faced ID:
by AG-VO2-I08-07
the community.
The ability to adjust strategies based on the changing circumstances ensures that the water
management initiatives remain relevant, effective, and responsive to evolving conditions.
Building Consensus:
Building consensus among stakeholders before making crucial decisions is essential in
nurturing trust and cooperation. When decisions are made collectively and through consensus,
stakeholders are more likely to support and take ownership of the outcomes. This approach
fosters a sense of shared responsibility and commitment, contributing to the overall success of
the water management endeavours.
Long-Term Perspective:
Sustainable water management requires a long-term perspective that transcends
immediate gains. By emphasising the long-term impacts of water user group initiatives,
stakeholders can be motivated to invest time, resources, and efforts into projects that yield lasting
benefits. This perspective ensures that the strategies and solutions put in place address present
needs and contribute to future generations' well-being.
Committees for User Group Engagement:
A robust framework for stakeholder engagement can be established through the creation
of committees within water user groups. Examples include watershed committees that
encompass various perspectives and viewpoints. These committees provide a platform for
different community segments to have their views considered and integrated into decision-
making processes. In doing so, they foster inclusivity and ensure that diverse interests are
represented.
Transparency and Communication:
Transparency and effective communication are pivotal in maintaining trust and
accountability. Regular reporting and updates on project progress, successes, and challenges
foster an environment of openness. Furthermore, consistent communication through meetings

ensures stakeholders remain informed and engaged, minimising misunderstandings and building
stronger relationships among participants.
Networking and Beyond:
Beyond the confines of the immediate program, maintaining liaisons and networking is
critical. Building and nurturing relationships with relevant parties, such as micro-enterprises and
government bodies, extends the impact of water user groups. TheseArticle ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
connections enhance the
reach of initiatives and create a broader support system that contributes to the long-term success
of water management efforts.
Community Empowerment:
Empowering communities through initiatives like Self-Help Groups (SHGs) creates a
sense of ownership and collective agency. Encouraging collaboration between different SHGs
from various villages reduces marketing costs and fosters the exchange of knowledge and best
practices. This interconnectivity enhances the overall well-being of the community and
strengthens its resilience.
Resource Management and Responsibility:
Responsible resource management practices, such as mulching, crop rotation, and
efficient irrigation methods, underscores the commitment to sustainable water use. These
practices are integral to maintaining water quality, conserving soil health, and minimising water
wastage. Fostering a sense of responsibility for resource management among stakeholders
contributes to the longevity of water management initiatives.
Enterprise Management and Disease Control:
Effective enterprise management is vital for ensuring the success of water user groups.
Networking and communication among stakeholders facilitate disease management strategies
and knowledge sharing. By addressing disease challenges collectively, stakeholders can develop
practical solutions and maintain the health and productivity of their enterprises.
Cohesive Community and Upscaling:
A cohesive community is a decisive outcome of successful water user group initiatives.
Collaborative efforts, shared responsibilities, and inclusive decision-making foster unity among
stakeholders. This sense of cohesion forms the foundation for upscaling efforts involving
financial support, increased community mobilisation, and engagement with policymakers to
amplify the impact of water management initiatives.

Respecting Traditional Knowledge:

Integrating traditional knowledge into water management initiatives is essential for
preserving cultural heritage and leveraging centuries-old wisdom. By respecting and
incorporating traditional practices alongside modern approaches, stakeholders can benefit from a
holistic and well-rounded understanding of water resource management.
Article ID:for
Incorporating these principles within water user groups can lay the groundwork AG-VO2-I08-07
effective and
sustainable water resource management initiatives that benefit the community and the
environment.
Overcoming Challenges and Expanding Social Capital:
While social capital holds great potential for sustainable watershed management, we must also
acknowledge the challenges involved:
A. Overcoming Social Divides: Building social capital requires bridging social, economic, and
cultural divides within communities. Inclusive and participatory approaches that actively involve
marginalised groups are essential to overcome these challenges.
B. Education and Awareness: Increasing environmental literacy and raising awareness about
the importance of sustainable watershed management are critical to expanding social capital. By
investing in education and providing accessible information, we can empower individuals and
communities to take action.
C. Long-term Sustainability: To ensure the long-term sustainability of social capital-driven
initiatives, it is crucial to establish mechanisms for continued collaboration, knowledge sharing,
and capacity building. Building networks and fostering partnerships can facilitate ongoing
engagement and support.
In an era where the global community increasingly recognises the importance of
preserving and managing our precious water resources, it is essential to explore the potential of
social capital to create lasting change. Social capital has the power to transform the way we
manage and protect our watersheds. By cultivating trust, collaboration, and community
empowerment, we can unlock the potential for sustainable development. Let us embrace the role
of social capital in shaping a future where watersheds thrive, ecosystems flourish, and
communities prosper. Together, we can make a difference in the health and sustainability of our
precious water resources.

References:
Claridge T (2023). What is high and low, and positive and negative social capital?. Social
OCCUPATIONAL
Capital Research. 1-3. HEALTH HAZARDS OF WORKERS
Coleman, J.S., (1988). Social capital in the creation of human capital. Am. J. Sociol. 94, S95–
S120.
Pretty, J., Ward, H., (2001). Social capital and the environment. World Dev. 29, 209–227.
Uphoff, Norman. ―Understanding social capital: learning from the analysis and experience of
participation.‖ (2005).


CHEKURMANIS - A LESS
OCCUPATIONAL EXPLORED
HEALTH GREEN
HAZARDS OF LEAFY
WORKERS
VEGETABLE
*Muralidharan B1, Sumathi T2, Adeline Vinila J E3 and 4J. Lydia Antony
1, 3
Teaching Assistant (Hort.), 2Assistant Professor and 4Ph.D. Scholar
Horticulture College and Research Institute, Tamil Nadu Agricultural University
Coimbatore – 641 003, Tamil Nadu, India
*Corresponding Author Email ID: muralikaet@gmail.com
Introduction
In the Southern parts of India, the leaves of chekurmanis are usually consumed either in
the cooked form as a vegetable, or in the form of a powder incorporated with spice powder. In
this context, it would be interesting to see if leaves of varying maturity differ in their nutritive
content, information not available thus far. In addition, the effect of heat processing on the
alkaloid content of chekurmanis also merits examination. Thus the aim of the present
investigation was to determine the nutritive content of chekurmanis leaves at varying stages of
maturity.
Scientific name : Sauropus androgynus
Family: Euphorbiaceae
Other names: Tamil - Thavasi Keerai
Origin and History
The plant is originated in the Indo-Burma centre of crop origin. It was first located in the
Malabar area of north Kerala, after its introduction in 1953 and was taken to the Agricultural
Research Stations of Tamil Nadu during 1955-56, where it became much popular as ―Thavarai
Murungai‖.
Botany
The genus Sauropus consists of several other species like S. assimilis Thw, S. netroversus
Wight, S. rigidus Thw and S. qudrangularis Mwell. As a leafy vegetable, it is usually maintained

as a perennial plant at a height of 1-1.5m by frequent harvest of leaves and apical system. The
leaves are rich in protein (6.8-7.4% as compared to 3.2% is amaranthus), minerals and vitamins.
It is a slow growing shrub attain a height of 2-3.5 m. Its main branches are terete and
flaccid. Lateral branchlets are patient and thin. Leaves are alternate and short stalked.
Inflorescence is axillary with small reddish flowers.
Nutritive Value and Uses Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Chekkurmanis holds a unique position in the list of tropical leaf vegetables owing to its
high nutritive value which has not well realized by many people.
 It is commonly known as multi vitamin and multi mineral packed leaf vegetable.
 It is rich source of carbohydrates, protein, vitamins and minerals.
Maturity of the leaves did not alter the rich content of protein which remained around
22.0 g/100 g. Total dietary fibre content of the leaves ranged between 34 and 36% at different
stages of maturity. Fully matured leaves contained a significantly higher amount of calcium, as
compared to the tender leaves. The iron content of these leaves ranged from 3.89 to 4.50 mg /100
g, while the zinc content of the same was between 1.26 and 1.48 mg/100 g. The bioaccessibility
of iron and zinc was significantly higher in the tender leaves. The tender and partially mature
leaves of chekurmanis contained 74 and 69 mg/100 g of niacin, respectively. The β-carotene
content of the leaves ranged from 7400 to 9250 µg/100 g, while that of vitamin E ranged
between 17.6 to 15.6 mg/100 g. Chekurmanis leaves contain an alkaloid, the content of which
was significantly higher in mature leaves (1740 mg/ 100 g) as compared to tender leaves (1439
mg/100 g). The alkaloid content of chekurmanis leaves was significantly reduced upon pressure
cooking.
The tender shoots and leaves are used for culinary purpose like:
 The tender leaves are plucked from the plant and cut into bits, which may be cooked and
made into a curry along with coconut flour.
 The cut pieces of tender leaves can be mixed along with the flour and green vadai
prepared.
 The tender cut pieces can also used along with green gram. The preparation may be used
for idlies and dosa for breakfast and lunch.
 Fresh tender leaves can also be used for salad.

Chekkurmanis has several medicinal properties also. The juice of leaves pounded with
roots of pomegranate and used against eye diseases.
Area and Production
It is found in the Sikkim Himalayas, Khasi, Abour and Arka Hills at 1,200 elevations and
in western ghats of Kerala (South India) from Wynad northwards at altitudes to 300-1200 m. In
Article
India, Chekkurmanis is minor leafy perennial vegetable crop, hence the ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
statistic regarding area,
production and productivity are not available. Apart from India, crop is also grown in Indonesia,
Malayasiaans Singapore.
Propagation
Chekkurmanis propagated by seeds and stem cuttings. Seed propagated plants come to
harvest little later than cuttings. Herbaceous stem cuttings (6- 12 months old) may be collected
with 5-6 nodes or 20-30cm length and planted in polybags containing manure mixture. Rooting
can be harvested by dipping the cuttings in 50ppm IAA/ IBA before planting in polybag. It takes
20-25 days for rooting
Cultivation
 This leafy vegetable comes up well under all types of soils. It can tolerate shade to some
extent. Often, it is grown as live fence or hedge for a kitchen garden.
 It is propagated through semi-hardwood cuttings of 20 to 30 cm lengths. These cuttings
are planted during May-June, 10 to 15 cm apart.
 Chemical fertilizers are not usually applied. Well rotten farmyard manure or compost is
applied at the rate of 5t/ha.
 Though, it is drought prone crop, irrigation during summer increases the number of
cuttings.
 Plants are trimmed to 1 m in order to facilitate easy harvest and to have a pleasant look to
the garden.
 First harvest is possible after three to four months, when the plant reaches about 60 cm
height.
 Generally, crop is free from disease and insect-pest.
 The annual productivity is 30-50 t/ha with per plant yield of 1-3 kg/year.

Medicinal Properties
 A decoction of its roots is often recommended in case of fever in rural areas.
 Pounded roots and leaves are reported to be used as a poultice for ulcers in the nose.
 In some areas of South India, the juice of the leaves pounded with the roots of
pomegranate and the leaves of jasmine is used in eye troubles.
 The dark green leaves provide a rich source of chlorophyll which is a valuable blood
building element, cell rejuvenator, beneficial to blood circulation and for regular bowel
elimination.
 As discussed earlier, they are rich in various micro nutrients and phytochemicals having
antioxidant properties which offer protection against heart disease and certain types of
cancer. For example, Beta-carotene prevents lung and skin cancer, niacin prevents
recurrent heart attacks, ascorbic acid helps in improving immune system and riboflavin
for lesion treatment etc.,
 High blood pressure is lowered by eating raw leaves.
 Leaves are given as vegetable to nursing mothers to stimulate breast milk production. In
lactating sheep also, it induced milk production.

 It is also beneficial to cure anaemia.

 It is suitable to prevent tiredness, to promote absorption from the alimentary tract and to
prevent chronic cardiovascular diseases.
 The leaves are also found to contain the amino acids like lysine, methionine, tryptophan,
phenylalanine, threonine, valine, leucine and isoleucine.
 Polyphenols present in the leaves have protective effects on human carcinogenesis,
cardiovascular and renal disorders, memory and cognitive function, age-related
neurological dysfunctions such as Alzheimer‘s disease, ulcers and several other human
ailments.
 Substantial amount of flavonoids present in the leaves are known to act at different
development stages of malignant tumors by protecting DNA against oxidative damage,
inactivating carcinogens, inhibiting the expression of the mutagenic genes and enzymes,
which are responsible for activating pro-carcinogen substances and activating the systems
responsible for xenobiotic detoxification.
 Sauropus androgynus leaf is reported to contain considerable amounts of the alkaloid
papaverine (580 mg per 100 gm fresh leaf). Papaverine is an alkaloid antispasmodic drug,
used primarily in the treatment of visceral spasm and vasospasm (especially those
involving the intestines, heart, or brain) and occasionally in the treatment of erectile
dysfunction. It is used in the treatment of acute mesenteric ischemia.


SCOPE OF GENETICALLY
OCCUPATIONAL MODIFIED
HEALTH HAZARDS CROPS
OF WORKERS

*Prabhavathi N
Assistant Professor, Department of Agriculture, Koneru Lakshmaiah Education Foundation,
vaddeswaram, AP, India
*Corresponding Author Email ID: nprabhavathi@kluniversity.in
Introduction
According to “World Health Organisation"―Genetically modified (GM) foods are
foods derived from organisms whose genetic material (DNA) has been modified in a way at
does not occur naturally, i.e. through the introduction of a gene from a different organism.
GM Crops are described by many different names –
• Genetically Engineered crops (GE)
• Transgenic or Biotech crops
• Genetically Modified Organism (GMO)
Stages in Research Development and Commercialization of Transgenic Plants
GM Food Techniques; 3 main types of GM food technique
1. Inserting genes (Gene Shifting):
Genes are determined by different DNA sequences, when the isolated gene is inserted
into a plant, it becomes part of the plant‘s gene and works with its own function .
This method can increase or improve the plant such as resistance to insects, which increases the
yield of food afterwards.
2. Removing genes (Gene Silencing):
The function is reduced or stopped through genetic modification e.g. the function of
virus which causes dried and spot of tomato is reduced by removing parts of the gene, thus the
virus cannot be reproduced and tomato can grow healthily.

3. Changing the process of catabolism (Gene splicing):

Food can be enhanced by changing the process of catabolism, such as controlling the
percentage of starch of glutinous rice, and it also includes controlling the taste, mass, colour, and
usefulness of food

MORE SPECIFIC EXAMPLES OF GM FOODS

1. Golden rice
2. Cold tolerant tomatoes

Scientists have created a frost resistant tomato plant by adding an antifreeze gene from a
cold water fish to it. The antifreeze genes come from the cold water flounder, a fish that can
survive in very cold conditions. The flounder has a gene to make chemical antifreeze. This is
removed from the antifreeze DNA and is joined onto a piece of DNA called a
plasmid. This hybrid DNA, which is a combination of DNA from two different sources, is
known as recombinant DNA.
3. Vitamin rich tomatoes

The Agrobacterium naturally infects plants by causing various diseases. By replacing
that gene with desirable ones, results into the new genetic makeup with advantageous traits.

4. Protein enriched potatoes for NASA

Potato is a non-cereal food crop limited in the amount of lysine, tyrosine, methionine
and cysteine. o provide sufficient protein and amino acids to astronauts with their complete
nutritional requirements, a tuber-specific protein amaranth seed albumin (AmA1) has been
used to transform potatoes. This protein was used due to its non-allergenicity in its purified
form. When the AmA1 gene was inserted into a potato, 2.5 to Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
4 fold increases in lysine,
tyrosine, methionine and cysteine content and 35 to 45% increases in total protein content
was reported in transgenic tubers Park et al., 2004)
5. Bt Soyabean
The two target insects for insect-resistant, transgenic soybeans are the velvet bean
caterpillar and the soybean looper. These pests feed on the leaves of the soybean plant and
can severely limit yield. Velvet bean caterpillar populations can reach damaging levels
rapidly. Many producers in areas where velvet bean caterpillar is a significant problem
apply a preventive treatment of Dimilin when plants are in full bloom (Gupta et al., 2010).
Scientist have incorporated Bacillus thuringiensis gene into soybean which has insecticidal
protein that maintains the yield of the crop. Bacillus thuringiensis, a ubiquitous soil
bacterium is the source of the gene for insect resistance.
6. Genetically modified corn
Corn has been deliberately genetically modified GM have agronomically
desirable traits. Traits that have been engineered into corn include resistance to herbicides
and resistance to insect pests, the latter being achieved by incorporation of a gene that codes
for the Bacillus thuringiensis (Bt) toxin. Corn varieties resistant to glyphosate herbicides
(Liberty and Roundup) have been produced. Pioneer Hi-Bred has marketed corn hybrids
with tolerance to imidazoline herbicides under the traid (Mohamed., 2010).
7. Roundup Ready Soyabean
The Roundup Ready soybean is a transgenic soybean that has been immunized to the
Roundup herbicide. Since the soybean‘s natural trypsin inhibitors provide protection against
pests, the only major problem in soybean farming was weeds, thus making soybean
revolutionary.

8. Canola oil
Rapeseed oil had a distinctive taste and a disagreeable greenish color due to the
presence of chlorophyll. It also contains a high concentration of erucic acid. Experiments on
animals have pointed to the possibility that erucic acid, consumed in large quantities, may
cause heart damage. A known toxin, the cultivar used to produce commercial food-grade
canola oil was bred to contain less than 2% erucic acid, levels thatArticle
are notID:believed
AG-VO2-I08-07
to cause
harm in humans and no ill health effects has been associated with consumption by humans
of the genetically modified oil ((Pragya et al., 2007 ).
9. Papaya
Papaya cultivation is threatened by papaya ring spot virus, a disease that sharply
lowers the fruit yield. The University of Hawaii developed a ring spot virus disease resistant
papaya. To do this, certain viral genes encoding capsid proteins were transferred to the
papaya genome. These viral capsid proteins elicit something similar to an ―immune
response‖ from the papaya plant. The first resistant papaya varieties were grown
commercially in 1999 in Hawaii. These genetically modified papayas are approved for
consumption both in US and in Canada (Daisuke et al., 2012)
WHAT ARE THE ADVANTAGES OF GM GMOs?

1. GMO crops can be tailored to provide better health benefits.
2. There is the possibility of an increased shelf life.
3. It takes less land to grow more food.
4. Genetically modified crops can conserve energy, soil, and water resources.
5. Simple changes to certain crops can have a major impact.
6. Fewer harmful agents need to be applied to crops
7. It can save core crops from extinction.
8. Farmers can use better ground-care methods.
9. Future GMOs could eliminate food allergies or intolerance issues.
10. GMO crops use less water.
11.There may be a positive environmental impact with GMO crops.
12.GMO foods must meet the same standards as traditional foods.
13. GMOs can even safe beneficial insects.

Fig. A: Overview of the representative transcriptional networks mediated by transcription factors

and ciselements under abiotic stresses in rice. Ellipses represent transcription factors; boxes
represent ciselements (Daisuke et al., 2012)
WHAT ARE THE DISADVANTAGES OF GMOS?

1. In the US, the FDA does not require GMO labeling.
2. Most core foods have some level of genetic modification.
3. There may be an increased risk of allergies or food intolerance.
4. GMO crops can contaminate other fields.
5. Animal proteins could be affected by GMO crops.
6. Many GMO crops are trademarked, patented, and legally protected.
7. It encourages the use of additional herbicides.
8. GMOs create super weeds.
9. GMOs create super bugs.
10. There are concerns that GMO foods may help to create antibiotic resistance.
11. Genetic engineering doesn‘t solve everything.
LIMITATIONS OF BIOTECH CROPS (HRCS)
1. Adopting HRCs will leads to increased dependence on single herbicide or family.
2. It influence the genetic purity of crops.
3. May cause gene pollution and chance to develop ―super weeds‖.
4. Crop seed or propagules left in the field results resistant volunteer crops.

5. Safety of GMC food is also great concern among the people.

6. Contamination of food.
7. Long time use cause limit the bio-diversity.
8. Continuous use of same herbicide may develop resistant in weeds
9. Abandonment of IWM in course of time
FUTURE OF GM FOODS Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
1. GM advocates are confident that the next generation of GM foods will show even more
promising prospects—and may also address many of the problems.
2. Australian scientists are adding genes to bananas that will not only provide resistance to
Panama disease, a serious fungal disease that can destroy crops but also increase the
levels of beta-carotene and other nutrients, including iron.
3. Other GM crops in the pipeline include plants engineered to resist drought, high salinity,
nitrogen starvation, and low temperatures.
4. The current techniques that researchers use to introduce genes into plant cells result in
random insertions into the genome. New techniques are being devised that will allow
genes to be inserted into precise locations in the genome, avoiding some of the potential
unknown effects of disrupting a plant‘s normal genome with random integrations.
5. In the future, GM foods will likely include additional GM animals e.g. a transgenic
Atlantic salmon variety is likely to receive marketing approval in the near future.
6. In another project, scientists have introduced a DNA sequence into chickens that protects
the birds from spreading avian influenza.
7. Although these and other GM foods show promise for increasing agricultural
productivity and decreasing disease, the political pressure from anti-GM critics remains
a powerful force.
8. An understanding of the science behind these technologies will help us all to evaluate the
future of GM foods.
Conclusion
Transgenic crops have potential to solve world‘s hunger and malnutrition problems.
Safety testing and regulations can ensure its superiority. The society should be enlightened about
the scientific technology. Newer and faster techniques required to evaluate transgenic products

References
website: www.nuffieldbioethics.org
www.btny.purdue.edu/Extension/Weeds/HerbInj2/InjuryHerb1.html
Daisuke, T, Nakashima, K., Shinozaki, K and Shinozaki, K.Y. 2012. Toward understanding
transcriptional regulatory networks in abiotic stress responses and tolerance in rice. The
rice journal. 5-6. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Gilmour, S.J., Fowler, S.G., Thomashow, M.F. 2004. Arabidopsis transcriptional activators
CBF1, CBF2, and CBF3 have matching functional activities, Plant Molecular Biology.
54: 767–781.
Gupta, S.C., Sharma, A., Mishra, M., Mishra, R and Chowdhuri, D.K. 2010. Heat shock proteins
in toxicology: how close and how far. Life Sci. 86, 377–384.
Lee, J.H., Hubel, A., Schoffl, F., 1995. Derepression of the activity of genetically engineered
heat shock factor causes constitutive synthesis of heat shock proteins and increased
thermotolerance in transgenic. Arabidopsis. Plant J. 8: 603–612.
Maruyama, K., Takeda, M., Kidokoro, S. 2009. Metabolic pathways involved in cold
acclimation identified by integrated analysis of metabolites and transcripts regulated by
DREB1A and DREB2A, Plant Physiology.150: 1972–1980.
Mohamed H. Al-Whaibi. 2010. Plant heat-shock proteins: A mini review, Journal of King Saud
University, doi:10.1016/j.jksus.2010.06.022.
Pragyakant, Kant, S., Gordon, M., Shaked, R and Barak, S. 2007. Stress response suppressor1
and stress response suppressor2, Two DEAD-Box RNA Helicases That Attenuate
Arabidopsis Responses to Multiple Abiotic Stresses. Plant Physiology.145:814-830.
Shankar K. 2010. Development of multiple gene construct and overexpression of multigene
cassette for abiotic stress tolerance in plants. MSc Thesis. Department of Crop
Physiology, university of agricultural sciences, GKVK, Bangalore.


LIQUID BIO-FERTILIZERS: A NEW TOOL FOR
REPLACEMENT OF CHEMICAL
OCCUPATIONAL FERTILIZER
HEALTH HAZARDS OF WORKERSTO
INCREASE THE CROP YIELD
*1
R. Vinoth, 2A. Thanga Hemavathy, S. Kavitha3 and 4M Vijayakumar
1
Institute of Agriculture, TNAU, Kumulur, Trichy, Tamil Nadu
2
Department of Pulses, CPBG, TNAU, Coimbatore
3
Associate Professor (SST), Dept. of SST, TNAU, Coimbatore
4
Agricultural College and Research Institute, Kudumiyanmalai- 622104, Pudukkottai
*Corresponding Author E-mail ID: rvinothagri@gmail.com
Introduction
Bio-fertilizers are ready to use, live formulations of beneficial micro-organisms which are
agriculturally useful in terms of nitrogen fixation, phosphorus solubilization and nutrient
mobilization by their biological metabolism to increase the productivity of soil and/or crop on
application to seed, root or soil treatment for mobilizing the availability of nutrients. Liquid
Biofertilizer a substance which helps to grow plants rapidly and produce fruits, flower and
vegetable more quantity in proper time, otherwise fertilizer be a compound which fulfill the
needed minerals or Clements require for the growth of plants and vegetables to grow and fruits in
proper time. Liquid Biofertilizer is natural fertilizers which are microbial inoculants of bacteria
algae fungi alone or in combination and they augment the availability of nutrients to the plants.
The liquid Bio fertilizers are suspensions having agriculturally useful microorganisms,
which fix atmospheric nitrogen and solubilize insoluble phosphates and make it available for the
plants. The use of this Bio fertilizer is environment friendly and gives uniform results for most of
the agricultural crops and directly reduces the use of chemical fertilizer by 15 to 40%. The shelf
life of the liquid bio fertilizer is higher (in the range of one to two years) compared to that of
solid matrix base biofertiliszer. There is a growing demand for organic foods in the global
market. The use of these liquid biofertilizers would help the Indian farmers to produce organic
crops so as to compete in the global market.

Phosphate Solubilizing Bio fertilizer (PSB)

It produce organic acids which help in dissolving soil phosphorus as well as applied
phosphatic fertilizer in soil and make easy uptake by crop plants. In addition PSB also produce
growth regulators which are beneficial to crop growth and strength. PSB can solubilize native
soil phosphorus to the extent of two bags of SSP in case of high/medium phosphorus soils. The
Article
response further increases when organic contents of soil are improved ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
through application of
compost.
Liquid Consortia (NPK)

P & K components of NPK Liquid Bio Fertilizers produce organic acids which help in
dissolving insoluble soil phosphorous & potash as well as applied NPK/DAP/ Single Super
Phosphate (SSP)/ Muriate of Potash (MOP) etc. fertilizers in soil and make their uptake easy by
crop plants. It encourages early root development & helps plant cell formation, consequently
increases resistance towards diseases. Also ensure the developments of flowers, seeds & fruits in
the crops. N components of NPK LBF fixes atmospheric nitrogen and provide nutrition to crop
plants. In addition NPK Liquid Bio Fertilizers also produce growth regulators & biological active
substance like vitamins & hormones which are beneficial to crop growth & strength. It also
restricts the leaching of potassium & nitrogen in soil & reduced phosphorous fixation by 70-80%
in the soil. Inoculation with NPK Liquid Bio Fertilizers helps augment minimum 10-12 kg N, 8-
10 kg P205 & 6-8 kg K20 per acre/year. The response further increases when soil organic matter
contents are improved with application of compost.

Acetobacter
Nitrogen is the major plant food which amounts to more than half of the total plant
nutrients taken up byOCCUPATIONAL
the crop. Acetobacter are entophytic
HEALTH HAZARDS bacteria can fix Nitrogen in many
OF WORKERS
crops especially in roots, stems and leaves of Sugarcane crop. 500 ml of Acetobacter liquid Bio
fertilizer contains 5 thousand crore bacteria which establish miniscule urea plants in roots, stems
and leaves in Sugar cane crop when applied in one acre field. Each acre applied with 500 ml
Acetobacter Liquid Bio fertilizer can add nitrogen equivalent to 2-3 bags of urea. The response
further increase when soil organic matter are improved through application of compost.
Azospirillum
It is associative symbiotic soil bacteriawhich can fix Nitrogen in any soil and crop but
preferred high moisture-living crops like paddy/jute except legume crop. 500 ml of Azospirillum
Liquid Bio fertilizer contains 5 thousand crore bacteria which establish miniscule urea plants
when applied in one acre field. Each acre applied with 500 ml Azospirillum Liquid Bio fertilizer
can add nitrogen equivalent to one bag of urea. The response further increases when soil organic
matter contents are improved through application of compost.
Azotobacter
It is free-living soil bacteria which can fix Nitrogen in any soil and crop but preferred for
vegetables, fruits and field crops expect legumes/ high moisture-living crops like paddy and jute.

500 ml of Azotobacter Liquid Bio fertilizer contains 5 thousand crore bacteria which establish
miniscule urea plants when applied in one acre field. Each acre applied with 500 ml Azotobacter
Liquid Bio fertilizer can add nitrogen equivalent to one bag of urea. The response further
increases when soil organic matter contents are improved through application of compost
Rhizobium Liquid Bio-Fertilizer
Rhizobium Liquid Bio-Fertilizer are selected natural symbiotic soil bacteria which help
in fixation of Nitrogen in legume crops. These bacteria when applied as per directions in the
sown legume crop, make nodules on roots of the plants. 500 ml of Rhizobium Liquid Bio
fertilizer contains 5 thousand crore bacteria. Each bacteria establishes one miniscule biological
urea plant in the shape of root-nodule. Each acre applied with 500 ml Rhizobium Liquid Bio
fertilizer can add nitrogen equivalent to one bag of urea. The response further increases when
soil organic matter contents are improved through application of compost.
Potash Mobilizing (KMB)
Potash is an important macro-nutrient required by crop for quality produce. It encourage

early root development. Potash Mobilizing Liquid Bio-Fertilizer(KMB) produce organic acids
which help in dissolving soil potash as well as applied potassium fertilizers in soil and make easy
uptake by crop plants. Inoculation of K solubilize helps to augment 6-8 kg K per acre. In
addition KMB also produce growth regulators which are beneficial to crop growth, strength and
increase yield by 20-30%. This also keeps soil biologically active & maintain soil health. The
response further increases when soil organic matter contents are improved through application of
compost.

Zinc Solubilizing (ZSB)

Zinc is becoming 4th important plant nutrient after N P K in the Indian soils & affects the
nutritional quality as well as crop yield. Requirement of zinc in plant tissues is relatively in small
concentration (5-100 mg/kg). Zinc Solubilizing Liquid Bio-Fertilizer (ZSB) produce organic
acids which help in dissolving insoluble soil zinc salts as well as applied zinc fertilizers in soil
and make easy uptake by crop plants & it also influence the bio-availability zinc to plants,
keep soil biologically active & maintain soil health. ZSB can solubilize native soil zinc and helps
to augment 1-2 kg Zn per acre. The response further increases when soil organic matter contents
are improved through application of compost.
Types of Biofertilizers Formu-Lation

There are a wide variety of formulation types, both liquid and solid. The main types
currently used for organisms have been classified by into dry products (dusts, granules and
briquettes) suspension (water-based and emulsions). A wider range of intululation types, together
with additive types are
There are several types of biofertilizer formulations, including:
1. Liquid biofertilizers: Microorganism solutions applied directly to soil or foliage.

2. Granular biofertilizers: Dry, granular microorganism formulations applied directly to soil
or seedbed.

3. Tablets or capsules: Compressed microorganism formulations applied directly to soil or

seedbed.
4. Inoculants: Microorganism formulations for inoculating seeds, plants, or crops.
5. Compost inoculants: Microorganism formulations inoculate compost piles for faster
decomposition.
6. Bio-Pesticides: Microorganism-based bio-pesticides control cropArticle
pests. ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Function of liquid bio fertilizer
The main function of liquid biofertilizers is to provide plants with beneficial

microorganisms that can help to improve the overall health and growth of the plant. These
microorganisms can perform a variety of functions, including:
 Nitrogen fixation: Rhizobia and Azotobacter convert atmospheric nitrogen into plant-
useable form, reducing synthetic fertilizer use.
 Phosphate solubilization: PSB microorganisms break down phosphates in soil for plant
uptake.
 Potassium solubilization: Microorganisms convert insoluble potassium into plant-
available form.
 Mycorrhizal association: Mycorrhizal fungi enhance plant root nutrient and water
absorption through symbiotic relationships.
 Pest control: Some liquid biofertilizers contain microorganisms that can act as bio-
pesticides and control pests in crops.
 Disease control: Some liquid biofertilizers can act as bio-control agents and can control
certain diseases in crops.
 Improving soil structure: Liquid biofertilizers enhance soil structure, decompose organic
matter, and improve aeration.
 Improving soil fertility: Liquid bio fertilizers enhance soil fertility by increasing
beneficial microorganisms, enhancing plant nutrient availability.
Advantages of liquid bio fertilizer
 Longer shelf-life -12-24 months.

 No contamination.
 Easy identification by typical fermented smell.

 Better survival on seeds and soil.

 Very much easy to use by the farmer.
 High commercial revenues.
 No loss of properties due to storage up to 45ºC. – Greater potentials to fight with
native population.
Method of application of liquid bio fertilizer
There are several methods for applying liquid biofertilizers, including:
 Foliar application: Spray liquid biofertilizer onto plant leaves for quick results, but
care needed for sensitive plants.
 Soil drenching: Apply liquid biofertilizer directly to plant soil, promoting root
growth and overall plant health.
 Irrigation: Liquid biofertilizer added to irrigation water, applied to plants for large-
scale commercial applications.
 Seed treatment: Liquid biofertilizer treats seeds before planting, inoculating with
microorganisms, improving growth and yield.
 Compost tea: Compost tea is a liquid biofertilizer that enhances plant growth and
soil health.
Precaution taken at the time of application of liquid bio fertilizer
 Never mix it with nitrogenous fertilizers

 Don‘t apply with fungicides
 Never expose it to direct sunlight so that the microbes will not die.
 Must be stored in the temperatures between 0ᴼ to 35ᴼC.
 Prepare every time the fresh solution dilution before spraying it to crops
Future prospect (how liquid fertilizer is an innovative tool for sustainable agriculture)
Liquid biofertilizers are considered an innovative tool for sustainable agriculture

because they offer several benefits over traditional chemical fertilizers:
 Environmentally friendly: Liquid biofertilizers are environmentally friendly,

natural microorganism-based alternatives to chemical fertilizers.

 Improve soil health: Liquid biofertilizers enhance soil health by promoting

beneficial microorganism growth, reducing chemical fertilizer use.
 IncreaseOCCUPATIONAL
crop yield: LiquidHEALTH
biofertilizers boost crop
OFyield by promoting healthy
HAZARDS WORKERS
root growth and nutrient availability.
 Resistance to biotic and abiotic stress: Liquid biofertilizers contain
microorganisms for plant resistance to stress.
 Cost-effective: Liquid biofertilizers cost less and are more efficient.
 Versatile: Liquid biofertilizers use various methods for soil, seed, and compost
treatment.
 Can be used for organic farming: Liquid biofertilizers offer safe, effective
organic farming alternatives to chemical fertilizers.
 Can be used for precision agriculture: Liquid biofertilizers enable precision
agriculture for specific crops, reducing costs and increasing efficiency.
Conclusion
Liquid biofertilizers consist of living microorganisms that enhance soil properties and
increase plant growth and yield. Liquid biofertilizers have been applied to different crops and
yielded the best results when compared to other types of chemical or carrier-based fertilizers. In
some cases, plant growth increased two-fold. Biofertilizers enhance plant nutrient availability
and soil fertility, with microorganisms playing a beneficial role in nitrogen fixation, phosphate
solubilization, and biomass production. They are economical, renewable, and eco-friendly, but
cannot replace chemical fertilizers entirely. Biofertilizers are essential for Integrated Nutrient
Management and organic farming, as changing agricultural practices and environmental hazards
demand a more significant role for biofertilizers.
Reference
Arumugam, V., M.H. Ismail, W. Routray.2021. Biofertilizers from food and agricultural by-
products and wastes. Biomolecular engineering Solutions for renewable specialty
chemicals: microorganisms Products, and Processes, pp. 419-448
Suhag, M. (2016). Potential of biofertilizers to replace chemical fertilizers. Int. Adv. Res. J. Sci.
Eng. Technol, 3(5), 163-167.
https://www.kribhco.net/lbf.html


SUGARCANE VARIETIES
OCCUPATIONAL AND HAZARDS
HEALTH SUITABLE SEASON FOR
OF WORKERS
TAMIL NADU
*S. Ganapathy and V. Ravichandran

Agricultural College and Research Institute, Vazhavazhanur
Thiruvannamalai District - 606 753. Tamil Nadu, India
*Corresponding Author Email ID: sugar.ganapathy@gmail.com
Introduction
In sugarcane cultivation, varietal selection is one of the important criteria to increase cane
yields in farmer‘s fields and sugar recovery in the factory. Besides selection of suitable varieties
to a particular area, planting of cane varieties of different maturity groups (early, mid-late and
late) in a proper proportion or adoption of proper varietal schedule is also essential so as to
ensure supply of raw material to the factory extending crushing duration and higher sugar
recovery in the season.
Classification of sugarcane varieties into different maturity groups
Early : Minimum of 16 % juice sucrose with 85 % purity at 10-11th month age of the crop.
Mid-late: Minimum of 18 % juice sucrose with 90 % purity at 12 th month age of the crop.
Early Maturing Varieties
CoC 25: (Co 85002xHR 83-144)
It is a early maturing clone it possess erect non lodging and medium thick cane, loose
clasping and glabrous leaf sheath. The cane is medium tall and the colour of the cane is green
with purple pigmentation. It recorded a mean cane yield of 155.7 t/ha, CCS of 12.59 % and sugar
yield of 19.62 t/ha. It is moderately resistant to red rot and smut disease and tolerant to borer.
Pithiness and splits are absent in the clone. It is vigorous in its early growth. It is tolerant to
drought.

CoC (SC) 24: (Co 8371 x MS 6847)

It is an early season variety. It is a tall, good tillering variety with canes green in colour and
thicker. Its average cane yield is 133.43 t/ha with 12.82 % CCS. It records an sugar yield of
17.05 t/ha. Pithiness and splits are absent.
CoC(Sc) 23: (69A 591 GC)
Article
This early variety is capable of yielding 131 tonnes of cane per ha ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
with CCS % of 12.4. It is
medium thick, tall growing, erect and non-lodging. This variety was also released by the central
variety release committee under the name CoC-01-061 as a national variety for cultivation in
Odisha, Andhra Pradesh, Puducherry& Tamil Nadu. It is wooly aphid resistant variety. It
contains 12.5 % fibre.
TNAU Sugarcane SI 7: (Co 99043 x CoG 93076)
It is an early maturing variety. Tolerant to drought and red rot. It produces light purple
coloured thick and straight cane. It is a nonflowering type. It has no spines which favours easy
detrashing. It gives a cane yield of 154 t/ha with 13.05 % of CCS.
Co 94008 (Shyamala): (Co 62175 x Co86250)
It is an early variety which gives an average cane yield of 119.5 t/ha with 18.30 % sucrose.
It records to 12.92 % CCS. Itis moderately tolerant to red rot and smut disease and suits for water
logging condition and tolerant to drought and salinity. The canes are dark purple with self
detrashing nature. It has 14.5 % fibre and gives A1 quality jiggery.
Co 94012 (Phule Savithiri): (Somoclone of CoC 671)
It is an early maturing which gives an average cane yield of 113.3 t/ha with 20.96 %
sucrose. The variety has thick, greenish pink canes with heavy spines and flowers profusely. It is
highly susceptible to red rot and hence grown in the red rot free regions.
Co 86249 (Bhavani): (Co J 64 x CoA 7601)
It is suited for mid late season. It gives an average cane yield of 127.6 t/ha with a CCS % of
11.2. It gives sugar yield of 14.1 t/ha. It recorded sucrose (18.7%). It is moderately resistant to
red rot disease and resistant to smut.
Co 88025: (Somoclone of CoC 671)
It is a sugar rich variety. It recorded a mean CCS of 13.7 t/ha, 118.3 t/h of cane yield and
21.20 % sucrose.

Co 0403: (Co 8371xCo 86011)

This is an early maturing variety and resistant to red rot and smut diseases. It possess A1
quality jiggery. It is characterized by erect canes, early vigorous growth, dark green foliage and
absence of spines (or) splits. It is tolerant to drought and salinity. It records higher juice sucrose
(20.34 %), CCS (14.12 %), cane yield (108.25 t/ha) and sugar yield (15.33 t/ha).
CoV 94101: (Co 7704xCo 775) Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
It is an early variety which gives cane yield of 102 t/ha with 19.15% sucrose.
CoA 92081 (Viswamitra): (Co 7704 x CoC 671)
This is an early variety which gives an average cane yield of 125 t/ha with 18.50 %
sucrose. It is medium thick cane with white bloom, green cane turns to yellowish green on
exposure. It is resistant to red rot and tolerant to drought. It is a good ratooner. It is highly
susceptible for smut. It is suitable to waterlogged condition.
CoG 94077: (Co 740xCo 775)
It is an early variety which yields 133 t/ha with CCS of 13.3 %. It gives a sugar yield of
17.6 t/ha and gives jaggery yield of 14.5 t/ha. It is a medium thick, greenish yellow cane having
purple tinge in the greenish leaf sheath. It is non lodging, non flowering with good ratooning
ability.
CoA 89085: (Co 6806 x Co 775)
It is a early variety which gives cane yield of 105 t/ha with 20 % sucrose. It suits for mid
late season and is tolerant to drought.
83 R 23 (Vasudha): (Co 740xCo 6806)
It is an early variety and tolerant to red rot. It gives an average cane yield of 121 t/ha with
19.20 % sucrose.It is tolerant to drought.
CoG 95076: (CoC 771x Co 775)
It is a early maturing which gives an average cane yield of 108 t/ha with 11.5 % CCS.
CoC 90063: (Co 6304 x CoC 671).
It is an early variety which gives cane yield of 124 t/ha with 12.3 % CCS and with a sugar
yield of 15.3 t/ha. It is non lodging, non flowering type with optimum fibre content of 13%. It is
moderately resistant to red rot.

CoC 671: (Q 63 x Co 775)

It is an early season variety which matures in ten months. It is tolerant to smut and
pineapple disease. It is lodging and flowering in nature. It is athick cane with characteristic pink
colour, pink transverse mark, spines profuse, pith present. It is suitable for jaggery making. It is
highly susceptible to red rot disease and it is grown in red rot free zone. It gives an average cane
yield of 123.5 t/h with a sugar yield of 16.3 t/ha. It gives 13.2 %CCS. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
CoSi (SC) 6: (Co 8213x CoA 7602)
It is a early matring variety which possess thick and erect canes. It is non-flowering with
easily detrashable. It is capable of yielding 148 t/ha with CCS per cent of 12.3. It is suited to
problem soils and drought situations.
Co 91017: (Somoclone of CoC 671)
It is suited for early season. It is a thick purplish dark pink colour cane, easy detrashing,
medium tillering, good ratooner, early growth is very slow, spines and pithiness are present. It
gives 100 t/ha with 12.33 % fibre. It gives sugar recovery 10.29 %.
Co 0312:
It is an early clone. It records juice sucrose (18.81 %), cane yield (105.00 t/ha), CCS (13.30
%) and sugar yield (13.88 t/ha).
Co 0314: (Co 7201 x Co 86011)
It is a high quality clone with early vigourous growth, erect purple canes and excellent field
stands. It is resistant to red rot, tolerant to drought and salinity.It records higher juice sucrose
(19.08 %), CCS (13.57 %), cane yield (101.87 t/ha) and sugar yield (14.43 t/ha).
Midlate Maturing Varieties

Co 86032 (Nayana): Co 62198x CoC 671
It is the most important mid-late variety under cultivation. Its average cane yield is 102
t/ha. Its juice contains 20.10 % sucrose, high sugar recovery to the extent of 13 % CCS. It
maintains the juice quality upto 14 month and is amenable for wide row spacing. It is resistant to
smut, field resistant to red rot, tolerant to drought, good ratooner but susceptible under plug
method of inoculation. It is non flowering, medium thick reddish pink canes with prominent
ivory marks, broad, green root zone, 3-4 staggered root eye rows, green with purple leaf sheath,
leaf carriage open, erect, tip drooping in some situations. It is self detrashing habit.

Co 0212: (Co 7201 x ISH 106)

This is a mid late clone with erect medium thick cane. It is a good ratooner. It is tolerant to
drought and salinity and moderately resistant red rot and smut.It recorded higher juice sucrose
(20.95 %) cane yield (155.20 t/ha) and sugar yield (19.89 t/ha). It records 12.82 % CCS.
Co 2001-13 (Sulabh): (Co 7806 PC)
It is a mid-late maturing cane. The canes are medium thick, semi erect, with high tillering
and with good ratooning potential. It is well suited for drought and saline conditions and
combines resistance to red rot and smut disease, internode borer. The clone gives A1 quality
jaggery with moderate fibre (13.43%). It recorded higher juice sucrose (19.03 %) cane yield
(108.6 t/ha) and sugar yield (14.73 t/ha).
Co 99004 (Damodar): (Co 62175 x Co 86250)
This mid late variety gives a mean cane yield of 116.82 t/ha with 13.61 % CCS. It recorded
a sugar yield of 16.09 t/ha. It gives higher sucrose (19.21 %). It is resistant to red rot and wilt
disease, tolerant to drought and salinity, tolerant to internode borer. Golden yellow A1 quality
jaggery. It is a erect tall canes without spines, early vigorous growth, dark green foliage.Itgives
14 % mean fibre.

Co 99006 (Neeraj): (Bo 91 x Co 62175) x Co 775

This mid late variety gives a mean cane yield of 111.5 t/ha with 14.4 % CCS. It recorded a
sugar yield of 16.14 t/ha. It gives higher sucrose (20.3 %). It is resistant to red rot by nodal,
tolerant to drought, water logging and salinity. A1 quality jaggery, easy de-trashing and good
ratooning potential. It grows erect,without spines (or) splits. Itgives 13.2 % mean fibre. It gave
high total sugars and yielded higher alcohol (> 15,000 l/ha). Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
CoG (SC) 5: (CoC 671 x CoT 8201)

This is a midlate variety suitable for tannery effluent, polluted soils of North eastern
regions of Tamil Nadu. The variety recorded cane yield of 121 t/ha with 12.7 % CCS. It gives a
sugar yield of 15.3 t/ha. It is a high tillering medium thick cane, erect, non lodging, non
flowering. It is good for jaggery production.
CoV 92012 (Kanagadurga): (CoC 671 x Co 6806)
It is a mid late variety which gives an average cane yield of 119.2 t/ha with 19.3 % sucrose.
It is moderately resistant to red rot. The leaf sheath contains lot of spines. It is profusely
flowering, purple medium thick cane.
CoC (SC) 22: (Co 8208 GC)
This mid late variety is erect, medium thick cane and capable of yielding 136 t/ha with
CCS percent of 12.12 with moderate resistance to red rot disease. It possess 13.24 % fibre. No
spines and easy for detrashing.

Co 97009 (MC 707) : (CoC 671 x Co 1281)

It gives an average cane yield of 125 t/ha with 19 % sucrose. It is highly susceptible to red
rot disease and is grown in red rot free zones.
CoG 93076: (CoC 772 x Co 419)
It is a mid late season variety, medium thick greenish yellow cane having the cane yield
Article
potential of 132 t/ha with CCS per cent of 12.9. It is a good ratooner and ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
tolerant to drought. This
highly suitable for jaggery making.
Co 6304 : (Co 419 x Co 615)
It is a mid late, thick variety non lodging. It gives an average cane yield of 135 t/ha with
11.5 % CCS. It is grown in red rot free zones.
CoC 85061: (Co 6304GC)
It is a mid late variety with an average cane yield of 128.5 t/ha and with a sugar yield of
15.7 t/ha. Its juice contains 12.2 % CCS. It is non lodging and non flowering and is grown in red
rot free zones.
Co 99012
Co 99012 is high sugar variety It is a mid late variety which gives cane yield of 125 t/ha
with 19.5 % sucrose. Co 99012 was sucesstable to redroot disease and it contains 12.68% fibre.
New sugarcane variety released from Cuddalore

Basedon the outcome of AICRP (S) experiments conducted in various locations. The clone
namely 13339 were found to be outstanding one in respect of cane yield, quality and sugar yield
along with red rot resistance. The promising high yielding and high quality variety CoC 13339
was released during 2020 for Tamil Nadu.
References
Compendium of Research articles and Status paper of the 36 th to 44th meetings from 2010 to
2013 of the sugarcane Research and Development works of Tamil Nadu & Puducherry.
Proc. No.SRS/CUD/CAE/Proc/2013 dt 1.7.2013 of the Prof & Head, SRS, Cuddalore.
Report on 22nd Sugarcane Scientist Meet held on 11.4.2014 by TNAU, Coimbatore.


WOMEN SELF-HELP GROUPS-GENESIS, FUNCTIONS,

CHALLENGES AND PROMOTING INSTITUTIONS
D.D. Sharma1 and Swati2*

1
Professor (Agricultural Extension and Communication)
2
PG Scholar (Agricultural Extension and Communication)
MS Swaminathan School of Agriculture, Shoolini University of Biotechnology and Management
Sciences, Bajhol, Solan- 173229. H.P., India
*Corresponding Author Email ID: s.swati7733@gmail.com
Introduction
Women constitute half of the world population but getting hardly ten percent of the world
income because of their dependency on men. In rural India, Women are the most
underprivileged, disadvantaged and vulnerable section of our society. Though the women have
proven their presence in various fields of life, yet they are not getting the equal treatment and
recognition in the mainstream of development compared to their male counterparts. The literacy
rate of women compared to men is found to be low in India. As per the report of National
Statistical Office (NSO) the India‘s Average literacy rate was 77.70 percent for the year 2021
with Male literacy rate was 84.70 percent and Female literacy rate is 70.30percent. Thus, there is
dire need for empowerment of rural women specifically their social empowerment, Political
empowerment and Economic empowerment. In order to achieve this objective, the concept of
Self-Help Groups has proved to be a boon for the rural women specially for their economic
development.
Self-Help Group: Concept and Definitions:
Self Help Groups is a voluntary group that encourages the rural women to come forward
and makes them competent and self -employed. Samuel Smiles was the person who first used the
word "Self-Help" in the year 1859 to refer the persons who grow personally via their own

determination and efforts with the little outside help occasionally to speed up the process. It has a
tendency to develop a sense of self-respect and self-reliance as well as to strengthen the work
habits, among the rural women.
According to the National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development (NABARD),
―Self-Help group is a small, economically homogenous and affinity group of the rural
poor, voluntarily formed to save and mutually agreed to contribute to Article
a commonID: AG-VO2-I08-07
fund, to be lent
to its members as per group decision for their socio-economic development.
As per IFFCO Foundation ―Self-Help Group (SHG) is an unregistered group of micro-
entrepreneurs having homogeneous social and economic background to meet their emergency
needs on the basis of mutual help. It serves the principle ―by the women, of the women and for
the women and became more significant particularly after the year 1976, when the Economist
Professor Muhammad Yunus from Bangladesh started experimenting with micro-credit and
women's Self-Help Groups (SHGs) which through "Empowering the poor women," strategy
brought about a revolution in the fight against poverty in Bangladesh.
The main objective of the group is to develop equitable relationships that promote the
human well-being and serves as a medium to deliver the micro-credit to its members. It is
effective not only in facilitating women to realize their inner strengths but also directly
addressing rural poverty.
Concepts relating to self-help groups:
Some of the main concepts pertaining to Self-Help Group:
 Thrifting
Every member of SHG saves a set amount of money each month. Saving this way is referred to
as thrifting and the head of the group should keep this money. Thrifting begins with the
formulation of group is very useful for the members because if any crisis occurs, the members
can borrow money from their savings.
At the time of thrifting, the group leader signs each member's personal savings account book and
each member receives a receipt from the leader for their savings.
 Grading
The regular evaluation of SHGs is termed as grading which is done after every six months from
the formation of the group. It helps in identifying the strengths and weaknesses of the groups, on

the basis of which decisions are to see whether a group is eligible for revolving fund and bank
credit assistance or not. There are following two types of Grading:
First Grading: This is done after six months from the formation of the group. The grading team
consists of the Sabhapati/Pradhan of Panchayat Samiti, Block Development Officers (BDO),
Line Department Officer and Bank Manager. For this purpose, a Performa has been prescribed
Article
after a group becomes successful in first grading can be eligible to receive ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
revolving fund.
Second Grading: This is done after six months from receiving the revolving fund. The grading
team consists of officers from District Rural Development Cell, Line department officers,
Sabhapati, BDO (Block Development Officer) and Bank Manager. The Group is eligible for
Project loan when it becomes successful in second grading and accordingly the bank sanctions
the amount according to the project cost prepared by line Department Officers.
GENESIS OF SHG
The Genesis of SHG in India can be traced back to formation of Self-Employed
Women‘s Association (SEWA) in the year 1970. After that the SHG Bank Linkage Project
launched by National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development (NABARD) in 1992 has
blossomed into the world‘s largest micro-finance project. Then, NABARD along with Reserve
Bank of India (RBI) permitted SHGs to have their savings accounts in banks from the year of
1993 onwards. This action gave a considerable boost to the SHG movement and paved the way
for the SHG-Bank linkage program. In the year 1999, Government of India introduced Swarn
Jayanti Gram Swarozgar Yojana (SGSY) to promote self-employment in rural areas through
formation and skilling of SHGs. It covers all aspects of self-employment such as, organisation
of the poor into Self-Help Groups, training, credit, technology, infrastructure and marketing
etc. The programme emerged as National Movement in the year 2011 and became National
Rural Livelihoods Mission (NRLM) – World‘s largest Poverty Alleviation Programme which
evolves out the need to diversify the needs of the rural poor and provided them jobs with
regular income on monthly basis. The programme facilitated universal access to the affordable
cost-effective reliable financial services like financial literacy, bank account, savings, credit,
insurance, remittance, pension and counselling on financial services, to the poor and down
trodden people.

SHG- BANK LINKAGE PROGRAMME:

NABARD‘s linkage programme with SHG in India was initiated in the year1992-1993 with the
following specific objectives: -
i. To evolve supplementary strategy for meeting the credit needs of the poor people.
ii. To build up mutual trust and confidence between the bank and the rural poor.
iii. Article
To encourage banking activity both on thrift as well as credit underID: AG-VO2-I08-07
formal financial
institutions.
iv. To improve the flow of rural credit with reduced transaction cost both for the financing
bank and the borrowers (NABARD,1992).
The financial assistance for lending to SHG as an instrument in socio-economic development,
promotes small savings, quick credit for emerging needs particularly for basic social
expenditure like health care, education of children etc. This approach has created effects on the
targeted people and communities in the form of sustainability through savings and credits.
MODELS OF SHG-BANK LINKAGE PROGRAMME:
These are three models of SHG-Bank Linkage Programme briefly discussed as under: -
SHG
Model-II Model-III
Model-I
SHGs are formed by the SHGs are
SHGs are NGOs and formal agencies, financed by the
formed and but directly financed by banks using
financed by banks NGOs as
banks financial
MODEL-I: Under intermediaries
this model, the banks themselves act as Self-help Promoting Institutions i.e., forming and
nurturing the groups, opening their savings accounts and providing them bank loans.
MODEL-II: This model appears to be the most popular model amongst bankers. Under this
model, NGOs and formal agencies in the field of micro-finance act as facilitators. These

agencies propagate the message, organize groups, train them in thrift and credit management
and nurture them over a period. The banks in due course, link these groups by directly
providing loans to them.
MODEL-III: In this model, NGOs undertake the dual role of both as facilitators and financial
intermediaries and help in formation of SHGs, nurturing them, training them in thrift and credit
management. Eventually, the NGOs approach banks concerned forArticle ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
bulk loan assistance for
lending to the SHGs. However, the numbers of SHGs linked under this model are found to be
relatively small.
FUNCTIONS OF SELF-HELP GROUPS: -
The following functions are performed by Self-Help Groups: -
● SHG makes the members self-reliant and self-dependent.
● It gives a platform for the group members where they can discuss their problems either
social or economic.
● It improves the socio-economic status of the group members.
● It gives them platform for exchanging the ideas and thoughts in cordial and friendly
environment.
● It develops the decision-making capacity in the group members.
● It inculcates the feeling of mutual help and cooperation among the group members.
● It makes them confident and develops strength for solving their problems.
● Enhances the general awareness among the members about literacy and various
government programmes/schemes.

PANCHSUTRA OR FIVE PRINCIPLES OF SHG:

The Self-Help Groups function on the five principles viz; Regular Meeting, Regular Saving,
Regular Inter-Lending, Regular Repayment and Regular Maintenance of Books or Records.
ADVANTAGES OF SHGs: -
 Women SHG make their members independent from social constraints; and allow them to
make independent decisions
 It allows for micro-level entrepreneurship within the rural society; and thus, reduces too
much dependence on agriculture.
 The collective team effort by the SHGs for financial inclusion allows for the improvement in
the living standard, family planning, health-care, particularly the vulnerable sections of the
society.
 The members of the SHGs are encouraged to open savings accounts in banks which assures
them improved living conditions, increased spending on education, health, etc.
 It acts as a window for better technology/skill upgradation and ensures freedom, quality, self-
reliance and empowerment for the members of Self-Help Group.
INDICATORS OF EFFECTIVE SELF-HELP GROUPS:
An effective Self-Help Group should be small i.e.; 12 to 20 members, should believe in
self and mutual help, similar interests, fixed term of office bearers, accountable/responsible
elected officials who are always ready to strengthen group cohesion, Group meetings should be
held at least fortnightly at scheduled day and time. Attendance register should be maintained
with average 90 percent attendance, frame its own rules governing its conduct/behaviour etc,

committed to the group for its personal growth/progress, common fund, collective decision-
making capability and should have collective leadership. An efficient SHG should regularly
maintain account books/records like attendance register, minute books, saving ledger, receipt and
payment vouchers, cash book, loan ledger etc; overdues should not exceed five percent of
outstanding, provision of penalties on defaulters, need based and priority based loans to members
Article
with revolving fund of Rs. 10000/- to 15000/- to meet out the immediate creditID:needs
AG-VO2-I08-07
of the SHG
members. Minute books holds the detail of meetings, name of members and group rules etc.
Savings and loan register holds the details of members‘ savings separately and the group as a
whole. Members‘ Passbook aims to encourage regular savings; and Weekly Register contains the
summary of receipts and payments and is done every week and repeated in every meeting.
TYPES OF SHG:
There are following four types of SHG functioning in our country.
S. No. Type of Group Age limit
1 Women Self-Help Group 18-60
2 Youth Self-Help Group 18-35
3 Disabled Self-Help Group Up to 60
4 Tribal Self-Help Group 18-60
Source: https://aajeevika.gov.in
Now the question is how the Self-Help Group comes into existence. There are following five
stages: -
STAGES OF DEVELOPMENT OF SHGs:
According to NABARD (1994), there are five stages in the development of Self-Help Groups.
These are presented along with time period and focus of activities in each stage.
Stages of development Time period Focus of activities
Pre-formation 1-2 months Identifying the poor through participatory

rural appraisal methods in
hamlets/villages/towns.

Formation 3-6 months Motivation to form groups, select group

leaders, develop rules and norms, conduct
meeting, pooling savings, collection of
small loans, group cohesion and
maintenance of accounts.
Stabilisation (Phase 1) 7-12 months Leadership stabilisation, training of leaders
and members, regularized and increased
savings, informal interaction with other
groups/clusters. Begin the process for
issuing loans, handling/helping defaulters
to repay.
Stabilisation (Phase 2) 13-18 months In addition to above activities initiation of

income generating programmes, linkage of
banks, support to new groups,
demonstrative effect on others to form
group.
Growth and expansion 19 months and Strengthen linkages with banks, creation of
above assets for groups and members, spreading
concept building and promotion of new
groups.
A. INSTITUTIONS FOR PROMOTING SELF-HELP GROUPS:

Following institutions/organizations are engaged for promoting SHGs in the country: -
1. Rashtriya Mahila Kosh (RMK): Rashtriya Mahila Kosh (RMK), sponsored by Government
of India (Department of Women and Child Development) was set up in the year 1993 having its
Head Office is in New Delhi. The objective is to assist the rural women living the below poverty
line in undertaking income generating activities through provision of package of financial and
other services and encouraging promotion of women SHGs. The main function of RMK is to
provide credit for facilitating production and economic activities along with some support of
training for skill upgradation. Non- Government Organisations (NGOs), Women Credit

Cooperatives and Women Development Corporation which are operating on sound lines with at
least three years‘ experience can avail of short- and long-term loans from Rashtriya Mahila
Kosh.
2. Working Women’s Forum (WWF): The Working Women‘s Forum (WWF) Chennai-based
voluntary agency and a women‘s organisation in southern India which was founded in 1978 by
Article
Arunachalam in Madras (Chennai). It aimed to empower poor women in ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
southern India by
providing microcredit, health care and training. The main objective of the forum is to provide
organisational support to women workers in the informal sector, such as street vendors, silkworm
growers and silk weavers, handicraft producers, washerwomen and fisherwomen on trade lines
for improving their living conditions. In the 1981, the WWF established its own bank both for
mobilizing savings of its members and providing credit to them. It has now become a vehicle of
economic freedom and social change for the most oppressed and deprived sections of Indian
society particularly in the rural areas.
3. Non-Government Organisations:
The Non-Government Organisations play a significant role in motivating the rural women to
organise themselves and to form into SHGs in order to educate, train the group members in
managing the group activities like maintenance of books of accounts, conducting meetings,
management of funds, etc; to inculcate, promote thrift and savings habit among the group
members and to help in institution building along with the development of individual and to help
the SHG in identifying raw materials and local resources. They help the group members to
upgrade their skills and technology to make the best use of resources, to make available credit
facilities and to act as a link between the rural poor and the banks. They also facilitate in
educating and training the group members to utilise credit properly and to improve their
economic conditions, to help the group members in exploring markets for their products, to work
as facilitator in the meetings of the SHG and to act as friend, philosopher and guide to the SHGs.
4. Self-Employed Women’s Association (SEWA): Self-Employed Women‘s Association of
India was founded in the year 1972 with its headquarters in Ahmedabad. The goal of SEWA is to
ensure full employment and self-reliance for all its members in which a woman secure for her
family: income, food, health care, child care and shelter. Its aims to mainstream marginalized
and poor women in the informal sector and helps them to come out of the clutches of poverty.
The SEWA experiment has shown that when women are organized as workers or producers, it

boosts up their self-esteem which ultimately makes them significant contributors to society‘s
wealth.
5. Bharatiya Mahila Bank (BMB): On 19th November 2013, the Government of India
inaugurated its first Women Bank named ―Bharatiya Mahila Bank‖- a saving and lending
institution that is being run by the rural women having its Headquarters in Delhi with its initial
Article
nine branches located in Delhi, Mumbai, Kolkata, Chennai, Bangalore, ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
Ahmedabad, Lucknow,
Guwahati and Indore having a capital base of Rupees1000 crores. The BMB possessing 25
branches by the end of 2013 financial year has now expanded to towns and rural areas. The bank
emphasises the women‘s access to banking service because only 26 percent of the women in
India have bank accounts and helps in creating more job opportunities for women by financing
projects that are women-oriented viz. Supporting Self-Help Groups, Skill Development
Programmes like toy making, loans for kitchen improvement.
Although the bank caters to the rural women, the men also can open their account or obtain loan,
yet there is a condition for loans i.e, the project must either be women-oriented or employ more
women.
B. GOVERNMENT PROVISIONS & PROGRAMMES:
1.National Rural Livelihood Mission (NRLM) – Aajeevika: It is launched by Ministry of
Rural Development (MoRD), Government of India in June 2011. The central objective of the
Mission was to "establish efficient and effective institutional platforms of the rural poor that
enable them to increase household incomes through livelihood enhancements and improved
access to financial and public services" and the Mission aimed to mobilize 10-12 crore rural
households into self-help groups in a time bound manner by 2024-25. The Mission has been
designed to bring about a sustainable improvement in the livelihoods of the poor through
building strong community institutions. NRLM facilitates universal access to the affordable cost-
effective reliable financial services to the poor including financial literacy, bank account,
savings, credit, insurance, remittance, pension and counselling on financial services. The focus
of the NRLM financial inclusion and investment strategy is to ―make the poor the preferred
clients of the banking system and mobilizing bank credit‖. NRLM expects that the investment in
the institutions of the poor would leverage the bank credit of at least Rs.1,00,000 /- accessible to
every household in repeat doses over the next five years. It has provided interest subvention for
all eligible SHGs to get loan at 7% per annum from mainstream financial institutions. Further,

additional 3% interest subvention is available only on prompt repayment by SHGs in most

backward 250 districts of the country.
Source: https://aajeevika.gov.in/nrlm-repository/documents/nrlm
2.Akshara Mahila: It was initially started in West Godavari District and later the model was
adopted in the entire state of Andhra Pradesh. It is a Literacy Programme for Women Self-Help
Groups. The programme was launched on April, 5, 2000 and for all round development of
women self-help groups and established a link between literacy and poverty alleviation
programmes. Since, SHGs, members have to record money transactions and interact with banks
and officers; Illiteracy of members has become a major hurdle in effective functioning of the
groups. Hence, they were keen to improve their literacy skills for which SHG is taken as the unit
for literacy instruction.
Features of Akshara Mahila: It is a Group-based approach which believes in self-help spirits
and Community participation. It has convergence with District Rural Development Agency and
organises various short duration courses/activities by using new primers, teaching and learning aids.
The Ministry of Rural Development, Government of India also motivates the effective Self-
Help Groups by providing awards/incentives for the outstanding performance of the SHGs under
DAY-NRLM. One of such programmes was virtually organized on the 8th March 2021 with an
intention to celebrate the achievements and success of community members on the International
Women‘s Day. On this occasion, 30 most effective SHGs from different states were shortlisted for
the awards. SHG women from more than 650 locations across various states in the country were

reported to be connected during the live streaming of the program. Out of these shortlisted SHGs,
four prominent SHGs viz; Jiwan Jyoti Self-Help Group of Mashobra- Shimla (H.P.), Nav Durga
Self-Help Group of Alirajpur, Madhya Pradesh, Nari Shakti Self-Help Group of Bijnore, Uttar
Pradesh and Kalyan Self-Help Group of Rajasthan were honoured with awards.
LIMITATIONS OF SHGs: -
There are certain limitations of SHGs which should be kept in mind:
 Many SHGs to a great extent are dependent on the promoter agencies for their survival.
Therefore, in case these agencies withdraw their support, the SHGs become vulnerable to
downfall.
 The facilitators themselves do not have professional training with regard to organising SHGs,
which may adversely affect SHGs functioning.
 Most of the SHGs are either not making use of new technological innovations and skills or
they are incapable to do so.
 It has been observed that SHGs are generally not registered. They are running based on the
trust between the members. The savings made by the SHG members may not be safe which
creates mistrust among the members.
 They were found lacking resources and sufficient means to market their goods/produce.
 There is also a lack of qualified resource personnel in the rural areas who could help them
in skill upgradation or acquisition of new skills.
CHALLENGES/ PROBLEMS:
Self-Help Group members have to face a lot of challenges, prominent among them are: -

 Lack of knowledge and proper orientation among SHG-members to take up suitable

and profitable livelihood options.
 Lack of encouragement from the family side particular from the male heads of the
family.
 More engagement in household work performing multiple activities.
 Lack of communication skills and leadership qualities. Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
 Tough competition for their products in the market.

 Sustainability and the quality of operations of the SHGs have been a matter of
considerable debate among the administrators and policy makers.
 Lack of financial Security thus the SHGs work on mutual trust and confidence of the
members. The deposits of the SHGs are not secured or safe.
SOME OBSERVATIONS PERTAINING TO SHGs DURING COVID-19:
Women Self-Help Groups in India had risen to the extraordinary challenge of COVID-
19 (Coronavirus) pandemic. They met out shortfalls in masks, sanitizers and protective
equipments in running community kitchens, fighting misinformation and even providing
banking and financial solutions to remote and far-flung communities/areas. Women‘s self-help
groups (SHGs) had come to the fore as foot soldiers in India's fight against COVID-19 (Corona
virus). So far, more than 19 million masks had been produced by some 20,000 SHGs across 27
Indian States. With huge numbers of informal workers losing their livelihoods during the
lockdown and food supply chains getting disrupted in some areas, SHGs had set up over 10,000
community kitchens across the country to feed stranded workers, the poor and the vulnerable
sections of the society.
Women were found running help desks and delivering essential food supplies to the
elderly and the quarantined people. In Jharkhand State, where large numbers of people
migrated to other states for work, they started a dedicated helpline for returning migrants and
other vulnerable families.
Junaid Ahmad, the World Bank's Country Director in India had rightly remarked
that "Women at the center of development has been an important story in South Asia. In these
extraordinary times, when we are all united in our fight against the Covid 19 virus, these
women's groups are playing a critical role,‖.

Similar, views were also expressed by Alka Upadhyay, Additional Secretary in India's
Ministry of Rural Development that "Across the country, women's SHGs have risen to this
extraordinary challenge with their immense courage and dedication‖. World Bank in its report
also remarked that their quick response to food insecurity and shortages in goods and services
shows how this decentralized structure can be a vital resource in times of crisis. The strength of
India's rural women will continue to be essential in building back economic momentum even
after the most critical period is over.
CONCLUSION
Self-Help Groups are the largest Microfinance programme in the world which empower
rural women. It provides benefits not only to individual woman but also for the family and
community as well. The concept of Self-Help Groups is the boon, which undertake the viable
activities on their own. These Self- Help Groups are the golden chance/opportunity of the rural
women for their socio-economic development. There are some programmes which are quite
useful for the women to reduce poverty. Hence, on the whole SHG will continue to improve the
living standard of rural women in our country.
References
Chunera, A. and Bhardwaj N. (2019). Capability Assessment of Women Self Help Groups of
Uttarakhand. International Journal of Current Microbiology and Applied Sciences, 8(9),
1205-1212.
Jamdade, P. M. (2017). Quality of Life of Member of Self-Help Group in Dharampur Block,
District Solan, Himachal Pradesh. International Journal of Innovative Knowledge
Concepts, 5(12), 2415-2454.

Karuppannan, R. (2014). Role of Non-Governmental Organisations in Micro Finance through

SHGs–A Study in Vellore District of Tamil Nadu. 1-22. Available at SSRN 2513715.
Kumar, A. S. and Kavithasri, S. (2017). Problems faced by the members of self- help groups
with special reference to Thimmampalayam area in Coimbatore district. International
Journal of Applied Research, 3(9), 593-598.
Article
Mondal, S. (2014). Group Approach to Rural Development (SHG, JLG, FIG ID:
andAG-VO2-I08-07
Farmers‘ Club.
In: Rural Sociology and Educational Psychology, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi, 74-83.
Padala, S. R. (2019). Effect of Self-Help Groups in Economic Empowerment of Rural Women in
Andhra Pradesh. African Journal of gender and Women Studies, 4(6), 001-010.
Qasba, G. N., Sharma, K., Tanki, A. A., & Akram, Z. (2016). Socio-Economic Empowerment of
Rural Women: SHG Approach. International Journal of Recent Advances in
Multidisciplinary Research, 3(05), 1505-1509.
Suguna, B. (2006). Empowerment of rural women through self-help groups. Discovery
Publishing House.


BIOCHAR : BOON
OCCUPATIONAL FOR
HEALTH FARMERS
HAZARDS OF WORKERS

*K. Coumaravel
Department of Soil Science and Agricultural Chemistry,
P.J.N. College of Agriculture and Research Institute, Karaikal-609 603. Pondicherry, India
*Corresponding Author Email ID: coumar2007@gmail.com
Introduction
Biochar is a fine-grained, carbon-rich, porous product remaining after plant biomass has
been subjected to thermochemical conversion process (pyrolysis) at low temperatures (~350 -
600°C) in an environment with little or no oxygen. Biochar is not a pure carbon, but rather mix
of carbon (C), hydrogen (H), oxygen (O), nitrogen (N), sulphur (S) and ash in different
proportions. The central quality of biochar, makes it attractive as a soil amendment is its highly
porous structure, potentially responsible for improved water retention and increased soil surface
area. It is important to note that there is a wide variety of char products produced industrially.
For applications such as activated carbon, char may be produced at high process is called thermal
decomposition usually achieved from pyrolysis or gasification. Pyrolysis is the temperature
driven chemical decomposition of biomass without combustion. In commercial biochar pyrolysis
systems, the process occurs in three steps: first, moisture and some volatiles are lost; second,
unreacted residues are converted to volatiles, gasses and biochar, and third, there is a slow
chemical rearrangement of the biochar.
Agricultural wastes
Crop residues (agricultural wastes) in fields can cause considerable crop management
problems as they accumulate. The major crop residues produced in India are cotton stalks, rice
husk, paddy straw, coconut shell, coconut husk, sugarcane bagasse, eichhornia, prosopis wood,
neem wood, grass, wheat, millet, sorghum, pulses (pigeon pea), oilseed crops (castor, mustard),

maize stover and cobs, jute stalks, sugarcane trash, leaves, fibrous materials,
roots, branches and twigs of varying sizes, shapes, forms and densities. Similarly, the
agro-industrial residues are rice husk, groundnut shell, cotton waste, coconut shell, coir
pith, tamarind shell, mustard husk, coffee husk, cassava peels etc. Some of the common
agricultural by-products available in large quantities include bagasse, rice husk, groundnut
shell, tea waste, casuarina leaf litter, silk cotton shell, cotton waste,Article ID:fibre
oil palm AG-VO2-I08-07
and shells,
cashew nut shell, coconut shell, coir pith etc.
Moreover In India, about 435.98 million tons of agro-residues are produced every year,
out of which 313.62 million tons are surplus. These residues are either partially utilized or un-
utilized due to various constraints. Open burning of any biomass leads to the emission of gases
like CO2, CH4, CO, N2O, NH3, SO2, volatile organic compounds and particulate matter into the
atmosphere, contributing to environmental changes and global warming. These agricultural
residues can effectively be recycled by transforming into ‗biochar‘, a relatively a new green
technology management tool.
Biochar produced from the pyrolysis has resulted in productive use of agricultural wastes
economically and eco – friendly. Biochar can be produced at scales ranging from large industrial
facilities down to the individual farm, and even at the domestic level, making it applicable to a
variety of socioeconomic situations. Various pyrolysis technologies are commercially available
that yield different proportions of biochar and bio-energy products, such as bio-oil and syngas.
To make biochar technology popular among the farmers, it is imperative to develop low cost
biochar kiln at community level or low cost biochar stove at individual farmer‘s family level.
Biochar application
Biochar application to soil leads to several interactions mainly with soil matrix, soil
microbes, and plant roots. Biochar can act as a soil conditioner by improving the physical and
biological properties of soils such as water holding capacity and soil nutrients retention, and also
enhancing plant growth. At the local scale, soil organic carbon levels shape agro-ecosystem
function and influence soil fertility and physical properties, such as aggregate stability, water
holding capacity and cation exchange capacity (CEC). The addition of biochar to agricultural
soils is receiving considerable interest due to the agronomic benefits. The biochar produced
from Prosopis had a very high water holding capacity and high C content. The microbial
activities measured in terms of dehydrogenase activity and microbial biomass carbon were

enhanced due to biochar application in soils; rice biochar showed greater microbial activities
than other biochar because of its higher liability than the others.
Conclusion
Biochar has great potential for carbon sequestration in soil and showed marked increase
in soil microbial biomass carbon. The Eichornia biochar showed its superiority in high pore
space, high CEC, WHC, total N, P, K, S and micronutrients. Application biochar as an
amendment in highly weathered, nutrient-poor acidic laterite soils in tropics has improved the
physical, chemical and biological properties of soil which, could ultimately promote the plant
growth, yield as well as the quality.


BRINE SHRIMP ARTEMIA

OCCUPATIONAL AND ITS
HEALTH HAZARDS USE IN
OF WORKERS
AQUACULTURE
*Dhinesh B
Under Graduate Student, TNJFU-Fisheries Business School, DIVA Campus,
Muttukadu, Chennai - 603112. Tamil Nadu, India
*Corresponding Author Email ID: dhineshb2408@gmail.com
Abstract
Artemia is a widely used live feed in the larval stages of finfish and shellfish. Brine shrimp
artemia can produce cysts which can remain dormant for years. Over 2000 metric tons of
dry Artemia cysts are marketed worldwide annually. This article highlights about Artemia, its
nutritional value and the benefits of using Artemia in aquaculture. Demand for Artemia in
aquaculture is also currently increasing. Artemia is also used as feed for pets reared by aquarists.
Introduction
Artemia commonly known as Brine shrimp, is a minute crustacean. Nowadays, it has
become very popular in the aquaculture industry as it has multiple uses in various forms
such as nauplii, decapsulated cysts and frown Artemia. Brine shrimp is collected from saline
lakes and coastal saltworks. It is found that Artemia is the best feed for shrimps in their larval
stage as it contains 40 to 60 per cent of crude protein. Apart from that, it is also rich in lipid and
carbohydrate content. It has the ability to produce cysts (i.e., dormant eggs) which is apparently
an inert product which could be stored for years.
Artemia in Aquaculture
Artemia is said to be more convenient for aquaculture. Using Artemia as feed for larvae
in aquaculture began only in the 1930‘s although it has been familiar to mankind for centuries.
During the 1940‘s these cysts were commercially available and in the 1970s the demand for
these cysts rapidly increased, leading to an increase in their price as well.

Artemia is an arthropod with a segmented body. The entire body is covered with a thin,
flexible exoskeleton made up of chitin, to which the
muscles are attached internally. It can grow up to 2 cm in
length. A fully grown Artemia can live for few months
depending on its environment. It will be sexually matured
in just 14 days from hatching. A female Artemia can Article ID: AG-VO2-I08-07
produce up to 150 eggs approximately in every 4 to 5

days. Brine shrimp are flexible being able to cope with
the changing environment, and surviving harsh conditions. It can live on a variety of food
sources.
Artemia consumes its own energy in its first stage of development. After 6 to 8 hours, it
will develop into a second-instar meta nauplii stage in which they are transparent and visible.
Artemia spp. grow best in a salinity range of 100 to 170 psu and can tolerate less than 5 psu
or more than 300 psu.
Benefits of using Artemia in Aquaculture
Feeding Artemia can improve the survival of shrimp in their larval stages since it is the
crucial stage in the life cycle of a shrimp. Even though there is a vast development in the fish
nutrition industry, still there is no artificial feed to completely substitute Artemia.
Production of Artemia nauplii from their cysts is also an easy procedure. Incubating the
cysts in seawater for 24 hours can produce Artemia nauplii. The recommended quantity of
Artemia as a feed for shrimp is 100 nauplii per shrimp a day.
One of the main advantages of using Artemia is
that it can be produced from cysts that could be dried
and stored for years. Metabolically, these cysts are
inactive and they do not further develop until they are
kept in a dry condition. The cysts should be dried and
dehydrated before storing, and it should be stored in a
vacuum or in nitrogen. These dormant cysts are called
permanent eggs. One gram of artemia cysts equates to
180,000 nauplii.

Usually, freshly hatched nauplii are given as feed for shrimp in their mysis and post-
larval stages, and sometimes in the later zoeal stages also. It cannot be given as feed in the early
nauplii stages because the shrimp are not developed at this stage, making it difficult for the
shrimp to swim and catch Artemia.
Artemia is also used as feed for pets reared by aquarists. It can be used in both forms such
as live and frozen nauplii. Cysts are also purchased and hatched at home.
Artemia is easy to digest for the shrimps as
their gut is not fully developed and these are rich
in protein compared to other artificial feeds.
Artemia is also rich in essential amino acids and
polyunsaturated fatty acids which help in
improving the health and growth of shrimps.
Conclusion
Demand for Artemia in aquaculture is currently increasing. As the demand increases,
prices are also likely to increase, and no other artificial feed could substitute it. For larger fish
fry, Artemia is an easy and convenient source of food. As the larval stages are crucial for shrimps
to survive, Artemia helps them out with its nutritional source.
Reference
Soltanian, S. (2007). Protection of gnotobiotic Artemia against Vibrio campbellii using baker’s
yeast strains and extracts (Doctoral dissertation, Ghent University).
Madkour, K., Dawood, M. A., & Sewilam, H. (2022). The use of artemia for aquaculture
industry: An updated overview. Annals of Animal Science, 23(1): 3-10.
Sorgeloos, P. (1980). The use of the brine shrimp Artemia in aquaculture. The brine shrimp
Artemia, 3: 25-46.
Zelaya, O., Davis, D. A., & Rouse, D. B. (2007). The influence of Artemia and algal
supplements during the nursery phase of rearing Pacific white shrimp, Litopenaeus
vannamei. Journal of the World Aquaculture Society, 38(4), 486-496.
Gajardo, G. M., & Beardmore, J. A. (2012). The brine shrimp Artemia: adapted to critical life
conditions. Frontiers in Physiology, 185.

NamFar
mer
s.c
om
“NamFar mers”i
sasoci oeconomi cprojectt
o
provi
deacommuni cati
onandnet working
plat
formforknowledgedissemination
dedicat
edtotheagr i
cult
urecommuni tyof
thecountr
y. REGI
ONAL
LANGUAGES
FREE
STRAT
REGI
ON
I
HowdoNamFarmer
ssupportt
he
Far
mingCommuni
ty?
Sel
l/BuyAgr
iPr
oduct
s Exper
tsAdvi
ce Agr
iJobsPor
tal
Agr
iSoci
alNet
wor
king Agr
iEvent
s Agr
iPr
oductCat
alog
Agr
iInf
ormat
ionGr
oups ReadAgr
ie-Magaz
ines Agr
iBusi
nesses
Mar
ketPr
ice Bui
ldyourcommuni
ty Speci
ali
zedAgr
iDi
rect
ory
+917708222822 suppor
t@namf
armer
s.com
AgriGate Editorial Team
September 2023 | Vol. 03 | Issue 09
Founder & Managing Director : Mrs. Priya V

Editor-In-Chief : Dr. R. Shiv Ramakrishnan
Executive Editors : Dr. Sivalingam Elayabalan
Dr. Muthusamy Ramakrishnan
Mr. Srinath Balasubramanian
Editorial Manager : Dr. R. Vinoth
Editorial Advisor : Dr. G. Selvakumar
Editors : Dr. M. L. Dotaniya

Dr. S. Easwaran
Dr. L. Allwin
Dr. A. Thanga Hemavathy
Dr. S. Rathika
Dr. S. Srividhya
Dr. M. Dhandapani
Dr. M. Vengateswari
Dr. G. Sathish
Dr. P. Preetha
Dr. C. Sellaperumal
Dr. Dr. S.Kavitha
Dr. Dr.R. Pravallika sree
Associate Editors : Dr. Sivaranjani C

Dr. Alimudeen S
Proof Readers : Ms. Janani R

Ms. Kirthika J
Reviewers : Dr. Kalpana R
Dr. Kiruthika N
Dr. Raghavendran V B
: Mr. Dhinesh Kumar K
Media Managers
Mr Rajamanickam S
www.agrigatemagazine.com
Inviting Popular Articles for
October Issue 2023
Dear Authors,
We are inviting Technical Article, Popular Article, Farmer Success Stories,
Short Communications from various disciplines of Agriculture and Allied
Sciences in English Language.
 Agriculture & Horticulture  Environmental Science & Forestry

 Agribusiness Management  Fisheries & Animal Sciences
 Agricultural Engineering and  Food & Dairy Technology
Precision Farming  Genetics & Plant Breeding
 Agronomy and Agricultural  Nemotology & Nano-Technology
meteorology  Organic Farming and Sericulture
 Agrl. Extension and Agrl. Economics  Plant Pathology & Entomology
 Bio-Sciences / Life-Sciences  Seed Science & Technology
 Biotechnology & Bio-chemistry  Soil Science
Send your articles to agrigatepublish@gmail.com
(Deadline for submission of articles – 25th September, 2023)

“Limit the Articles to 5-6 Pages”

AgriGate September Issue 2023 Vol 3 Issue 9

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

AgriGate September Issue 2023 Vol 3 Issue 9

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

AgriGate September Issue 2023 Vol 3 Issue 9

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

GM CROPS FOR INDIAN AGRICULTURE: BOON OR BANE?

- Deepak Reddy B., et al. 01

FARMER-FIELD-SCHOOLS ON KNOWLEDGE AND PRODUCTIVITY: A SUCCESS

MILKING MONEY THROUGH DAIRY ENTREPRENEUR: A SUCCESS STORY OF

PROSPERITY THROUGH POULTRY PRODUCTION IN ARID REGION OF RAJASTHAN:

PAYMENT FOR ECOSYSTEM SERVICES (PES) : AN EMERGING WAY FOR

CONSERVATION AGRICULTURE; YESTERDAY, TODAY AND TOMORROW

MANAGEMENT OF GRAPEVINE PESTS

NAPIER: THE GREEN GIANT GRASS

ARBORETUM OF ASTROLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT TREES

PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY FOR HYBRID RICE CULTIVATION

THE GREEN SECRETS OF RED BLOOD HEALTH

UNLOCKING A GREENER FUTURE: HARNESSING THE POWER OF ARTIFICIAL

EMERGING PESTS OF CHILLI AND TOMATO AND THEIR MANAGEMENT

ASTONISHING RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THREE DOSHAS OF HUMAN AND

DRUM SEEDED RICE – A PROMISING METHOD OF RICE CULTIVATION

IMPACT OF DIFFERENT STORAGE METHODS ON NUTRIENT COMPOSITION OF

DROUGHT CHARACTERIZATION BY USING STANDARD PRECIPITATION

ORGANIC FARMING WITH NATIVE BREED OF PUNGANUR CATTLE

CHALLENGES AND OPPORTUNITY OF DRONE IN THE AGRICULTURE

UNDERSTANDING THE ROLE OF PHYTOALEXINS IN PLANT-

TOWARDS FUTURE FARMING: HOW ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE IS

MORINGA CULTIVATION FOR GREEN FODDER

FREEZING PLANT TISSUES: CRYOPRESERVATION OF DIFFICULT-TO-STORE

KVK GIVES IMPETUS TO DAIRY FARMING AMONG TRIBAL FARMERS OF

EXTRACTION, PROCESSING, GRADING, STORAGE, VALUE ADDITION, UTILIZATION

CULTIVATION PRACTICES OF BETELVINE

MECHANICAL AND HERBICIDE WEED MANAGEMENT PRACTICES IN

DAMINI A MOBILE- APP TO KNOW TIMELY ALERTS FROM LIGHTENING

INSECT PESTS OF CARROT AND BEETROOT

POTENTIAL STRATEGIES AND FUTURE REQUIREMENTS FOR PLANT DISEASE

SOYBEAN (NRC-37): A PROMISING IMPROVED VARIETY TO AUGMENT

GROWING GREENER WITH GIS: A COMPREHENSIVE LOOK AT PRINCIPLE,

FARMERS’ VARIETIES AND REGISTRATION

A REVIEW ON BAEL TREE, ITS MYTHOLOGY AND MEDICINAL USES

MAGNETIC FIELD AND ITS APPLICATION IN DAIRY PROCESSING OPERATIONS

INSECT PESTS OF CARROT AND BEETROOT

AUGMENTED REALITY AND VIRTUAL REALITY IN FOOD PROCESSING

SOIL CONDITIONERS FOR SUSTAINABLE AGRICULTURE

ECONOMIC IMPORTANCE OF AGROFORESTRY SYSTEM

- Namratha Valsalan et al. IN SOIL TEST BASED NUTRIENT MANAGEMENT IN

TURMERIC HEALTH BENEFITS FOR HUMAN

NUTRACEUTICAL AND THERAPEUTIC VALUES OF TRADITIONAL BLACK

PHYTOREMMEDIATION FOR URBAN ECOSYSTEM

FRUIT CROPS AND THE EFFECTS OF CLIMATE CHANGE

AN EFFECTIVE APPROACHES FOR MANAGEMENT OF SOIL BORNE PLANT

DENSITY DEPENDENT LOGISTIC GROWTH MODEL OF YELLOW STEM BORER

A GRADUATE YOUTH SELF-EMPLOYED AND INSPIRED THROUGH LIVESTOCK \

HARNESSING SOCIAL CAPITAL FOR SUSTAINABLE WATERSHED

CHEKURMANIS - A LESS EXPLORED GREEN LEAFY VEGETABLE

SUGARCANE VARIETIES AND SUITABLE SEASON FOR TAMIL NADU

WOMEN SELF-HELP GROUPS-GENESIS, FUNCTIONS, CHALLENGES AND

BIOCHAR; BOON FOR FARMERS

-BRINE SHRIMP ARTEMIA

-A.K. Rai et al.

September 2023|Vol.03 |Issue No.9

I would like to introduce the launch of “AgriGate - An International Multidisciplinary

The main objective of the magazine is to provide a publishing platform to young

Volume: 03 Issue No: 09